ML070110231: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Timothy J. O'Connor Vice President P.O. Box 63 Lycoming, New York 13093 315.349.5200 315.349.1321 Fax Constellation Energy°Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station December 14, 2006 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555-0001 ATTENTION:
{{#Wiki_filter:Timothy J. O'Connor                                                       P.O. Box 63 Vice President                                                            Lycoming, New York 13093 315.349.5200 315.349.1321 Fax Constellation             Energy° Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station December 14, 2006 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555-0001 ATTENTION:             Document Control Desk


==SUBJECT:==
==SUBJECT:==
Document Control Desk Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit No. 1; Docket No. 50-220 License Amendment Re0itie0f:Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.90: Application of Alternative Source Term  
Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit No. 1; Docket No. 50-220 License Amendment Re0itie0f:Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.90:
Application of Alternative Source Term


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
(a) J. J. DiNunno et al., Technical Information Document (TID)-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors' for Power. and Test Reactor Sites," Atomic Energy Commission (now USNRC), 1962 (b) NRC Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors," July 2000 (c) Letter from W. C. Holston (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 31, 2005, Response to Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability (TAC Nos. MB9825, MB9826)(d) Letter from T. J. O'Connor (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 27, 2006, Response to NRC Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability  
(a) J. J. DiNunno et al., Technical Information Document (TID)-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors' for Power. and Test Reactor Sites," U.*S. Atomic Energy Commission (now USNRC), 1962 (b) NRC Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors," July 2000 (c) Letter from W. C. Holston (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 31, 2005, Response to Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability (TAC Nos. MB9825, MB9826)
-Commitment Completion Date Change (TAC Nos. MB9825 and MB9826)Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.90, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC, (NMPNS) hereby requests an amendment to Nine Mile Point Unit 1 (NMP1) Renewed Operating License DPR-63. The proposed amendment would revise the accident source term in the design basis radiological consequence analyses in accordance with 10 CFR 50.67, which requires that a licensee who seeks to revise its current accident source term apply for a license amendment under 10 CFR 50.90. The proposed accident source term revision replaces the current methodology that is based on TID-14844 (Reference a) with the alternative source term methodology described in Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Reference b). This submittal fulfills the This letter forwards proprietary information in accordance with 10 CFR 2.390. The balance of this letter may be considered non-proprietary upon removal of Attachment (10). d' Document Control Desk December 14, 2006 Page 2 NMPNS commitment for completing and submitting the analysis needed to meet Generic Letter 2003-01 objectives (References c and d).This license amendment request is for full implementation of the alternative source term (AST) as described in Reference (b), with the exception that Reference (a) will continue to be used as the radiation dose basis for equipment qualification and vital area access. Proposed changes in the licensing basis for NMP 1 resulting from AST application include the following:
(d) Letter from T. J. O'Connor (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 27, 2006, Response to NRC Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability - Commitment Completion Date Change (TAC Nos. MB9825 and MB9826)
* Technical Specification (TS) changes that reflect revised design requirements regarding the use of the Liquid Poison System to buffer the suppression pool preventing iodine re-evolution following a postulated design basis loss of coolant accident.* Revisions to the TS section concerning reactor coolant activity to reflect the AST analysis of the main steam line break accident, and other updates to the reactor coolant activity TS requirements to more closely reflect the model Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433).
Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.90, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC, (NMPNS) hereby requests an amendment to Nine Mile Point Unit 1 (NMP1) Renewed Operating License DPR-63. The proposed amendment would revise the accident source term in the design basis radiological consequence analyses in accordance with 10 CFR 50.67, which requires that a licensee who seeks to revise its current accident source term apply for a license amendment under 10 CFR 50.90. The proposed accident source term revision replaces the current methodology that is based on TID-14844 (Reference a) with the alternative source term methodology described in Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Reference b). This submittal fulfills the This letterforwardsproprietaryinformation in accordancewith 10 CFR 2.390. The balance of this letter may be considerednon-proprietaryupon removal of Attachment (10).                   d'
* Revisions to the TS operability requirements for Secondary Containment, Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System, and Control Room Air Treatment System, consistent with the assumptions contained in the AST Refueling Accident analysis.
 
The AST analysis does not take credit for secondary containment during the movement of irradiated fuel and during core alterations.
Document Control Desk December 14, 2006 Page 2 NMPNS commitment for completing and submitting the analysis needed to meet Generic Letter 2003-01 objectives (References c and d).
NMPNS is also requesting deletion of Renewed Operating License (OL) Condition 2.C.(3). This license condition required NMPNS to submit an application for license amendment, including supporting analyses and evaluations, to demonstrate compliance with General Design Criterion 19 dose guidelines under accident conditions based upon system design and without reliance upon the use of potassium iodide. This license condition is no longer applicable since the AST analyses provided in this submittal demonstrate that the NMP1 control room operator dose exposure for the most limiting design basis accident remains within the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.67 without reliance on the use of potassium iodide.The description and technical basis of the proposed change are contained in Attachment (1) and the other attachments referenced therein. The proposed OL and TS changes are shown in the markup in Attachment (2). Associated TS Bases changes are shown in Attachment (3). The TS Bases changes are provided for information only and will be processed in accordance with the NMPI TS Bases Control Program (TS 6.5.6). Attachment (1), Section A1-9, provides a list of regulatory commitments contained in this submittal.
This license amendment request is for full implementation of the alternative source term (AST) as described in Reference (b), with the exception that Reference (a) will continue to be used as the radiation dose basis for equipment qualification and vital area access. Proposed changes in the licensing basis for NMP 1 resulting from AST application include the following:
Following NRC approval, the NMP1 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) will be updated to reflect the AST analyses in accordance with 10 CFR 50.71(e) as part of the regular UFSAR update process.The detailed calculations (non-proprietary versions) that contain input data, assumptions, and analysis methodologies are provided in Attachment (8). One of these calculations is considered by Polestar Applied Technology, Inc. (Polestar) to contain proprietary information exempt from disclosure pursuant to 10 CFR 2.390. Therefore, on behalf Polestar, NMPNS hereby makes application to withhold this calculation from public disclosure in accordance with 10 CFR 2.390(b)(1).
* Technical Specification (TS) changes that reflect revised design requirements regarding the use of the Liquid Poison System to buffer the suppression pool preventing iodine re-evolution following a postulated design basis loss of coolant accident.
An affidavit executed by Polestar detailing the reasons for the request to withhold the proprietary information is provided in Attachment (9). A proprietary version of the calculation is provided in Attachment (10).
* Revisions to the TS section concerning reactor coolant activity to reflect the AST analysis of the main steam line break accident, and other updates to the reactor coolant activity TS requirements to more closely reflect the model Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433).
Document Control Desk December 14, 2006 Page 3 NMPNS requests approval of this request in a timely manner, with implementation within 120 days of receipt of the approved amendment.
* Revisions to the TS operability requirements for Secondary Containment, Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System, and Control Room Air Treatment System, consistent with the assumptions contained in the AST Refueling Accident analysis. The AST analysis does not take credit for secondary containment during the movement of irradiated fuel and during core alterations.
This implementation period will provide adequate time to complete implementation activities using the appropriate change control processes.
NMPNS is also requesting deletion of Renewed Operating License (OL) Condition 2.C.(3). This license condition required NMPNS to submit an application for license amendment, including supporting analyses and evaluations, to demonstrate compliance with General Design Criterion 19 dose guidelines under accident conditions based upon system design and without reliance upon the use of potassium iodide. This license condition is no longer applicable since the AST analyses provided in this submittal demonstrate that the NMP1 control room operator dose exposure for the most limiting design basis accident remains within the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.67 without reliance on the use of potassium iodide.
The description and technical basis of the proposed change are contained in Attachment (1) and the other attachments referenced therein. The proposed OL and TS changes are shown in the markup in Attachment (2). Associated TS Bases changes are shown in Attachment (3). The TS Bases changes are provided for information only and will be processed in accordance with the NMPI TS Bases Control Program (TS 6.5.6). Attachment (1), Section A1-9, provides a list of regulatory commitments contained in this submittal. Following NRC approval, the NMP1 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) will be updated to reflect the AST analyses in accordance with 10 CFR 50.71(e) as part of the regular UFSAR update process.
The detailed calculations (non-proprietary versions) that contain input data, assumptions, and analysis methodologies are provided in Attachment (8). One of these calculations is considered by Polestar Applied Technology, Inc. (Polestar) to contain proprietary information exempt from disclosure pursuant to 10 CFR 2.390. Therefore, on behalf Polestar, NMPNS hereby makes application to withhold this calculation from public disclosure in accordance with 10 CFR 2.390(b)(1). An affidavit executed by Polestar detailing the reasons for the request to withhold the proprietary information is provided in Attachment (9). A proprietary version of the calculation is provided in Attachment (10).
 
Document Control Desk December 14, 2006 Page 3 NMPNS requests approval of this request in a timely manner, with implementation within 120 days of receipt of the approved amendment. This implementation period will provide adequate time to complete implementation activities using the appropriate change control processes.
Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.91(b)(1), NMPNS has provided a copy of this license amendment request, with attachments, to the appropriate state representative.
Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.91(b)(1), NMPNS has provided a copy of this license amendment request, with attachments, to the appropriate state representative.
Should you have any questions regarding the information in this submittal, please contact M. H. Miller, Licensing Director, at (315) 349-5219.STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF OSWEGO: TO WIT: I, Timothy J. O'Connor, being duly sworn, state that I am Vice President Nine Mile Point, and that I am duly authorized to execute and file this request on behalf of Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC. To the best of my knowledge and belief, the statements contained in this document are true and correct. To the extent that these statements are not based on my personal knowledge, they are based upon information provided by other Nine Mile Point employees and/or consultants.
Should you have any questions regarding the information in this submittal, please contact M. H. Miller, Licensing Director, at (315) 349-5219.
Such information has been reviewed in accordance with company practice and I believe it to be reliable.Subscribed and sworn before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of New York and County of Oswego, this IV"" day of Q, 2006.WITNESS my Hand and Notarial Seal: Notary Public My Commission Expires: DaeLf/ (Date SANDRA A. OSWALD Notary Public, State of New York No. 0lOSS032276 Qualified in Oswego -Commission Expires s44ajt.2oL  
STATE OF NEW YORK
, TJO/DEV/kms Document Control Desk December 14, 2006 Page 4 Attachments:
: TO WIT:
(1) Technical Basis and No Significant Hazards Determination (2) Proposed Operating License (OL) and Technical Specification (TS) Changes (Mark-up)(3) Changes to Technical Specification Bases (Mark-up)(4) Determination of Reactor Building Positive Pressure Period (5) Suppression Pool pH Control in the Event of a Design Basis LOCA (6) Evaluation of LPS Injection Flow Transport and Mixing (7) Calculation of New Atmospheric Dispersion Factors (8) Enclosed Calculations for Alternative Source Term (Non-Proprietary Versions)(9) Affidavit by Polestar Applied-Technology, Inc.(10) Enclosed Calculations for Alternative Source Term (Proprietary Versions)cc: S. J. Collins, NRC (without Attachments 8 and 10)T. G. Colburn, NRC Resident Inspector, NRC (without Attachments 8 and 10)J. P. Spath, NYSERDA (without Attachments 8 and 10)
COUNTY OF OSWEGO I, Timothy J. O'Connor, being duly sworn, state that I am Vice President Nine Mile Point, and that I am duly authorized to execute and file this request on behalf of Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC. To the best of my knowledge and belief, the statements contained in this document are true and correct. To the extent that these statements are not based on my personal knowledge, they are based upon information provided by other Nine Mile Point employees and/or consultants. Such information has been reviewed in accordance with company practice and I believe it to be reliable.
ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Al-1. DESCRIPTION A1-2. PROPOSED CHANGE A1-3. BACKGROUND A1-4. TECHNICAL ANALYSIS A1-5. NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-6. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT A1-7. PRECEDENT A1-8. REFERENCES A1-9. REGULATORY COMMITMENTS Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Al-1. DESCRIPTION The proposed amendment revises the accident source term in design basis radiological consequence analyses for Nine Mile Point Unit I (NMP1). The proposed revisions to NMP1 Renewed Operating License DPR-63 are supported by the results of the revised design basis accident (DBA) analyses that have been performed to implement the revised accident source term. This submittal fulfills our commitment in References A1-8.1 and A1-8.2 for completing and submitting the radiological analysis needed to meet Generic Letter 2003-01, "Control Room Habitability" objectives.
Subscribed and sworn before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of New York and County of Oswego, this IV"" day of Q,                         2006.
This application is submitted, in part, pursuant to Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) regulation 10 CFR 50.67 that states: "A licensee who seeks to revise its current accident source term in design basis radiological consequence analyses shall apply for a license amendment under § 50.90." Section 50.67 further states: "The application shall contain an evaluation of the consequences of applicable design basis accidents previously analyzed in the safety analysis report." Additionally, 10 CFR 50.67 sets new acceptance criteria for radiological consequences based on total effective dose equivalent (TEDE), replacing the traditional whole body and thyroid dose guidelines stated in 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion (GDC) 19 and 10 CFR 100.11. For NMP 1, the following four bounding DBAs were re-analyzed for this application:
WITNESS my Hand and Notarial Seal:
: 1. Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA)2. Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) accident, 3. Refueling Accident, and 4. Control Rod Drop Accident CRDA).The proposed accident source term revision follows the guidance in Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183,"Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors" (Reference A1-8.3). The accident source term discussed in RG 1.183 is herein referred to as the Alternative Source Term (AST). RG 1.183 permits full or selective implementation of the AST characteristics.
Notary Public My Commission Expires:                                                     DaeLf/ (
This license amendment request is for full implementation of the AST as described in RG 1.183, with the exception that the current methodology of Technical Information Document (TID)-14844,"Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites" (Reference Al-8.4) will continue to be used as the radiation dose basis for equipment qualification and vital area access. Full implementation of the AST is a modification of the facility design basis that addresses all characteristics of the AST; that is, composition and magnitude of the radioactive material, its chemical and physical form, and the timing of its release. Full implementation revises the plant licensing basis to specify the AST in place of the previous accident source term and establishes the TEDE dose as the new acceptance criteria.
Date SANDRA A. OSWALD Notary Public, State of New York No. 0lOSS032276 TJO/DEV/kms                Qualified in Oswego Cqunt* -
This applies not only to the analyses performed in the application (which may only include a subset of the plant analyses), but also to all future design basis analyses.Approval of this proposed change will provide a source term for NMP1 that will result in a more accurate assessment of the DBA radiological doses. The improved dose assessment results in revisions to some current licensing basis requirements.
Commission Expiress44ajt.2oL ,
The proposed changes to the Renewed Operating License (OL) and the Technical Specifications (TS) are described in the following section.A1-2. PROPOSED CHANGE The proposed license amendment revises the NMP1 licensing basis to fully implement the RG 1.183 AST. As indicated in Section Al-i above, implementation of AST for NMP1 consists of reevaluation of the applicable DBAs (LOCA, MSLB accident, Refueling Accident, and CRDA) using the AST and the 10 1 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION CFR 50.67 TEDE acceptance criteria.
 
The proposed license amendment also revises certain TS and OL requirements that are associated with and justified by the analyses performed to support the AST. The proposed TS and OL changes are described below and are indicated on the mark-up pages provided in Attachment (2). Associated TS Bases changes are shown in Attachment (3). The TS Bases changes are provided for information only and will be processed in accordance with the NMP1 TS Bases Control Program (TS Section 6.5.6).The proposed TS changes include revisions to applicability requirements relating to movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.
Document Control Desk December 14, 2006 Page 4 Attachments:   (1) Technical Basis and No Significant Hazards Determination (2) Proposed Operating License (OL) and Technical Specification (TS) Changes (Mark-up)
These changes are similar in concept to Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF) traveler TSTF-51-A, "Revise Containment Requirements during Handling Irradiated Fuel and Core Alterations," Revision 2 (Reference Al-8.5), which was approved by the NRC on November 1, 1999. These changes concern TS operability requirements for certain safety features (e.g., secondary containment, reactor building emergency ventilation system) that the AST Refueling Accident analysis demonstrates are no longer required, after sufficient radioactive decay has occurred, to ensure that offsite doses remain within limits.A1-2.1 Technical Specification Changes Al-2.1.1 TS Section 1.0, Definitions New Definition 1.16, "Dose Equivalent 1-13 1," is added. The proposed definition is as follows: Dose Equivalent 1-131 shall be that concentration of 1-131 (microcuries/gram) that alone would produce the same dose as the quantity and isotopic mixture of 1-131, 1-132, 1-133, 1-134, and I-135 actually present. The dose conversion factors used for this calculation shall be the Committed Effective Dose Equivalent dose conversion factors listed in Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report No. 11, EPA, "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion," 1988.New Definition 1.17, "Recently Irradiated Fuel," is added. Recently irradiated fuel is fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 24 hours.A1-2.1.2 TS Section 3.1.2, Liquid Poison System The operability requirements for the Liquid Poison System (LPS) are revised to include both the power operating condition and whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is greater than 212'F (except for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical).
(3) Changes to Technical Specification Bases (Mark-up)
Also, the "Objective" statement is revised to reflect the new post-LOCA pH control function of the LPS.A1-2.1.3 TS Section 3.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity Limits The reactor coolant radioactivity concentration limit specified in TS Section 3.2.4.a is revised from 9.47 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water (pCi/gm) to 0.2 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. In addition, proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 gCilgm but is less than or equal to 4.0 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.A 1-2.1.4 TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity These limiting conditions for operation and the surveillance requirements are updated in a manner that is similar to the Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433  
(4) Determination of Reactor Building Positive Pressure Period (5) Suppression Pool pH Control in the Event of a Design Basis LOCA (6) Evaluation of LPS Injection Flow Transport and Mixing (7) Calculation of New Atmospheric Dispersion Factors (8) Enclosed Calculations for Alternative Source Term (Non-Proprietary Versions)
-Reference A 1-8.28), as follows: 2 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
(9) Affidavit by Polestar Applied-Technology, Inc.
: a. The applicability of the requirements of TS Section 3.2.4.a are revised from "all operating conditions" (stated under "Applicability" for TS Section 3.2.4) to "during the power operating and hot shutdown conditions" (stated in the proposed revision to TS Section 3.2.4.a).b. Current TS Section 3.2.4.b, which requires shutdown of the plant if the reactor coolant activity limit is exceeded, is replaced with two new specifications and associated actions:* Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours, with sample analysis frequency increased to once every 4 hours, if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 but is less than or equal to 4.0 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-13 1.* Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.c requires shutdown of the plant if reactor coolant activity cannot be restored to less than or equal to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 within 48 hours, or if at any time it exceeds 4.0 gCi/gm.c. The radioiodine concentration limit stated in current TS Section 3.2.4.c is revised from 1.5 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.d. Current TS Section 4.2.4.a, which requires analysis of reactor coolant samples for gross gamma activity at least every 96 hours, is deleted.e. Current TS Section 4.2.4.b is re-worded to require verification that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity is less than or equal to 0.2 gCi/gm, the frequency of performing this surveillance is revised from "once per month" to "once per 7 days," and performance of this surveillance is limited to the power operating condition only.f. Current TS Section 4.2.4.c, which requires analyzing a reactor coolant sample for radioactive iodines of 1-131 through 1-135, is revised to require verification that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity is less than or equal to 0.2 jiCi/gm.g. Item numbering is revised consistent with the above changes (editorial).
(10) Enclosed Calculations for Alternative Source Term (Proprietary Versions) cc:   S. J. Collins, NRC (without Attachments 8 and 10)
A1-2.1.5 TS Section 3.3.3, Leakage Rate The reference to "10 CFR 100" in the "Objective" statement is replaced with "10 CFR 50.67." A 1-2.1.6 TS Section 3.4.0, Reactor Building The operability requirements for maintaining reactor building (secondary containment) integrity are revised by deleting the requirement that reactor building integrity be in effect during the refueling condition, replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when reactor building integrity must be in effect. Formatting changes are also included to improve usability.
T. G. Colburn, NRC Resident Inspector, NRC (without Attachments 8 and 10)
3 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-2.1.7 TS Section 3.4.1, Leakage Rate: TS Section 3.4.2, Reactor Building Integrity  
J. P. Spath, NYSERDA (without Attachments 8 and 10)
-Isolation Valves; TS Section 3.4.3, Access Control: and TS Section 3.4.4, Emergency Ventilation System These TS sections are revised as follows: a. The conditions for which TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, and 3.4.3 are applicable are revised to uniformly indicate that the requirements must be met "at all times when secondary containment integrity is required," consistent with the applicability requirements for TS Section 3.4.4.b. The action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4. .a, 3.4.2.b, 3.4.3.b, and 3.4.4.e are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building or during OPDRVs. Formatting changes are also included to improve usability.
 
: c. In TS Section 3.4.3.b.2, the item referring to "core alterations" is deleted.A1-2.1.8 TS Section 3.4.5, Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS)The conditions for which TS Section 3.4.5 is applicable are revised by deleting the refueling condition, replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)." Formatting changes are also included to improve usability.
ATTACHMENT (1)
In addition, the action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4.5.e and 3.4.5.f are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building or during OPDRVs.A 1-2.1.9 TS Table 3.6.2j, Emergency Ventilation Initiation Note (a) to TS Table 3.6.2j, which applies to the High Radiation Refueling Platform instrumentation, is revised by replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when the instrumentation must be operable.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Al-1. DESCRIPTION A1-2. PROPOSED CHANGE A1-3. BACKGROUND A1-4. TECHNICAL ANALYSIS A1-5. NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-6. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT A1-7. PRECEDENT A1-8. REFERENCES A1-9. REGULATORY COMMITMENTS Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006
In addition, the requirement that the High Radiation Reactor Building Ventilation Duct instrumentation be operable in the Refuel mode of operation is replaced by Note (a)requiring that this instrumentation be operable whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).A1-2.2 Renewed Operating License Change NMP1 Renewed Operating License Condition 2.C.(3) is being deleted. This license condition required Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC (NMPNS) to submit an application for license amendment, including supporting analyses and evaluations, to demonstrate compliance with GDC 19 dose guidelines under accident conditions based upon system design and without reliance upon the use of potassium iodide. This license condition is no longer applicable since the AST analyses provided in this submittal demonstrate that the NMP1 control room operator dose exposure for the most limiting design basis accident remains within the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.67 without reliance on the use of potassium iodide.4 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-3. BACKGROUND The current NMP1 licensing basis utilizes a source term that is based on TID-14844 (Reference A1-8.4)to calculate the radiological consequences of postulated design basis accidents.
 
In response to NRC Generic Letter 2003-01 (References Al-8.1 and A1-8.2), NMPNS indicated that reanalysis of applicable accident scenarios in Chapter XV of the NMPl Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), using AST methodology, would be used to demonstrate control room habitability.
ATTACHMENT (1)
To that end, this submittal contains the reanalysis and licensing basis changes necessary to meet Generic Letter 2003-01 objectives.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Al-1. DESCRIPTION The proposed amendment revises the accident source term in design basis radiological consequence analyses for Nine Mile Point Unit I (NMP1). The proposed revisions to NMP1 Renewed Operating License DPR-63 are supported by the results of the revised design basis accident (DBA) analyses that have been performed to implement the revised accident source term. This submittal fulfills our commitment in References A1-8.1 and A1-8.2 for completing and submitting the radiological analysis needed to meet Generic Letter 2003-01, "Control Room Habitability" objectives.
Use of AST methodology increases the design basis unfiltered inleakage into the control room envelope to a value larger than that observed in the tracer gas testing, and eliminates the License Condition 2.C.(3)requirement that potassium iodide (KI) be available to the control room operators.
This application is submitted, in part, pursuant to Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) regulation 10 CFR 50.67 that states: "A licensee who seeks to revise its current accident source term in design basis radiological consequence analyses shall apply for a license amendment under § 50.90." Section 50.67 further states: "The application shall contain an evaluation of the consequences of applicable design basis accidents previously analyzed in the safety analysis report." Additionally, 10 CFR 50.67 sets new acceptance criteria for radiological consequences based on total effective dose equivalent (TEDE),
The fission product release from the reactor core into primary containment following a DBA is referred to as the "source term." The source term is characterized by the composition and magnitude of the radioactive material, the chemical and physical properties of the material, and the timing of the release from the reactor core. Since the publication of TID-14844, significant advances have been made in understanding the composition and magnitude, chemical form, and timing of fission product releases from severe nuclear power plant accidents.
replacing the traditional whole body and thyroid dose guidelines stated in 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion (GDC) 19 and 10 CFR 100.11. For NMP 1, the following four bounding DBAs were re-analyzed for this application:
Many of these insights developed out of the major research efforts started by the NRC and the nuclear industry after the accident at Three Mile Island.In 1995, NUREG-1465 (Reference A1-8.6) was published with revised ASTs for use in the licensing of future Light Water Reactors (LWRs). This NUREG represents the result of decades of research on fission product release and transport in LWRs under accident conditions.
: 1. Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA)
On December 23, 1999, the NRC issued the final rule on "Use of Alternative Source Terms at Operating Reactors." The final rule, issued as 10 CFR 50.67, "Accident Source Term," allows holders of operating licenses issued prior to January 10, 1997, to voluntarily replace the traditional source term used in DBA analyses with alternative source terms such as the one described in NUREG-1465.
: 2. Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) accident,
One of the major insights summarized in NUREG-1465 involves the timing and duration of fission product releases.The five release phases describing the progression of a severe accident in a LWR are listed in NUREG-1465 and are given below.1. Coolant Activity Release 2. Gap Activity Release 3. Early In-vessel Release 4. Ex-vessel Release 5. Late In-vessel Release Phases 1, 2, and 3 are considered in current (i.e., pre-AST) DBA evaluations; however, they are all assumed to occur instantaneously.
: 3. Refueling Accident, and
Phases 4 and 5 are related to severe accident evaluations.
: 4. Control Rod Drop Accident CRDA).
Under the AST methodology, only the coolant activity release (i.e., Phase 1) is assumed to occur instantaneously and ends with the onset of the gap activity release (i.e., Phase 2). This approach represents a more realistic time sequence for activity release. The insights from NUREG-1465 were subsequently incorporated into RG 1.183.5 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4. TECHNICAL ANALYSIS A1-4.1 Radiological Consequence Analyses NMPNS has performed radiological consequence analyses of the DBAs documented in Chapter XV of the NMP1 UFSAR that potentially result in the most significant control room and offsite exposures.
The proposed accident source term revision follows the guidance in Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors" (Reference A1-8.3). The accident source term discussed in RG 1.183 is herein referred to as the Alternative Source Term (AST). RG 1.183 permits full or selective implementation of the AST characteristics. This license amendment request is for full implementation of the AST as described in RG 1.183, with the exception that the current methodology of Technical Information Document (TID)-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites" (Reference Al-8.4) will continue to be used as the radiation dose basis for equipment qualification and vital area access. Full implementation of the AST is a modification of the facility design basis that addresses all characteristics of the AST; that is, composition and magnitude of the radioactive material, its chemical and physical form, and the timing of its release. Full implementation revises the plant licensing basis to specify the AST in place of the previous accident source term and establishes the TEDE dose as the new acceptance criteria. This applies not only to the analyses performed in the application (which may only include a subset of the plant analyses), but also to all future design basis analyses.
These analyses were performed to support tull scope implementation of AST. The AST analyses have been performed in accordance with the guidance in RG 1.183 and Standard Review Plan (SRP) 15.0.1 (Reference A1-8.7). Acceptance criteria consistent with those required by 10 CFR 50.67 and RG 1.183, Table 6, were used to replace the current design basis source term acceptance criteria.
Approval of this proposed change will provide a source term for NMP1 that will result in a more accurate assessment of the DBA radiological doses. The improved dose assessment results in revisions to some current licensing basis requirements. The proposed changes to the Renewed Operating License (OL) and the Technical Specifications (TS) are described in the following section.
The following NMP 1 DBAs were addressed:
A1-2. PROPOSED CHANGE The proposed license amendment revises the NMP1 licensing basis to fully implement the RG 1.183 AST. As indicated in Section Al-i above, implementation of AST for NMP1 consists of reevaluation of the applicable DBAs (LOCA, MSLB accident, Refueling Accident, and CRDA) using the AST and the 10 1 of 87
* Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA), UFSAR Sections XV-C.2.0 and XV-C.5.0* Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) Accident, UFSAR Section XV-C.1.0* Refueling Accident, UFSAR Section XV-C.3.0* Control Rod Drop Accident (CRDA), UFSAR Section XV-C.4.0 The AST analyses included the following:
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION CFR 50.67 TEDE acceptance criteria. The proposed license amendment also revises certain TS and OL requirements that are associated with and justified by the analyses performed to support the AST. The proposed TS and OL changes are described below and are indicated on the mark-up pages provided in Attachment (2). Associated TS Bases changes are shown in Attachment (3). The TS Bases changes are provided for information only and will be processed in accordance with the NMP1 TS Bases Control Program (TS Section 6.5.6).
The proposed TS changes include revisions to applicability requirements relating to movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. These changes are similar in concept to Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF) traveler TSTF-51-A, "Revise Containment Requirements during Handling Irradiated Fuel and Core Alterations," Revision 2 (Reference Al-8.5), which was approved by the NRC on November 1, 1999. These changes concern TS operability requirements for certain safety features (e.g., secondary containment, reactor building emergency ventilation system) that the AST Refueling Accident analysis demonstrates are no longer required, after sufficient radioactive decay has occurred, to ensure that offsite doses remain within limits.
A1-2.1 Technical Specification Changes Al-2.1.1     TS Section 1.0, Definitions New Definition 1.16, "Dose Equivalent 1-13 1," is added. The proposed definition is as follows:
Dose Equivalent 1-131 shall be that concentration of 1-131 (microcuries/gram) that alone would produce the same dose as the quantity and isotopic mixture of 1-131, 1-132, 1-133, 1-134, and I-135 actually present. The dose conversion factors used for this calculation shall be the Committed Effective Dose Equivalent dose conversion factors listed in Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report No. 11, EPA, "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion," 1988.
New Definition 1.17, "Recently Irradiated Fuel," is added. Recently irradiated fuel is fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 24 hours.
A1-2.1.2     TS Section 3.1.2, Liquid Poison System The operability requirements for the Liquid Poison System (LPS) are revised to include both the power operating condition and whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is greater than 212'F (except for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical). Also, the "Objective" statement is revised to reflect the new post-LOCA pH control function of the LPS.
A1-2.1.3     TS Section 3.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity Limits The reactor coolant radioactivity concentration limit specified in TS Section 3.2.4.a is revised from 9.47 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water (pCi/gm) to 0.2 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. In addition, proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 gCilgm but is less than or equal to 4.0 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.
A 1-2.1.4   TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity These limiting conditions for operation and the surveillance requirements are updated in a manner that is similar to the Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433 - Reference A 1-8.28), as follows:
2 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
: a. The applicability of the requirements of TS Section 3.2.4.a are revised from "all operating conditions" (stated under "Applicability" for TS Section 3.2.4) to "during the power operating and hot shutdown conditions" (stated in the proposed revision to TS Section 3.2.4.a).
: b. Current TS Section 3.2.4.b, which requires shutdown of the plant if the reactor coolant activity limit is exceeded, is replaced with two new specifications and associated actions:
* Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours, with sample analysis frequency increased to once every 4 hours, if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 *Ci/gm but is less than or equal to 4.0 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-13 1.
* Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.c requires shutdown of the plant if reactor coolant activity cannot be restored to less than or equal to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 within 48 hours, or if at any time it exceeds 4.0 gCi/gm.
: c. The radioiodine concentration limit stated in current TS Section 3.2.4.c is revised from 1.5 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.
: d. Current TS Section 4.2.4.a, which requires analysis of reactor coolant samples for gross gamma activity at least every 96 hours, is deleted.
: e. Current TS Section 4.2.4.b is re-worded to require verification that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity is less than or equal to 0.2 gCi/gm, the frequency of performing this surveillance is revised from "once per month" to "once per 7 days," and performance of this surveillance is limited to the power operating condition only.
: f. Current TS Section 4.2.4.c, which requires analyzing a reactor coolant sample for radioactive iodines of 1-131 through 1-135, is revised to require verification that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity is less than or equal to 0.2 jiCi/gm.
: g. Item numbering is revised consistent with the above changes (editorial).
A1-2.1.5     TS Section 3.3.3, Leakage Rate The reference to "10 CFR 100" in the "Objective" statement is replaced with "10 CFR 50.67."
A 1-2.1.6     TS Section 3.4.0, Reactor Building The operability requirements for maintaining reactor building (secondary containment) integrity are revised by deleting the requirement that reactor building integrity be in effect during the refueling condition, replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when reactor building integrity must be in effect. Formatting changes are also included to improve usability.
3 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-2.1.7     TS Section 3.4.1, Leakage Rate: TS Section 3.4.2, Reactor Building Integrity - Isolation Valves; TS Section 3.4.3, Access Control: and TS Section 3.4.4, Emergency Ventilation System These TS sections are revised as follows:
: a. The conditions for which TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, and 3.4.3 are applicable are revised to uniformly indicate that the requirements must be met "at all times when secondary containment integrity is required," consistent with the applicability requirements for TS Section 3.4.4.
: b. The action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4. .a, 3.4.2.b, 3.4.3.b, and 3.4.4.e are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building or during OPDRVs. Formatting changes are also included to improve usability.
: c. In TS Section 3.4.3.b.2, the item referring to "core alterations" is deleted.
A1-2.1.8     TS Section 3.4.5, Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS)
The conditions for which TS Section 3.4.5 is applicable are revised by deleting the refueling condition, replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)." Formatting changes are also included to improve usability. In addition, the action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4.5.e and 3.4.5.f are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building or during OPDRVs.
A 1-2.1.9   TS Table 3.6.2j, Emergency Ventilation Initiation Note (a) to TS Table 3.6.2j, which applies to the High Radiation Refueling Platform instrumentation, is revised by replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when the instrumentation must be operable. In addition, the requirement that the High Radiation Reactor Building Ventilation Duct instrumentation be operable in the Refuel mode of operation is replaced by Note (a) requiring that this instrumentation be operable whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
A1-2.2 Renewed Operating License Change NMP1 Renewed Operating License Condition 2.C.(3) is being deleted. This license condition required Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC (NMPNS) to submit an application for license amendment, including supporting analyses and evaluations, to demonstrate compliance with GDC 19 dose guidelines under accident conditions based upon system design and without reliance upon the use of potassium iodide. This license condition is no longer applicable since the AST analyses provided in this submittal demonstrate that the NMP1 control room operator dose exposure for the most limiting design basis accident remains within the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.67 without reliance on the use of potassium iodide.
4 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-3. BACKGROUND The current NMP1 licensing basis utilizes a source term that is based on TID-14844 (Reference A1-8.4) to calculate the radiological consequences of postulated design basis accidents. In response to NRC Generic Letter 2003-01 (References Al-8.1 and A1-8.2), NMPNS indicated that reanalysis of applicable accident scenarios in Chapter XV of the NMPl Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), using AST methodology, would be used to demonstrate control room habitability. To that end, this submittal contains the reanalysis and licensing basis changes necessary to meet Generic Letter 2003-01 objectives.
Use of AST methodology increases the design basis unfiltered inleakage into the control room envelope to a value larger than that observed in the tracer gas testing, and eliminates the License Condition 2.C.(3) requirement that potassium iodide (KI) be available to the control room operators.
The fission product release from the reactor core into primary containment following a DBA is referred to as the "source term." The source term is characterized by the composition and magnitude of the radioactive material, the chemical and physical properties of the material, and the timing of the release from the reactor core. Since the publication of TID-14844, significant advances have been made in understanding the composition and magnitude, chemical form, and timing of fission product releases from severe nuclear power plant accidents. Many of these insights developed out of the major research efforts started by the NRC and the nuclear industry after the accident at Three Mile Island.
In 1995, NUREG-1465 (Reference A1-8.6) was published with revised ASTs for use in the licensing of future Light Water Reactors (LWRs). This NUREG represents the result of decades of research on fission product release and transport in LWRs under accident conditions. On December 23, 1999, the NRC issued the final rule on "Use of Alternative Source Terms at Operating Reactors." The final rule, issued as 10 CFR 50.67, "Accident Source Term," allows holders of operating licenses issued prior to January 10, 1997, to voluntarily replace the traditional source term used in DBA analyses with alternative source terms such as the one described in NUREG-1465. One of the major insights summarized in NUREG-1465 involves the timing and duration of fission product releases.
The five release phases describing the progression of a severe accident in a LWR are listed in NUREG-1465 and are given below.
: 1. Coolant Activity Release
: 2. Gap Activity Release
: 3. Early In-vessel Release
: 4. Ex-vessel Release
: 5. Late In-vessel Release Phases 1, 2, and 3 are considered in current (i.e., pre-AST) DBA evaluations; however, they are all assumed to occur instantaneously. Phases 4 and 5 are related to severe accident evaluations. Under the AST methodology, only the coolant activity release (i.e., Phase 1) is assumed to occur instantaneously and ends with the onset of the gap activity release (i.e., Phase 2). This approach represents a more realistic time sequence for activity release. The insights from NUREG-1465 were subsequently incorporated into RG 1.183.
5 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4. TECHNICAL ANALYSIS A1-4.1 Radiological Consequence Analyses NMPNS has performed radiological consequence analyses of the DBAs documented in Chapter XV of the NMP1 UFSAR that potentially result in the most significant control room and offsite exposures.
These analyses were performed to support tull scope implementation of AST. The AST analyses have been performed in accordance with the guidance in RG 1.183 and Standard Review Plan (SRP) 15.0.1 (Reference A1-8.7). Acceptance criteria consistent with those required by 10 CFR 50.67 and RG 1.183, Table 6, were used to replace the current design basis source term acceptance criteria. The following NMP 1 DBAs were addressed:
* Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA), UFSAR Sections XV-C.2.0 and XV-C.5.0
* Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) Accident, UFSAR Section XV-C.1.0
* Refueling Accident, UFSAR Section XV-C.3.0
* Control Rod Drop Accident (CRDA), UFSAR Section XV-C.4.0 The AST analyses included the following:
: 1. Identification of the core source term based on plant specific analysis of core fission product inventory.
: 1. Identification of the core source term based on plant specific analysis of core fission product inventory.
: 2. Determination of the release fractions.
: 2. Determination of the release fractions.
: 3. Analysis of new atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) for the radiological propagation pathways.4. Calculation of fission product deposition rates and removal efficiencies.
: 3. Analysis of new atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) for the radiological propagation pathways.
: 5. Calculation of offsite and control room personnel TEDE doses.6. Evaluation of suppression pool pH to ensure that the iodine deposited into the suppression pool during a DBA LOCA does not re-evolve and become airborne as elemental iodine.7. Evaluation of other related design and licensing bases such as NUREG-0737, "Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements" (Reference AI-8.9).The analysis methodology, assumptions, and inputs for radionuclide release, transport, and removal for each of the analyzed DBAs are described in the following sections.
: 4. Calculation of fission product deposition rates and removal efficiencies.
An assessment of conformance with the guidance provided in RG 1.183 is provided in Tables A l-I through A1-5.A1-4.1.1 Evaluation Methodology A summary of the computer codes used in the AST analyses is provided in Table A1-6. Summary descriptions of these codes are provided below or in the section describing the specific DBA where the code is utilized.6 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.1.1 Fission Product Inventory The ORIGEN2 code (Reference AI-8.10) was used to calculate plant-specific fission product inventories which bound the effect of 24-month fuel cycles, power operation at the current licensed thermal power of 1850 MWt (plus the current accident analysis design basis allowance of 2% for instrument uncertainty), and the currently used General Electric GE-Il fuel design (see Table Al-7 for fuel data). Bounding values of fission product activity were determined for each radionuclide in the DBA radiological analyses by considering enrichment and exposure.
: 5. Calculation of offsite and control room personnel TEDE doses.
Fission product activities were calculated for immediately after shutdown and decayed for the required times. The shutdown values are shown in Table A 1-8.A1-4.1.1.2 Dose Assessment The RADTRAD computer code Version 3.03 (Reference AI-8.11) was used for the LOCA and CRDA calculations.
: 6. Evaluation of suppression pool pH to ensure that the iodine deposited into the suppression pool during a DBA LOCA does not re-evolve and become airborne as elemental iodine.
Due to simplifying and conservative assumptions, a spreadsheet was used to calculate doses for the MSLB accident, the Refueling Accident, and one of the two CRDA cases. The computer code STARDOSE (Reference A1-8.12) was used to check the RADTRAD results. The RADTRAD and STARDOSE programs are radiological consequence analysis codes used to determine post-accident doses at offsite and control room locations.
: 7. Evaluation of other related design and licensing bases such as NUREG-0737, "Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements" (Reference AI-8.9).
The STARDOSE code is the proprietary property of Polestar Applied Technology, Inc. The NRC has previously reviewed results obtained from the application of the STARDOSE code as part of the Vermont Yankee and Browns Ferry AST applications (References Al-8.23 and A1-8.24, respectively).
The analysis methodology, assumptions, and inputs for radionuclide release, transport, and removal for each of the analyzed DBAs are described in the following sections. An assessment of conformance with the guidance provided in RG 1.183 is provided in Tables A l-I through A1-5.
The evaluation of post-LOCA shine doses to control room personnel from the passing plume, the CRATS filters, and the reactor building airborne activity was performed using the QADMOD code (Reference Al-14). QADMOD was also used to confirm actuation of the RBEVS due to high radiation levels in the reactor building.
A1-4.1.1     Evaluation Methodology A summary of the computer codes used in the AST analyses is provided in Table A1-6. Summary descriptions of these codes are provided below or in the section describing the specific DBA where the code is utilized.
QADMOD has been applied previously to analyses of this type for NMP I.The QADMOD results were independently verified either manually or with the MicroShield code. The MicroShield code (Reference AI-13) is a point kernel integration code used for general purpose gamma shielding analysis.A1-4.1.1.3 Containment Activity Removal Credit is taken for the reduction of airborne activity in the primary containment due to natural deposition and sprays (RG 1.183, Appendix A, Sections 3.2 and 3.3).Modeling with STARNAUA Aerosol removal in containment is governed by a number of processes modeled by the STARNAUA computer code (Reference A1-8.15) including gravitational settling (sedimentation) and removal by sprays. In addition, agglomeration (coagulation) of particles is modeled; in fact, removal by sprays may be considered a special case of agglomeration.
6 of 87
Agglomeration is more pronounced when the number density of particles in the containment atmosphere is large. It is apparent from Stokes Law that larger particles are removed more efficiently than smaller ones (both for sedimentation and for spray removal);
 
therefore, agglomeration can substantially increase the removal rate. Because large particles are more readily removed than smaller ones, the particle size distribution gets more and more depleted of large particles as time goes on. Agglomeration mitigates this trend, tending to be a source of large particles.
ATTACHMENT (1)
7 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION An important special case of interest occurs when containment sprays are present. In this case, the agglomeration takes place between the very large spray droplets and the aerosol particles, which results in a very efficient process for removing the particles.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.1.1 Fission Product Inventory The ORIGEN2 code (Reference AI-8.10) was used to calculate plant-specific fission product inventories which bound the effect of 24-month fuel cycles, power operation at the current licensed thermal power of 1850 MWt (plus the current accident analysis design basis allowance of 2% for instrument uncertainty),
Sedimentation is always an important removal mechanism for aerosol particles and is often the predominant one, even in the absence of sprays. When sprays are present, sedimentation of the compound spray droplet/particle accounts for almost all of the aerosol removal.Sedimentation of aerosols (as opposed to that of spray droplets) is well understood in terms of the Stokes-Cunningham law which gives the terminal settling velocity for a single particle of actual radius ro as: 2Cg(pp -Pgas)rp 9ýtgas where: v, = settling velocity, cm/sec g = gravitational acceleration, 980 cm/sec 2 pp = density of the particle, g/cm 3 Pgas = density of air (or the containment atmosphere), g/cm 3[tgas = viscosity of air (or the containment atmosphere), g/cm-sec C = Cunningham slip factor = 1 + 1.246 + 0.42exp(-  
and the currently used General Electric GE-Il fuel design (see Table Al-7 for fuel data). Bounding values of fission product activity were determined for each radionuclide in the DBA radiological analyses by considering enrichment and exposure. Fission product activities were calculated for immediately after shutdown and decayed for the required times. The shutdown values are shown in Table A 1-8.
-.87rp rp X = gas mean free path, cm rp= particle actual radius (Note that STARNAUA employs cgs units throughout.)
A1-4.1.1.2 Dose Assessment The RADTRAD computer code Version 3.03 (Reference AI-8.11) was used for the LOCA and CRDA calculations. Due to simplifying and conservative assumptions, a spreadsheet was used to calculate doses for the MSLB accident, the Refueling Accident, and one of the two CRDA cases. The computer code STARDOSE (Reference A1-8.12) was used to check the RADTRAD results. The RADTRAD and STARDOSE programs are radiological consequence analysis codes used to determine post-accident doses at offsite and control room locations. The STARDOSE code is the proprietary property of Polestar Applied Technology, Inc. The NRC has previously reviewed results obtained from the application of the STARDOSE code as part of the Vermont Yankee and Browns Ferry AST applications (References Al-8.23 and A1-8.24, respectively).
The evaluation of post-LOCA shine doses to control room personnel from the passing plume, the CRATS filters, and the reactor building airborne activity was performed using the QADMOD code (Reference Al-14). QADMOD was also used to confirm actuation of the RBEVS due to high radiation levels in the reactor building. QADMOD has been applied previously to analyses of this type for NMP I.
The QADMOD results were independently verified either manually or with the MicroShield code. The MicroShield code (Reference AI-13) is a point kernel integration code used for general purpose gamma shielding analysis.
A1-4.1.1.3 Containment Activity Removal Credit is taken for the reduction of airborne activity in the primary containment due to natural deposition and sprays (RG 1.183, Appendix A, Sections 3.2 and 3.3).
Modeling with STARNAUA Aerosol removal in containment is governed by a number of processes modeled by the STARNAUA computer code (Reference A1-8.15) including gravitational settling (sedimentation) and removal by sprays. In addition, agglomeration (coagulation) of particles is modeled; in fact, removal by sprays may be considered a special case of agglomeration.
Agglomeration is more pronounced when the number density of particles in the containment atmosphere is large. It is apparent from Stokes Law that larger particles are removed more efficiently than smaller ones (both for sedimentation and for spray removal); therefore, agglomeration can substantially increase the removal rate. Because large particles are more readily removed than smaller ones, the particle size distribution gets more and more depleted of large particles as time goes on. Agglomeration mitigates this trend, tending to be a source of large particles.
7 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION An important special case of interest occurs when containment sprays are present. In this case, the agglomeration takes place between the very large spray droplets and the aerosol particles, which results in a very efficient process for removing the particles.
Sedimentation is always an important removal mechanism for aerosol particles and is often the predominant one, even in the absence of sprays. When sprays are present, sedimentation of the compound spray droplet/particle accounts for almost all of the aerosol removal.
Sedimentation of aerosols (as opposed to that of spray droplets) is well understood in terms of the Stokes-Cunningham law which gives the terminal settling velocity for a single particle of actual radius ro as:
2Cg(pp   -Pgas)rp 9ýtgas where:
v, = settling velocity, cm/sec               2 g = gravitational acceleration, 980 cm/sec pp = density of the particle, g/cm3 g/cm 3 Pgas = density of air (or the containment atmosphere),
[tgas = viscosity of air (or the containment atmosphere), g/cm-sec C = Cunningham slip factor = 1 +           1.246 + 0.42exp(-   -.87rp rp k*
X = gas mean free path, cm rp= particle actual radius (Note that STARNAUA employs cgs units throughout.)
The expression above is valid for particles of radius less than -50 microns (i.e., aerosols) which adequately covers the particle size range of interest. (It does not apply to spray droplets, which are considerably larger and are treated differently.)
The expression above is valid for particles of radius less than -50 microns (i.e., aerosols) which adequately covers the particle size range of interest. (It does not apply to spray droplets, which are considerably larger and are treated differently.)
Settling and spray removal rates are strongly dependent on the size (and material density) of the aerosol particles.
Settling and spray removal rates are strongly dependent on the size (and material density) of the aerosol particles. In STARNAUA, the aerosol population is characterized by a size distribution which evolves in time from its initial (source) function to a time-dependent distribution as particles of different sizes are added, agglomerate, and/or are removed at different rates. The initial source size distribution is assumed to be characteristic of the aerosol released into the containment.
In STARNAUA, the aerosol population is characterized by a size distribution which evolves in time from its initial (source) function to a time-dependent distribution as particles of different sizes are added, agglomerate, and/or are removed at different rates. The initial source size distribution is assumed to be characteristic of the aerosol released into the containment.
In so-called "discrete" codes (including STARNAUA), the size distribution is defined by choosing appropriate minimum and maximum particle sizes and dividing the interval between the two into a number of "bins". The initial size distribution is then entered as the fraction of the total number of particles assigned to each bin. The population of each bin is then followed as a function of time. The larger the number of bins, the more accurately the distribution will be represented, but at the cost of increased computing time. The NMP1 analysis for drywell spray was conducted using 30 bins covering 4.54E-3 microns to 90.8 microns aerodynamic radius for the initial distribution.
In so-called "discrete" codes (including STARNAUA), the size distribution is defined by choosing appropriate minimum and maximum particle sizes and dividing the interval between the two into a number of "bins". The initial size distribution is then entered as the fraction of the total number of particles assigned to each bin. The population of each bin is then followed as a function of time. The larger the number of bins, the more accurately the distribution will be represented, but at the cost of increased computing time. The NMP1 analysis for drywell spray was conducted using 30 bins covering 4.54E-3 microns to 90.8 microns aerodynamic radius for the initial distribution.
It has been observed that many aerosol distributions (number of particles, N, as a function of particle radius, r), both those occurring naturally and those resulting from industrial or other processes of human origin, are of the log-normal type. It should be noted that such a distribution is completely defined by two 8 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION parameters: (ln(r))m and ag. The parameter (ln(r))m is the mean value of In(r) for the aerosol population.
It has been observed that many aerosol distributions (number of particles, N, as a function of particle radius, r), both those occurring naturally and those resulting from industrial or other processes of human origin, are of the log-normal type. It should be noted that such a distribution is completely defined by two 8 of 87
To characterize the initial (source) distribution, STARNAUA replaces (ln(r)),n by the closely related parameter rg, where rg is the (geometric) mean particle radius (ln(rg) = (ln(r))m ).The results of a number of large-scale fuel melt experiments were analyzed in order to obtain values of rg and (g. The results were then averaged to obtain what is believed to be the most representative values of the source size distribution in a reactor fuel melt accident.
 
The representative values are rg = 0.22 Vtm and oY = 1.81 (Og = 0.5933). These are the values that are normally input into STARNAUA calculations (except for a small correction due to the void fraction of the particles).
ATTACHMENT (1)
An important consideration in sedimentation arises from the fact that the aerosol particles are not considered to be solid, but are assumed to have void fractions that are filled with gas if the containment atmosphere is dry, or filled with water if the atmosphere is at or near saturation.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION parameters: (ln(r))m and ag. The parameter (ln(r))m is the mean value of In(r) for the aerosol population.
For plants with sprays operating, it is generally assumed that the voids are water-filled.
To characterize the initial (source) distribution, STARNAUA replaces (ln(r)),n by the closely related parameter rg, where rg is the (geometric) mean particle radius (ln(rg) = (ln(r))m ).
The mechanisms that contribute to the spray collection efficiency modeled in STARNAUA include interception, impaction, Brownian diffusion of aerosol particles to the droplet, and diffusiophoretic deposition of particles to the droplets if the thermal-hydraulic conditions result in steam condensation on the droplets.
The results of a number of large-scale fuel melt experiments were analyzed in order to obtain values of rg and (g. The results were then averaged to obtain what is believed to be the most representative values of the source size distribution in a reactor fuel melt accident. The representative values are rg = 0.22 Vtm and oY= 1.81 (Og = 0.5933). These are the values that are normally input into STARNAUA calculations (except for a small correction due to the void fraction of the particles).
The latter effect is neglected for NMP1. The overall spray collection efficiency is the sum of the individual efficiencies of these processes, which are dependent on both the droplet and the particle sizes.Thermal-Hydraulic Conditions The density and viscosity of the containment atmosphere are functions of input thermal-hydraulic conditions in the containment (temperature and gas composition (steam/nitrogen ratio)), which will vary with time. STARNAUA contains function statements that yield these quantities at each time step in the calculation.
An important consideration in sedimentation arises from the fact that the aerosol particles are not considered to be solid, but are assumed to have void fractions that are filled with gas if the containment atmosphere is dry, or filled with water if the atmosphere is at or near saturation. For plants with sprays operating, it is generally assumed that the voids are water-filled.
The input values of temperature and steam/nitrogen ratio (relative humidity) are taken from the current licensing basis figures of drywell pressure and temperature presented in the NMP1 UFSAR Chapter XV for the case with core spray operating, which is the more limiting thermal-hydraulic case.Mass of Inert Aerosol Release In addition to fission products released as aerosols, non-fission product fuel and structural
The mechanisms that contribute to the spray collection efficiency modeled in STARNAUA include interception, impaction, Brownian diffusion of aerosol particles to the droplet, and diffusiophoretic deposition of particles to the droplets if the thermal-hydraulic conditions result in steam condensation on the droplets. The latter effect is neglected for NMP1. The overall spray collection efficiency is the sum of the individual efficiencies of these processes, which are dependent on both the droplet and the particle sizes.
("inert")material aerosols are also released.
Thermal-Hydraulic Conditions The density and viscosity of the containment atmosphere are functions of input thermal-hydraulic conditions in the containment (temperature and gas composition (steam/nitrogen ratio)), which will vary with time. STARNAUA contains function statements that yield these quantities at each time step in the calculation. The input values of temperature and steam/nitrogen ratio (relative humidity) are taken from the current licensing basis figures of drywell pressure and temperature presented in the NMP1 UFSAR Chapter XV for the case with core spray operating, which is the more limiting thermal-hydraulic case.
Although these do not contribute significantly to radiation exposure, their presence in the total aerosol is important, since they do contribute to the aerosol number density in the containment atmosphere and take part in aerosol agglomeration.
Mass of Inert Aerosol Release In addition to fission products released as aerosols, non-fission product fuel and structural ("inert")
Thus, they influence the removal rates of the fission product aerosols from the containment atmosphere.
material aerosols are also released. Although these do not contribute significantly to radiation exposure, their presence in the total aerosol is important, since they do contribute to the aerosol number density in the containment atmosphere and take part in aerosol agglomeration. Thus, they influence the removal rates of the fission product aerosols from the containment atmosphere. It is thus essential to include them in the aerosol source term in STARNAUA calculations. The ratio of structural material to fission product aerosols should be at least 2.4. This value is considered to be conservative; i.e., it will result in less aerosol removal than a larger value would. For NMPI, an even more conservative ratio of 1:1 was used.
It is thus essential to include them in the aerosol source term in STARNAUA calculations.
In a STARNAUA calculation, the fission product aerosol release in each release period for each fission product is determined on the basis of its core inventory at the time of the accident and its release fraction from the core. The fission product release rates are summed, and for the in-vessel release period, the inert release rate is taken as equal to the sum of the total fission product releases (gap plus in-vessel release periods) times the assumed inert/fission product ratio. It is assumed that no inert release occurs during the gap release period.
The ratio of structural material to fission product aerosols should be at least 2.4. This value is considered to be conservative; i.e., it will result in less aerosol removal than a larger value would. For NMPI, an even more conservative ratio of 1:1 was used.In a STARNAUA calculation, the fission product aerosol release in each release period for each fission product is determined on the basis of its core inventory at the time of the accident and its release fraction from the core. The fission product release rates are summed, and for the in-vessel release period, the inert release rate is taken as equal to the sum of the total fission product releases (gap plus in-vessel release periods) times the assumed inert/fission product ratio. It is assumed that no inert release occurs during the gap release period.9 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION The removal of elemental iodine is assumed to occur at the same rate and with the same degree of completeness as particulate except that the spray lambda is not permitted to exceed 20 per hour. The assumption of equal removal is based on the propensity for elemental iodine to adsorb onto surfaces (in this case, the large surface area of the dispersed particulate).
9 of 87
Once the iodine is dissolved in the spray water, for a suppression pool pH of 8.3 at 24 hours (the point in time when spray credit ceases), the ratio of iodine concentration in the liquid phase to that in the gas will be approximately 24,000. For a primary containment gas-to-liquid volume of about 3.75 for NMP1, this means that not more than 0.016% of the total iodine would remain airborne as elemental iodine at that time. This is negligible considering the residual 0.15% iodine airborne in organic form (itself a minor contributor to dose). With the suppression pool pH being greater than 7.0 even at 30 days, re-evolution of elemental iodine later in the accident does not need to be considered.
 
A 1-4.1.1.4 Main Steam Line Activity Removal Credit is taken for the reduction of airborne activity in the main steam lines between the inboard and outboard main steam isolation valves (MSIVs) due to natural deposition (RG 1. 183, Appendix A, Section 6.3).Modeling with STARNAUA The calculation of aerosol removal in the main steam lines is also accomplished with STARNAUA.
ATTACHMENT (1)
It is assumed that particulate in the portion of the main steam line between the inboard and the outboard MSIVs is subject to removal by deposition as allowed by RG 1.183, Appendix A, Section 6.3 as long as both MSIVs are closed. This portion of the steam lines is horizontal; thus, the full projected area may be credited for sedimentation.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION The removal of elemental iodine is assumed to occur at the same rate and with the same degree of completeness as particulate except that the spray lambda is not permitted to exceed 20 per hour. The assumption of equal removal is based on the propensity for elemental iodine to adsorb onto surfaces (in this case, the large surface area of the dispersed particulate). Once the iodine is dissolved in the spray water, for a suppression pool pH of 8.3 at 24 hours (the point in time when spray credit ceases), the ratio of iodine concentration in the liquid phase to that in the gas will be approximately 24,000. For a primary containment gas-to-liquid volume of about 3.75 for NMP1, this means that not more than 0.016% of the total iodine would remain airborne as elemental iodine at that time. This is negligible considering the residual 0.15% iodine airborne in organic form (itself a minor contributor to dose). With the suppression pool pH being greater than 7.0 even at 30 days, re-evolution of elemental iodine later in the accident does not need to be considered.
Because sedimentation is minimized by the assumption of high temperature, the steam line is conservatively assumed to remain at its maximum temperature for the full duration of the analysis.
A 1-4.1.1.4       Main Steam Line Activity Removal Credit is taken for the reduction of airborne activity in the main steam lines between the inboard and outboard main steam isolation valves (MSIVs) due to natural deposition (RG 1. 183, Appendix A, Section 6.3).
This assumption also minimizes residence time in the volume between the MSIVs, which also adds conservatism.
Modeling with STARNAUA The calculation of aerosol removal in the main steam lines is also accomplished with STARNAUA. It is assumed that particulate in the portion of the main steam line between the inboard and the outboard MSIVs is subject to removal by deposition as allowed by RG 1.183, Appendix A, Section 6.3 as long as both MSIVs are closed. This portion of the steam lines is horizontal; thus, the full projected area may be credited for sedimentation. Because sedimentation is minimized by the assumption of high temperature, the steam line is conservatively assumed to remain at its maximum temperature for the full duration of the analysis. This assumption also minimizes residence time in the volume between the MSIVs, which also adds conservatism.
It is also assumed that particulate mass and activity and elemental iodine activity are reduced by a factor of two due to particle impaction at the inboard or outboard MSIV, whichever is the first closed valve encountered.
It is also assumed that particulate mass and activity and elemental iodine activity are reduced by a factor of two due to particle impaction at the inboard or outboard MSIV, whichever is the first closed valve encountered. However, once the particulate enters the steam line beyond the first closed MSIV, no further elemental iodine removal is considered in the steam lines. This is very conservative, because even if re-evolution from the particulate surfaces were to occur in the hot, dry conditions of the steam line, some deposition and retention would be expected on the metal surfaces in those volumes, as well.
However, once the particulate enters the steam line beyond the first closed MSIV, no further elemental iodine removal is considered in the steam lines. This is very conservative, because even if re-evolution from the particulate surfaces were to occur in the hot, dry conditions of the steam line, some deposition and retention would be expected on the metal surfaces in those volumes, as well.A1-4.1.1.5 ESF Leakage during Reactor Building Drawdown Period Background The mechanical pressure-boundary elements of systems recirculating reactor coolant/suppression pool water post-accident outside the primary containment (such as pump seals, valve stem packing, flanges, etc.) are subject to leakage. For NMP1, the design basis leakage rate is 600 gph. In accordance with RG 1.183, this value is increased by a factor of two for purposes of the AST dose analysis, and 10% of the radioiodine dissolved in the reactor coolant is assumed to re-evolve from the liquid and become airborne as it leaks from the ESF systems.10 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION ESF Leakage Iodine Treatment There is a functional relationship between the iodine concentration in the liquid and that in the gas above the liquid. Using models from NUREG/CR-5732, "Iodine Chemical Forms in LWR Severe Accidents" (Reference A1-8.26), the following expression can be obtained for H, the ratio of iodine concentration in the liquid phase to that in the gas phase: H = 105990.0149T (2 + eI 7 2 (pH)-608).
A1-4.1.1.5 ESF Leakage during Reactor Building Drawdown Period
For example, if T = 347 0 K (165'F, the maximum suppression pool temperature) is used in connection with a pH of 7, the value of H is 2571. This means the liquid phase mass concentration of iodine will be 2571 times the gas phase concentration of iodine at equilibrium.
 
If the liquid phase leak rate is L in gph, then the fraction of incoming iodine (4D).that can be removed by an equilibrium ventilation gas flow (GF)in cfm is the iodine removed/iodine in, or: (D = GF(448.8 gph/cfm)/HL Solving for the gas flow: GF = (IHL/(448.8 gph/cfm) = D{ 10 5" 9 9-0" 0 1 4 9 T(2 + el 7 2 (PH)6 0 8)}L/(448.8 gph/cfm)For L = 1200 gph, and D = 10%: GF = 0.267{ 1 0 5"99-0"0149T(2 + el72(pH)-608)}
===Background===
For the pH = 7/T = 347 0 K example, GF = 687 cfm.While this gas flow is not excessive in a general ventilation sense, it is large relative to the outleakage of the reactor building (RB) during the drawdown period. For example, it is 220 times greater than the containment leak rate of 1.5 %/day (3.125 cfm). Therefore, while the reactor building outleakage may be capable of conveying all of the containment leakage to the environment during drawdown, it is physically impossible for it to convey all of the iodine released from ESF leakage.The maximum calculated pressure in the RB during drawdown assuming single RBEVS train operation is illustrated in Attachment (4), Figure A4-1. The peak reactor building pressure of 2.31 inches of water is reached in 205 seconds after the LOCA and concurrent loss of offsite power. Using the pressure transient in the RB as shown on Figure A4-1, the potential outleakage during drawdown may be calculated.
The mechanical pressure-boundary elements of systems recirculating reactor coolant/suppression pool water post-accident outside the primary containment (such as pump seals, valve stem packing, flanges, etc.) are subject to leakage. For NMP1, the design basis leakage rate is 600 gph. In accordance with RG 1.183, this value is increased by a factor of two for purposes of the AST dose analysis, and 10% of the radioiodine dissolved in the reactor coolant is assumed to re-evolve from the liquid and become airborne as it leaks from the ESF systems.
Note that in calculating this internal pressure, 80% of the leakage area was assumed to be at the point of maximum pressure on the windward side of the building.
10 of 87
If this assumption were applied consistently, only 20% of the leakage area would be available for outleakage.
 
However, for conservatism, outleakage is calculated on the basis of 50% of the leakage area being at a point on the leeward side of the reactor building where the building pressure is negative.
ATTACHMENT (1)
For the 951h percentile wind speed of 22 mph, the corresponding local pressure is -0.162 inches of water.The transient outleakage rate is presented on Figure A1-2. Also presented on this figure is the air flow necessary to purge away the re-evolved iodine based on the instantaneous pH of the leakage stream. Note that initially (because the RB pressure is high and the pH of the leakage is low), the building outleakage is much greater than the iodine purge flow. However, as shown in Calculation H21C084 (see Attachment 8), by 30 minutes, the suppression pool pH has increased to about 7.2 due to the addition of fission product cesium compounds, with the result that the purge flow is about 1000 cfm. At the same time, the RB 11 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION leakage flow has been reduced to 1000 cfm. Beyond this point, decreasing RB internal pressure and continued maintenance of suppression pool pH above 7.0 (by injection of sodium pentaborate solution by the LPS) produces a situation in which the air flow necessary to remove the re-evolving iodine is greater than the air flow that can leak from the RB.What would happen at this point, in reality, is that airborne iodine would begin to accumulate in the RB atmosphere and iodine re-evolution would be suppressed.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION ESF Leakage Iodine Treatment There is a functional relationship between the iodine concentration in the liquid and that in the gas above the liquid. Using models from NUREG/CR-5732, "Iodine Chemical Forms in LWR Severe Accidents" (Reference A1-8.26), the following expression can be obtained for H, the ratio of iodine concentration in the liquid phase to that in the gas phase:
However, for conservatism in the NMP1 LOCA dose analysis, the excess iodine (that which is greater than the RB can leak) is assumed to be released via the RBEVS without holdup.A 1-4.1.2 Inputs and Assumptions General inputs for the DBA radiological consequence analyses are listed in Table AI-9. Event-specific inputs and assumptions are further discussed in the following sections.
H = 105990.0149T (2 + eI 7 2(pH)-608).
New atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) for the control room intake, Technical Support Center (TSC) intake, and offsite (exclusion area boundary (EAB) and low population zone (LPZ)) have been calculated and represent a significant change from the values used in the current radiological design basis analyses.
For example, if T = 3470 K (165'F, the maximum                     suppression pool temperature) is used in connection with a pH of 7, the value of H is 2571. This means                 the liquid phase mass concentration of iodine will be 2571 times the gas phase concentration of iodine at                 equilibrium. If the liquid phase leak rate is L in gph, then the fraction of incoming iodine (4D).that can be               removed by an equilibrium ventilation gas flow (GF) in cfm is the iodine removed/iodine in, or:
Section Al-4.3 and Attachment (7) provide additional information regarding X/Q values.A I-4.1.3 Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA)The radiological consequences of the DBA LOCA were analyzed using the RADTRAD code and verified with the STARDOSE code, with the inputs and assumptions defined in Section A1-4.1.3.1 below. The LOCA analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C092 (see Attachment 8).A1-4.1.3.l Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs used in the AST LOCA analysis are included in Tables A1-9 through AI-12. These inputs and assumptions fall into three categories:
(D = GF(448.8 gph/cfm)/HL Solving for the gas flow:
Radionuclide Release Inputs and Timing, Radionuclide Transport Inputs, and Radionuclide Removal Inputs. The LOCA analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C092 (see Attachment 8). The analysis includes five release pathways (illustrated schematically on Figure Al-1), as follows: Pathway 1: Leakage from Primary Containment (PC) directly to the environment (includes Reactor Building (Secondary Containment) bypass leakage and MSIV leakage);Pathway 2: Leakage from the PC directly to the environment only for the duration of RB drawdown (i.e., prior to re-establishing RB negative pressure);
GF = (IHL/(448.8 gph/cfm) = D{ 105 "9 9-0"         0 149 T(2 + el 72(PH) 6 08
                                                                                      )}L/(448.8 gph/cfm)
For L = 1200 gph, and D = 10%:
GF   = 0.267{ 1 0 5"99-0"0149T( 2 + el72(pH)-608)}
For the pH   = 7/T = 347 0 K example, GF = 687 cfm.
While this gas flow is not excessive in a general ventilation sense, it is large relative to the outleakage of the reactor building (RB) during the drawdown period. For example, it is 220 times greater than the containment leak rate of 1.5 %/day (3.125 cfm). Therefore, while the reactor building outleakage may be capable of conveying all of the containment leakage to the environment during drawdown, it is physically impossible for it to convey all of the iodine released from ESF leakage.
The maximum calculated pressure in the RB during drawdown assuming single RBEVS train operation is illustrated in Attachment (4), Figure A4-1. The peak reactor building pressure of 2.31 inches of water is reached in 205 seconds after the LOCA and concurrent loss of offsite power. Using the pressure transient in the RB as shown on Figure A4-1, the potential outleakage during drawdown may be calculated. Note that in calculating this internal pressure, 80% of the leakage area was assumed to be at the point of maximum pressure on the windward side of the building. If this assumption were applied consistently, only 20% of the leakage area would be available for outleakage. However, for conservatism, outleakage is calculated on the basis of 50% of the leakage area being at a point on the leeward side of the reactor building where the building pressure is negative. For the 951h percentile wind speed of 22 mph, the corresponding local pressure is -0.162 inches of water.
The transient outleakage rate is presented on Figure A1-2. Also presented on this figure is the air flow necessary to purge away the re-evolved iodine based on the instantaneous pH of the leakage stream. Note that initially (because the RB pressure is high and the pH of the leakage is low), the building outleakage is much greater than the iodine purge flow. However, as shown in Calculation H21C084 (see Attachment 8),
by 30 minutes, the suppression pool pH has increased to about 7.2 due to the addition of fission product cesium compounds, with the result that the purge flow is about 1000 cfm. At the same time, the RB 11 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION leakage flow has been reduced to 1000 cfm. Beyond this point, decreasing RB internal pressure and continued maintenance of suppression pool pH above 7.0 (by injection of sodium pentaborate solution by the LPS) produces a situation in which the air flow necessary to remove the re-evolving iodine is greater than the air flow that can leak from the RB.
What would happen at this point, in reality, is that airborne iodine would begin to accumulate in the RB atmosphere and iodine re-evolution would be suppressed. However, for conservatism in the NMP1 LOCA dose analysis, the excess iodine (that which is greater than the RB can leak) is assumed to be released via the RBEVS without holdup.
A 1-4.1.2     Inputs and Assumptions General inputs for the DBA radiological consequence analyses are listed in Table AI-9. Event-specific inputs and assumptions are further discussed in the following sections. New atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) for the control room intake, Technical Support Center (TSC) intake, and offsite (exclusion area boundary (EAB) and low population zone (LPZ)) have been calculated and represent a significant change from the values used in the current radiological design basis analyses. Section Al-4.3 and Attachment (7) provide additional information regarding X/Q values.
A I-4.1.3     Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA)
The radiological consequences of the DBA LOCA were analyzed using the RADTRAD code and verified with the STARDOSE code, with the inputs and assumptions defined in Section A1-4.1.3.1 below. The LOCA analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C092 (see Attachment 8).
A1-4.1.3.l       Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs used in the AST LOCA analysis are included in Tables A1-9 through AI-12. These inputs and assumptions fall into three categories: Radionuclide Release Inputs and Timing, Radionuclide Transport Inputs, and Radionuclide Removal Inputs. The LOCA analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C092 (see Attachment 8). The analysis includes five release pathways (illustrated schematically on Figure Al-1), as follows:
Pathway 1: Leakage from Primary Containment (PC) directly to the environment (includes Reactor Building (Secondary Containment) bypass leakage and MSIV leakage);
Pathway 2: Leakage from the PC directly to the environment only for the duration of RB drawdown (i.e.,
prior to re-establishing RB negative pressure);
Pathway 3: Leakage from the PC into the RB and subsequent release to the environment via the RBEVS and the plant stack after RB drawdown (i.e., RB negative pressure is re-established);
Pathway 3: Leakage from the PC into the RB and subsequent release to the environment via the RBEVS and the plant stack after RB drawdown (i.e., RB negative pressure is re-established);
Pathway 4: Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) leakage from the PC directly to the environment only for the duration of RB drawdown (i.e., prior to re-establishing RB negative pressure).
Pathway 4: Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) leakage from the PC directly to the environment only for the duration of RB drawdown (i.e., prior to re-establishing RB negative pressure). Note that a portion of the ESF leakage prior to RB drawdown is assumed to be released from the plant stack because the volumetric flow associated with the re-evolved ESF leakage iodine is too great to leak from the RB as building leakage during drawdown. This is discussed in Section A1-4.1.1.5 above.
Note that a portion of the ESF leakage prior to RB drawdown is assumed to be released from the plant stack because the volumetric flow associated with the re-evolved ESF leakage iodine is too great to leak from the RB as building leakage during drawdown.
Pathway 5: ESF leakage from the PC into the RB and subsequent release to the environment via the RBEVS and the plant stack after RB drawdown (i.e., RB negative pressure is re-established).
This is discussed in Section A1-4.1.1.5 above.Pathway 5: ESF leakage from the PC into the RB and subsequent release to the environment via the RBEVS and the plant stack after RB drawdown (i.e., RB negative pressure is re-established).
12 of 87
12 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION All of these pathways were initially analyzed for two accident scenarios:
 
one in which the failure of an RBEVS train delays drawdown of the RB (affecting Pathways 2 through 5) and one in which an MSIV fails to close (affecting Pathway 1). However, the limiting scenario is an assumed loss of offsite power concurrent with the LOCA and failure of an emergency diesel generator (EDG) to operate. The EDG failure results in only a single RBEVS train operating (which delays drawdown of the RB and produces essentially a fully bypassed secondary containment for an extended period), and also results in one inboard MSIV failing to close (which reduces activity removal in one main steam line).Radionuclide Release Inputs and Timing The Pathway I releases are secondary containment bypass pathways, which include MSIV leakage and leakage via other systems (i.e., feedwater, torus vent, drywell vent and emergency condenser vent and drain) that provide pathways from the primary containment.
ATTACHMENT (1)
They are treated as ground level releases from either the RB or the turbine building.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION All of these pathways were initially analyzed for two accident scenarios: one in which the failure of an RBEVS train delays drawdown of the RB (affecting Pathways 2 through 5) and one in which an MSIV fails to close (affecting Pathway 1). However, the limiting scenario is an assumed loss of offsite power concurrent with the LOCA and failure of an emergency diesel generator (EDG) to operate. The EDG failure results in only a single RBEVS train operating (which delays drawdown of the RB and produces essentially a fully bypassed secondary containment for an extended period), and also results in one inboard MSIV failing to close (which reduces activity removal in one main steam line).
Pathway 2 and Pathway 4 releases are from the RB at ground level during drawdown.
Radionuclide Release Inputs and Timing The Pathway I releases are secondary containment bypass pathways, which include MSIV leakage and leakage via other systems (i.e., feedwater, torus vent, drywell vent and emergency condenser vent and drain) that provide pathways from the primary containment. They are treated as ground level releases from either the RB or the turbine building. Pathway 2 and Pathway 4 releases are from the RB at ground level during drawdown. Pathway 3 and Pathway 5 releases are from the plant stack. Event timing is as follows:
Pathway 3 and Pathway 5 releases are from the plant stack. Event timing is as follows:* LOCA occurs at time zero. Degraded core cooling leads to core damage.* Release from core to PC begins at 2 minutes.* Drywell sprays are initiated automatically and spray begins at 75 seconds.* RBEVS starts automatically within a few minutes and RB drawdown is achieved in 6 hours (for a single RBEVS train operating).
* LOCA occurs at time zero. Degraded core cooling leads to core damage.
* Further core damage and associated activity releases are terminated at 122 minutes by assumed restoration of core cooling. Drywell and torus airspace become well-mixed at that time.* Within 1.5 hours, the Liquid Poison System (LPS) is initiated and the contents of the LPS storage tank begin to mix with the suppression pool (torus) water. See Section A1-4.2 and Attachment (5)." By 24 hours, the containment pressure has decreased to less than 5 psig, and the PC leak rate has become a factor of two less than the maximum PC leak rate (except for ESF liquid leakage)." By 720 hours, essentially all particulate activity has been leaked or deposited and gaseous 1-131 (the principal dose contributor excluding particulate 1-131) has gone through nearly four half-lives. The dose calculation is terminated in accordance with RG 1.183.The timing of these events is based on RG 1.183 and as further discussed below.Reactor Building Drawdown Time Prior to establishing a sustained negative pressure in the RB, PC leakage is assumed to be released directly to the environment from the refueling floor elevation via sheet-metal siding. The time at which the RB pressure becomes sufficiently low to justify no further out-leakage is an important parameter of the DBA LOCA analysis.
* Release from core to PC begins at 2 minutes.
The reactor building drawdown calculation is discussed in Attachment (4).13 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Drywell Spray Initiation The containment spray pumps will automatically start within 60 seconds of the Reactor Protection System (RPS) receiving both a high drywell pressure and a low-low reactor water level signal. The containment spray pumps spray water from the suppression pool into the drywell and torus airspaces.
* Drywell sprays are initiated automatically and spray begins at 75 seconds.
Spray is assumed to begin at 75 seconds, prior to the start of the gap activity release. The containment spray system is described in UFSAR Sections VII-B and XVI-C.2.0.
* RBEVS starts automatically within a few minutes and RB drawdown is achieved in 6 hours (for a single RBEVS train operating).
The system is designated safety-related and system operability is governed by TS Section 3.3.7.Drywell and Torus Mixing RG 1.183 establishes that only the drywell volume should be credited for diluting the activity release from the core for a BWR. For plants with Mark I containment designs, no specific guidance on how to treat mixing between the drywell and the remainder of the containment is provided.
* Further core damage and associated activity releases are terminated at 122 minutes by assumed restoration of core cooling. Drywell and torus airspace become well-mixed at that time.
Instead, the general guidance is that the torus airspace "...may be included provided there is a mechanism to ensure mixing..." The NMP1 analysis credits mixing of the drywell and torus airspace volumes beyond 122 minutes, following the restoration of core/core debris cooling. At this time, considerable thermal-hydraulic activity in the PC will result in the drywell and torus airspace volumes becoming well-mixed.
* Within 1.5 hours, the Liquid Poison System (LPS) is initiated and the contents of the LPS storage tank begin to mix with the suppression pool (torus) water. See Section A1-4.2 and Attachment (5).
    "   By 24 hours, the containment pressure has decreased to less than 5 psig, and the PC leak rate has become a factor of two less than the maximum PC leak rate (except for ESF liquid leakage).
    "   By 720 hours, essentially all particulate activity has been leaked or deposited and gaseous 1-131 (the principal dose contributor excluding particulate 1-131) has gone through nearly four half-lives. The dose calculation is terminated in accordance with RG 1.183.
The timing of these events is based on RG 1.183 and as further discussed below.
ReactorBuilding Drawdown Time Prior to establishing a sustained negative pressure in the RB, PC leakage is assumed to be released directly to the environment from the refueling floor elevation via sheet-metal siding. The time at which the RB pressure becomes sufficiently low to justify no further out-leakage is an important parameter of the DBA LOCA analysis. The reactor building drawdown calculation is discussed in Attachment (4).
13 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Drywell Spray Initiation The containment spray pumps will automatically start within 60 seconds of the Reactor Protection System (RPS) receiving both a high drywell pressure and a low-low reactor water level signal. The containment spray pumps spray water from the suppression pool into the drywell and torus airspaces. Spray is assumed to begin at 75 seconds, prior to the start of the gap activity release. The containment spray system is described in UFSAR Sections VII-B and XVI-C.2.0. The system is designated safety-related and system operability is governed by TS Section 3.3.7.
Drywell and Torus Mixing RG 1.183 establishes that only the drywell volume should be credited for diluting the activity release from the core for a BWR. For plants with Mark I containment designs, no specific guidance on how to treat mixing between the drywell and the remainder of the containment is provided. Instead, the general guidance is that the torus airspace "...may be included provided there is a mechanism to ensure mixing..." The NMP1 analysis credits mixing of the drywell and torus airspace volumes beyond 122 minutes, following the restoration of core/core debris cooling. At this time, considerable thermal-hydraulic activity in the PC will result in the drywell and torus airspace volumes becoming well-mixed.
Liquid Poison System Injection The analysis credits the pH buffering effect of sodium pentaborate solution introduced into the suppression pool post-LOCA by operation of the LPS. The LPS injection will maintain the suppression pool pH above 7.0 for the 30-day duration of the accident; therefore, radioiodine re-evolution does not need to be considered.
Liquid Poison System Injection The analysis credits the pH buffering effect of sodium pentaborate solution introduced into the suppression pool post-LOCA by operation of the LPS. The LPS injection will maintain the suppression pool pH above 7.0 for the 30-day duration of the accident; therefore, radioiodine re-evolution does not need to be considered.
The LPS is safety-related, required to be operable by TS 3.1.2, and supplied with emergency power.Suitability of the LPS to perform the post-LOCA pH control function, details of the AST analysis for suppression pool pH control, and a discussion of procedural guidance for post-LOCA injection of the sodium pentaborate solution using the LPS are addressed in Attachment (5).Primary Containment Leakage and Leak Rate Reduction Justification The maximum allowable primary containment leakage rate is 1.5 percent (1.5%) PC air weight per day, per TS Section 3.3.3. This leakage rate was assumed in the AST analyses for the first 24 hours. RG 1.183 requires justification for implementing a factor of two decrease in PC leak rate at 24 hours after the start of the accident.
The LPS is safety-related, required to be operable by TS 3.1.2, and supplied with emergency power.
The use of the containment spray system reduces the drywell pressure from its peak value of 35 psig to approximately 5 psig at 24 hours, a factor of seven reduction based on the gauge pressure.Thus, a factor of two reduction in PC leak rate at 24 hours is justified.
Suitability of the LPS to perform the post-LOCA pH control function, details of the AST analysis for suppression pool pH control, and a discussion of procedural guidance for post-LOCA injection of the sodium pentaborate solution using the LPS are addressed in Attachment (5).
Calculation H21C092 (see Attachment
PrimaryContainmentLeakage and Leak Rate Reduction Justification The maximum allowable primary containment leakage rate is 1.5 percent (1.5%) PC air weight per day, per TS Section 3.3.3. This leakage rate was assumed in the AST analyses for the first 24 hours. RG 1.183 requires justification for implementing a factor of two decrease in PC leak rate at 24 hours after the start of the accident. The use of the containment spray system reduces the drywell pressure from its peak value of 35 psig to approximately 5 psig at 24 hours, a factor of seven reduction based on the gauge pressure.
: 8) provides additional details.Engineered Safety Feature Leakage Leakage from ESF components outside primary containment was reviewed.
Thus, a factor of two reduction in PC leak rate at 24 hours is justified. Calculation H21C092 (see ) provides additional details.
NMP1 has implemented a program in accordance with TS Section 6.5.2 to minimize leakage from those portions of systems outside containment that could contain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or accident to levels as low as practicable.
EngineeredSafety FeatureLeakage Leakage from ESF components outside primary containment was reviewed. NMP1 has implemented a program in accordance with TS Section 6.5.2 to minimize leakage from those portions of systems outside containment that could contain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or accident to levels as low as practicable. The program includes the following:
The program includes the following:
14 of 87
14 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
 
* Preventive maintenance and periodic visual inspection requirements; and* System leak test requirements for each system at 24 month intervals.
ATTACHMENT (1)
The NMP1 program effectively eliminates ESF leakage. However, the LOCA analysis assumed an ESF leakage rate of 1200 gallon per hour (gph) into the reactor building starting at the onset of the event. This leakage rate is two times the sum of the simultaneous leakage from all ESF components that is allowed by the program specified in TS Section 6.5.2.MSIV Leakage Rate The total MSIV leakage rate of 100 scfh (maximum of 50 scfh in either line) was assumed in the analyses for the first 24 hours. At 24 hours, the MSIV leakage rate was reduced by a factor of two, consistent with the PC containment leakage rate reduction.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
The maximum allowable MSIV leakage values are controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7. The allowable leakage was converted to a true volumetric flow rate for the appropriate conditions, as described in Calculation H2 I C092.Secondary Containment Bypass Leakage Primary containment leakage via the lines which penetrate the RB is taken into account. These include two feedwater lines, two torus vent/purge lines, two drywell vent/purge lines, four emergency condenser drain lines, and two emergency condenser vent lines. Leakage from the PC through the closed primary containment isolation valves in these systems could bypass the RB and the RBEVS filters and could also result in a ground-level release. A total combined leakage rate of 41.5 scfh is conservatively assumed to begin at the start of the event. The maximum allowable bypass leakage values are controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7. No credit is taken for activity removal in these pathways.Radionuclide Transport Inputs Pathway 1 -Leakage from Primary Containment Directly to the Environment (Secondary Containment Bypass Pathways)This pathway models the leakage from the lines which penetrate the PC and then penetrate the RB.Leakage from the PC through the closed containment isolation valves (CIVs) in these systems could bypass the RB and the RBEVS filters and could also result in a ground-level release. This includes MSIV leakage and the combined leakage from feedwater, torus vent, drywell vent, and emergency condenser vent and drain line CIVs.Assumptions The release from the core is assumed to enter the drywell only. Mixing within the entire PC is not assumed to occur until after the end of the release. Credit for drywell deposition is taken from the time the release starts at 2 minutes (i.e., drywell sprays are operating at the start of release).
* Preventive maintenance and periodic visual inspection requirements; and
A factor of two reduction in leak rates is assumed to occur at 24 hours, based on containment pressure reduction.
* System leak test requirements for each system at 24 month intervals.
These releases are assumed to be released at ground level.15 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION The MSIV leakage pathway includes the steam line volume between the inboard and outboard MSIVs only. The model includes two parallel main steam line flow paths to the environment.
The NMP1 program effectively eliminates ESF leakage. However, the LOCA analysis assumed an ESF leakage rate of 1200 gallon per hour (gph) into the reactor building starting at the onset of the event. This leakage rate is two times the sum of the simultaneous leakage from all ESF components that is allowed by the program specified in TS Section 6.5.2.
For the line with the MSIV that fails to close, the volume between the MSIVs is ignored, and the release is directly from the PC to the environment except that the impaction decontamination factor of 2 is credited.
MSIV Leakage Rate The total MSIV leakage rate of 100 scfh (maximum of 50 scfh in either line) was assumed in the analyses for the first 24 hours. At 24 hours, the MSIV leakage rate was reduced by a factor of two, consistent with the PC containment leakage rate reduction. The maximum allowable MSIV leakage values are controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7. The allowable leakage was converted to a true volumetric flow rate for the appropriate conditions, as described in Calculation H2 IC092.
For the line with both MSIVs closed, the model credits deposition in the volume between the MSIVs. The piping upstream of the inboard MSIV and downstream of the outboard MSIV is neglected, even though the downstream main steam piping is seismically rugged and would remain intact during and following a design basis earthquake.
Secondary ContainmentBypass Leakage Primary containment leakage via the lines which penetrate the RB is taken into account. These include two feedwater lines, two torus vent/purge lines, two drywell vent/purge lines, four emergency condenser drain lines, and two emergency condenser vent lines. Leakage from the PC through the closed primary containment isolation valves in these systems could bypass the RB and the RBEVS filters and could also result in a ground-level release. A total combined leakage rate of 41.5 scfh is conservatively assumed to begin at the start of the event. The maximum allowable bypass leakage values are controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7. No credit is taken for activity removal in these pathways.
Each line is assumed to leak at 50 scfh (100 scfh total).The non-MSIV secondary containment bypass leakage is treated conservatively.
Radionuclide Transport Inputs Pathway 1 - Leakage from Primary Containment Directly to the Environment (Secondary Containment Bypass Pathways)
Other than a decontamination factor (DF) of 2 for impaction at the first closed CIV (also applied to the steam lines), no credit is taken for deposition in piping or components (either inside or outside the PC). The non-MSIV bypass pathways have a combined total leak rate of 41.5 scfh.Pathway 2 -Leakage from Primary Containment Directly to the Environment during RB Drawdown (Ground Level)This pathway makes a significant contribution to the DBA-LOCA doses. It consists of leakage from the PC that occurs prior to establishing a sustained negative pressure in the RB and, therefore, is assumed to be released directly to the environment from the refueling floor elevation via the sheet-metal siding.Assumptions The release from the core is assumed to enter the drywell only. Mixing within the entire PC is not assumed to occur until after the end of the release. Credit for drywell deposition is taken from the time the release starts at 2 minutes (i.e., drywell sprays are operating at the start of release).
This pathway models the leakage from the lines which penetrate the PC and then penetrate the RB.
This release is assumed to be released at ground level.The release rate during drawdown corresponds to the PC leak rate of 1.5% air weight per day. A drawdown time of 6 hours from the start of the DBA-LOCA is used in the analysis.
Leakage from the PC through the closed containment isolation valves (CIVs) in these systems could bypass the RB and the RBEVS filters and could also result in a ground-level release. This includes MSIV leakage and the combined leakage from feedwater, torus vent, drywell vent, and emergency condenser vent and drain line CIVs.
There is significant conservatism in the use of a 6-hour drawdown time. The analysis described in Attachment (4) shows that a reactor building pressure of -0.25 inches water gauge (WG) is actually achieved at approximately 5 hours. In addition, the drawdown analysis indicates that the reactor building pressure becomes negative at approximately 26 minutes and that there is a significant period when the pressure is -0.15 inches WG or less (from approximately 67 minutes to 5 hours).Pathway 3 -Leakage from Primary Containment to the Environment via the Reactor Building, RBEVS, and Plant Stack (after RB Drawdown)For this pathway, PC leakage is into the RB where it is filtered by the RBEVS and released to the environment via the main stack.Assumptions For this pathway, airborne releases from the PC to the RB begin after the drawdown period (6 hours).As for the previous pathways, the release from the core is assumed to enter the drywell only. Mixing within the entire PC is not assumed to occur until after the end of the release (at 2.033 hours). Credit for drywell deposition is taken from the time the release starts at 2 minutes (i.e., drywell sprays are 16 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION operating at the start of release).
Assumptions The release from the core is assumed to enter the drywell only. Mixing within the entire PC is not assumed to occur until after the end of the release. Credit for drywell deposition is taken from the time the release starts at 2 minutes (i.e., drywell sprays are operating at the start of release). A factor of two reduction in leak rates is assumed to occur at 24 hours, based on containment pressure reduction. These releases are assumed to be released at ground level.
A factor of two reduction in leak rates is assumed to occur at 24 hours, based on containment pressure reduction.
15 of 87
The release rate during drawdown corresponds to the PC leak rate of 1.5% air weight per day from the drywell (and also from the torus airspace after 2.033 hours). RBEVS filter efficiencies of 95% for particulates and elemental iodine and 90% for organic iodine are assumed. The release is via the main stack.Pathway 4 -ESF Leakage from Primary Containment to the Environment during RB Drawdown (Ground Level)ESF leakage is modeled as a continuous 1200 gph (2.67 cfm) volumetric flow from the suppression pool control volume to the RB. During the drawdown period, the release corresponding to the maximum outleakage from the reactor building is assumed to be released directly to the environment at ground level. After 0.5 hours (the point in time when the iodine purge flow exceeds the maximum outleakage rate), a portion of the total flow is released to the environment via the main stack (see Pathway 5).Assumptions A drawdown time of 6 hours from the start of the DBA-LOCA is used in the analysis.
 
As noted above, there is significant conservatism in the use of a 6-hour drawdown time. The ESF leak rate of 1200 gph (2.67 cfm) is assumed to begin at the initiation of the accident.
ATTACHMENT (1)
The leak rate is reduced to 1.74 cfm at 0.5 hrs, 0.83 cfm at 0.7 hrs, 0.22 at 1.0 hr, 0.10 cfm at 2.033 hrs, and stops at 6 hours. Ten percent of the iodine in the ESF leakage is assumed to become airborne.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION The MSIV leakage pathway includes the steam line volume between the inboard and outboard MSIVs only. The model includes two parallel main steam line flow paths to the environment. For the line with the MSIV that fails to close, the volume between the MSIVs is ignored, and the release is directly from the PC to the environment except that the impaction decontamination factor of 2 is credited. For the line with both MSIVs closed, the model credits deposition in the volume between the MSIVs. The piping upstream of the inboard MSIV and downstream of the outboard MSIV is neglected, even though the downstream main steam piping is seismically rugged and would remain intact during and following a design basis earthquake. Each line is assumed to leak at 50 scfh (100 scfh total).
All of the elemental and organic iodine that becomes airborne is released.Pathway 5 -ESF Leakage from Primary Containment to the Environment via the Reactor Building, RBEVS, and Plant Stack (after RB Drawdown)ESF leakage is modeled as a continuous 1200 gph (2.67 cfm) volumetric flow rate from the suppression pool control volume to the RB.Assumptions Beginning at 0.5 hrs, 0.93 cfm is released directly (without holdup) via the RBEVS and the stack.This increases to 1.84 cfm at 0.7 hrs, 2.45 cfm at 1.0 hr, and 2.57 at 2.033 hrs. By 6 hours, the full 2.67 cfm is released to the RB volume, filtered by the RBEVS, and discharged via the plant stack.Ten percent of the iodine in the ESF leakage is assumed to become airborne.
The non-MSIV secondary containment bypass leakage is treated conservatively. Other than a decontamination factor (DF) of 2 for impaction at the first closed CIV (also applied to the steam lines), no credit is taken for deposition in piping or components (either inside or outside the PC). The non-MSIV bypass pathways have a combined total leak rate of 41.5 scfh.
All of the elemental and organic iodine that becomes airborne is released.Radionuclide Removal Inputs LOCA activity release is partially removed by spray in the drywell, natural deposition in the main steam lines, and by removal by the RBEVS filters.17 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION In the Drywell The drywell spray removal rate development applies to both the MSIV leakage pathway and the RB/RBEVS/Main Stack pathway, as well as to the RB bypass leakage pathway.Drywell spray removal for particulate is determined using the STARNAUA code (Reference A1-8.15).There are four system-related parameters that are needed to employ the STARNAUA code particulate removal model for spray: droplet size, spray flow rate, spray fall height, and the volume sprayed.The droplet size is based on spray nozzle testing data. For the primary spray subsystem (Loop 11), the mass mean droplet size is conservatively determined to be 779.2 ýtm. For the secondary spray subsystem (Loop 12), the mass mean droplet size is conservatively determined to be 813.5 rim. It is also conservative to use the mass mean droplet size as the representative droplet size for calculation of the removal rate.The spray flow rates are 6449 gpm for the primary spray subsystem and 6383 gpm for the secondary spray subsystem.
Pathway 2 - Leakage from Primary Containment Directly to the Environment during RB Drawdown (GroundLevel)
Only one subsystem (the secondary subsystem, Loop 12) is credited in the analysis as it has both a larger mass mean droplet size and lower flow rate, both of which tend to reduce spray removal.The secondary spray flow rate is multiplied by 0.67 for additional conservatism (to account for drywell congestion), and the fall height used (21.4 feet) reflects a one-third reduction to account for drywell congestion.
This pathway makes a significant contribution to the DBA-LOCA doses. It consists of leakage from the PC that occurs prior to establishing a sustained negative pressure in the RB and, therefore, is assumed to be released directly to the environment from the refueling floor elevation via the sheet-metal siding.
The particulate removal rate, ), was calculated in Calculation H21 C092 (see Attachment
Assumptions The release from the core is assumed to enter the drywell only. Mixing within the entire PC is not assumed to occur until after the end of the release. Credit for drywell deposition is taken from the time the release starts at 2 minutes (i.e., drywell sprays are operating at the start of release). This release is assumed to be released at ground level.
: 8) and applied to the RADTRAD model. The removal rate for elemental iodine is limited to 20 hr -1 and the elemental iodine spray k limitation of Standard Review Plan 6.5.2 (Reference A1-8.27) is met.In the Steam Lines For the NMP1 AST analyses, the particulate settling rates were calculated by using Polestar computer code STARNAUA, taking into account the drywell spray as discussed in Section Al-4.1.1.4 and a decontamination factor of 2 due to impaction before entering the space between the two closed MSIVs.A1-4.1.3.2 Technical Support Center (TSC) LOCA 30-Day Dose An analysis for the TSC 30-day inhalation and immersion doses was performed.
The release rate during drawdown corresponds to the PC leak rate of 1.5% air weight per day. A drawdown time of 6 hours from the start of the DBA-LOCA is used in the analysis. There is significant conservatism in the use of a 6-hour drawdown time. The analysis described in Attachment (4) shows that a reactor building pressure of -0.25 inches water gauge (WG) is actually achieved at approximately 5 hours. In addition, the drawdown analysis indicates that the reactor building pressure becomes negative at approximately 26 minutes and that there is a significant period when the pressure is -0.15 inches WG or less (from approximately 67 minutes to 5 hours).
Two scenarios were considered, one with the TSC occupied at the initiation of the event and the other assuming that the TSC is not activated for 1 hour. This was done because the emergency ventilation (filtration) system in the TSC is manually initiated by the first person to arrive. For an off-hours event, actuation could be delayed by up to 1 hour. The direct shine doses were based on a comparison to the AST shine doses for the control room.A1-4.1.3.3 Results The LOCA doses are the result of the following activity contributions:
Pathway 3 - Leakage from Primary Containment to the Environment via the Reactor Building, RBEVS, and PlantStack (afterRB Drawdown)
: 1. Primary to secondary containment (reactor building) leakage. This leakage is directly released into the RB. During the drawdown period, this leakage is assumed to be directly released to the environment.
For this pathway, PC leakage is into the RB where it is filtered by the RBEVS and released to the environment via the main stack.
Following drawdown, it is filtered by the RBEVS prior to release through the plant stack.18 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
Assumptions For this pathway, airborne releases from the PC to the RB begin after the drawdown period (6 hours).
: 2. ESF leakage into the secondary containment.
As for the previous pathways, the release from the core is assumed to enter the drywell only. Mixing within the entire PC is not assumed to occur until after the end of the release (at 2.033 hours). Credit for drywell deposition is taken from the time the release starts at 2 minutes (i.e., drywell sprays are 16 of 87
This leakage is directly released into the RB environment and the airborne portion is filtered by the RBEVS prior to release through the plant stack. The activity in the ESF leakage to the RB during the drawdown period is assumed to be directly released to the environment as long as the accompanying purge flow is less than the volumetric outleakage.
 
Once the purge flow exceeds the volumetric outleakage, the difference is assumed to be released via the RBEVS and the stack.3. MSIV leakage from the primary containment directly to the atmosphere with credit for deposition in the main steam piping between the inboard and outboard MSIVs before it is released to the environment.
ATTACHMENT (1)
An impaction decontamination factor of 2 for aerosol and adsorbed elemental iodine is assumed at the first closed MSIV.4. Secondary containment bypass leakage (other than through the MSIVs), assumed to be released at ground level. No credit is taken for deposition in piping prior to release except that an impaction decontamination factor of 2 for aerosol and adsorbed elemental iodine is assumed at the first closed CIV.5. Post-DBA LOCA radiation shine dose to personnel within the control room from activity released to the RB and collected on the RBEVS and CRATS filters.The limiting scenario is an assumed loss of offsite power concurrent with the LOCA and failure of an EDG to operate. This scenario results in one RBEVS train failing to operate and one inboard MSIV failing to close, which maximizes the calculated doses in comparison to other single failures that could be postulated.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION operating at the start of release). A factor of two reduction in leak rates is assumed to occur at 24 hours, based on containment pressure reduction.
The radiological consequences for the postulated LOCA are given in Table Al-13, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis.
The release rate during drawdown corresponds to the PC leak rate of 1.5% air weight per day from the drywell (and also from the torus airspace after 2.033 hours). RBEVS filter efficiencies of 95% for particulates and elemental iodine and 90% for organic iodine are assumed. The release is via the main stack.
As indicated, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain within the regulatory limits.The analysis for the TSC demonstrates that 30-day inhalation and immersion doses do not exceed 5 rem TEDE.A 1-4.1.4 Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) Accident Section XV-C,1.0 of the NMP1 UFSAR describes the design basis MSLB accident.
Pathway 4 - ESFLeakage from Primary Containmentto the Environment duringRB Drawdown (Ground Level)
The postulated MSLB accident assumes a double ended break of one main steam line outside the secondary containment with displacement of the pipe ends that permits maximum blowdown rates. The break flow is terminated by closure of the main steam isolation valves (MSIVs). The break mass released includes the line inventory plus the system mass released through the break prior to isolation.
ESF leakage is modeled as a continuous 1200 gph (2.67 cfm) volumetric flow from the suppression pool control volume to the RB. During the drawdown period, the release corresponding to the maximum outleakage from the reactor building is assumed to be released directly to the environment at ground level. After 0.5 hours (the point in time when the iodine purge flow exceeds the maximum outleakage rate), a portion of the total flow is released to the environment via the main stack (see Pathway 5).
The MSLB accident analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C094 (see Attachment 8).Fuel damage is not predicted for this event, as the core is not uncovered.
Assumptions A drawdown time of 6 hours from the start of the DBA-LOCA is used in the analysis. As noted above, there is significant conservatism in the use of a 6-hour drawdown time. The ESF leak rate of 1200 gph (2.67 cfm) is assumed to begin at the initiation of the accident. The leak rate is reduced to 1.74 cfm at 0.5 hrs, 0.83 cfm at 0.7 hrs, 0.22 at 1.0 hr, 0.10 cfm at 2.033 hrs, and stops at 6 hours. Ten percent of the iodine in the ESF leakage is assumed to become airborne. All of the elemental and organic iodine that becomes airborne is released.
The following case was evaluated that corresponds to the proposed new maximum iodine concentration that will be allowed in the primary coolant: 0 Pre-accident spike of 4 jiCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.19 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.4.1 Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs and assumptions used in the AST MSLB accident analysis are shown in Table A 1-14. The radiological consequences of the design basis MSLB accident were analyzed using a spreadsheet and followed the guidance of RG 1.183. The following conservative assumptions were used in the analysis:* Break isolation is assumed in 11 seconds, corresponding to the maximum MSIV closing time of 10 seconds plus a closure signal delay time of I second. No credit is taken for reduction in flow as the valves close." Following accident initiation, the radionuclide inventory from the released coolant is assumed to reach the environment instantaneously.
Pathway 5 - ESF Leakage from Primary Containment to the Environment via the Reactor Building, RBEVS, and PlantStack (after RB Drawdown)
No holdup in the turbine building is credited.* The entire released coolant mass is conservatively used (rather than just the liquid mass) in the calculation of the activity released.* An infinite exchange rate between the control room and the environment is assumed. No credit is taken for filtration of the control room intake air.* No credit is taken for other iodine removal mechanisms, such as plate-out, sedimentation, condensation, or decay.The MSLB analysis included continuous release X/Q values for the EAB and LPZ and an instantaneous ground level puff release X/Q for the control room. The inputs shown in Table Al-15 were used to calculate the puff release X/Q, and the complete calculation (H21C078) is provided in Attachment (8).The resulting X/Q values that were used for the MSLB radiological dose calculations are shown in Table Al-16. Additional information concerning the calculation of new atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) is provided in Attachment (7).This event only credits closure of the MSIVs to terminate the reactor blowdown.
ESF leakage is modeled as a continuous 1200 gph (2.67 cfm) volumetric flow rate from the suppression pool control volume to the RB.
Since the MSIVs are redundant, the release is not impacted by a single failure. No other safety systems are credited in the determination of releases and consequences.
Assumptions Beginning at 0.5 hrs, 0.93 cfm is released directly (without holdup) via the RBEVS and the stack.
Therefore, single failures have no adverse effects on the analysis results.A1-4.1.4.2 Results The radiological consequences for the postulated MSLB accident are given in Table Al-17, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis.
This increases to 1.84 cfm at 0.7 hrs, 2.45 cfm at 1.0 hr, and 2.57 at 2.033 hrs. By 6 hours, the full 2.67 cfm is released to the RB volume, filtered by the RBEVS, and discharged via the plant stack.
As indicated, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain well within the regulatory limits.A1-4.1.5 Refueling Accident Section XV-C.3.0 of the NMPI UFSAR describes the design basis refueling accident.
Ten percent of the iodine in the ESF leakage is assumed to become airborne. All of the elemental and organic iodine that becomes airborne is released.
The postulated refueling accident involves a 30 foot drop of a fuel assembly on top of other fuel assemblies in the core during refueling operations.
Radionuclide Removal Inputs LOCA activity release is partially removed by spray in the drywell, natural deposition in the main steam lines, and by removal by the RBEVS filters.
The drop distance bounds the maximum height that is allowed by the NMP1 refueling equipment and is the limiting case since it results in the maximum release of fission products to the reactor building.
17 of 87
Damage due to a fuel assembly drop into the reactor vessel bounds a drop in the spent fuel pool. All fuel types currently stored in the spent fuel pool are bounded by this analysis.
 
The refueling accident analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C090 (see Attachment 8).20 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.5.1 Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs and assumptions used in the AST Refueling Accident analysis are shown in Table AI-18.The X/Q values used for the analysis are summarized in Table A1-20. Additional information concerning the calculation of new atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) is provided in Attachment (7).Because of the simplifying, conservative assumptions used, the radiological consequences of the design basis refueling accident were analyzed using a spreadsheet.
ATTACHMENT (1)
The analysis followed the guidance of RG 1.183. The following assumptions were used in the analysis:* The accident is assumed to occur at 24 hours after shutdown.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION In the Drywell The drywell spray removal rate development applies to both the MSIV leakage pathway and the RB/RBEVS/Main Stack pathway, as well as to the RB bypass leakage pathway.
Consequently, release activity inventories were calculated that correspond to this post-shutdown decay time. Fuel handling would not begin before 24 hours after shutdown." The activity inventory from two full fuel assemblies is released.
Drywell spray removal for particulate is determined using the STARNAUA code (Reference A1-8.15).
This is bounding for the 125 damaged rods for GE 8x8 fuel assemblies or the 140 damaged rods for GEl 1 9x9 fuel assemblies determined for the current licensing basis (described in UFSAR Section XV-C.3.0).
There are four system-related parameters that are needed to employ the STARNAUA code particulate removal model for spray: droplet size, spray flow rate, spray fall height, and the volume sprayed.
The droplet size is based on spray nozzle testing data. For the primary spray subsystem (Loop 11), the mass mean droplet size is conservatively determined to be 779.2 ýtm. For the secondary spray subsystem (Loop 12), the mass mean droplet size is conservatively determined to be 813.5 rim. It is also conservative to use the mass mean droplet size as the representative droplet size for calculation of the removal rate.
The spray flow rates are 6449 gpm for the primary spray subsystem and 6383 gpm for the secondary spray subsystem. Only one subsystem (the secondary subsystem, Loop 12) is credited in the analysis as it has both a larger mass mean droplet size and lower flow rate, both of which tend to reduce spray removal.
The secondary spray flow rate is multiplied by 0.67 for additional conservatism (to account for drywell congestion), and the fall height used (21.4 feet) reflects a one-third reduction to account for drywell congestion.
The particulate removal rate, ), was calculated in Calculation H21 C092 (see Attachment 8) and applied to the RADTRAD model. The removal rate for elemental iodine is limited to 20 hr -1 and the elemental iodine spray k limitation of Standard Review Plan 6.5.2 (Reference A1-8.27) is met.
In the Steam Lines For the NMP1 AST analyses, the particulate settling rates were calculated by using Polestar computer code STARNAUA, taking into account the drywell spray as discussed in Section Al-4.1.1.4 and a decontamination factor of 2 due to impaction before entering the space between the two closed MSIVs.
A1-4.1.3.2       Technical Support Center (TSC) LOCA 30-Day Dose An analysis for the TSC 30-day inhalation and immersion doses was performed. Two scenarios were considered, one with the TSC occupied at the initiation of the event and the other assuming that the TSC is not activated for 1 hour. This was done because the emergency ventilation (filtration) system in the TSC is manually initiated by the first person to arrive. For an off-hours event, actuation could be delayed by up to 1 hour. The direct shine doses were based on a comparison to the AST shine doses for the control room.
A1-4.1.3.3       Results The LOCA doses are the result of the following activity contributions:
: 1. Primary to secondary containment (reactor building) leakage. This leakage is directly released into the RB. During the drawdown period, this leakage is assumed to be directly released to the environment. Following drawdown, it is filtered by the RBEVS prior to release through the plant stack.
18 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
: 2. ESF leakage into the secondary containment. This leakage is directly released into the RB environment and the airborne portion is filtered by the RBEVS prior to release through the plant stack. The activity in the ESF leakage to the RB during the drawdown period is assumed to be directly released to the environment as long as the accompanying purge flow is less than the volumetric outleakage. Once the purge flow exceeds the volumetric outleakage, the difference is assumed to be released via the RBEVS and the stack.
: 3. MSIV leakage from the primary containment directly to the atmosphere with credit for deposition in the main steam piping between the inboard and outboard MSIVs before it is released to the environment. An impaction decontamination factor of 2 for aerosol and adsorbed elemental iodine is assumed at the first closed MSIV.
: 4. Secondary containment bypass leakage (other than through the MSIVs), assumed to be released at ground level. No credit is taken for deposition in piping prior to release except that an impaction decontamination factor of 2 for aerosol and adsorbed elemental iodine is assumed at the first closed CIV.
: 5. Post-DBA LOCA radiation shine dose to personnel within the control room from activity released to the RB and collected on the RBEVS and CRATS filters.
The limiting scenario is an assumed loss of offsite power concurrent with the LOCA and failure of an EDG to operate. This scenario results in one RBEVS train failing to operate and one inboard MSIV failing to close, which maximizes the calculated doses in comparison to other single failures that could be postulated.
The radiological consequences for the postulated LOCA are given in Table Al-13, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis. As indicated, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain within the regulatory limits.
The analysis for the TSC demonstrates that 30-day inhalation and immersion doses do not exceed 5 rem TEDE.
A 1-4.1.4     Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) Accident Section XV-C,1.0 of the NMP1 UFSAR describes the design basis MSLB accident. The postulated MSLB accident assumes a double ended break of one main steam line outside the secondary containment with displacement of the pipe ends that permits maximum blowdown rates. The break flow is terminated by closure of the main steam isolation valves (MSIVs). The break mass released includes the line inventory plus the system mass released through the break prior to isolation. The MSLB accident analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C094 (see Attachment 8).
Fuel damage is not predicted for this event, as the core is not uncovered. The following case was evaluated that corresponds to the proposed new maximum iodine concentration that will be allowed in the primary coolant:
0   Pre-accident spike of 4 jiCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.
19 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.4.1 Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs and assumptions used in the AST MSLB accident analysis are shown in Table A 1-14. The radiological consequences of the design basis MSLB accident were analyzed using a spreadsheet and followed the guidance of RG 1.183. The following conservative assumptions were used in the analysis:
* Break isolation is assumed in 11 seconds, corresponding to the maximum MSIV closing time of 10 seconds plus a closure signal delay time of I second. No credit is taken for reduction in flow as the valves close.
"   Following accident initiation, the radionuclide inventory from the released coolant is assumed to reach the environment instantaneously. No holdup in the turbine building is credited.
* The entire released coolant mass is conservatively used (rather than just the liquid mass) in the calculation of the activity released.
* An infinite exchange rate between the control room and the environment is assumed. No credit is taken for filtration of the control room intake air.
* No credit is taken for other iodine removal mechanisms, such as plate-out, sedimentation, condensation, or decay.
The MSLB analysis included continuous release X/Q values for the EAB and LPZ and an instantaneous ground level puff release X/Q for the control room. The inputs shown in Table Al-15 were used to calculate the puff release X/Q, and the complete calculation (H21C078) is provided in Attachment (8).
The resulting X/Q values that were used for the MSLB radiological dose calculations are shown in Table Al-16. Additional information concerning the calculation of new atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) is provided in Attachment (7).
This event only credits closure of the MSIVs to terminate the reactor blowdown. Since the MSIVs are redundant, the release is not impacted by a single failure. No other safety systems are credited in the determination of releases and consequences. Therefore, single failures have no adverse effects on the analysis results.
A1-4.1.4.2 Results The radiological consequences for the postulated MSLB accident are given in Table Al-17, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis. As indicated, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain well within the regulatory limits.
A1-4.1.5     Refueling Accident Section XV-C.3.0 of the NMPI UFSAR describes the design basis refueling accident. The postulated refueling accident involves a 30 foot drop of a fuel assembly on top of other fuel assemblies in the core during refueling operations. The drop distance bounds the maximum height that is allowed by the NMP1 refueling equipment and is the limiting case since it results in the maximum release of fission products to the reactor building. Damage due to a fuel assembly drop into the reactor vessel bounds a drop in the spent fuel pool. All fuel types currently stored in the spent fuel pool are bounded by this analysis. The refueling accident analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C090 (see Attachment 8).
20 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.5.1 Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs and assumptions used in the AST Refueling Accident analysis are shown in Table AI-18.
The X/Q values used for the analysis are summarized in Table A1-20. Additional information concerning the calculation of new atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) is provided in Attachment (7).
Because of the simplifying, conservative assumptions used, the radiological consequences of the design basis refueling accident were analyzed using a spreadsheet. The analysis followed the guidance of RG 1.183. The following assumptions were used in the analysis:
* The accident is assumed to occur at 24 hours after shutdown. Consequently, release activity inventories were calculated that correspond to this post-shutdown decay time. Fuel handling would not begin before 24 hours after shutdown.
"   The activity inventory from two full fuel assemblies is released. This is bounding for the 125 damaged rods for GE 8x8 fuel assemblies or the 140 damaged rods for GEl 1 9x9 fuel assemblies determined for the current licensing basis (described in UFSAR Section XV-C.3.0).
* A core radial peaking factor of 1.8 is applied to the assembly inventory.
* A core radial peaking factor of 1.8 is applied to the assembly inventory.
* The radionuclide inventory from the damaged fuel pins is assumed to be released to the environment instantaneously (even though this release could be assumed to occur over a two-hour period per RG 1.183). Thus, radioactive decay that would occur during a two-hour release period is neglected.
* The radionuclide inventory from the damaged fuel pins is assumed to be released to the environment instantaneously (even though this release could be assumed to occur over a two-hour period per RG 1.183). Thus, radioactive decay that would occur during a two-hour release period is neglected.
* The release to the environment is modeled as a ground level release, with no credit taken for secondary containment or release via the main stack.* Even though the maximum fuel damage is for a drop in the refueling cavity onto the reactor core, a more conservative spent fuel pool decontamination factor (DF) for elemental iodine is used in the analysis.
* The release to the environment is modeled as a ground level release, with no credit taken for secondary containment or release via the main stack.
The minimum depth of water in the canal to the spent fuel pool is 22'-9". An adjusted DF was calculated as follows: With 23 feet of water, the DF for elemental iodine is 285. Assuming the relationship between the DF and the depth of water (d) is exponential (i.e., DFei = e-cx d), for DFei =285 and d = 23', c = -0.2458.Thus, with 22'-9" of water, DFel = 268.* No DF is applied to noble gases." The DF for other radionuclides is assumed to be infinite, per RG 1.183.* Filtration by the RBEVS and CRATS is not credited.Since this event does not credit any safety systems in the determination of releases and consequences, single failures have no adverse effects on the analysis results.The core inventories at 24 hours after shutdown were calculated by the RADDECAY code (Reference A1-8.16).
* Even though the maximum fuel damage is for a drop in the refueling cavity onto the reactor core, a more conservative spent fuel pool decontamination factor (DF) for elemental iodine is used in the analysis. The minimum depth of water in the canal to the spent fuel pool is 22'-9". An adjusted DF was calculated as follows:
The gap activity of noble gas and iodine (set at 99.85% elemental, 0.15% organic per RG 1.183) was added from the core to the gap. The RADDECAY calculation starts with time zero inventories for the noble gas and iodine isotopes.
With 23 feet of water, the DF for elemental iodine is 285. Assuming the relationship between the DF and the depth of water (d) is exponential (i.e., DFei = e-cx d), for DFei =285 and d = 23', c = -0.2458.
Given the activity (Ci or Ci/MWt) of an isotope at time zero, 21 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION RADDECAY calculates the curies or Ci/MWt of that isotope and its daughters at any subsequent time.To obtain the total curies of the isotope of interest, the curies resulting from its direct decay plus the curies resulting from decay in chains in which it is a daughter product must be added together.
Thus, with 22'-9" of water, DFel = 268.
This adjustment has been made to the isotopes of interest, and the resulting fission product inventory is summarized in Table AI-19.Al-4.1.5.2 Results The radiological consequences for the postulated refueling accident are given in Table A1-21, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis.
* No DF is applied to noble gases.
As indicated in Table AI-21, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain well within the regulatory limits.A1-4.1.6 Control Rod Drop Accident (CRDA)Section XV-C.4.0 of the NMPI UFSAR describes the design basis CRDA. This accident involves the rapid removal of the highest worth control rod from the core resulting in a reactivity excursion that encompasses the consequences of other postulated CRDAs. NMPI is a banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) plant and the GESTAR generic CRDA analysis demonstrates that the accident does not result in fuel melting for BPWS plants (References A1-8.17 and A1-8.18).
"   The DF for other radionuclides is assumed to be infinite, per RG 1.183.
However, for the purpose of this analysis, fuel damage (i.e., cladding perforation) is assumed to occur. The NMPI AST analysis for the CRDA considers two scenarios with regard to the activity release pathways, as follows: Case 1: The activity that reaches the turbine/condenser is released via leakage to the environment.
* Filtration by the RBEVS and CRATS is not credited.
Case 2: The activity that reaches the condenser is released via the mechanical vacuum pumps.The control rod drop accident analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21 C096 (see Attachment 8).AI-4.1.6.1 Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs and assumptions used in the AST CRDA analysis are shown in Table A1-22. A core radial peaking factor of 1.8 was used in the analysis.
Since this event does not credit any safety systems in the determination of releases and consequences, single failures have no adverse effects on the analysis results.
The X/Q values used for the analysis are summarized in Table A1-23.For Case 1, leakage from the turbine/condenser at a rate of 1% per day for a period of 24 hours is assumed, at which time the leakage is assumed to terminate.
The core inventories at 24 hours after shutdown were calculated by the RADDECAY code (Reference A1-8.16). The gap activity of noble gas and iodine (set at 99.85% elemental, 0.15% organic per RG 1.183) was added from the core to the gap. The RADDECAY calculation starts with time zero inventories for the noble gas and iodine isotopes. Given the activity (Ci or Ci/MWt) of an isotope at time zero, 21 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION RADDECAY calculates the curies or Ci/MWt of that isotope and its daughters at any subsequent time.
To obtain the total curies of the isotope of interest, the curies resulting from its direct decay plus the curies resulting from decay in chains in which it is a daughter product must be added together. This adjustment has been made to the isotopes of interest, and the resulting fission product inventory is summarized in Table AI-19.
Al-4.1.5.2 Results The radiological consequences for the postulated refueling accident are given in Table A1-21, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis. As indicated in Table AI-21, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain well within the regulatory limits.
A1-4.1.6     Control Rod Drop Accident (CRDA)
Section XV-C.4.0 of the NMPI UFSAR describes the design basis CRDA. This accident involves the rapid removal of the highest worth control rod from the core resulting in a reactivity excursion that encompasses the consequences of other postulated CRDAs. NMPI is a banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) plant and the GESTAR generic CRDA analysis demonstrates that the accident does not result in fuel melting for BPWS plants (References A1-8.17 and A1-8.18). However, for the purpose of this analysis, fuel damage (i.e., cladding perforation) is assumed to occur. The NMPI AST analysis for the CRDA considers two scenarios with regard to the activity release pathways, as follows:
Case 1: The activity that reaches the turbine/condenser is released via leakage to the environment.
Case 2: The activity that reaches the condenser is released via the mechanical vacuum pumps.
The control rod drop accident analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21 C096 (see Attachment 8).
AI-4.1.6.1   Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs and assumptions used in the AST CRDA analysis are shown in Table A1-22. A core radial peaking factor of 1.8 was used in the analysis. The X/Q values used for the analysis are summarized in Table A1-23.
For Case 1, leakage from the turbine/condenser at a rate of 1% per day for a period of 24 hours is assumed, at which time the leakage is assumed to terminate.
For Case 2, the maximum activity concentration that will not cause isolation of the mechanical vacuum pumps on a high main steam line radiation signal is assumed to be released via the main stack at the mechanical vacuum pump flow rate, and retention by the charcoal delay beds in the offgas system is neglected.
For Case 2, the maximum activity concentration that will not cause isolation of the mechanical vacuum pumps on a high main steam line radiation signal is assumed to be released via the main stack at the mechanical vacuum pump flow rate, and retention by the charcoal delay beds in the offgas system is neglected.
The radiological consequences were analyzed using a spreadsheet for Case 1 and the RADTRAD code for Case 2. The RADTRAD results were verified with the STARDOSE code. No credit was taken for operation of the CRATS or any other safety systems to mitigate the consequences of the event, and no single failures were considered.
The radiological consequences were analyzed using a spreadsheet for Case 1 and the RADTRAD code for Case 2. The RADTRAD results were verified with the STARDOSE code. No credit was taken for operation of the CRATS or any other safety systems to mitigate the consequences of the event, and no single failures were considered.
22 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.6.2 Results The radiological consequences for the postulated CRDA are given in Table A1-24, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis.
22 of 87
As indicated, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain well within the regulatory limits.A1-4.2 Suppression Pool pH Control The AST LOCA analysis takes credit for minimization of re-evolution of elemental iodine from the suppression pool. Re-evolution is strongly dependent on suppression pool pH. An analysis determined that sodium pentaborate solution injection via the LPS must commence within approximately 1.5 hours of the onset of a LOCA. Using the assumptions of a minimum quantity and concentration of available sodium pentaborate solution (as specified in TS Section 3.1.2 and TS Figure 3.1.2b) and conservative modeling of primary containment cabling, the minimum suppression pool pH at 30 days post-LOCA remains above 7.0. This pH satisfies the conditions for inhibiting the release of the chemical form of elemental iodine from the suppression pool water.Details of the AST analysis for suppression pool pH control are provided in Attachment (5). Based on the results of this analysis, the LPS will be credited for limiting radiological dose following LOCAs involving fuel damage.A1-4.3 Atmospheric Dispersion Factors New atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) are calculated for use in evaluating the radiological consequences of the design basis accidents.
 
Offsite exclusion area boundary (EAB) and low population zone (LPZ) X/Q values are calculated using the guidance of RG 1.145 (Reference A1-8.19) and the PAVAN computer code. Conservative estimates of X/Q values for accident releases (except the MSLB accident) to the NMPl control room air intake and to the technical support center (TSC) air intake are calculated using the ARCON96 computer code, consistent with the procedures given in RG 1.194 (Reference A1-8.20).
ATTACHMENT (1)
These calculations use meteorological data collected by the Nine Mile Point onsite meteorological measurements program for the five-year period from 1997 through 2001. For the MSLB accident, the control room air intake and the technical support center air intake X/Q values are determined using an instantaneous ground-level puff release model, as described in RG 1.194.The resulting set of new control room intake, TSC intake, and offsite (EAB and LPZ) X/Q values represents a significant change from the values used in the current radiological design basis analyses.Additional information regarding the onsite meteorological measurement program, the X/Q calculation methodology, and the results of the new X/Q calculations is provided in Attachment (7). All input files for ARCON96 and PAVAN, including the meteorological data input files, are provided in Calculation H21 C076 (see Attachment 8).A1-4.4 NUREG-0737 Evaluation An evaluation was performed to identify potential impacts of applying AST methodologies on the following NUREG-0737 (Reference A1-8.9) items: Item II.B.2, Post-Accident Vital Area Access The source terms (airborne activity in the reactor building and suppression pool water) for the doses in areas where access is required post-accident were evaluated to assess the impact of AST. The evaluation 23 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION determined that the existing TID-14844 based analyses are conservative and bounding.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.6.2 Results The radiological consequences for the postulated CRDA are given in Table A1-24, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis. As indicated, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain well within the regulatory limits.
Given compliance with the GDC-19 limit of 5 Rem when dose is based on TID-14844 source terms, compliance with 10 CFR 50.67 control room dose limits can be expected with the AST-based analysis.
A1-4.2 Suppression Pool pH Control The AST LOCA analysis takes credit for minimization of re-evolution of elemental iodine from the suppression pool. Re-evolution is strongly dependent on suppression pool pH. An analysis determined that sodium pentaborate solution injection via the LPS must commence within approximately 1.5 hours of the onset of a LOCA. Using the assumptions of a minimum quantity and concentration of available sodium pentaborate solution (as specified in TS Section 3.1.2 and TS Figure 3.1.2b) and conservative modeling of primary containment cabling, the minimum suppression pool pH at 30 days post-LOCA remains above 7.0. This pH satisfies the conditions for inhibiting the release of the chemical form of elemental iodine from the suppression pool water.
Therefore, the historically analyzed cases are sufficient and no additional analysis of vital areas is necessary.
Details of the AST analysis for suppression pool pH control are provided in Attachment (5). Based on the results of this analysis, the LPS will be credited for limiting radiological dose following LOCAs involving fuel damage.
In addition, no new post-accident access requirements have been identified as a result of implementing AST.Items III.A. 1.2 and III.D.3.4, Control Room and Technical Support Center Habitability The control room radiological dose impact of AST has been specifically calculated for each of the four DBAs analyzed for AST implementation, and TSC habitability has been analyzed for the DBA LOCA.The results of these analyses are presented in Section Al-4.1 above.Item III.D. 1.1, Primary Coolant Outside Containment The contribution to the radiological dose consequences resulting from piping shine and post-LOCA ESF leakage was considered as part of the radiological dose analysis for the LOCA. The results of the LOCA analysis are presented in Section A1-4.1.3 above.A1-4.5 Proposed Revisions to the Technical Specifications This section provides the justification for the proposed revisions to the TS that are associated with the licensing basis revision to implement the AST. The AST analyses described in the preceding discussions and the enclosed calculations support these changes. Attachment (2) provides the existing TS pages marked-up to show the proposed changes.A1-4.5.1 TS Section 1.0, Definitions Dose Equivalent 1-131 Proposed new Definition 1.16, "Dose Equivalent 1-131," is added. The new definition conforms to the implementation of AST. The revised accident analyses use committed effective dose equivalent dose conversion factors from Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report (FGR) 11. This reference is cited in RG 1.183.With the implementation of AST, the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11 and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19, are replaced by the total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) criteria of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2).
A1-4.3 Atmospheric Dispersion Factors New atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) are calculated for use in evaluating the radiological consequences of the design basis accidents. Offsite exclusion area boundary (EAB) and low population zone (LPZ) X/Q values are calculated using the guidance of RG 1.145 (Reference A1-8.19) and the PAVAN computer code. Conservative estimates of X/Q values for accident releases (except the MSLB accident) to the NMPl control room air intake and to the technical support center (TSC) air intake are calculated using the ARCON96 computer code, consistent with the procedures given in RG 1.194 (Reference A1-8.20). These calculations use meteorological data collected by the Nine Mile Point onsite meteorological measurements program for the five-year period from 1997 through 2001. For the MSLB accident, the control room air intake and the technical support center air intake X/Q values are determined using an instantaneous ground-level puff release model, as described in RG 1.194.
The analyses performed in support of this license amendment request determined radiological consequences in terms of the TEDE dose quantity and were shown to be in compliance with the dose criteria of 10 CFR 50.67. This new definition is acceptable since it reflects adoption of the dose conversion factors and dose consequences of the revised radiological analyses.Recently Irradiated Fuel Proposed new Definition 1.17, "Recently Irradiated Fuel," is added. Recently irradiated fuel is fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 24 hours (i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown).
The resulting set of new control room intake, TSC intake, and offsite (EAB and LPZ) X/Q values represents a significant change from the values used in the current radiological design basis analyses.
The new definition is consistent with the AST analysis for the Refueling Accident, which assumes a post-shutdown 24-hour decay period to determine the release activity inventory.
Additional information regarding the onsite meteorological measurement program, the X/Q calculation methodology, and the results of the new X/Q calculations is provided in Attachment (7). All input files for ARCON96 and PAVAN, including the meteorological data input files, are provided in Calculation H21 C076 (see Attachment 8).
24 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.5.2 TS Section 3.1.2, Liquid Poison System The operability requirements for the LPS are revised to include both the power operating and whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is greater than 212'F (except for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical).
A1-4.4 NUREG-0737 Evaluation An evaluation was performed to identify potential impacts of applying AST methodologies on the following NUREG-0737 (Reference A1-8.9) items:
This change ensures that the SLC system is operable for all plant conditions when the reactor coolant system is above 212'F (other than reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical), such that the system is available to maintain the suppression pool pH above 7.0, consistent with the AST methodology and analysis assumptions.
Item II.B.2, Post-Accident Vital Area Access The source terms (airborne activity in the reactor building and suppression pool water) for the doses in areas where access is required post-accident were evaluated to assess the impact of AST. The evaluation 23 of 87
The exception for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical is consistent with analyses that were performed for License Amendment No. 170 issued by NRC letter dated February 20, 2001 (Reference A1-8.8). The purpose of License Amendment 170 was to allow performance of reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage tests, control rod scram time tests, and excess flow check valve tests when reactor coolant temperature is greater than 215'F, the reactor is not critical, and primary containment integrity has not been established.
 
The analyses performed for this license amendment considered a large reactor coolant system line break occurring during the subject testing. For this event, fuel failure was not postulated.
ATTACHMENT (1)
Thus, operation of the LPS to control suppression pool pH is not required during the subject testing conditions.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION determined that the existing TID-14844 based analyses are conservative and bounding. Given compliance with the GDC-19 limit of 5 Rem when dose is based on TID-14844 source terms, compliance with 10 CFR 50.67 control room dose limits can be expected with the AST-based analysis. Therefore, the historically analyzed cases are sufficient and no additional analysis of vital areas is necessary. In addition, no new post-accident access requirements have been identified as a result of implementing AST.
The "Objective" statement in TS 3.1.2 is revised to reflect the new post-LOCA function of the LPS. This is an administrative change.A1-4.5.3 TS Section 3.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity Limit The reactor coolant radioactivity concentration limit specified in TS Section 3.2.4.a is revised from 9.47 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. In addition, proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 jtCi/gm but is less than or equal to 4.0 ptCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-13 1. These revisions are consistent with the reactor coolant specific activity assumed in the MSLB accident analysis described in Section A l-4.1.4 above. The MSLB accident analysis uses a source term based on the maximum short-term reactor coolant specific activity of 4.0 [tCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 and results in calculated radiological consequences that are below the applicable acceptance values. The AST analyses have determined that the MSLB accident is more limiting than the previously-analyzed small-break LOCA outside of primary containment that was the basis for the current TS reactor coolant activity limit of 9.47 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water.From the TS requirement and safety perspective, the new limit is more conservative than the existing requirement.
Items III.A. 1.2 and III.D.3.4, Control Room and Technical Support Center Habitability The control room radiological dose impact of AST has been specifically calculated for each of the four DBAs analyzed for AST implementation, and TSC habitability has been analyzed for the DBA LOCA.
Review of recent operating experience indicates that the reactor coolant specific activity remains well below the proposed revised limit; therefore, achieving the more restrictive limit will not create an undue hardship.A 1-4.5.4 TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity The limiting conditions for operation in TS Section 3.2.4 and the surveillance requirements in TS Section 4.2.4 are updated in a manner that is similar to the Standard Technical Specifications (STS, NUREG-1433, Revision 3), as follows: 25 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Applicable Operating Conditions The applicability of the requirements of TS Section 3.2.4.a are revised from "all operating conditions" (stated under "Applicability" for TS Section 3.2.4) to "during the power operating and hot shutdown conditions" (stated in the proposed revision to TS Section 3.2.4.a).
The results of these analyses are presented in Section Al-4.1 above.
Current TS Section 3.2.4 is applicable for all operating conditions.
Item III.D. 1.1, Primary Coolant Outside Containment The contribution to the radiological dose consequences resulting from piping shine and post-LOCA ESF leakage was considered as part of the radiological dose analysis for the LOCA. The results of the LOCA analysis are presented in Section A1-4.1.3 above.
In the proposed revised TS, applicability of the reactor coolant specific activity limit is limited to the power operating and hot shutdown conditions.
A1-4.5 Proposed Revisions to the Technical Specifications This section provides the justification for the proposed revisions to the TS that are associated with the licensing basis revision to implement the AST. The AST analyses described in the preceding discussions and the enclosed calculations support these changes. Attachment (2) provides the existing TS pages marked-up to show the proposed changes.
These are the operating conditions that represent a potential for release of significant quantities of radioactive coolant to the environment.
A1-4.5.1     TS Section 1.0, Definitions Dose Equivalent 1-131 Proposed new Definition 1.16, "Dose Equivalent 1-131," is added. The new definition conforms to the implementation of AST. The revised accident analyses use committed effective dose equivalent dose conversion factors from Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report (FGR) 11. This reference is cited in RG 1.183.
The cold shutdown, refueling, and major maintenance conditions are omitted since the reactor is not pressurized and the potential for leakage is significantly reduced.Limiting Conditions for Operation Current TS Section 3.2.4.b, which requires shutdown of the plant if the reactor coolant activity limit is exceeded, is replaced with two new specifications and associated actions: a. Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours, with sample analysis frequency increased to once every 4 hours, if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 jiCi/gm but is less than or equal to 4.0 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. The 48 hour completion time to restore the activity level provides a reasonable time for temporary coolant activity increases (iodine spikes or crud bursts) to be cleaned up with the normal processing systems. More frequent monitoring is warranted to discern between these temporary increases and gross fuel failures.b. Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.c requires shutdown of the plant if reactor coolant activity cannot be restored to less than or equal to 0.2 jiCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 within 48 hours, or if at any time it exceeds 4.0 gCi/gm. With the unit in the cold shutdown condition, the requirements of the reactor coolant activity specification are no longer applicable since the reactor is not pressurized and the potential for leakage is significantly reduced. The allowed completion times for placing the unit in the hot shutdown and cold shutdown conditions are reasonable, based on operating experience, to achieve the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner without challenging plant systems.Revised Coolant Activity Limit for Reactor Vessel Hydrostatic or Leakage Test Conditions The radioiodine concentration limit stated in current TS Section 3.2.4.c is revised from 1.5 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. This TS section is renumbered as 3.2.4.d. The associated surveillance requirement, current TS Section 4.2.4.c, is also revised accordingly.
With the implementation of AST, the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11 and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19, are replaced by the total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) criteria of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2). The analyses performed in support of this license amendment request determined radiological consequences in terms of the TEDE dose quantity and were shown to be in compliance with the dose criteria of 10 CFR 50.67. This new definition is acceptable since it reflects adoption of the dose conversion factors and dose consequences of the revised radiological analyses.
This limit was added by License Amendment No. 170 issued by NRC letter dated February 20, 2001 (Reference A 1-8.8). The purpose of License Amendment 170 was to allow performance of reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage tests, control rod scram time tests, and excess flow check valve tests when reactor coolant temperature is greater than 215'F, the reactor is not critical, and primary containment integrity has not been established.
Recently IrradiatedFuel Proposed new Definition 1.17, "Recently Irradiated Fuel," is added. Recently irradiated fuel is fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 24 hours (i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown). The new definition is consistent with the AST analysis for the Refueling Accident, which assumes a post-shutdown 24-hour decay period to determine the release activity inventory.
Justification for this license amendment included an analysis of the radiological consequences of a large reactor coolant system line break during the subject tests, assuming a ground-level puff release and no credit for operation of the control room air treatment system. The analysis concluded that limiting the reactor coolant activity to 1.5 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water would result in calculated control room and offsite doses that were within the acceptance guidelines of 10 CFR 100 for offsite doses and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 for control room doses, and that were bounded by the doses calculated for a main steam line break outside of primary containment.
24 of 87
26 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION The subject analysis has been re-evaluated using the revised reactor coolant radioactivity concentration limit of 0.2 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. This evaluation demonstrates that the radiological consequences a large reactor coolant system line break during reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing conditions continue to be bounded by the doses calculated for a main steam line break outside of primary containment.
 
Therefore, maintaining the reactor coolant radioactivity concentration less than or equal to 0.2 ptCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 during reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing conditions is acceptable.
ATTACHMENT (1)
Though this limit is identical to the value that is proposed for the power operating and hot shutdown conditions (TS Section 3.2.4.a), the separate TS requirement is retained due to the specific conditions of its applicability.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.5.2     TS Section 3.1.2, Liquid Poison System The operability requirements for the LPS are revised to include both the power operating and whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is greater than 212'F (except for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical). This change ensures that the SLC system is operable for all plant conditions when the reactor coolant system is above 212'F (other than reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical), such that the system is available to maintain the suppression pool pH above 7.0, consistent with the AST methodology and analysis assumptions.
Gross Gamma Activity Surveillance Deletion Current TS Section 4.2.4.a, which requires analysis of reactor coolant samples for gross gamma activity at least every 96 hours, is deleted. Current TS Section 3.2.4 does not contain any limits for reactor coolant gross gamma activity.
The exception for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical is consistent with analyses that were performed for License Amendment No. 170 issued by NRC letter dated February 20, 2001 (Reference A1-8.8). The purpose of License Amendment 170 was to allow performance of reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage tests, control rod scram time tests, and excess flow check valve tests when reactor coolant temperature is greater than 215'F, the reactor is not critical, and primary containment integrity has not been established. The analyses performed for this license amendment considered a large reactor coolant system line break occurring during the subject testing. For this event, fuel failure was not postulated. Thus, operation of the LPS to control suppression pool pH is not required during the subject testing conditions.
However, current TS Section 3.6.15, "Main Condenser Offgas," and the associated surveillance requirements in TS Section 4.6.15, require that for the main condenser, the gross radioactivity (beta and/or gamma) rate of noble gases measured at the offgas system recombiner discharge be limited to less than or equal to 500,000 pCi/second.
The "Objective" statement in TS 3.1.2 is revised to reflect the new post-LOCA function of the LPS. This is an administrative change.
The Bases for current TS Sections 3.6.15 and 4.6.15 state that restricting the gross radioactivity rate of noble gases from the main condenser provides assurance that the total body exposure to an individual at the EAB will not exceed a very small fraction of the limits of 10 CFR 100 in the event this effluent is inadvertently discharged directly to the environment without treatment.
A1-4.5.3     TS Section 3.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity Limit The reactor coolant radioactivity concentration limit specified in TS Section 3.2.4.a is revised from 9.47 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. In addition, proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 jtCi/gm but is less than or equal to 4.0 ptCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-13 1. These revisions are consistent with the reactor coolant specific activity assumed in the MSLB accident analysis described in Section A l-4.1.4 above. The MSLB accident analysis uses a source term based on the maximum short-term reactor coolant specific activity of 4.0 [tCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 and results in calculated radiological consequences that are below the applicable acceptance values. The AST analyses have determined that the MSLB accident is more limiting than the previously-analyzed small-break LOCA outside of primary containment that was the basis for the current TS reactor coolant activity limit of 9.47 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water.
The Bases go on to state that the primary purpose of providing this specification is to limit buildup of fission product activity within the station systems which would result if high fuel leakage were to be permitted over extended periods.The requirements of current TS Sections 3.6.15 and 4.6.15 provide reasonable assurance that the reactor coolant gross activity is maintained at a sufficiently low level to preclude doses from exceeding the applicable acceptance limits in the event of a MSLB outside of primary containment or failure of a small line carrying reactor coolant outside of primary containment.
From the TS requirement and safety perspective, the new limit is more conservative than the existing requirement. Review of recent operating experience indicates that the reactor coolant specific activity remains well below the proposed revised limit; therefore, achieving the more restrictive limit will not create an undue hardship.
Therefore, TS Section 4.2.4.a is redundant and places an unnecessary burden on the licensee without a commensurate increase in the margin of safety. Elimination of TS Section 4.2.4.a will allow plant personnel to focus attention on safe, efficient operation of the plant without the unnecessary distraction of the redundant surveillance requirement.
A 1-4.5.4   TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity The limiting conditions for operation in TS Section 3.2.4 and the surveillance requirements in TS Section 4.2.4 are updated in a manner that is similar to the Standard Technical Specifications (STS, NUREG-1433, Revision 3), as follows:
Specific Activity Verification Surveillance Frequency Current TS Section 4.2.4.b is revised to require verification that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity is less than or equal to 0.2 ýtCi/gm. This wording replaces the existing wording of TS Section 4.2.4.b, which states "isotopic analyses shall be performed" without indicating the purpose for performing these analyses.
25 of 87
This is an administrative change that more clearly indicates the purpose of performing the surveillance (i.e., to verify that the reactor coolant specific activity is within the specified limit).The frequency of verifying that the reactor coolant is within the limit is revised from "once per month" to"once per 7 days," and performance of this surveillance is limited to the power operating condition only.Increasing the frequency of sampling and analysis of the reactor coolant for Dose Equivalent 1-131 provides additional assurance that the radiological consequences of a MSLB accident remain within the applicable acceptance limits. The proposed changes to TS Section 4.2.4.b also specify that performance of the surveillance is required only when the unit is in the power operating condition.
 
This is consistent with the STS and is acceptable because the level of fission products generated when in other operating conditions is much less than during the power operating condition.
ATTACHMENT (1)
27 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Administrative Changes Editorial changes and revised section numbering have been incorporated to reflect the proposed reactor coolant activity TS changes. These revisions do not result in any technical changes (either actual or interpretational).
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Applicable OperatingConditions The applicability of the requirements of TS Section 3.2.4.a are revised from "all operating conditions" (stated under "Applicability" for TS Section 3.2.4) to "during the power operating and hot shutdown conditions" (stated in the proposed revision to TS Section 3.2.4.a). Current TS Section 3.2.4 is applicable for all operating conditions. In the proposed revised TS, applicability of the reactor coolant specific activity limit is limited to the power operating and hot shutdown conditions. These are the operating conditions that represent a potential for release of significant quantities of radioactive coolant to the environment. The cold shutdown, refueling, and major maintenance conditions are omitted since the reactor is not pressurized and the potential for leakage is significantly reduced.
A 1-4.5.5 TS Section 3.3.3, Leakage Rate Under the heading "Objective," reference is made to 10 CFR 100 with regard to post-LOCA radiation exposure to the public. The proposed change replaces the reference to 10 CFR 100 with 10 CFR 50.67.With implementation of the AST, the accident whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100 are replaced by the TEDE criteria of 10 CFR 50.67. Thus, the reference to 10 CFR 100 is replaced with 10 CFR 50.67.A 1-4.5.6 TS Section 3.4.0, Reactor Building TS Section 3.4.0 is revised to delete the requirement that reactor building integrity be in effect during the refueling condition, replace the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and add "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when reactor building integrity must be in effect. Analysis of the radiological consequences of the design basis Refueling Accident using AST methodology involving irradiated fuel assemblies that have been allowed to decay for at least 24 hours shows that the calculated TEDE values both offsite (EAB and LPZ) and to control room occupants are below the applicable acceptance values (see Section A1-4.1.5 above). This analysis does not credit secondary containment integrity or operation of the RBEVS, the reactor building isolation valves, or the CRATS. Thus, after 24 hours of decay time, movement of irradiated fuel assemblies can commence and continue without secondary containment integrity and without operability of the RBEVS, the reactor building isolation valves, or the CRATS.A new requirement that reactor building integrity be in effect during OPDRVs is being added, since OPDRVs are refueling activities that can be postulated to cause fission product release different than the Refueling Accident.
Limiting Conditionsfor Operation Current TS Section 3.2.4.b, which requires shutdown of the plant if the reactor coolant activity limit is exceeded, is replaced with two new specifications and associated actions:
Since secondary containment is the only barrier to the release of fission products into the environment during OPDRVs, reactor building integrity as defined in TS Definition 1.12 is required.In accordance with this definition, at least one door in each access opening must be closed (per TS Section 3.4.3), the RBEVS must be operable (per TS Section 3.4.4), and all reactor building ventilation automatic isolation valves must be operable or secured in the closed position (per TS Section 3.4.2).Similarly, the CRATS (TS Section 3.4.5) is required to be operable to assure control room habitability during OPDRVs. TS Sections 3.4.2, 3.4.3, 3.4.4, and 3.4.5 are also revised to add operability requirements for OPDRVs.The NMPNS shutdown safety procedure presently includes guidance on equipment availability during shutdown and contingency planning, as well as the requirements contained in the licensing and design basis. In addition to the conservatisms contained within the Refueling Accident analysis, as a defense-in-depth measure, revisions to the shutdown safety procedure will be incorporated prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment to address the following attributes:
: a. Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours, with sample analysis frequency increased to once every 4 hours, if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 jiCi/gm but is less than or equal to 4.0 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. The 48 hour completion time to restore the activity level provides a reasonable time for temporary coolant activity increases (iodine spikes or crud bursts) to be cleaned up with the normal processing systems. More frequent monitoring is warranted to discern between these temporary increases and gross fuel failures.
* Specify that during fuel handling/core alterations, the ability to filter and monitor any release should be maintained.
: b. Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.c requires shutdown of the plant if reactor coolant activity cannot be restored to less than or equal to 0.2 jiCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 within 48 hours, or if at any time it exceeds 4.0 gCi/gm. With the unit in the cold shutdown condition, the requirements of the reactor coolant activity specification are no longer applicable since the reactor is not pressurized and the potential for leakage is significantly reduced. The allowed completion times for placing the unit in the hot shutdown and cold shutdown conditions are reasonable, based on operating experience, to achieve the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner without challenging plant systems.
In particular, the RBEVS and its associated radiation monitors should be available but are not required to be operable.28 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
Revised CoolantActivity Limit for Reactor Vessel Hydrostaticor Leakage Test Conditions The radioiodine concentration limit stated in current TS Section 3.2.4.c is revised from 1.5 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. This TS section is renumbered as 3.2.4.d. The associated surveillance requirement, current TS Section 4.2.4.c, is also revised accordingly.
* Specify that the ability to restore secondary containment capability during fuel handling/core alterations should be maintained.
This limit was added by License Amendment No. 170 issued by NRC letter dated February 20, 2001 (Reference A 1-8.8). The purpose of License Amendment 170 was to allow performance of reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage tests, control rod scram time tests, and excess flow check valve tests when reactor coolant temperature is greater than 215'F, the reactor is not critical, and primary containment integrity has not been established. Justification for this license amendment included an analysis of the radiological consequences of a large reactor coolant system line break during the subject tests, assuming a ground-level puff release and no credit for operation of the control room air treatment system. The analysis concluded that limiting the reactor coolant activity to 1.5 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water would result in calculated control room and offsite doses that were within the acceptance guidelines of 10 CFR 100 for offsite doses and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 for control room doses, and that were bounded by the doses calculated for a main steam line break outside of primary containment.
A contingency method to immediately initiate action to close any external openings in the secondary containment should be developed.
26 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION The subject analysis has been re-evaluated using the revised reactor coolant radioactivity concentration limit of 0.2 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. This evaluation demonstrates that the radiological consequences a large reactor coolant system line break during reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing conditions continue to be bounded by the doses calculated for a main steam line break outside of primary containment. Therefore, maintaining the reactor coolant radioactivity concentration less than or equal to 0.2 ptCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 during reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing conditions is acceptable. Though this limit is identical to the value that is proposed for the power operating and hot shutdown conditions (TS Section 3.2.4.a), the separate TS requirement is retained due to the specific conditions of its applicability.
Gross Gamma Activity Surveillance Deletion Current TS Section 4.2.4.a, which requires analysis of reactor coolant samples for gross gamma activity at least every 96 hours, is deleted. Current TS Section 3.2.4 does not contain any limits for reactor coolant gross gamma activity. However, current TS Section 3.6.15, "Main Condenser Offgas," and the associated surveillance requirements in TS Section 4.6.15, require that for the main condenser, the gross radioactivity (beta and/or gamma) rate of noble gases measured at the offgas system recombiner discharge be limited to less than or equal to 500,000 pCi/second. The Bases for current TS Sections 3.6.15 and 4.6.15 state that restricting the gross radioactivity rate of noble gases from the main condenser provides assurance that the total body exposure to an individual at the EAB will not exceed a very small fraction of the limits of 10 CFR 100 in the event this effluent is inadvertently discharged directly to the environment without treatment. The Bases go on to state that the primary purpose of providing this specification is to limit buildup of fission product activity within the station systems which would result if high fuel leakage were to be permitted over extended periods.
The requirements of current TS Sections 3.6.15 and 4.6.15 provide reasonable assurance that the reactor coolant gross activity is maintained at a sufficiently low level to preclude doses from exceeding the applicable acceptance limits in the event of a MSLB outside of primary containment or failure of a small line carrying reactor coolant outside of primary containment. Therefore, TS Section 4.2.4.a is redundant and places an unnecessary burden on the licensee without a commensurate increase in the margin of safety. Elimination of TS Section 4.2.4.a will allow plant personnel to focus attention on safe, efficient operation of the plant without the unnecessary distraction of the redundant surveillance requirement.
Specific Activity Verification Surveillance Frequency Current TS Section 4.2.4.b is revised to require verification that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity is less than or equal to 0.2 ýtCi/gm. This wording replaces the existing wording of TS Section 4.2.4.b, which states "isotopic analyses shall be performed" without indicating the purpose for performing these analyses. This is an administrative change that more clearly indicates the purpose of performing the surveillance (i.e., to verify that the reactor coolant specific activity is within the specified limit).
The frequency of verifying that the reactor coolant is within the limit is revised from "once per month" to "once per 7 days," and performance of this surveillance is limited to the power operating condition only.
Increasing the frequency of sampling and analysis of the reactor coolant for Dose Equivalent 1-131 provides additional assurance that the radiological consequences of a MSLB accident remain within the applicable acceptance limits. The proposed changes to TS Section 4.2.4.b also specify that performance of the surveillance is required only when the unit is in the power operating condition. This is consistent with the STS and is acceptable because the level of fission products generated when in other operating conditions is much less than during the power operating condition.
27 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Administrative Changes Editorial changes and revised section numbering have been incorporated to reflect the proposed reactor coolant activity TS changes. These revisions do not result in any technical changes (either actual or interpretational).
A 1-4.5.5   TS Section 3.3.3, Leakage Rate Under the heading "Objective," reference is made to 10 CFR 100 with regard to post-LOCA radiation exposure to the public. The proposed change replaces the reference to 10 CFR 100 with 10 CFR 50.67.
With implementation of the AST, the accident whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100 are replaced by the TEDE criteria of 10 CFR 50.67. Thus, the reference to 10 CFR 100 is replaced with 10 CFR 50.67.
A 1-4.5.6   TS Section 3.4.0, Reactor Building TS Section 3.4.0 is revised to delete the requirement that reactor building integrity be in effect during the refueling condition, replace the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and add "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when reactor building integrity must be in effect. Analysis of the radiological consequences of the design basis Refueling Accident using AST methodology involving irradiated fuel assemblies that have been allowed to decay for at least 24 hours shows that the calculated TEDE values both offsite (EAB and LPZ) and to control room occupants are below the applicable acceptance values (see Section A1-4.1.5 above). This analysis does not credit secondary containment integrity or operation of the RBEVS, the reactor building isolation valves, or the CRATS. Thus, after 24 hours of decay time, movement of irradiated fuel assemblies can commence and continue without secondary containment integrity and without operability of the RBEVS, the reactor building isolation valves, or the CRATS.
A new requirement that reactor building integrity be in effect during OPDRVs is being added, since OPDRVs are refueling activities that can be postulated to cause fission product release different than the Refueling Accident. Since secondary containment is the only barrier to the release of fission products into the environment during OPDRVs, reactor building integrity as defined in TS Definition 1.12 is required.
In accordance with this definition, at least one door in each access opening must be closed (per TS Section 3.4.3), the RBEVS must be operable (per TS Section 3.4.4), and all reactor building ventilation automatic isolation valves must be operable or secured in the closed position (per TS Section 3.4.2).
Similarly, the CRATS (TS Section 3.4.5) is required to be operable to assure control room habitability during OPDRVs. TS Sections 3.4.2, 3.4.3, 3.4.4, and 3.4.5 are also revised to add operability requirements for OPDRVs.
The NMPNS shutdown safety procedure presently includes guidance on equipment availability during shutdown and contingency planning, as well as the requirements contained in the licensing and design basis. In addition to the conservatisms contained within the Refueling Accident analysis, as a defense-in-depth measure, revisions to the shutdown safety procedure will be incorporated prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment to address the following attributes:
* Specify that during fuel handling/core alterations, the ability to filter and monitor any release should be maintained. In particular, the RBEVS and its associated radiation monitors should be available but are not required to be operable.
28 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
* Specify that the ability to restore secondary containment capability during fuel handling/core alterations should be maintained. A contingency method to immediately initiate action to close any external openings in the secondary containment should be developed.
* Specify that, when necessary, the Shift Manager will ensure that the necessary actions are taken to close all external openings in the secondary containment.
* Specify that, when necessary, the Shift Manager will ensure that the necessary actions are taken to close all external openings in the secondary containment.
These revisions will assure that actions are taken to reduce the potential radiological consequences of a Refueling Accident.
These revisions will assure that actions are taken to reduce the potential radiological consequences of a Refueling Accident. Similar revisions have previously been incorporated into the shutdown safety procedure for Nine Mile Point Unit 2 (NMP2) to implement License Amendment No. 101 (issued by NRC letter dated February 11, 2002 - Reference A1-8.21), which revised the NMP2 TS consistent with NRC-approved TSTF-5 1. The shutdown safety procedure revisions for NMP2 were made to address the provisions of Section 11.3.6.5 of NUMARC 93-01, Revision 3 (Reference A1-8.22), consistent with TSTF-51.
Similar revisions have previously been incorporated into the shutdown safety procedure for Nine Mile Point Unit 2 (NMP2) to implement License Amendment No. 101 (issued by NRC letter dated February 11, 2002 -Reference A1-8.21), which revised the NMP2 TS consistent with NRC-approved TSTF-5 1. The shutdown safety procedure revisions for NMP2 were made to address the provisions of Section 11.3.6.5 of NUMARC 93-01, Revision 3 (Reference A1-8.22), consistent with TSTF-51.A1-4.5.7 TS Section 3.4.1, Leakage Rate; TS Section 3.4.2, Reactor Building Integrity  
A1-4.5.7     TS Section 3.4.1, Leakage Rate; TS Section 3.4.2, Reactor Building Integrity - Isolation Valves; TS Section 3.4.3, Access Control; and TS Section 3.4.4, Emergency Ventilation System TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, and 3.4.3 are revised to uniformly indicate that the requirements specified in these sections must be met "at all times when secondary containment integrity is required," consistent with the applicability requirements stated in TS Section 3.4.4. This change establishes consistency between these sections, all of which relate to secondary containment integrity, and eliminates repetition.
-Isolation Valves; TS Section 3.4.3, Access Control; and TS Section 3.4.4, Emergency Ventilation System TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, and 3.4.3 are revised to uniformly indicate that the requirements specified in these sections must be met "at all times when secondary containment integrity is required," consistent with the applicability requirements stated in TS Section 3.4.4. This change establishes consistency between these sections, all of which relate to secondary containment integrity, and eliminates repetition.
As indicated in revised TS Section 3.4.0, reactor building (i.e., secondary containment) integrity, and thus the requirements of TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.4.3, and 3.4.4, must be in effect for the following conditions: (1) the power operating condition, (2) when the reactor water temperature is above 215'F, (3) whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and (4) during OPDRVs. As noted above, analysis of the radiological consequences of the design basis Refueling Accident using AST methodology involving irradiated fuel assemblies that have been allowed to decay for at least 24 hours shows that the calculated TEDE values both offsite (EAB and LPZ) and to control room occupants are below the applicable acceptance values (see Section A1-4.1.5 above). This analysis does not credit secondary containment integrity, operation of the RBEVS, or operation of the reactor building isolation valves. Thus, after 24 hours of decay time, movement of irradiated fuel assemblies can commence and continue without secondary containment integrity and without operability of the RBEVS or the reactor building isolation valves. In addition, as noted in Section A1-4.5.6 above, administrative controls will be in place to effectively close the secondary containment in the event of a Refueling Accident, thereby reducing the potential radiological consequences.
As indicated in revised TS Section 3.4.0, reactor building (i.e., secondary containment) integrity, and thus the requirements of TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.4.3, and 3.4.4, must be in effect for the following conditions:
As noted in Section A1-4.5.6 above, OPDRVs is being added as a new applicable condition for TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.4.3, and 3.4.4, since OPDRVs are refueling activities that can be postulated to cause fission product release different than the Refueling Accident. In addition, the action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4.1.a, 3.4.2.b, 3.4.3.b, and 3.4.4.e are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building, or during OPDRVs. These clarifications do not make any of the existing TS action requirements less restrictive.
(1) the power operating condition, (2) when the reactor water temperature is above 215'F, (3)whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and (4) during OPDRVs. As noted above, analysis of the radiological consequences of the design basis Refueling Accident using AST methodology involving irradiated fuel assemblies that have been allowed to decay for at least 24 hours shows that the calculated TEDE values both offsite (EAB and LPZ) and to control room occupants are below the applicable acceptance values (see Section A1-4.1.5 above). This analysis does not credit secondary containment integrity, operation of the RBEVS, or operation of the reactor building isolation valves. Thus, after 24 hours of decay time, movement of irradiated fuel assemblies can commence and continue without secondary containment integrity and without operability of the RBEVS or the reactor building isolation valves. In addition, as noted in Section A1-4.5.6 above, administrative controls will be in place to effectively close the secondary containment in the event of a Refueling Accident, thereby reducing the potential radiological consequences.
TS Section 314.3, item b.2.a (which refers to "core alterations") is deleted. Core alterations are defined in NMP1 TS Definition 1.13 as "the addition, removal, relocation, or other manual movement of fuel or control rods in the reactor core." Accidents postulated to occur during core alterations, in addition to the Refueling Accident, are inadvertent criticality due to a control rod removal error and the inadvertent 29 of 87
As noted in Section A1-4.5.6 above, OPDRVs is being added as a new applicable condition for TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.4.3, and 3.4.4, since OPDRVs are refueling activities that can be postulated to cause fission product release different than the Refueling Accident.
 
In addition, the action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4.1.a, 3.4.2.b, 3.4.3.b, and 3.4.4.e are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building, or during OPDRVs. These clarifications do not make any of the existing TS action requirements less restrictive.
ATTACHMENT (1)
TS Section 314.3, item b.2.a (which refers to "core alterations")
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION loading of, and subsequent operation with, a fuel assembly loaded into an improper position (i.e.,
is deleted. Core alterations are defined in NMP1 TS Definition 1.13 as "the addition, removal, relocation, or other manual movement of fuel or control rods in the reactor core." Accidents postulated to occur during core alterations, in addition to the Refueling Accident, are inadvertent criticality due to a control rod removal error and the inadvertent 29 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION loading of, and subsequent operation with, a fuel assembly loaded into an improper position (i.e., mislocated or misoriented).
mislocated or misoriented). These events are not postulated to result in fuel cladding damage and thus are bounded by the design basis Refueling Accident. Therefore, deletion of the reference to "core alterations" in TS Section 3.4.3 is acceptable.
These events are not postulated to result in fuel cladding damage and thus are bounded by the design basis Refueling Accident.
A 1-4.5.8   TS Section 3.4.5, Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS)
Therefore, deletion of the reference to "core alterations" in TS Section 3.4.3 is acceptable.
TS Section 3.4.5 is revised to delete the requirement for operability of the CRATS during the refueling condition, replace the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and add "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a new condition for which the CRATS must be operable. Analysis of the radiological consequences of the design basis Refueling Accident using AST methodology involving irradiated fuel assemblies that have been allowed to decay for at least 24 hours shows that the calculated TEDE values both offsite (EAB and LPZ) and to control room occupants are below the applicable acceptance values (see Section A1-4.1.5 above). This analysis does not credit operation of the CRATS. Thus, after 24 hours of decay time, movement of irradiated fuel assemblies can commence and continue without the CRATS being operable. In addition, as noted in Section AI-4.5.6 above, administrative controls will be in place to effectively close the secondary containment in the event of a Refueling Accident, thereby reducing the potential consequences.
A 1-4.5.8 TS Section 3.4.5, Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS)TS Section 3.4.5 is revised to delete the requirement for operability of the CRATS during the refueling condition, replace the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and add "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a new condition for which the CRATS must be operable.
As noted in Section A 1-4.5.6 above, a new requirement that the CRATS be operable during OPDRVs is being added, since OPDRVs are refueling activities that can be postulated to cause fission product release different than the Refueling Accident. In addition, the action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4.5.e and 3.4.5.f are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building or during OPDRVs. These clarifications do not make any of the existing TS action requirements less restrictive.
Analysis of the radiological consequences of the design basis Refueling Accident using AST methodology involving irradiated fuel assemblies that have been allowed to decay for at least 24 hours shows that the calculated TEDE values both offsite (EAB and LPZ) and to control room occupants are below the applicable acceptance values (see Section A1-4.1.5 above). This analysis does not credit operation of the CRATS. Thus, after 24 hours of decay time, movement of irradiated fuel assemblies can commence and continue without the CRATS being operable.
A 1-4.5.9   TS Table 3.6.2j, Emergency Ventilation Initiation TS Table 3.6.2j addresses instrumentation that automatically initiates operation of the RBEVS and closure of the reactor building isolation valves. Note (a) to TS Table 3.6.2j, which applies to the High Radiation Refueling Platform instrumentation, is revised by replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when the instrumentation must be operable. In addition, the requirement that the High Radiation Reactor Building Ventilation Duct instrumentation be operable in the Refuel mode of operation is replaced by Note (a) requiring that this instrumentation be operable whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs). The proposed revisions are consistent with the revised secondary containment and RBEVS operability requirements described in Sections A 1-4.5.6 and A1-4.5.7 above; i.e., the initiation instrumentation is required to be operable for the same conditions as the RBEVS and the reactor building isolation valves.
In addition, as noted in Section AI-4.5.6 above, administrative controls will be in place to effectively close the secondary containment in the event of a Refueling Accident, thereby reducing the potential consequences.
A1-4.5.10   TS Bases Changes With implementation of the AST, the accident whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 and 10 CFR 100 are replaced by the TEDE criteria of 10 CFR 50.67. Thus, references to GDC 19 and 10 CFR 100 are replaced with 10 CFR 50.67.
As noted in Section A 1-4.5.6 above, a new requirement that the CRATS be operable during OPDRVs is being added, since OPDRVs are refueling activities that can be postulated to cause fission product release different than the Refueling Accident.
Other changes are being made to the TS Bases for clarity and to conform to the changes being made to the associated TS sections. The revisions to the TS Bases incorporate supporting information for the 30 of 87
In addition, the action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4.5.e and 3.4.5.f are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building or during OPDRVs. These clarifications do not make any of the existing TS action requirements less restrictive.
 
A 1-4.5.9 TS Table 3.6.2j, Emergency Ventilation Initiation TS Table 3.6.2j addresses instrumentation that automatically initiates operation of the RBEVS and closure of the reactor building isolation valves. Note (a) to TS Table 3.6.2j, which applies to the High Radiation Refueling Platform instrumentation, is revised by replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with"recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when the instrumentation must be operable.
ATTACHMENT (1)
In addition, the requirement that the High Radiation Reactor Building Ventilation Duct instrumentation be operable in the Refuel mode of operation is replaced by Note (a) requiring that this instrumentation be operable whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION proposed TS changes. The Bases do not establish actual requirements, and as such do not change technical requirements of the TS. The Bases changes are therefore acceptable, since they administratively document the reasons and provide additional understanding for the associated TS requirements. The TS Bases changes will be processed in accordance with the NMP1 TS Bases Control Program (TS Section 6.5.6).
The proposed revisions are consistent with the revised secondary containment and RBEVS operability requirements described in Sections A 1-4.5.6 and A1-4.5.7 above; i.e., the initiation instrumentation is required to be operable for the same conditions as the RBEVS and the reactor building isolation valves.A1-4.5.10 TS Bases Changes With implementation of the AST, the accident whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 and 10 CFR 100 are replaced by the TEDE criteria of 10 CFR 50.67. Thus, references to GDC 19 and 10 CFR 100 are replaced with 10 CFR 50.67.Other changes are being made to the TS Bases for clarity and to conform to the changes being made to the associated TS sections.
A1-4.5 Conclusions Implementation of the AST as the plant radiological consequences analysis licensing basis requires a license amendment pursuant to the requirements of 10 CFR 50.67. The analyses described above demonstrate that the offsite and control room post-accident doses will not exceed the values specified in 10 CFR 50.67 following AST implementation. It has also been determined that continued compliance with NUREG-0737, Item II.B.2, will be maintained and that vital areas remain accessible post-accident.
The revisions to the TS Bases incorporate supporting information for the 30 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION proposed TS changes. The Bases do not establish actual requirements, and as such do not change technical requirements of the TS. The Bases changes are therefore acceptable, since they administratively document the reasons and provide additional understanding for the associated TS requirements.
The TS Bases changes will be processed in accordance with the NMP1 TS Bases Control Program (TS Section 6.5.6).A1-4.5 Conclusions Implementation of the AST as the plant radiological consequences analysis licensing basis requires a license amendment pursuant to the requirements of 10 CFR 50.67. The analyses described above demonstrate that the offsite and control room post-accident doses will not exceed the values specified in 10 CFR 50.67 following AST implementation.
It has also been determined that continued compliance with NUREG-0737, Item II.B.2, will be maintained and that vital areas remain accessible post-accident.
Implementation of the AST provides the basis for proposed changes to the Technical Specifications described herein and for deletion of Renewed Operating License Condition 2.C.(3). This submittal also fulfills the NMPNS commitment for completing and submitting the analysis needed to meet Generic Letter 2003-01 objectives.
Implementation of the AST provides the basis for proposed changes to the Technical Specifications described herein and for deletion of Renewed Operating License Condition 2.C.(3). This submittal also fulfills the NMPNS commitment for completing and submitting the analysis needed to meet Generic Letter 2003-01 objectives.
Based on the considerations discussed above and detailed in the attachments and enclosures to this submittal, (1) there is reasonable assurance that the health and safety of the public will not be endangered by operation in the proposed manner; (2) such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations; and (3) the issuance of the requested license amendment will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public.31 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-5. NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC (NMPNS) is requesting a revision to Renewed Operating License No. DPR-63 for Nine Mile Point Unit 1 (NMP1). The proposed amendment would revise the accident source term used in the NMP1 design basis radiological consequence analyses in accordance with 10 CFR 50.67. The proposed accident source term revision replaces the current methodology that is based on TID-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites," with the alternative source term (AST) methodology described in Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors." The proposed license amendment request is for full implementation of the AST as described in Regulatory Guide 1.183, with the exception that TID-14844 will continue to be used as the radiation dose basis for equipment qualification and vital area access.The AST analyses were performed using the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1. 183 and Standard Review Plan Section 15.0.1, "Radiological Consequence Analyses Using Alternative Source Terms." The four limiting design basis accidents (DBAs) considered were the Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA), the Main Steam Line Break Accident, the Refueling Accident, and the Control Rod Drop Accident.NMPNS has evaluated whether or not a significant hazards consideration is involved with the proposed amendment by focusing on the three standards set forth in 10 CFR 50.92, "Issuance of amendment," as discussed below: 1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Based on the considerations discussed above and detailed in the attachments and enclosures to this submittal, (1) there is reasonable assurance that the health and safety of the public will not be endangered by operation in the proposed manner; (2) such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations; and (3) the issuance of the requested license amendment will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public.
Response:
31 of 87
No.Adoption of the AST and those plant systems affected by implementing AST do not initiate DBAs. The AST does not affect the design or manner in which the facility is operated; rather, for postulated accidents, the AST is an input to calculations that evaluate the radiological consequences.
 
The AST does not by itself affect the post-accident plant response or the actual pathway of the radiation released from the fuel. It does, however, better represent the physical characteristics of the release, so that appropriate mitigation techniques may be applied.Implementation of the AST has been incorporated in the analyses for the limiting DBAs at NMP1.The structures, systems and components affected by the proposed change mitigate the consequences of accidents after the accident has been initiated.
ATTACHMENT (1)
Application of the AST does result in changes to NMP1 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) functions (e.g., Liquid Poison system). As a condition of application of AST, NMPNS is proposing to use the Liquid Poison system to control the suppression pool pH following a LOCA. The proposed changes also revise operability requirements for the secondary containment and certain post-accident filtration systems while handling irradiated fuel that has decayed for greater than 24 hours and during core alterations.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-5. NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC (NMPNS) is requesting a revision to Renewed Operating License No. DPR-63 for Nine Mile Point Unit 1 (NMP1). The proposed amendment would revise the accident source term used in the NMP1 design basis radiological consequence analyses in accordance with 10 CFR 50.67. The proposed accident source term revision replaces the current methodology that is based on TID-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites," with the alternative source term (AST) methodology described in Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors." The proposed license amendment request is for full implementation of the AST as described in Regulatory Guide 1.183, with the exception that TID-14844 will continue to be used as the radiation dose basis for equipment qualification and vital area access.
These changes have been included within the AST evaluations.
The AST analyses were performed using the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1. 183 and Standard Review Plan Section 15.0.1, "Radiological Consequence Analyses Using Alternative Source Terms." The four limiting design basis accidents (DBAs) considered were the Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA), the Main Steam Line Break Accident, the Refueling Accident, and the Control Rod Drop Accident.
These changes do not require any physical changes to the plant. As a result, the proposed changes do not involve a revision to the parameters or conditions that could contribute to the initiation of a DBA discussed in Chapter XV of the NMP1 UFSAR. Since design basis accident initiators are not being altered by adoption of the AST, the probability of an accident previously evaluated is not affected.32 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Plant-specific AST radiological analyses have been performed and, based on the results of these analyses, it has been demonstrated that the dose consequences of the limiting events considered in the analyses are within the acceptance criteria provided by the NRC for use with the AST. These criteria are presented in 10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183. Even though the AST dose limits are not directly comparable to the previously specified whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of General Design Criterion 19 and 10 CFR 100.11, the results of the AST analyses have demonstrated that the 10 CFR 50.67 limits are satisfied.
NMPNS has evaluated whether or not a significant hazards consideration is involved with the proposed amendment by focusing on the three standards set forth in 10 CFR 50.92, "Issuance of amendment," as discussed below:
Therefore, it is concluded that adoption of the AST does not involve a significant increase in the consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
: 1.     Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response:         No.
Adoption of the AST and those plant systems affected by implementing AST do not initiate DBAs. The AST does not affect the design or manner in which the facility is operated; rather, for postulated accidents, the AST is an input to calculations that evaluate the radiological consequences. The AST does not by itself affect the post-accident plant response or the actual pathway of the radiation released from the fuel. It does, however, better represent the physical characteristics of the release, so that appropriate mitigation techniques may be applied.
Implementation of the AST has been incorporated in the analyses for the limiting DBAs at NMP1.
The structures, systems and components affected by the proposed change mitigate the consequences of accidents after the accident has been initiated. Application of the AST does result in changes to NMP1 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) functions (e.g.,
Liquid Poison system). As a condition of application of AST, NMPNS is proposing to use the Liquid Poison system to control the suppression pool pH following a LOCA. The proposed changes also revise operability requirements for the secondary containment and certain post-accident filtration systems while handling irradiated fuel that has decayed for greater than 24 hours and during core alterations. These changes have been included within the AST evaluations.
These changes do not require any physical changes to the plant. As a result, the proposed changes do not involve a revision to the parameters or conditions that could contribute to the initiation of a DBA discussed in Chapter XV of the NMP1 UFSAR. Since design basis accident initiators are not being altered by adoption of the AST, the probability of an accident previously evaluated is not affected.
32 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Plant-specific AST radiological analyses have been performed and, based on the results of these analyses, it has been demonstrated that the dose consequences of the limiting events considered in the analyses are within the acceptance criteria provided by the NRC for use with the AST. These criteria are presented in 10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183. Even though the AST dose limits are not directly comparable to the previously specified whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of General Design Criterion 19 and 10 CFR 100.11, the results of the AST analyses have demonstrated that the 10 CFR 50.67 limits are satisfied. Therefore, it is concluded that adoption of the AST does not involve a significant increase in the consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
Based on the above discussion, it is concluded that the proposed changes do not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
Based on the above discussion, it is concluded that the proposed changes do not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
: 2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
: 2.       Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response:
Response:       No.
No.Implementation of AST and the proposed changes does not alter or involve any design basis accident initiators.
Implementation of AST and the proposed changes does not alter or involve any design basis accident initiators. These changes do not involve any physical changes to the plant and do not affect the design function or mode of operations of systems, structures, or components in the facility prior to a postulated accident. Since systems, structures, and components are operated essentially no differently after the AST implementation, no new failure modes are created by this proposed change.
These changes do not involve any physical changes to the plant and do not affect the design function or mode of operations of systems, structures, or components in the facility prior to a postulated accident.
Therefore, the proposed changes do not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
Since systems, structures, and components are operated essentially no differently after the AST implementation, no new failure modes are created by this proposed change.Therefore, the proposed changes do not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
: 3.       Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
: 3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?Response:
Response:       No.
No.The changes proposed are associated with a new licensing basis for analysis of NMP1 DBAs.Approval of the licensing basis change from the original source term to the AST is being requested.
The changes proposed are associated with a new licensing basis for analysis of NMP1 DBAs.
The results of the accident analyses performed in support of the proposed changes are subject to revised acceptance criteria.
Approval of the licensing basis change from the original source term to the AST is being requested. The results of the accident analyses performed in support of the proposed changes are subject to revised acceptance criteria. The limiting DBAs have been analyzed using conservative methodologies, in accordance with the guidance contained in Regulatory Guide 1.183, to ensure that analyzed events are bounding and that safety margin has not been reduced. The dose consequences of these limiting events are within the acceptance criteria presented in 10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183. Thus, the proposed changes continue to ensure that the doses at the exclusion area boundary and low population zone boundary, as well as in the control room, are within corresponding regulatory criteria.
The limiting DBAs have been analyzed using conservative methodologies, in accordance with the guidance contained in Regulatory Guide 1.183, to ensure that analyzed events are bounding and that safety margin has not been reduced. The dose consequences of these limiting events are within the acceptance criteria presented in 10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183. Thus, the proposed changes continue to ensure that the doses at the exclusion area boundary and low population zone boundary, as well as in the control room, are within corresponding regulatory criteria.Therefore, by meeting the applicable regulatory criteria for AST, it is concluded that the proposed changes do not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.Based on the above, NMPNS concludes that the proposed amendment presents no significant hazards considerations under the standards set forth in 10 CFR 50.92(c), and, accordingly, a finding of "no significant hazards consideration" is justified.
Therefore, by meeting the applicable regulatory criteria for AST, it is concluded that the proposed changes do not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
33 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-6. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT A review has determined that the proposed amendment would change a requirement with respect to installation or use of a facility component located within the restricted area, as defined in 10 CFR 20, or would change an inspection or surveillance requirement.
Based on the above, NMPNS concludes that the proposed amendment presents no significant hazards considerations under the standards set forth in 10 CFR 50.92(c), and, accordingly, a finding of "no significant hazards consideration" is justified.
However, the proposed amendment does not involve (i) a significant hazards consideration, (ii) a significant change in the types or significant increase in the amounts of any effluent that may be released offsite, or (iii) a significant increase in individual or cumulative occupational radiation exposure.
33 of 87
Accordingly, the proposed amendment meets the eligibility criterion for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9).
 
Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared in connection with the proposed amendment.
ATTACHMENT (1)
A1-7. PRECEDENT Other BWRs have previously submitted, and the NRC has approved, applications for the use of AST using approaches similar to those described in this submittal for NMP1. These include Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Station (TAC No. MC0253, approved March 29, 2005), Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant (TAC Nos. MB5733, MB5734, MB5735, approved September 27, 2004), and Limerick Generating Station (TAC Nos. MC2295 and MC2296, approved August 23, 2006).A1-8. REFERENCES
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-6. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT A review has determined that the proposed amendment would change a requirement with respect to installation or use of a facility component located within the restricted area, as defined in 10 CFR 20, or would change an inspection or surveillance requirement. However, the proposed amendment does not involve (i) a significant hazards consideration, (ii) a significant change in the types or significant increase in the amounts of any effluent that may be released offsite, or (iii) a significant increase in individual or cumulative occupational radiation exposure. Accordingly, the proposed amendment meets the eligibility criterion for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared in connection with the proposed amendment.
: 1. Letter from W. C. Holston (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 31, 2005, Response to Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability (TAC Nos. MB9825, MB9826)2. Letter from T. J. O'Connor (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 27, 2006, Response to NRC Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability  
A1-7. PRECEDENT Other BWRs have previously submitted, and the NRC has approved, applications for the use of AST using approaches similar to those described in this submittal for NMP1. These include Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Station (TAC No. MC0253, approved March 29, 2005), Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant (TAC Nos. MB5733, MB5734, MB5735, approved September 27, 2004), and Limerick Generating Station (TAC Nos. MC2295 and MC2296, approved August 23, 2006).
-Commitment Completion Date Change (TAC Nos. MB9825 and M1B9826)3. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors," July 2000 4. J. J. DiNunno et al., Technical Information Document (TID)-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites," U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (now USNRC), 1962 5. Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF) Improved Standard Technical Specifications Change Traveler TSTF-5 1-A, "Revise Containment Requirements During Handling Irradiated Fuel and Core Alterations," Revision 2 6. L. Soffer et al., NUREG-1465, "Accident Source Terms for Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants," USNRC, February 1995 7. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, Section 15.0.1, "Radiological Consequence Analyses Using Alternative Source Terms," Rev. 0, July 2000 34 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
A1-8. REFERENCES
: 8. Letter from P. S. Tam (NRC) to J. H. Mueller (NMPC), dated February 20, 2001, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit No. 1 -Issuance of Amendment Re: Primary Containment Integrity (TAC No. MB0090)9. NUREG-0737, "Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements," November 1980 10. ORIGEN2 Computer Code, Oak Ridge National Laboratory
: 1. Letter from W. C. Holston (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 31, 2005, Response to Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability (TAC Nos. MB9825, MB9826)
: 11. NUREG/CR-6604, "RADTRAD:
: 2. Letter from T. J. O'Connor (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 27, 2006, Response to NRC Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability - Commitment Completion Date Change (TAC Nos. MB9825 and M1B9826)
A simplified Model for Radionuclide Transport and Removal and Dose Estimation," April 1998, and Supplement 1, June 8, 1999 12. STARDOSE Model Report, Polestar Applied Technology, Inc., January 31, 1997 13. MicroShield, Version 5.0.3, Grove Engineering Inc.14. QADMOD, Version 0, Level 3, Oak Ridge National Laboratory
: 3. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors," July 2000
: 15. STARNAUA Code, Polestar Applied Technology, Inc.16. RADDECAY, Version 3, Grove Engineering, Inc.17. NEDE-2401 1-P-A-14, "General Electric Standard Application for Reactor Fuel (GESTAR II)," U. S. Supplement, June 2000 18. NEDE-2401 1-P-A (GESTAR-Il), Amendment 22 19. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.145, "Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, November 1982 20. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.194, "Atmospheric Relative Concentrations for Control Room Radiological Habitability Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," June 2003 21. Letter from P. S. Tam (NRC) to J. T. Conway (NMPNS), dated February 11, 2002, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, Unit No. 2 -Issuance of Amendment Re: Ventilation Requirements during Irradiated Fuel Handling (TAC No. MB11479)22. NUMARC 93-01, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 3, July 2000 23. Letter from J. K. Thayer (Entergy Nuclear Vermont Yankee, LLC) to Document Control Desk (NRC) dated July 31, 2003, Technical Specification Proposed Change No. 262, Alternative Source Term (TAC No. MC0253)24. Letter from T. E. Abney (Tennessee Valley Authority) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated July 31, 2002, Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant (BFN) -Units 1, 2, and 3 -License Amendment  
: 4. J. J. DiNunno et al., Technical Information Document (TID)-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites," U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (now USNRC),
-Alternative Source Term (TAC Nos. MB5733, MB5734, MB5735, MC0156, MC0157, MC0158)25. Letter from J. H. Mueller (Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated December 18, 1998, Regarding Nine Mile Point Unit I Control Room Habitability 35 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
1962
: 26. NUREG/CR-5732, "Iodine Chemical Forms in LWR Severe Accidents," Oak Ridge National Laboratory, April 1992 27. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, Section 6.5.2, "Containment Spray as a Fission Product Cleanup System," Revision 1, July 1981 28. NUREG-1433, "Standard Technical Specifications  
: 5. Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF) Improved Standard Technical Specifications Change Traveler TSTF-5 1-A, "Revise Containment Requirements During Handling Irradiated Fuel and Core Alterations," Revision 2
-General Electric Plants, BWR/4," Rev. 3, June 2004 A1-9. REGULATORY COMMITMENTS The following table identifies those actions committed to by NMPNS in this submittal.
: 6. L. Soffer et al., NUREG-1465, "Accident Source Terms for Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants,"
Any other statements in this submittal are provided for information purposes and are not considered to be regulatory commitments.
USNRC, February 1995
REGULATORY COMMITMENTS DUE DATE The NMPNS shutdown safety procedure will be revised to address the following attributes for Nine Mile Point Unit 1:* Specify that during fuel handling/core alterations, the ability to filter and monitor any release should be maintained.
: 7. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, Section 15.0.1, "Radiological Consequence Analyses Using Alternative Source Terms," Rev. 0, July 2000 34 of 87
In particular, the RBEVS and its associated radiation monitors should be available but are not required to be operable.* Specify that the ability to restore secondary containment capability during fuel handling/core alterations should be maintained.
 
A contingency method to immediately initiate action to close any external openings in the secondary containment should be developed.
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
: 8. Letter from P. S. Tam (NRC) to J. H. Mueller (NMPC), dated February 20, 2001, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit No. 1 - Issuance of Amendment Re: Primary Containment Integrity (TAC No. MB0090)
: 9. NUREG-0737, "Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements," November 1980
: 10. ORIGEN2 Computer Code, Oak Ridge National Laboratory
: 11. NUREG/CR-6604, "RADTRAD: A simplified Model for Radionuclide Transport and Removal and Dose Estimation," April 1998, and Supplement 1, June 8, 1999
: 12. STARDOSE Model Report, Polestar Applied Technology, Inc., January 31, 1997
: 13. MicroShield, Version 5.0.3, Grove Engineering Inc.
: 14. QADMOD, Version 0, Level 3, Oak Ridge National Laboratory
: 15. STARNAUA Code, Polestar Applied Technology, Inc.
: 16. RADDECAY, Version 3, Grove Engineering, Inc.
: 17. NEDE-2401 1-P-A-14, "General Electric Standard Application for Reactor Fuel (GESTAR II),"
U. S. Supplement, June 2000
: 18. NEDE-2401 1-P-A (GESTAR-Il), Amendment 22
: 19. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.145, "Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, November 1982
: 20. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.194, "Atmospheric Relative Concentrations for Control Room Radiological Habitability Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," June 2003
: 21. Letter from P. S. Tam (NRC) to J. T. Conway (NMPNS), dated February 11, 2002, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, Unit No. 2 - Issuance of Amendment Re: Ventilation Requirements during Irradiated Fuel Handling (TAC No. MB11479)
: 22. NUMARC 93-01, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 3, July 2000
: 23. Letter from J. K. Thayer (Entergy Nuclear Vermont Yankee, LLC) to Document Control Desk (NRC) dated July 31, 2003, Technical Specification Proposed Change No. 262, Alternative Source Term (TAC No. MC0253)
: 24. Letter from T. E. Abney (Tennessee Valley Authority) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated July 31, 2002, Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant (BFN) - Units 1, 2, and 3 - License Amendment -
Alternative Source Term (TAC Nos. MB5733, MB5734, MB5735, MC0156, MC0157, MC0158)
: 25. Letter from J. H. Mueller (Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated December 18, 1998, Regarding Nine Mile Point Unit I Control Room Habitability 35 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION
: 26. NUREG/CR-5732, "Iodine Chemical Forms in LWR Severe Accidents," Oak Ridge National Laboratory, April 1992
: 27. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, Section 6.5.2, "Containment Spray as a Fission Product Cleanup System," Revision 1, July 1981
: 28. NUREG-1433, "Standard Technical Specifications - General Electric Plants, BWR/4," Rev. 3, June 2004 A1-9. REGULATORY COMMITMENTS The following table identifies those actions committed to by NMPNS in this submittal. Any other statements in this submittal are provided for information purposes and are not considered to be regulatory commitments.
REGULATORY COMMITMENTS                                         DUE DATE The NMPNS shutdown safety procedure will be revised to address the             120 days following NRC following attributes for Nine Mile Point Unit 1:                               approval of the license
* Specify that during fuel handling/core alterations, the ability to     amendment request.
filter and monitor any release should be maintained. In particular, the RBEVS and its associated radiation monitors should be available but are not required to be operable.
* Specify that the ability to restore secondary containment capability during fuel handling/core alterations should be maintained. A contingency method to immediately initiate action to close any external openings in the secondary containment should be developed.
* Specify that, when necessary, the Shift Manager will ensure that the necessary actions are taken to close all external openings in the secondary containment.
* Specify that, when necessary, the Shift Manager will ensure that the necessary actions are taken to close all external openings in the secondary containment.
120 days following NRC approval of the license amendment request.Environmental qualification for the LPS components located in a harsh 120 days following NRC environment will be established in accordance with the station design approval of the license change process prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment request.amendment.
Environmental qualification for the LPS components located in a harsh         120 days following NRC environment will be established in accordance with the station design         approval of the license change process prior to completing implementation of the AST license           amendment request.
The Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) and Severe Accident 120 days following NRC Procedures (SAPs) will be revised, as appropriate, to reflect the post-LOCA approval of the license function of the LPS and to assure that, once initiated, the entire contents of amendment request.the LPS storage tank are injected to accomplish the suppression pool pH control function.Training will be provided to licensed operators and shift technical advisors 120 days following NRC (STAs) for the procedure revisions that specifically address sodium approval of the license pentaborate solution injection for pH control following a LOCA. amendment request.36 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.1 The inventory of fission products in the reactor core and available for Conforms The inventory of fission products in the core is release to the containment should be based on the maximum full based on the licensed reactor core thermal power power operation of the core with, as a minimum, current licensed of 1850 MWt plus 2% (i.e., 1887 MWt).values for fuel enrichment, fuel burnup, and an assumed core power ORIGEN2 was used to determine core inventory, equal to the current licensed rated thermal power times the ECCS based on a 24-month fuel cycle, 1400 EFPD per evaluation uncertainty.
amendment.
The period of irradiation should be of cycle, and 4.1% average enrichment.
The Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) and Severe Accident                 120 days following NRC Procedures (SAPs) will be revised, as appropriate, to reflect the post-LOCA   approval of the license function of the LPS and to assure that, once initiated, the entire contents of amendment request.
sufficient duration to allow the activity of dose-significant radionuclides to reach equilibrium or to reach maximum values. The core inventory should be determined using an appropriate isotope generation and depletion computer code such as ORIGEN 2 or ORIGEN-ARP.
the LPS storage tank are injected to accomplish the suppression pool pH control function.
Core inventory factors (Ci/MWt) provided in TID 14844 and used in some analysis computer codes were derived for low burnup, low enrichment fuel and should not be used with higher burnup and higher enrichment fuels.3.1 For the DBA LOCA, all fuel assemblies in the core are assumed to be Conforms A bounding peaking factor of 1.8 is used for DBA affected and the core average inventory should be used. For DBA events that do not involve the entire core, with events that do not involve the entire core, the fission product fission product inventories for damaged fuel rods inventory of each of the damaged fuel rods is determined by dividing determined by dividing the total core inventory by the total core inventory by the number of fuel rods in the core. To the number of fuel rods in the core.account for differences in power level across the core, radial peaking factors from the facility's core operating limits report (COLR) or technical specifications should be applied in determining the inventory of the damaged rods.37 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.1 No adjustment to the fission product inventory should be made for Conforms No adjustments for less than full power are made events postulated to occur during power operations at less than full in any analyses.
Training will be provided to licensed operators and shift technical advisors   120 days following NRC (STAs) for the procedure revisions that specifically address sodium           approval of the license pentaborate solution injection for pH control following a LOCA.               amendment request.
The refueling accident models rated power or those postulated to occur at the beginning of core life. radioactive decay from the time of shutdown.For events postulated to occur while the facility is shutdown, e.g., a fuel handling accident, radioactive decay from the time of shutdown may be modeled.3.2 The core inventory release fractions, by radionuclide groups, for the Conforms The fractions from Regulatory Position 3.2, Table 1 are used. The criteria of Footnote 10 to Position gap release and early in-vessel damage phases for DBA LOCAs are listed in Table 1 for BWRs and Table 2 for PWRs. These fractions 3.2 are met.are applied to the equilibrium core inventory described in Regulatory Position 3.1.Footnote 10 to Position 3.2: The release fractions listed here have been determined to be acceptable for use with currently approved LWR fuel with a peak burnup up to 62,000 MWD/MTU. The data in this section may not be applicable to cores containing mixed oxide (MOX) fuel.38 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 1 3.2 For non-LOCA events, the fractions of the core inventory assumed to Conforms Conforms to Footnote 11 of Table 3 of Position be in the gap for the various radionuclides are given in Table 3. The 3.2.release fractions from Table 3 are used in conjunction with the fission product inventory calculated with the maximum core radial peaking A bounding peaking factor of 1.8 is used for DBA factor. events that do not involve the entire core.Footnote 11 to Table 3 of Position 3.2: The release fractions listed here have been determined to be acceptable for use with currently approved LWR fuel with a peak bumup up to 62,000 MWD/MTU provided that the maximum linear heat generation rate does not exceed 6.3 kw/ft peak rod average power for burmups exceeding 54 GWD/MTU. As an alternative, fission gas release calculations performed using NRC approved methodologies may be considered on a case-by-case basis. To be acceptable, these calculations must use a projected power history that will bound the limiting projected plant-specific power history for the specific fuel load. For the BWR rod drop accident and the PWR rod ejection accident, the gap fractions are assumed to be 10% for iodines and noble gases.3.3 Table 4 tabulates the onset and duration of each sequential release Conforms The BWR durations from Table 4 of Position 3.3 phase for DBA LOCAs at PWRs and BWRs. The specified onset is are used.the time following the initiation of the accident (i.e., time = 0). The early in-vessel phase immediately follows the gap release phase. The The LOCA is modeled in a linear fashion.activity released from the core during each release phase should be modeled as increasing in a linear fashion over the duration of the Non-LOCA events are modeled as an phase. For non-LOCA DBAs in which fuel damage is projected, the instantaneous release.release from the fuel gap and the fuel pellet should be assumed to occur instantaneously with the onset of the projected damage.39 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.3 For facilities licensed with leak-before-break methodology, the onset N/A NMP 1 does not use leak-before-break of the gap release phase may be assumed to be 10 minutes. A licensee methodology for the DBA analyses.may propose an alternative time for the onset of the gap release phase, based on facility-specific calculations using suitable analysis codes or on an accepted topical report shown to be applicable to the specific facility.
36 of 87
In the absence of approved alternatives, the gap release phase onsets in Table 4 should be used.3.4 Table 5 lists the elements in each radionuclide group that should be Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses, as considered in design basis analyses.
 
supplemented by RIS 2006-04.3.5 Of the radioiodine released from the reactor coolant system (RCS) to Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.the containment in a postulated accident, 95 percent of the iodine released should be assumed to be cesium iodide (CsI), 4.85 percent elemental iodine, and 0.15 percent organic iodide. This includes releases from the gap and the fuel pellets. With the exception of elemental and organic iodine and noble gases, fission products should be assumed to be in particulate form. The same chemical form is assumed in releases from fuel pins in FHAs and from releases from the fuel pins through the RCS in DBAs other than FHAs or LOCAs.However, the transport of these iodine species following release from the fuel may affect these assumed fractions.
ATTACHMENT (1)
The accident-specific appendices to this regulatory guide provide additional details.40 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.6 The amount of fuel damage caused by non-LOCA design basis events Conforms Fuel damage assessment for the CRDA is based should be analyzed to determine, for the case resulting in the highest on GESTAR standard analyses to estimate fuel radioactivity release, the fraction of the fuel that reaches or exceeds damage.the initiation temperature of fuel melt and the fraction of fuel elements for which the fuel clad is breached.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG                                   RG Position                                 NMP1                         Comments Section                                                                           Analysis 3.1   The inventory of fission products in the reactor core and available for Conforms The inventory of fission products in the core is release to the containment should be based on the maximum full                     based on the licensed reactor core thermal power power operation of the core with, as a minimum, current licensed                   of 1850 MWt plus 2% (i.e., 1887 MWt).
Although the NRC staff has traditionally relied upon the departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) as a fuel damage criterion, licensees may propose other methods to the NRC staff, such as those based upon enthalpy deposition, for estimating fuel damage for the purpose of establishing radioactivity releases.4.1.1 The dose calculations should determine the TEDE. TEDE is the sum Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses, as of the committed effective dose equivalent (CEDE) from inhalation supplemented by RIS 2006-04. TEDE doses are and the deep dose equivalent (DDE) from external exposure.
values for fuel enrichment, fuel burnup, and an assumed core power                 ORIGEN2 was used to determine core inventory, equal to the current licensed rated thermal power times the ECCS                   based on a 24-month fuel cycle, 1400 EFPD per evaluation uncertainty. The period of irradiation should be of                     cycle, and 4.1% average enrichment.
The calculated by RADTRAD, with decay and calculation of these two components of the TEDE should consider all daughter products enabled. Additional noble gases radionuclides, including progeny from the decay of parent Bal37m and Rb88 are also included.radionuclides, that are significant with regard to dose consequences and the released radioactivity.
sufficient duration to allow the activity of dose-significant radionuclides to reach equilibrium or to reach maximum values. The core inventory should be determined using an appropriate isotope generation and depletion computer code such as ORIGEN 2 or ORIGEN-ARP. Core inventory factors (Ci/MWt) provided in TID 14844 and used in some analysis computer codes were derived for low burnup, low enrichment fuel and should not be used with higher burnup and higher enrichment fuels.
4.1.2 The exposure-to-CEDE factors for inhalation of radioactive material Conforms Federal Guidance Report (FGR) 11 dose should be derived from the data provided in ICRP Publication 30, conversion factors are used."Limits for Intakes of Radionuclides by Workers." Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report 11, "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion," provides tables of conversion factors acceptable to the NRC staff. The factors in the column headed"effective" yield doses corresponding to the CEDE.41 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.1.3 For the first 8 hours, the breathing rate of persons offsite should be Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.assumed to be 3.5 x 104 cubic meters per second. From 8 to 24 hours following the accident, the breathing rate should be assumed to be 1.8 X 10-4 cubic meters per second. After that and until the end of the accident, the rate should be assumed to be 2.3 x 10-4 cubic meters per second.4.1.4 The DDE should be calculated assuming submergence in semi- Conforms Federal Guidance Report (FGR) 12 conversion infinite cloud assumptions with appropriate credit for attenuation by factors are used.body tissue. The DDE is nominally equivalent to the effective dose equivalent (EDE) from external exposure if the whole body is irradiated uniformly.
3.1   For the DBA LOCA, all fuel assemblies in the core are assumed to be Conforms A bounding peaking factor of 1.8 is used for DBA affected and the core average inventory should be used. For DBA                   events that do not involve the entire core, with events that do not involve the entire core, the fission product                   fission product inventories for damaged fuel rods inventory of each of the damaged fuel rods is determined by dividing               determined by dividing the total core inventory by the total core inventory by the number of fuel rods in the core. To               the number of fuel rods in the core.
Since this is a reasonable assumption for submergence exposure situations, EDE may be used in lieu of DDE in determining the contribution of external dose to the TEDE. Table 111. 1 of Federal Guidance Report 12, "External Exposure to Radionuclides in Air, Water, and Soil," provides external EDE conversion factors acceptable to the NRC staff. The factors in the column headed "effective" yield doses corresponding to the EDE.4.1.5 The TEDE should be determined for the most limiting person at the Conforms The maximum two-hour LOCA EAB doses have EAB. The maximum EAB TEDE for any two-hour period following been calculated.
account for differences in power level across the core, radial peaking factors from the facility's core operating limits report (COLR) or technical specifications should be applied in determining the inventory of the damaged rods.
the start of the radioactivity release should be determined and used in determining compliance with the dose criteria in 10 CFR 50.67. The maximum two-hour TEDE should be determined by calculating the postulated dose for a series of small time increments and performing a "sliding" sum over the increments for successive two-hour periods.The maximum TEDE obtained is submitted.
37 of 87
The time increments should appropriately reflect the progression of the accident to capture the peak dose interval between the start of the event and the end of radioactivity release (see also Table 6).42 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C. Regulatorv Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.1.6 TEDE should be determined for the most limiting receptor at the Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.outer boundary of the low population zone (LPZ) and should be used in determining compliance with the dose criteria in 10 CFR 50.67.4.1.7 No correction should be made for depletion of the effluent plume by Conforms No such corrections are made in the analyses.deposition on the ground.4.2.1 The TEDE analysis should consider all sources of radiation that will Conforms All sources of radiation that will cause exposure cause exposure to control room personnel.
 
The applicable sources to control room personnel have been considered in will vary from facility to facility, but typically will include: the analyses.* Contamination of the control room atmosphere by the intake or infiltration of the radioactive material contained in the radioactive plume released from the facility,* Contamination of the control room atmosphere by the intake or infiltration of airborne radioactive material from areas and structures adjacent to the control room envelope," Radiation shine from the external radioactive plume released from the facility,* Radiation shine from radioactive material in the reactor containment,* Radiation shine from radioactive material in systems and components inside or external to the control room envelope, e.g., radioactive material buildup in recirculation filters.4.2.2 The radioactive material releases and radiation levels used in the Conforms The source term, transport, and release control room dose analysis should be determined using the same methodology are the same for both the control source term, transport, and release assumptions used for determining room and offsite locations.
ATTACHMENT (1)
the EAB and the LPZ TEDE values, unless these assumptions would result in non-conservative results for the control room.43 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.2.3 The models used to transport radioactive material into and through Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG                                 RG Position                                 NMP1                       Comments Section                                                                         Analysis 3.1   No adjustment to the fission product inventory should be made for       Conforms No adjustments for less than full power are made events postulated to occur during power operations at less than full             in any analyses. The refueling accident models rated power or those postulated to occur at the beginning of core life.           radioactive decay from the time of shutdown.
The the control room, and the shielding models used to determine models used in the AST analyses are described in radiation dose rates from external sources, should be structured to Section A1-4 and are suitably conservative.
For events postulated to occur while the facility is shutdown, e.g., a fuel handling accident, radioactive decay from the time of shutdown may be modeled.
3.2   The core inventory release fractions, by radionuclide groups, for the   Conforms The fractions from Regulatory Position 3.2, Table 1 are used. The criteria of Footnote 10 to Position gap release and early in-vessel damage phases for DBA LOCAs are listed in Table 1 for BWRs and Table 2 for PWRs. These fractions                 3.2 are met.
are applied to the equilibrium core inventory described in Regulatory Position 3.1.
Footnote 10 to Position 3.2: The release fractions listed here have been determined to be acceptable for use with currently approved LWR fuel with a peak burnup up to 62,000 MWD/MTU. The data in this section may not be applicable to cores containing mixed oxide (MOX) fuel.
38 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG                                   RG Position                                 NMP1                           Comments Section                                                                         Analysis 1 3.2   For non-LOCA events, the fractions of the core inventory assumed to Conforms Conforms to Footnote 11 of Table 3 of Position be in the gap for the various radionuclides are given in Table 3. The               3.2.
release fractions from Table 3 are used in conjunction with the fission product inventory calculated with the maximum core radial peaking                   A bounding peaking factor of 1.8 is used for DBA factor.                                                                             events that do not involve the entire core.
Footnote 11 to Table 3 of Position 3.2: The release fractions listed here have been determined to be acceptable for use with currently approved LWR fuel with a peak bumup up to 62,000 MWD/MTU provided that the maximum linear heat generation rate does not exceed 6.3 kw/ft peak rod average power for burmups exceeding 54 GWD/MTU. As an alternative, fission gas release calculations performed using NRC approved methodologies may be considered on a case-by-case basis. To be acceptable, these calculations must use a projected power history that will bound the limiting projected plant-specific power history for the specific fuel load. For the BWR rod drop accident and the PWR rod ejection accident, the gap fractions are assumed to be 10% for iodines and noble gases.
3.3   Table 4 tabulates the onset and duration of each sequential release     Conforms   The BWR durations from Table 4 of Position 3.3 phase for DBA LOCAs at PWRs and BWRs. The specified onset is                       are used.
the time following the initiation of the accident (i.e., time = 0). The early in-vessel phase immediately follows the gap release phase. The               The LOCA is modeled in a linear fashion.
activity released from the core during each release phase should be modeled as increasing in a linear fashion over the duration of the                 Non-LOCA events are modeled as an phase. For non-LOCA DBAs in which fuel damage is projected, the                     instantaneous release.
release from the fuel gap and the fuel pellet should be assumed to occur instantaneously with the onset of the projected damage.
39 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG                                   RG Position                               NMP1                       Comments Section                                                                         Analysis 3.3   For facilities licensed with leak-before-break methodology, the onset   N/A       NMP 1 does not use leak-before-break of the gap release phase may be assumed to be 10 minutes. A licensee             methodology for the DBA analyses.
may propose an alternative time for the onset of the gap release phase, based on facility-specific calculations using suitable analysis codes or on an accepted topical report shown to be applicable to the specific facility. In the absence of approved alternatives, the gap release phase onsets in Table 4 should be used.
3.4   Table 5 lists the elements in each radionuclide group that should be   Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses, as considered in design basis analyses.                                             supplemented by RIS 2006-04.
3.5   Of the radioiodine released from the reactor coolant system (RCS) to   Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
the containment in a postulated accident, 95 percent of the iodine released should be assumed to be cesium iodide (CsI), 4.85 percent elemental iodine, and 0.15 percent organic iodide. This includes releases from the gap and the fuel pellets. With the exception of elemental and organic iodine and noble gases, fission products should be assumed to be in particulate form. The same chemical form is assumed in releases from fuel pins in FHAs and from releases from the fuel pins through the RCS in DBAs other than FHAs or LOCAs.
However, the transport of these iodine species following release from the fuel may affect these assumed fractions. The accident-specific appendices to this regulatory guide provide additional details.
40 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG                                   RG Position                                 NMP1                       Comments Section                                                                           Analysis 3.6   The amount of fuel damage caused by non-LOCA design basis events Conforms           Fuel damage assessment for the CRDA is based should be analyzed to determine, for the case resulting in the highest             on GESTAR standard analyses to estimate fuel radioactivity release, the fraction of the fuel that reaches or exceeds             damage.
the initiation temperature of fuel melt and the fraction of fuel elements for which the fuel clad is breached. Although the NRC staff has traditionally relied upon the departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) as a fuel damage criterion, licensees may propose other methods to the NRC staff, such as those based upon enthalpy deposition, for estimating fuel damage for the purpose of establishing radioactivity releases.
4.1.1 The dose calculations should determine the TEDE. TEDE is the sum         Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses, as of the committed effective dose equivalent (CEDE) from inhalation                   supplemented by RIS 2006-04. TEDE doses are and the deep dose equivalent (DDE) from external exposure. The                     calculated by RADTRAD, with decay and calculation of these two components of the TEDE should consider all                 daughter products enabled. Additional noble gases radionuclides, including progeny from the decay of parent                           Bal37m and Rb88 are also included.
radionuclides, that are significant with regard to dose consequences and the released radioactivity.
4.1.2 The exposure-to-CEDE factors for inhalation of radioactive material       Conforms Federal Guidance Report (FGR) 11 dose should be derived from the data provided in ICRP Publication 30,                   conversion factors are used.
        "Limits for Intakes of Radionuclides by Workers." Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report 11, "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion," provides tables of conversion factors acceptable to the NRC staff. The factors in the column headed "effective" yield doses corresponding to the CEDE.
41 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG                                   RG Position                                 NMP1                     Comments Section                                                                           Analysis 4.1.3 For the first 8 hours, the breathing rate of persons offsite should be   Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
assumed to be 3.5 x 104 cubic meters per second. From 8 to 24 hours following the accident, the breathing rate should be assumed to be 1.8 X 10-4 cubic meters per second. After that and until the end of the accident, the rate should be assumed to be 2.3 x 10-4 cubic meters per second.
4.1.4 The DDE should be calculated assuming submergence in semi-               Conforms Federal Guidance Report (FGR) 12 conversion infinite cloud assumptions with appropriate credit for attenuation by             factors are used.
body tissue. The DDE is nominally equivalent to the effective dose equivalent (EDE) from external exposure if the whole body is irradiated uniformly. Since this is a reasonable assumption for submergence exposure situations, EDE may be used in lieu of DDE in determining the contribution of external dose to the TEDE. Table 111. 1 of Federal Guidance Report 12, "External Exposure to Radionuclides in Air, Water, and Soil," provides external EDE conversion factors acceptable to the NRC staff. The factors in the column headed "effective" yield doses corresponding to the EDE.
4.1.5 The TEDE should be determined for the most limiting person at the       Conforms The maximum two-hour LOCA EAB doses have EAB. The maximum EAB TEDE for any two-hour period following                       been calculated.
the start of the radioactivity release should be determined and used in determining compliance with the dose criteria in 10 CFR 50.67. The maximum two-hour TEDE should be determined by calculating the postulated dose for a series of small time increments and performing a "sliding" sum over the increments for successive two-hour periods.
The maximum TEDE obtained is submitted. The time increments should appropriately reflect the progression of the accident to capture the peak dose interval between the start of the event and the end of radioactivity release (see also Table 6).
42 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C. Regulatorv Position RG                                   RG Position                                 NMP1                       Comments Section                                                                           Analysis 4.1.6 TEDE should be determined for the most limiting receptor at the           Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
outer boundary of the low population zone (LPZ) and should be used in determining compliance with the dose criteria in 10 CFR 50.67.
4.1.7 No correction should be made for depletion of the effluent plume by       Conforms No such corrections are made in the analyses.
deposition on the ground.
4.2.1 The TEDE analysis should consider all sources of radiation that will     Conforms All sources of radiation that will cause exposure cause exposure to control room personnel. The applicable sources                   to control room personnel have been considered in will vary from facility to facility, but typically will include:                   the analyses.
* Contamination of the control room atmosphere by the intake or infiltration of the radioactive material contained in the radioactive plume released from the facility,
* Contamination of the control room atmosphere by the intake or infiltration of airborne radioactive material from areas and structures adjacent to the control room envelope,
            "   Radiation shine from the external radioactive plume released from the facility,
* Radiation shine from radioactive material in the reactor containment,
* Radiation shine from radioactive material in systems and components inside or external to the control room envelope, e.g., radioactive material buildup in recirculation filters.
4.2.2 The radioactive material releases and radiation levels used in the       Conforms The source term, transport, and release control room dose analysis should be determined using the same                     methodology are the same for both the control source term, transport, and release assumptions used for determining               room and offsite locations.
the EAB and the LPZ TEDE values, unless these assumptions would result in non-conservative results for the control room.
43 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG                                   RG Position                               NMP1                         Comments Section                                                                           Analysis 4.2.3 The models used to transport radioactive material into and through       Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses. The the control room, and the shielding models used to determine                       models used in the AST analyses are described in radiation dose rates from external sources, should be structured to               Section A1-4 and are suitably conservative.
provide suitably conservative estimates of the exposure to control room personnel.
provide suitably conservative estimates of the exposure to control room personnel.
4.2.4 Credit for engineered safety features that mitigate airborne Conforms Filtration of intake air by the Control Room Air radioactive material within the control room may be assumed. Such Treatment System (CRATS) is credited in the features may include control room isolation or pressurization, or LOCA analysis.
4.2.4 Credit for engineered safety features that mitigate airborne             Conforms Filtration of intake air by the Control Room Air radioactive material within the control room may be assumed. Such                 Treatment System (CRATS) is credited in the features may include control room isolation or pressurization, or                 LOCA analysis. The CRATS is automatically intake or recirculation filtration. Refer to Section 6.5.1, "ESF                   initiated upon a LOCA or MSLB signal, or upon a Atmospheric Cleanup System," of the SRP and Regulatory Guide                       high radiation indication from either of two 1.52, "Design, Testing, and Maintenance Criteria for Postaccident                 radiation monitors installed in the outside air inlet Engineered-Safety-Feature Atmosphere Cleanup System Air                           ductwork.
The CRATS is automatically intake or recirculation filtration.
Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants," for guidance. The control room design is often                     No credit for filtration by the CRATS is taken in optimized for the DBA LOCA and the protection afforded for other                   the MSLB accident, Refueling Accident, or accident sequences may not be as advantageous. In most designs,                   CRDA analyses.
Refer to Section 6.5.1, "ESF initiated upon a LOCA or MSLB signal, or upon a Atmospheric Cleanup System," of the SRP and Regulatory Guide high radiation indication from either of two 1.52, "Design, Testing, and Maintenance Criteria for Postaccident radiation monitors installed in the outside air inlet Engineered-Safety-Feature Atmosphere Cleanup System Air ductwork.Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants," for guidance.
control room isolation is actuated by engineered safeguards feature (ESF) signals or radiation monitors (RMs). In some cases, the ESF signal is effective only for selected accidents, placing reliance on the RMs for the remaining accidents. Several aspects of RMs can delay the control room isolation, including the delay for activity to build up to concentrations equivalent to the alarm setpoint and the effects of different radionuclide accident isotopic mixes on monitor response.
The control room design is often No credit for filtration by the CRATS is taken in optimized for the DBA LOCA and the protection afforded for other the MSLB accident, Refueling Accident, or accident sequences may not be as advantageous.
4.2.5 Credit should generally not be taken for the use of personal protective Conforms Such credits are not taken.
In most designs, CRDA analyses.control room isolation is actuated by engineered safeguards feature (ESF) signals or radiation monitors (RMs). In some cases, the ESF signal is effective only for selected accidents, placing reliance on the RMs for the remaining accidents.
equipment or prophylactic drugs. Deviations may be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Several aspects of RMs can delay the control room isolation, including the delay for activity to build up to concentrations equivalent to the alarm setpoint and the effects of different radionuclide accident isotopic mixes on monitor response.4.2.5 Credit should generally not be taken for the use of personal protective Conforms Such credits are not taken.equipment or prophylactic drugs. Deviations may be considered on a case-by-case basis.44 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.2.6 The dose receptor for these analyses is the hypothetical maximum Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.exposed individual who is present in the control room for 100% of the time during the first 24 hours after the event, 60% of the time between 1 and 4 days, and 40% of the time from 4 days to 30 days.For the duration of the event, the breathing rate of this individual should be assumed to be 3.5 x 10-4 cubic meters per second.4.2.7 Control room doses should be calculated using dose conversion Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.factors identified in Regulatory Position 4.1 above for use in offsite dose analyses.
44 of 87
The DDE from photons may be corrected for the difference between finite cloud geometry in the control room and the semi-infinite cloud assumption used in calculating the dose conversion factors. The following expression may be used to correct the semi-infinite cloud dose, to a finite cloud dose, DDEfmit¢, where the control room is modeled as a hemisphere that has a volume, V, in cubic feet, equivalent to that of the control room.DDE .V 0 3 3 8 DDEfinite  
 
-1173 4.3 The guidance provided in Regulatory Positions 4.1 and 4.2 should be Conforms Based on an evaluation, the existing TID-14844 used, as applicable, in re-assessing the radiological analyses based analyses are shown to be conservative and identified in Regulatory Position 1.3.1, such as those in NUREG- bounding.
ATTACHMENT (1)
Given compliance with the GDC-19 0737. Design envelope source terms provided in NUREG-0737 limit of 5 Rem when dose is based on TID-14844 should be updated for consistency with the AST. In general, radiation source terms, compliance with 10 CFR 50.67 exposures to plant personnel identified in Regulatory Position 1.3.1 control room dose limits can be expected with the should be expressed in terms of TEDE. Integrated radiation exposure AST-based analysis.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG                                   RG Position                                 NMP1                         Comments Section                                                                         Analysis 4.2.6 The dose receptor for these analyses is the hypothetical maximum       Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
Therefore, the historically of plant equipment should be determined using the guidance of analyzed cases are sufficient and no additional Appendix I of this guide. analysis of vital areas is necessary.
exposed individual who is present in the control room for 100% of the time during the first 24 hours after the event, 60% of the time between 1 and 4 days, and 40% of the time from 4 days to 30 days.
45 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.4 The radiological criteria for the EAB, the outer boundary of the LPZ, Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses of design and for the control room are in 10 CFR 50.67. These criteria are basis accidents.
For the duration of the event, the breathing rate of this individual should be assumed to be 3.5 x 10-4 cubic meters per second.
stated for evaluating reactor accidents of exceedingly low probability See RG Section 4.3 above regarding NTJREG-of occurrence and low risk of public exposure to radiation, e.g., a large-break LOCA. The control room criterion applies to all 0737 items.accidents.
4.2.7 Control room doses should be calculated using dose conversion           Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
For events with a higher probability of occurrence, postulated EAB and LPZ doses should not exceed the criteria tabulated in Table 6.The acceptance criteria for the various NUREG-0737 (Ref. 2) items generally reference General Design Criteria 19 (GDC 19) from Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 or specify criteria derived from GDC-19. These criteria are generally specified in terms of whole body dose, or its equivalent to any body organ. For facilities applying for, or having received, approval for the use of an AST, the applicable criteria should be updated for consistency with the TEDE criterion in 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2)(iii).
factors identified in Regulatory Position 4.1 above for use in offsite dose analyses. The DDE from photons may be corrected for the difference between finite cloud geometry in the control room and the semi-infinite cloud assumption used in calculating the dose conversion factors. The following expression may be used to correct the semi-infinite cloud dose, DDE.*, to a finite cloud dose, DDEfmit¢,
5.1.1 The evaluations required by 10 CFR 50.67 are re-analyses of the Conforms These analyses were prepared as specified in the design basis safety analyses and evaluations required by 10 CFR guidance.50.34; they are considered to be a significant input to the evaluations required by 10 CFR 50.92 or 10 CFR 50.59. These analyses should be prepared, reviewed, and maintained in accordance with quality assurance programs that comply with Appendix B, "Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Reprocessing Plants," to 10 CFR Part 50.46 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 5.1.2 Credit may be taken for accident mitigation features that are Conforms, Systems credited for accident mitigation include classified as safety-related, are required to be operable by technical based on the containment spray system, the reactor building specifications, are powered by emergency power sources, and are results of emergency ventilation system (RBEVS), and the either automatically actuated or, in limited cases, have actuation evaluation control room air treatment system (CRATS).requirements explicitly addressed in emergency operating procedures.
where the control room is modeled as a hemisphere that has a volume, V, in cubic feet, equivalent to that of the control room.
These systems are classified as safety-related, are The single active component failure that results in the most limiting required to be operable by technical radiological consequences should be assumed. Assumptions specifications, are powered by emergency power regarding the occurrence and timing of a loss of offsite power should sources, and are automatically actuated.
0 338 DDE .V DDEfinite   -     1173 4.3   The guidance provided in Regulatory Positions 4.1 and 4.2 should be     Conforms Based on an evaluation, the existing TID-14844 used, as applicable, in re-assessing the radiological analyses                   based analyses are shown to be conservative and identified in Regulatory Position 1.3.1, such as those in NUREG-                 bounding. Given compliance with the GDC-19 0737. Design envelope source terms provided in NUREG-0737                         limit of 5 Rem when dose is based on TID-14844 should be updated for consistency with the AST. In general, radiation             source terms, compliance with 10 CFR 50.67 exposures to plant personnel identified in Regulatory Position 1.3.1             control room dose limits can be expected with the should be expressed in terms of TEDE. Integrated radiation exposure               AST-based analysis. Therefore, the historically of plant equipment should be determined using the guidance of                     analyzed cases are sufficient and no additional Appendix I of this guide.                                                         analysis of vital areas is necessary.
The be selected with the objective of maximizing the postulated analyses also take credit for Liquid Poison System radiological consequences. (LPS) operation for post-LOCA suppression pool pH control. The LPS is safety-related, required to be operable by technical specifications, and supplied with emergency power. Suitability of the LPS to perform the post-LOCA pH control function is addressed in Attachment (5).5.1.3 The numeric values that are chosen as inputs to the analyses required Conforms Conservative assumptions were used in the by 10 CFR 50.67 should be selected with the objective of determining analyses.a conservative postulated dose. In some instances, a particular parameter may be conservative in one portion of an analysis but be nonconservative in another portion of the same analysis.5.1.4 Licensees should ensure that analysis assumptions and methods are Conforms Analysis assumptions and methods were in compatible with the ASTs and the TEDE criteria, accordance with this guidance.47 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C. Refulatorv Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 5.3 Atmospheric dispersion values (X/Q) for the EAB, the LPZ, and the Conforms New atmospheric dispersion values (X/Q) for the control room that were approved by the staff during initial facility EAB, the LPZ, and the control room have been licensing or in subsequent licensing proceedings may be used in calculated using the ARCON96 and PAVAN performing the radiological analyses identified by this guide. computer codes and meteorological data for the Methodologies that have been used for determining X/Q values are five-year period from 1997 through 2001 See documented in Regulatory Guides 1.3 and 1.4, Regulatory Guide Attachment (7).1.145, "Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," and the paper,"Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Ventilation System Design for Meeting General Criterion 19." References 22 (Murphy and Campe paper, August 1974) and 28 (RG 1.145) should be used if the FSAR X/Q values are to be revised or if values are to be determined for new release points or receptor distances.
45 of 87
Fumigation should be considered where applicable for the EAB and LPZ. For the EAB, the assumed fumigation period should be timed to be included in the worst 2-hour exposure period. The NRC computer code PAVAN implements Regulatory Guide 1.145 and its use is acceptable to the NRC staff. The methodology of the NRC computer code ARCON96 is generally acceptable to the NRC staff for use in determining control room X/Q values. Meteorological data collected in accordance with the site-specific meteorological measurements program described in the facility FSAR should be used in generating accident X/Q values. Additional guidance is provided in Regulatory Guide 1.23, "Onsite Meteorological Programs." All changes in X/Q analysis methodology should be reviewed by the NRC staff.48 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNIHCAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIEFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Annendix A. Assumntions for Evaluating the Radiological Conseauences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NM[P1 Comments Section Analysis Acceptable assumptions regarding core inventory and the release of Conforms See RG Section 3 below.radionuclides from the fuel are provided in Regulatory Position 3 of this guide.2 If the sump or suppression pool pH is controlled at values of 7 or Conforms The stated distributions of iodine chemical forms greater, the chemical form of radioiodine released to the containment are used. The post-LOCA suppression pool pH should be assumed to be 95% cesium iodide (CsJ), 4.85 percent has been evaluated.
 
The pH remains above 7 for at elemental iodine, and 0.15 percent organic iodide. Iodine species, least 30 days by injection of sodium pentaborate including those from iodine re-evolution, for sump or suppression solution by the Liquid Poison System. See pool pH values less than 7 will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Attachments (5) and (6).Evaluations of pH should consider the effect of acids and bases created during the LOCA event, e.g., radiolysis products.
ATTACHMENT (1)
With the exception of elemental and organic iodine and noble gases, fission products should be assumed to be in particulate form.3.1 The radioactivity released from the fuel should be assumed to mix Conforms The radioactivity released from the fuel is instantaneously and homogeneously throughout the free air volume of assumed to instantaneously and homogenously the primary containment in PWRs or the drywell in BWRs as it is mix throughout the drywell air space. Mixing with released.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG                                 RG Position                                 NMP1                     Comments Section                                                                         Analysis 4.4   The radiological criteria for the EAB, the outer boundary of the LPZ,   Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses of design and for the control room are in 10 CFR 50.67. These criteria are                 basis accidents.
This distribution should be adjusted if there are internal the wetwell air space is assumed to occur after the compartments that have limited ventilation exchange.
stated for evaluating reactor accidents of exceedingly low probability           See RG Section 4.3 above regarding NTJREG-of occurrence and low risk of public exposure to radiation, e.g., a large-break LOCA. The control room criterion applies to all                       0737 items.
The release from the core has ended (at 2.033 hours).suppression pool free air volume may be included provided there is a At this time, considerable thermal-hydraulic mechanism to ensure mixing between the drywell to the wetwell. The activity in the PC will result in the drywell and release into the containment or drywell should be assumed to torus airspace volumes becoming well-mixed.
accidents. For events with a higher probability of occurrence, postulated EAB and LPZ doses should not exceed the criteria tabulated in Table 6.
terminate at the end of the early in-vessel phase.49 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.2 Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by natural Conforms No deterministically assumed initial plateout of deposition within the containment may be credited.
The acceptance criteria for the various NUREG-0737 (Ref. 2) items generally reference General Design Criteria 19 (GDC 19) from Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 or specify criteria derived from GDC-
Acceptable using iodine is credited.
: 19. These criteria are generally specified in terms of whole body dose, or its equivalent to any body organ. For facilities applying for, or having received, approval for the use of an AST, the applicable criteria should be updated for consistency with the TEDE criterion in 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2)(iii).
Removal via deposition is models for removal of iodine and aerosols are described in Chapter alternative determined using the Polestar computer code 6.5.2, "Containment Spray as a Fission Product Cleanup System," of methods STARNAUA (see Section A1-4.1.1.3).
5.1.1 The evaluations required by 10 CFR 50.67 are re-analyses of the         Conforms These analyses were prepared as specified in the design basis safety analyses and evaluations required by 10 CFR                   guidance.
the Standard Review Plan (SRP), NUREG-0800 and in NUREG/CR-6189, "A Simplified Model of Aerosol Removal by Natural Processes in Reactor Containments." The latter model is incorporated into the analysis code RADTRAD. The prior practice of deterministically assuming that a 50% plateout of iodine is released from the fuel is no longer acceptable to the NRC staff as it is inconsistent with the characteristics of the revised source terms.50 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.3 Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by Conforms Credit is taken for reduction in airborne activity in containment spray systems that have been designed and are using the containment by the containment spray system maintained in accordance with Chapter 6.5.2 of the SRP may be alternative as determined using the Polestar computer code credited.
50.34; they are considered to be a significant input to the evaluations required by 10 CFR 50.92 or 10 CFR 50.59. These analyses should be prepared, reviewed, and maintained in accordance with quality assurance programs that comply with Appendix B, "Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Reprocessing Plants," to 10 CFR Part 50.
Acceptable models for the removal of iodine and aerosols methods STARNAUA (see Section A1-4.1.1.3).
46 of 87
are described in Chapter 6.5.2 of the SRP and NUREG/CR-5966, "A Simplified Model of Aerosol Removal by Containment Sprays." This simplified model is incorporated into the analysis code RADTRAD.The evaluation of the containment sprays should address areas within the primary containment that are not covered by the spray drops. The mixing rate attributed to natural convection between sprayed and unsprayed regions of the containment building, provided that adequate flow exists between these regions, is assumed to be two turnovers of the unsprayed regions per hour, unless other rates are justified.
 
The containment building atmosphere may be considered a single, well-mixed volume if the spray covers at least 90% of the volume and if adequate mixing of unsprayed compartments can be shown.The SRP sets forth a maximum decontamination factor (DF) for elemental iodine based on the maximum iodine activity in the primary containment atmosphere when the sprays actuate, divided by the activity of iodine remaining at some time after decontamination.
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG                                   RG Position                                 NMP1                         Comments Section                                                                           Analysis 5.1.2 Credit may be taken for accident mitigation features that are           Conforms, Systems credited for accident mitigation include classified as safety-related, are required to be operable by technical   based on   the containment spray system, the reactor building specifications, are powered by emergency power sources, and are         results of emergency ventilation system (RBEVS), and the either automatically actuated or, in limited cases, have actuation       evaluation control room air treatment system (CRATS).
requirements explicitly addressed in emergency operating procedures.               These systems are classified as safety-related, are The single active component failure that results in the most limiting               required to be operable by technical radiological consequences should be assumed. Assumptions                           specifications, are powered by emergency power regarding the occurrence and timing of a loss of offsite power should               sources, and are automatically actuated. The be selected with the objective of maximizing the postulated                         analyses also take credit for Liquid Poison System radiological consequences.                                                         (LPS) operation for post-LOCA suppression pool pH control. The LPS is safety-related, required to be operable by technical specifications, and supplied with emergency power. Suitability of the LPS to perform the post-LOCA pH control function is addressed in Attachment (5).
5.1.3 The numeric values that are chosen as inputs to the analyses required   Conforms Conservative assumptions were used in the by 10 CFR 50.67 should be selected with the objective of determining               analyses.
a conservative postulated dose. In some instances, a particular parameter may be conservative in one portion of an analysis but be nonconservative in another portion of the same analysis.
5.1.4 Licensees should ensure that analysis assumptions and methods are       Conforms Analysis assumptions and methods were in compatible with the ASTs and the TEDE criteria,                                     accordance with this guidance.
47 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C. Refulatorv Position RG                                   RG Position                               NMP1                       Comments Section                                                                         Analysis 5.3   Atmospheric dispersion values (X/Q) for the EAB, the LPZ, and the     Conforms New atmospheric dispersion values (X/Q) for the control room that were approved by the staff during initial facility             EAB, the LPZ, and the control room have been licensing or in subsequent licensing proceedings may be used in                 calculated using the ARCON96 and PAVAN performing the radiological analyses identified by this guide.                   computer codes and meteorological data for the Methodologies that have been used for determining X/Q values are                 five-year period from 1997 through 2001 See documented in Regulatory Guides 1.3 and 1.4, Regulatory Guide                   Attachment (7).
1.145, "Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," and the paper, "Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Ventilation System Design for Meeting General Criterion 19."
References 22 (Murphy and Campe paper, August 1974) and 28 (RG 1.145) should be used if the FSAR X/Q values are to be revised or if values are to be determined for new release points or receptor distances. Fumigation should be considered where applicable for the EAB and LPZ. For the EAB, the assumed fumigation period should be timed to be included in the worst 2-hour exposure period. The NRC computer code PAVAN implements Regulatory Guide 1.145 and its use is acceptable to the NRC staff. The methodology of the NRC computer code ARCON96 is generally acceptable to the NRC staff for use in determining control room X/Q values. Meteorological data collected in accordance with the site-specific meteorological measurements program described in the facility FSAR should be used in generating accident X/Q values. Additional guidance is provided in Regulatory Guide 1.23, "Onsite Meteorological Programs." All changes in X/Q analysis methodology should be reviewed by the NRC staff.
48 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNIHCAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIEFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Annendix A. Assumntions for Evaluating the Radiological Conseauences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                 RG Position                               NM[P1                       Comments Section                                                                       Analysis Acceptable assumptions regarding core inventory and the release of     Conforms See RG Section 3 below.
radionuclides from the fuel are provided in Regulatory Position 3 of this guide.
2   If the sump or suppression pool pH is controlled at values of 7 or     Conforms The stated distributions of iodine chemical forms greater, the chemical form of radioiodine released to the containment           are used. The post-LOCA suppression pool pH should be assumed to be 95% cesium iodide (CsJ), 4.85 percent                   has been evaluated. The pH remains above 7 for at elemental iodine, and 0.15 percent organic iodide. Iodine species,             least 30 days by injection of sodium pentaborate including those from iodine re-evolution, for sump or suppression               solution by the Liquid Poison System. See pool pH values less than 7 will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.           Attachments (5) and (6).
Evaluations of pH should consider the effect of acids and bases created during the LOCA event, e.g., radiolysis products. With the exception of elemental and organic iodine and noble gases, fission products should be assumed to be in particulate form.
3.1   The radioactivity released from the fuel should be assumed to mix     Conforms The radioactivity released from the fuel is instantaneously and homogeneously throughout the free air volume of             assumed to instantaneously and homogenously the primary containment in PWRs or the drywell in BWRs as it is                 mix throughout the drywell air space. Mixing with released. This distribution should be adjusted if there are internal           the wetwell air space is assumed to occur after the compartments that have limited ventilation exchange. The                       release from the core has ended (at 2.033 hours).
suppression pool free air volume may be included provided there is a           At this time, considerable thermal-hydraulic mechanism to ensure mixing between the drywell to the wetwell. The             activity in the PC will result in the drywell and release into the containment or drywell should be assumed to                   torus airspace volumes becoming well-mixed.
terminate at the end of the early in-vessel phase.
49 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                   RG Position                               NMP1                           Comments Section                                                                         Analysis 3.2   Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by natural     Conforms No deterministically assumed initial plateout of deposition within the containment may be credited. Acceptable         using       iodine is credited. Removal via deposition is models for removal of iodine and aerosols are described in Chapter     alternative determined using the Polestar computer code 6.5.2, "Containment Spray as a Fission Product Cleanup     System," of methods     STARNAUA (see Section A1-4.1.1.3).
the Standard Review Plan (SRP), NUREG-0800 and in NUREG/CR-6189, "A Simplified Model of Aerosol Removal by Natural Processes in Reactor Containments." The latter model is incorporated into the analysis code RADTRAD. The prior practice of deterministically assuming that a 50% plateout of iodine is released from the fuel is no longer acceptable to the NRC staff as it is inconsistent with the characteristics of the revised source terms.
50 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                   RG Position                               NMP1                         Comments Section                                                                           Analysis 3.3   Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by               Conforms Credit is taken for reduction in airborne activity in containment spray systems that have been designed and are               using       the containment by the containment spray system maintained in accordance with Chapter 6.5.2 of the SRP may be           alternative as determined using the Polestar computer code credited. Acceptable models for the removal of iodine and aerosols       methods     STARNAUA (see Section A1-4.1.1.3).
are described in Chapter 6.5.2 of the SRP and NUREG/CR-5966, "A Simplified Model of Aerosol Removal by Containment Sprays." This simplified model is incorporated into the analysis code RADTRAD.
The evaluation of the containment sprays should address areas within the primary containment that are not covered by the spray drops. The mixing rate attributed to natural convection between sprayed and unsprayed regions of the containment building, provided that adequate flow exists between these regions, is assumed to be two turnovers of the unsprayed regions per hour, unless other rates are justified. The containment building atmosphere may be considered a single, well-mixed volume if the spray covers at least 90% of the volume and if adequate mixing of unsprayed compartments can be shown.
The SRP sets forth a maximum decontamination factor (DF) for elemental iodine based on the maximum iodine activity in the primary containment atmosphere when the sprays actuate, divided by the activity of iodine remaining at some time after decontamination.
The SRP also states that the particulate iodine removal rate should be reduced by a factor of 10 when a DF of 50 is reached. The reduction in the removal rate is not required if the removal rate is based on the calculated time-dependent airborne aerosol mass. There is no specified maximum DF for aerosol removal by sprays. The maximum activity to be used in determining the DF is defined as the iodine activity in the columns labeled "Total" in Tables 1 and 2 of this guide multiplied by 0.05 for elemental iodine and by 0.95 for particulate iodine (i.e., aerosol treated as particulate in SRP methodology).
The SRP also states that the particulate iodine removal rate should be reduced by a factor of 10 when a DF of 50 is reached. The reduction in the removal rate is not required if the removal rate is based on the calculated time-dependent airborne aerosol mass. There is no specified maximum DF for aerosol removal by sprays. The maximum activity to be used in determining the DF is defined as the iodine activity in the columns labeled "Total" in Tables 1 and 2 of this guide multiplied by 0.05 for elemental iodine and by 0.95 for particulate iodine (i.e., aerosol treated as particulate in SRP methodology).
51 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.4 Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by in- N/A No in-containment recirculation filter systems containment recirculation filter systems may be credited if these exist at NMP 1.systems meet the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic Letter 99-02. The filter media loading caused by the increased aerosol release associated with the revised source term should be addressed.
51 of 87
3.5 Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by suppression Conforms No credit is taken for suppression pool scrubbing pool scrubbing in BWRs should generally not be credited.
 
However, in the LOCA AST re-analysis.
ATTACHMENT (1)
Analyses have the staff may consider such reduction on an individual case basis. The been performed that determined that the evaluation should consider the relative timing of the blowdown and suppression pool pH is maintained greater than 7;the fission product release from the fuel, the force driving the release therefore, iodine re-evolution is not expected.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                   RG Position                                 NMP1                         Comments Section                                                                           Analysis 3.4   Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by in-             N/A     No in-containment recirculation filter systems containment recirculation filter systems may be credited if these                 exist at NMP 1.
See through the pool, and the potential for any bypass of the suppression Attachment (5).pool. Analyses should consider iodine re-evolution if the suppression pool liquid pH is not maintained greater than 7.3.6 Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by retention in N/A NMP 1 does not have ice condensers.
systems meet the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic Letter 99-02. The filter media loading caused by the increased aerosol release associated with the revised source term should be addressed.
Other than ice condensers, or other engineering safety features not addressed the containment spray system, NMP 1 does not above, should be evaluated on an individual case basis. See Section have any other systems for the reduction of 6.5.4 of the SRP. airborne radioactivity in the containment.
3.5   Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by suppression   Conforms No credit is taken for suppression pool scrubbing pool scrubbing in BWRs should generally not be credited. However,                 in the LOCA AST re-analysis. Analyses have the staff may consider such reduction on an individual case basis. The             been performed that determined that the evaluation should consider the relative timing of the blowdown and                 suppression pool pH is maintained greater than 7; the fission product release from the fuel, the force driving the release           therefore, iodine re-evolution is not expected. See through the pool, and the potential for any bypass of the suppression             Attachment (5).
52 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.7 The primary containment (i.e., drywell for Mark I and 11 containment Conforms The NMP 1 has a Mark I containment.
pool. Analyses should consider iodine re-evolution if the suppression pool liquid pH is not maintained greater than 7.
The designs) should be assumed to leak at the peak pressure technical primary containment leakage is assumed to be specification leak rate for the first 24 hours. For PWRs, the leak rate 1.5% of containment air weight per day for 24 may be reduced after the first 24 hours to 50% of the technical hours (the technical specification limit) and 0.75%specification leak rate. For BWRs, leakage may be reduced after the per day from 24 hours to 720 hours based on first 24 hours, if supported by plant configuration and analyses, to a containment pressure reductions.
3.6   Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by retention in     N/A     NMP 1 does not have ice condensers. Other than ice condensers, or other engineering safety features not addressed                 the containment spray system, NMP 1 does not above, should be evaluated on an individual case basis. See Section               have any other systems for the reduction of 6.5.4 of the SRP.                                                                 airborne radioactivity in the containment.
value not less than 50% of the technical specification leak rate.Leakage from subatmospheric containments is assumed to terminate when the containment is brought to and maintained at a subatmospheric condition as defined by technical specifications.
52 of 87
For BWRs with Mark III containments, the leakage from the drywell into the primary containment should be based on the steaming rate of the heated reactor core, with no credit for core debris relocation.
 
This leakage should be assumed during the two-hour period between the initial blowdown and termination of the fuel radioactivity release (gap and early in-vessel release phases). After two hours, the radioactivity is assumed to be uniformly distributed throughout the drywell and the primary containment.
ATTACHMENT (1)
53 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis _3.8 If the primary containment is routinely purged during power Conforms The NMP 1 primary containment is not routinely operations, releases via the purge system prior to containment purged during power operation.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                   RG Position                                 NMP1                       Comments Section                                                                         Analysis 3.7   The primary containment (i.e., drywell for Mark I and 11 containment Conforms The NMP 1 has a Mark I containment. The designs) should be assumed to leak at the peak pressure technical                 primary containment leakage is assumed to be specification leak rate for the first 24 hours. For PWRs, the leak rate           1.5% of containment air weight per day for 24 may be reduced after the first 24 hours to 50% of the technical                   hours (the technical specification limit) and 0.75%
Purging is limited isolation should be analyzed and the resulting doses summed with the to inerting, de-inerting, and occasional short postulated doses from other release paths. The purge release pressure control activities.
specification leak rate. For BWRs, leakage may be reduced after the               per day from 24 hours to 720 hours based on first 24 hours, if supported by plant configuration and analyses, to a           containment pressure reductions.
Thus, releases via the evaluation should assume that 100% of the radionuclide inventory in purge system are not considered.
value not less than 50% of the technical specification leak rate.
the reactor coolant system liquid is released to the containment at the initiation of the LOCA. This inventory should be based on the technical specification reactor coolant system equilibrium activity.Iodine spikes need not be considered.
Leakage from subatmospheric containments is assumed to terminate when the containment is brought to and maintained at a subatmospheric condition as defined by technical specifications.
If the purge system is not isolated before the onset of the gap release phase, the release fractions associated with the gap release and early in-vessel phases should be considered as applicable.
For BWRs with Mark III containments, the leakage from the drywell into the primary containment should be based on the steaming rate of the heated reactor core, with no credit for core debris relocation. This leakage should be assumed during the two-hour period between the initial blowdown and termination of the fuel radioactivity release (gap and early in-vessel release phases). After two hours, the radioactivity is assumed to be uniformly distributed throughout the drywell and the primary containment.
4.1 Leakage from the primary containment should be considered to be Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
53 of 87
Since the collected, processed by engineered safety feature (ESF) filters, if any, stack height is less than 2.5 times the height of and released to the environment via the secondary containment adjacent structures, no credit is taken for an exhaust system during periods in which the secondary containment elevated release.has a negative pressure as defined in technical specifications.
 
Credit for an elevated release should be assumed only if the point of physical release is more than two and one-half times the height of any adjacent structure.
ATTACHMENT (1)
4.2 Leakage from the primary containment is assumed to be released Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.directly to the environment as a ground-level release during any period in which the secondary containment does not have a negative pressure as defined in technical specifications.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                 RG Position                                 NMP1                         Comments Section                                                                           Analysis _
54 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.3 The effect of high wind speeds on the ability of the secondary Conforms The wind speed exceeded only 5% of the time at containment to maintain a negative pressure should be evaluated on NMP 1 in the secondary containment vicinity is an individual case basis. The wind speed to be assumed is the 1-hour approximately 22 mph (30 ft. elevation of the average value that is exceeded only 5% of the total number of hours meteorological tower). It has been determined that in the data set. Ambient temperatures used in these assessments a wind speed of greater than 20 mph would be should be the 1-hour average value that is exceeded only 5% or 95% required before secondary containment pressures of the total numbers of hours in the data set, whichever is would be positive relative to outside air pressures conservative for the intended use (e.g., if high temperatures are at the downwind side of the reactor building.limiting, use those exceeded only 5%).4.4 Credit for dilution in the secondary containment may be allowed Conforms A 50% mixing credit is taken for dilution/mixing when adequate means to cause mixing can be demonstrated.
3.8   If the primary containment is routinely purged during power               Conforms The NMP 1 primary containment is not routinely operations, releases via the purge system prior to containment                     purged during power operation. Purging is limited isolation should be analyzed and the resulting doses summed with the               to inerting, de-inerting, and occasional short postulated doses from other release paths. The purge release                       pressure control activities. Thus, releases via the evaluation should assume that 100% of the radionuclide inventory in               purge system are not considered.
in secondary containment.
the reactor coolant system liquid is released to the containment at the initiation of the LOCA. This inventory should be based on the technical specification reactor coolant system equilibrium activity.
Otherwise, the leakage from the primary containment should be assumed to be transported directly to exhaust systems without mixing. Credit for mixing, if found to be appropriate, should generally be limited to 50%. This evaluation should consider the magnitude of the containment leakage in relation to contiguous building volume or exhaust rate, the location of exhaust plenums relative to projected release locations, the recirculation ventilation systems, and internal walls and floors that impede stream flow between the release and the exhaust.4.5 Primary containment leakage that bypasses the secondary Conforms Reactor building (secondary containment) bypass containment should be evaluated at the bypass leak rate incorporated leakage rates are included in the analysis.
Iodine spikes need not be considered. If the purge system is not isolated before the onset of the gap release phase, the release fractions associated with the gap release and early in-vessel phases should be considered as applicable.
The in the technical specifications.
4.1   Leakage from the primary containment should be considered to be           Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses. Since the collected, processed by engineered safety feature (ESF) filters, if any,           stack height is less than 2.5 times the height of and released to the environment via the secondary containment                     adjacent structures, no credit is taken for an exhaust system during periods in which the secondary containment                   elevated release.
If the bypass leakage is through water, maximum allowable bypass leakage values are e.g., via a filled piping run that is maintained full, credit for retention controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing of iodine and aerosols may be considered on a case-by-case basis. Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7.Similarly, deposition of aerosol radioactivity in gas-filled lines may be considered on a case-by-case basis. No credit is taken for retention in water filled piping. Deposition in gas-filled lines is considered only in the main steam piping between the main steam isolation valves.55 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis _4.6 Reduction in the amount of radioactive material released from the Conforms RBEVS HEPA and charcoal adsorber filters are secondary containment because of ESF filter systems may be taken credited in the evaluation of a LOCA for onsite into account provided that these systems meet the guidance of and offsite dose consequences.
has a negative pressure as defined in technical specifications. Credit for an elevated release should be assumed only if the point of physical release is more than two and one-half times the height of any adjacent structure.
The RBEVS is a Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic Letter 99-02. safety related system and is described in UFSAR Section VII-H. Laboratory testing of the activated charcoal meets the guidance of Generic Letter 99-02.5.1 With the exception of noble gases, all the fission products released Conforms With the exception of noble gases, all the fission from the fuel to the containment (as defined in Tables 1 and 2 of this products released from the fuel to the containment guide) should be assumed to instantaneously and homogeneously mix are assumed to instantaneously and in the primary containment sump water (in PWRs) or suppression homogeneously mix in the suppression pool at the pool (in BWRs) at the time of release from the core. In lieu of this time of release from the core.deterministic approach, suitably conservative mechanistic models for the transport of airborne activity in containment to the sump water may be used. Note that many of the parameters that make spray and deposition models conservative with regard to containment airborne leakage are nonconservative with regard to the buildup of sump activity.56 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 5.2 The leakage should be taken as two times the sum of the Conforms The assumed 1200 gallon per hour leak rate is two simultaneous leakage from all components in the ESF recirculation times the sum of the allowed simultaneous systems above which the technical specifications, or licensee leakage from all ESF components.
4.2   Leakage from the primary containment is assumed to be released           Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
ESF leakage is commitments to item III.D. 1.1 of NUREG-0737, would require minimized at NMP 1 through implementation of declaring such systems inoperable.
directly to the environment as a ground-level release during any period in which the secondary containment does not have a negative pressure as defined in technical specifications.
The leakage should be assumed to the program specified in TS Section 6.5.2, start at the earliest time the recirculation flow occurs in these systems "Primary Coolant Sources Outside Containment." and end at the latest time the releases from these systems are terminated.
54 of 87
Consideration should also be given to design leakage Since the core spray and containment spray through valves isolating ESF recirculation systems from tanks vented systems take suction immediately from the to atmosphere, e.g., emergency core cooling system (ECCS) pump suppression pool, this leak path is assumed to start miniflow return to the refueling water storage tank. at time zero. There are no credible leakage paths from ESF recirculation systems to atmospheric tanks.5.3 With the exception of iodine, all radioactive materials in the Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.recirculating liquid should be assumed to be retained in the liquid phase.5.4 If the temperature of the leakage exceeds 212'F, the fraction of total N/A The temperature of the leakage does not exceed iodine in the liquid that becomes airborne should be assumed equal to 212 0 F.the fraction of the leakage that flashes to vapor. This flash fraction, FF, should be determined using a constant enthalpy, h, process, based on the maximum time-dependent temperature of the sump water circulating outside the containment:
 
hf 1-hf 2 FF -= ____h1fg Where: hfl is the enthalpy of liquid at system design temperature and pressure; hf2 is the enthalpy of liquid at saturation conditions (14.7 psia, 212'F); and hfg is the heat of vaporization at 212'F.57 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 5.5 If the temperature of the leakage is less than 212'F or the calculated Conforms The temperature of the leakage does not exceed flash fraction is less than 10%, the amount of iodine that becomes 212'F. A flash fraction of 10% is used. See airborne should be assumed to be 10% of the total iodine activity in Section A1-4.1.1.5 regarding the treatment of ESF the leaked fluid, unless a smaller amount can be justified based on the leakage.actual sump pH history and area ventilation rates.5.6 The radioiodine that is postulated to be available for release to the Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.environment is assumed to be 97% elemental and 3% organic. Reduction in release activity by the RBEVS Reduction in release activity by dilution or holdup within buildings, HEPA and charcoal adsorber filters is credited or by ESF ventilation filtration systems, may be credited where after negative pressure is re-established in the applicable.
ATTACHMENT (1)
Filter systems used in these applications should be secondary containment.
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                   RG Position                                 NMP1                       Comments Section                                                                             Analysis 4.3   The effect of high wind speeds on the ability of the secondary             Conforms The wind speed exceeded only 5% of the time at containment to maintain a negative pressure should be evaluated on                   NMP 1 in the secondary containment vicinity is an individual case basis. The wind speed to be assumed is the 1-hour                 approximately 22 mph (30 ft. elevation of the average value that is exceeded only 5% of the total number of hours                 meteorological tower). It has been determined that in the data set. Ambient temperatures used in these assessments                     a wind speed of greater than 20 mph would be should be the 1-hour average value that is exceeded only 5% or 95%                   required before secondary containment pressures of the total numbers of hours in the data set, whichever is                         would be positive relative to outside air pressures conservative for the intended use (e.g., if high temperatures are                   at the downwind side of the reactor building.
The RBEVS is a safety evaluated against the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic related system and is described in UFSAR Section Letter 99-02. VII-H. Laboratory testing of the activated charcoal meets the guidance of Generic Letter 99-02.6.1 For the purpose of this analysis, the activity available for release via Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.MSIV leakage should be assumed to be that activity determined to be in the drywell for evaluating containment leakage (see Regulatory Position 3). No credit should be assumed for activity reduction by the steam separators or by iodine partitioning in the reactor vessel.6.2 All the MSIVs should be assumed to leak at the maximum leak rate Conforms MSIV leakage assumed in this accident analysis is above which the technical specifications would require declaring the 50 scfh for any one line and 100 scfh for both MSIVs inoperable.
limiting, use those exceeded only 5%).
The leakage should be assumed to continue for steam lines when tested at > 35 psig. The the duration of the accident.
4.4   Credit for dilution in the secondary containment may be allowed             Conforms A 50% mixing credit is taken for dilution/mixing when adequate means to cause mixing can be demonstrated.                             in secondary containment.
Postulated leakage may be reduced after maximum allowable MSIV leakage values are the first 24 hours, if supported by site-specific analyses, to a value not controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing less than 50% of the maximum leak rate. Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7.Reduction in leakage rates after 24 hours is based on post-accident containment pressure reductions.
Otherwise, the leakage from the primary containment should be assumed to be transported directly to exhaust systems without mixing. Credit for mixing, if found to be appropriate, should generally be limited to 50%. This evaluation should consider the magnitude of the containment leakage in relation to contiguous building volume or exhaust rate, the location of exhaust plenums relative to projected release locations, the recirculation ventilation systems, and internal walls and floors that impede stream flow between the release and the exhaust.
No credit is taken for leakage rate reductions below 50% of the MSIV leakage limit.58 of 87 ATTACHMENT (1)TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 6.3 Reduction of the amount of released radioactivity by deposition and Conforms Credit is taken for deposition on steam system plateout on steam system piping upstream of the outboard MSIVs piping between the inboard and outboard MSIVs may be credited, but the amount of reduction in concentration using the Polestar computer code STARNAUA allowed will be evaluated on an individual case basis. Generally, the (see Sections A1-4.1.1.3 and A1-4.1.1.4).
4.5   Primary containment leakage that bypasses the secondary                     Conforms Reactor building (secondary containment) bypass containment should be evaluated at the bypass leak rate incorporated                 leakage rates are included in the analysis. The in the technical specifications. If the bypass leakage is through water,             maximum allowable bypass leakage values are e.g., via a filled piping run that is maintained full, credit for retention         controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing of iodine and aerosols may be considered on a case-by-case basis.                   Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7.
Similarly, deposition of aerosol radioactivity in gas-filled lines may be considered on a case-by-case basis.                                               No credit is taken for retention in water filled piping. Deposition in gas-filled lines is considered only in the main steam piping between the main steam isolation valves.
55 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                   RG Position                               NMP1                         Comments Section                                                                       Analysis _
4.6   Reduction in the amount of radioactive material released from the     Conforms RBEVS HEPA and charcoal adsorber filters are secondary containment because of ESF filter systems may be taken                 credited in the evaluation of a LOCA for onsite into account provided that these systems meet the guidance of                   and offsite dose consequences. The RBEVS is a Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic Letter 99-02.                                 safety related system and is described in UFSAR Section VII-H. Laboratory testing of the activated charcoal meets the guidance of Generic Letter 99-02.
5.1   With the exception of noble gases, all the fission products released   Conforms With the exception of noble gases, all the fission from the fuel to the containment (as defined in Tables 1 and 2 of this           products released from the fuel to the containment guide) should be assumed to instantaneously and homogeneously mix               are assumed to instantaneously and in the primary containment sump water (in PWRs) or suppression                   homogeneously mix in the suppression pool at the pool (in BWRs) at the time of release from the core. In lieu of this             time of release from the core.
deterministic approach, suitably conservative mechanistic models for the transport of airborne activity in containment to the sump water may be used. Note that many of the parameters that make spray and deposition models conservative with regard to containment airborne leakage are nonconservative with regard to the buildup of sump activity.
56 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                     RG Position                                 NMP1                       Comments Section                                                                           Analysis 5.2   The leakage should be taken as two times the sum of the                   Conforms The assumed 1200 gallon per hour leak rate is two simultaneous leakage from all components in the ESF recirculation                   times the sum of the allowed simultaneous systems above which the technical specifications, or licensee                       leakage from all ESF components. ESF leakage is commitments to item III.D. 1.1 of NUREG-0737, would require                         minimized at NMP1 through implementation of declaring such systems inoperable. The leakage should be assumed to                 the program specified in TS Section 6.5.2, start at the earliest time the recirculation flow occurs in these systems           "Primary Coolant Sources Outside Containment."
and end at the latest time the releases from these systems are terminated. Consideration should also be given to design leakage                   Since the core spray and containment spray through valves isolating ESF recirculation systems from tanks vented               systems take suction immediately from the to atmosphere, e.g., emergency core cooling system (ECCS) pump                     suppression pool, this leak path is assumed to start miniflow return to the refueling water storage tank.                               at time zero. There are no credible leakage paths from ESF recirculation systems to atmospheric tanks.
5.3   With the exception of iodine, all radioactive materials in the           Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
recirculating liquid should be assumed to be retained in the liquid phase.
5.4   If the temperature of the leakage exceeds 212'F, the fraction of total       N/A   The temperature of the leakage does not exceed iodine in the liquid that becomes airborne should be assumed equal to               212 0 F.
the fraction of the leakage that flashes to vapor. This flash fraction, FF, should be determined using a constant enthalpy, h, process, based on the maximum time-dependent temperature of the sump water circulating outside the containment:
hf1- hf2 FF = -   ____
h1fg Where: hfl is the enthalpy of liquid at system design temperature and pressure; hf2 is the enthalpy of liquid at saturation conditions (14.7 psia, 212'F); and hfg is the heat of vaporization at 212'F.
57 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                   RG Position                                   NMP1                       Comments Section                                                                             Analysis 5.5   If the temperature of the leakage is less than 212'F or the calculated     Conforms The temperature of the leakage does not exceed flash fraction is less than 10%, the amount of iodine that becomes                   212'F. A flash fraction of 10% is used. See airborne should be assumed to be 10% of the total iodine activity in                 Section A1-4.1.1.5 regarding the treatment of ESF the leaked fluid, unless a smaller amount can be justified based on the             leakage.
actual sump pH history and area ventilation rates.
5.6   The radioiodine that is postulated to be available for release to the     Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
environment is assumed to be 97% elemental and 3% organic.                           Reduction in release activity by the RBEVS Reduction in release activity by dilution or holdup within buildings,               HEPA and charcoal adsorber filters is credited or by ESF ventilation filtration systems, may be credited where                     after negative pressure is re-established in the applicable. Filter systems used in these applications should be                     secondary containment. The RBEVS is a safety evaluated against the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic                 related system and is described in UFSAR Section Letter 99-02.                                                                       VII-H. Laboratory testing of the activated charcoal meets the guidance of Generic Letter 99-02.
6.1   For the purpose of this analysis, the activity available for release via   Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
MSIV leakage should be assumed to be that activity determined to be in the drywell for evaluating containment leakage (see Regulatory Position 3). No credit should be assumed for activity reduction by the steam separators or by iodine partitioning in the reactor vessel.
6.2   All the MSIVs should be assumed to leak at the maximum leak rate           Conforms MSIV leakage assumed in this accident analysis is above which the technical specifications would require declaring the                 50 scfh for any one line and 100 scfh for both MSIVs inoperable. The leakage should be assumed to continue for                     steam lines when tested at > 35 psig. The the duration of the accident. Postulated leakage may be reduced after               maximum allowable MSIV leakage values are the first 24 hours, if supported by site-specific analyses, to a value not           controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing less than 50% of the maximum leak rate.                                             Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7.
Reduction in leakage rates after 24 hours is based on post-accident containment pressure reductions.
No credit is taken for leakage rate reductions below 50% of the MSIV leakage limit.
58 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG                                 RG Position                               NMP1                         Comments Section                                                                         Analysis 6.3   Reduction of the amount of released radioactivity by deposition and   Conforms Credit is taken for deposition on steam system plateout on steam system piping upstream of the outboard MSIVs                   piping between the inboard and outboard MSIVs may be credited, but the amount of reduction in concentration                   using the Polestar computer code STARNAUA allowed will be evaluated on an individual case basis. Generally, the           (see Sections A1-4.1.1.3 and A1-4.1.1.4).
model should be based on the assumption of well-mixed volumes, but other models such as slug flow may be used if justified.
model should be based on the assumption of well-mixed volumes, but other models such as slug flow may be used if justified.
6.4 In the absence of collection and treatment of releases by ESFs such as Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.
6.4  In the absence of collection and treatment of releases by ESFs such as Conforms  This guidance is applied in the analyses. NMP1 the MSIV leakage control system, or as described in paragraph 6.5                does not have a MSIV leakage control system.
NMP1 the MSIV leakage control system, or as described in paragraph 6.5 does not have a MSIV leakage control system.below, the MSIV leakage should be assumed to be released to the environment as an unprocessed, ground-level release. Holdup
below, the MSIV leakage should be assumed to be released to the environment as an unprocessed, ground-level release. Holdup and dilution in the turbine building should not be assumed.
6.5  A reduction in MSIV releases that is due to holdup and deposition in    N/A    Holdup and deposition in the main steam piping main steam piping downstream of the MSIVs and in the main                        downstream of the outboard MSIVs and in the condenser, including the treatment of air ejector effluent by offgas            main condenser is not credited in the analysis, systems, may be credited if the components and piping systems used              even though the piping is seismically rugged and in the release path are capable of performing their safety function              would remain intact during and after a design during and following a safe shutdown earthquake (SSE). The amount                basis earthquake.
of reduction allowed will be evaluated on an individual case basis.
References A-9 and A-10 provide guidance on acceptable models.
59 of 87
 
ATTACHMENT (1)
TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating
() The Jnsee sha ubmit an a ication for li nse amend 'nt, includin/g/
() The Jnsee sha ubmit an a ication for li nse amend 'nt, includin/g/
,,,1porting an ses and ev ations by D ember 18,,188. This /amendme "application  
                  ,,,1porting an ses and ev ations by D ember 18,,188. This *
'fall contain t for.compiewihGD 9roeiidnsuder condi 'ns .basuo yt sg n u eian upon the u of passium iod.i / ../ _.Renewed Liments No. --PR-13 Amendment No.+9 1.16 ea+1.17 1.18 (Deleted)1.19 (Deleted)1.20 (Deleted)1.21 (Deleted)AMENDMENT NO. 44.2, 17 2,.-76 6 INSERT 1 (for TS page 6; New TS Definition 1.16)1.16 Dose Equivalent 1-131 Dose Equivalent 1-131 shall be that concentration of 1-131 (microcuries/gram) that alone would produce the same dose as the quantity and isotopic mixture of 1-131, 1-132, 1-133, 1-134, and 1-135 actually present. The dose conversion factors used for this calculation shall be the Committed Effective Dose Equivalent dose conversion factors listed in Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report No. 11, EPA, "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion," 1988.INSERT 2 (for TS page 6; New TS Definition 1.17)1.17 Recently Irradiated Fuel Recently irradiated fuel is fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 24 hours.
                /amendme "application 'fall contain t ,*proposed *hods for
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION LIMIINGCONITIN FR OERAIONSURVEILLANCE REQUIREMVENT i4- ---3.1.2 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM Applicability:
              .compiewihGD               9roeiidnsuder *ident condi 'ns                       .
Applies to the operating status of the liquid poison system.Objective:
basuo yt                 sg n         u eian upon the u of passium iod.i                             /     .         .       /   _.
To assure the capability of the liquid poison system to function as an independent reactivity control mechanis', (a00 .. LCc ure~Specification:
Renewed Liments No. PR-13--
CP 1 Y' S ,1.a. Dupnnpriod when fuel is in tho rct-r =nt 4.1.2 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM Applicability:
Amendment No.+9
Applies to the periodic testing requirements for the liquid poison system.Obiective:
 
To specify the tests required to assure the capability of the liquid poison system for controlling core reactivity.
1.16         ea+
1.17 1.18   (Deleted) 1.19   (Deleted) 1.20   (Deleted) 1.21   (Deleted)
AMENDMENT NO. 44.2, 17 2,.-76 6
 
INSERT 1 (for TS page 6; New TS Definition 1.16) 1.16 Dose Equivalent 1-131 Dose Equivalent 1-131 shall be that concentration of 1-131 (microcuries/gram) that alone would produce the same dose as the quantity and isotopic mixture of 1-131, 1-132, 1-133, 1-134, and 1-135 actually present. The dose conversion factors used for this calculation shall be the Committed Effective Dose Equivalent dose conversion factors listed in Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report No. 11, EPA, "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion," 1988.
INSERT 2 (for TS page 6; New TS Definition 1.17) 1.17 Recently Irradiated Fuel Recently irradiated fuel is fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 24 hours.
 
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION FR OERAIONSURVEILLANCE LIMIINGCONITIN                    i4-                                   REQUIREMVENT
                                                                                                          - - -
3.1.2 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM                                             4.1.2 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM Applicability:                                                        Applicability:
Applies to the operating status of the liquid poison                   Applies to the periodic testing requirements for the system.                                                               liquid poison system.
Objective:                                                            Obiective:
To assure the capability of the liquid poison system to               To specify the tests required to assure the capability of function as an independent reactivity control                         the liquid poison system for controlling core reactivity.
mechanis', (a00               ..       LCc   ure~
Specification:   CP 1                   w*
Y'       S ,1.               Specification:
: a. Dupnnpriod     when fuel is in tho rct-r   =nt                   The liquid poison system surveillance shall be performed as indicated below:
liquid poison system shall be operable except as specified in 3.1.2.b.                                              a. Overall System Test:
: b. If a redundant component becomes inoperable,                            (1) At least once during each operating cycle -
Specification 3.1.2.a shall be considered fulfilled, provided that the component is returned to an                              Manually initiate the system from the control operable condition within 7 days and the additional                        room. Demineralized water shall be pumped to surveillance reauired is oerformed.                                        the reactor vessel to verify minimum flow rates and demonstrate that valves and nozzles are not clogged.
rea,)o21    ot'ý2 OF-evv                rea  nr            rec,4e-a P-areizoe. 4-e+;~0    W14    -ý AMENDMENT NO. 44~-2                                                                                                                    44
 
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION LIMIING      PERAIONSURVEILLANCE ONDIIONFOR                                                    REQUIREMENT 3.2.4    REACTOR COOLANTACTIVITY                                                    4.2.4 REACTOR COOLANT.ACTIVITY Applicability:                                                                  Applicability:         jl_ý Applies to the limits on reactor coolant activityQ                              Applies to the periodic testing requirements of the reactor coolant activity.
Objective:                                                                      Obiective:        ..  .L    -1C.
To assure that in the event of a reactor coolant                                To assure that limits on coolant activity are not system line break outside the drywell permissible                                exceeded.
doses are not exceeded.
Specification:                                                                  Specification:
rris"r-F3        ~nnfeegfltrp=tjp-l i.n wa'_ter whall no.t ocoocd 9.1.7                                                  tknat least. o~erY end mn-,, od for                        gkems T rlse 4--* 4 -)  *-46tFr  -r -'outinG
* Urv.illa      ch  ,c k, th;    ;e,,tor Tý"Ser            iihin ten lam-s
* The steady state        di  cdin , e -R_ ac Ant r      - the reactor coolant temperature is > 215°OF, thee                                  J wi i thin2 4hours prior to raising the reactor reactor is not critical, and primary containment                                coolant temperature >215°F, with the reactor not critical, and with primary containment integrity has not been established.                                            integrity not established.
h-cc hr -Jr AMENDMENT NO.          iAPz,,~O              oE.              e-ceI - 131                                                                        99 rcA-Km
 
INSERT 3 (for TS page 99; TS Section 3.2.4.a)
During the power operating and hot shutdown conditions, the specific activity of the reactor coolant shall be limited to Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity < 0.2 MCi/gm.
INSERT 4 (for TS page 99; TS Section 3.2.4.b)
If reactor coolant specific activity is > 0.2 pLCi/gm and < 4.0 4Ci/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131, determine the Dose Equivalent 1-131 once per 4 hours and restore Dose Equivalent 1-131 to within the limit of Specification 3.2.4.a within 48 hours.
INSERT 5 (for TS page 99; new TS Section 3.2.4.c)
: c. If the required actions and completion times of Specification 3.2.4.b cannot be met, or if reactor coolant specific activity is > 4.0 &#xfd;iCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131, place the reactor in the hot shutdown condition within 12 hours and in the cold shutdown condition within the following 24 hours.
INSERT 6 (for TS page 99; TS Section 4.2.4.a)
When the unit is in the power operating condition, verify that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent I-131 specific activity is _<0.2 gCi/gm once per 7 days.
 
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                                SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.3.3  LEAKAGE RATE                                            4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE Applicability:                                                  Applicability:
Applies to the allowable leakage rate of the primary            Applies to the primary containment system leakage containment system.                                           rate.
Objective:                      (,*0 C. AO. 6.7            Objective:
To assure the capability of the ontainment in limiting          To verify that the leakage from the primary radiation exposure to the public from exceeding                containment system is maintained within specified values specified in              in the event of a loss-      values.
of-coolant accident accompanied by significant fuel cladding failure and hydrogen generation from a                Specification:
metal-water reaction.
: a. The primary containment leakage rates shall be To assure that periodic surveillances of reactor                      demonstrated at test schedules and in containment penetrations and isolation valves are                    conformance with the criteria specified in the 10 performed so that proper maintenance and repairs are                  CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program Plan as made during the service life of the containment, and                  described in Specification 6.5.7.
systems and components penetrating primary containment.                                                    b. The provisions of Specification 4.0.2 are not applicable, and the surveillance interval Specification:                                                        extensions are in accordance with the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program Plan.
Whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is above 215&deg;F and primary containment integrity is required, the primary containment leakage rate shall be limited to:
AMENDMENT NO. 142, 159, 170, 181,        -,6                                                                                131
 
3.4.0 REACTOR BUILDING APPLICABILITY                                                              c-C".=    , rviM e4-)
Applies to the operating status of the reactor building OBJECTIVE To assure the integrity of the reactor building.
SPECIFICATION                              *    -*.-l&deg;,.                *=:/,**        _
Reactor building integrity must be in effect"n thefueling          d powe      peratil      onditio    when t    reactor  er tem ure i a                nd ale-wh enq    irrIts              ther hr  ajdiated ,l    caskp klor bein          led in tieactor    b    ine.
6, W~ke-vi  Ait.. v'c c.er (,Jc4eA - 4tvxgerodurxe.            oJ,ove. &#xfd;26S T
                    ~~+/-..~~                        4U.        r alvn~octtec            4~iCoA            is Lpei'    kovjle.A D j
      ,J, -Puri~&#x17d;    oCryc" 4 v~q 0A &4 0,,vc~          CV                                                &&&nej(C AMENDMENT NO.                                                                                                                                  164
 
A+1-                                    &#xfd;evi sec-&#xfd;->vidclr&#xfd; C'D +&#xfd;vj vA                              Ir.+
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                                                                          SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                                                          t              SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.4.1  LEAKAGE RATE                                                                                    4.4.1 LEAKAGE RATE Agolicability:                                                                                        Applicability:
Applies to the leakage rate of the secondary                                                          Applies to the periodic testing requirements of the containment.                                                                                          secondary containment leakage rate.
gbjective:                                                                                            Objective:
To assure the capability of the secondary containment To specify the requirements necessary to limit extiltration of fission products released to the                                                      to maintain leakage within allowable limits.
secondary containment as a result of an accident.
Specification:
Specification:
The liquid poison system surveillance shall be performed as indicated below: a. Overall System Test: (1) At least once during each operating cycle -Manually initiate the system from the control room. Demineralized water shall be pumped to the reactor vessel to verify minimum flow rates and demonstrate that valves and nozzles are not clogged.liquid poison system shall be operable except as specified in 3.1.2.b.b. If a redundant component becomes inoperable, Specification 3.1.2.a shall be considered fulfilled, provided that the component is returned to an operable condition within 7 days and the additional surveillance reauired is oerformed.
        $tecification:
rea,)o 21 ot'&#xfd;2 OF-evv rea nr rec,4e-a P-areizoe.
Once during each operating cycle - isolate the reactor F*=WhO        fhZZ*o              -l"    m building and start emergency ventilation system fan I  n  m4P9F.R:  en    din        e---::--
4-e+;~ 0 W 14 -&#xfd;AMENDMENT NO. 44~-2 44 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION LIMIING ONDIIONFOR PERAIONSURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.2.4 REACTOR COOLANTACTIVITY 4.2.4 REACTOR COOLANT.ACTIVITY jl_&#xfd;Applicability:
                                            - . .... k    .-   k-r te    *
Applicability:
* ln to demonstrate negative pressure in the building l  nuefnm        pemna to ire    is* above....           OI 0J      the   reactonr' relative to external static pressure. The fan flow rate building leakage rate as determined by Specification                                                  shall be varied so that the building internal differential 4.4.1 shall not exceed 1600 cfm. If this cannot be                                                    pressure is at least as negative as that on Figure met after a routine surveillance check, then the                                                      3.4.1 for the wind speed at which the test is actions listed below shall be taken:                                                                  conducted. The fan flow rate represents the reactor building leakage referenced to zero mph with building
Applies to the limits on reactor coolant activityQ Objective:
: a. poo"  ul*--,n-       ea todiatey irradi, a....d irnrae
To assure that in the event of a reactor coolant system line break outside the drywell permissible doses are not exceeded.Specification:
                                .............           .. . . t,.. d f.., ., .. l--Jl.--..n      )
rris"r-F3
                                                                                  ,-,,; , , u. .... "I         internal pressure at least 0.25 inch of water less than atmospheric pressure. The test shall be done at wind 89K     -.,.";n ;; -;     Cu     f tialls 11! tileu u   eaq.,                     speeds less than 20 miles per hour.
~nnfeegfltrp=tjp-l i.n wa'_ter whall no.t ocoocd 9.1.7 Applies to the periodic testing requirements of the reactor coolant activity.Obiective:
I WildiAg
.. .L -1C.To assure that limits on coolant activity are not exceeded.Specification:
: b.     Restore the reactor building leakage rates to within specified limits within 4 hours or initiate normal orderly shutdown and be in a cold shutdown condition within 10 hours.
end mn-,, od for tknat least. o~erY gkems T rlse 4 -) -46tFr -r -'outinG Urv.illa ch ,c k, th; ;e,,tor T&#xfd;"Ser iihin ten lam-s* The steady state di cdin , e -R_ ac Ant r -the reactor coolant temperature is > 215&deg;OF, thee reactor is not critical, and primary containment integrity has not been established.
AMENDMENT NO. W4L, ik-W,-,                                                                                                                                               165
h-cc hr -Jr AMENDMENT NO. iAPz,,~O oE. e-ce I -131 rcA-Km J wi thin i 2 4hours prior to raising the reactor coolant temperature
 
>215&deg;F, with the reactor not critical, and with primary containment integrity not established.
INSERT 7 (for TS page 165; TS Section 3.4.1.a)
99 INSERT 3 (for TS page 99; TS Section 3.2.4.a)During the power operating and hot shutdown conditions, the specific activity of the reactor coolant shall be limited to Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity < 0.2 MCi/gm.INSERT 4 (for TS page 99; TS Section 3.2.4.b)If reactor coolant specific activity is > 0.2 pLCi/gm and < 4.0 4Ci/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131, determine the Dose Equivalent 1-131 once per 4 hours and restore Dose Equivalent 1-131 to within the limit of Specification 3.2.4.a within 48 hours.INSERT 5 (for TS page 99; new TS Section 3.2.4.c)c. If the required actions and completion times of Specification 3.2.4.b cannot be met, or if reactor coolant specific activity is > 4.0 &#xfd;iCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131, place the reactor in the hot shutdown condition within 12 hours and in the cold shutdown condition within the following 24 hours.INSERT 6 (for TS page 99; TS Section 4.2.4.a)When the unit is in the power operating condition, verify that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent I-131 specific activity is _< 0.2 gCi/gm once per 7 days.
: a. Suspend any of the following activities:
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE Applicability:
: 1. Handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building,
Applies to the allowable leakage rate of the primary containment system.Objective: C. AO. 6.7 To assure the capability of the ontainment in limiting radiation exposure to the public from exceeding values specified in in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident accompanied by significant fuel cladding failure and hydrogen generation from a metal-water reaction.To assure that periodic surveillances of reactor containment penetrations and isolation valves are performed so that proper maintenance and repairs are made during the service life of the containment, and systems and components penetrating primary containment.
: 2. Irradiated fuel cask operations in the reactor building,
Specification:
: 3. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
Whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is above 215&deg;F and primary containment integrity is required, the primary containment leakage rate shall be limited to: AMENDMENT NO. 142, 159, 170, 181, -,6 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE Applicability:
 
Applies to the primary containment system leakage rate.Objective:
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                                                                             SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITiON FOR OPERATION                                                             t              SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.4.2 REACTOR BUILDING INTEGRITY - ISOLATION                                                             4.4.2 REACTOR BUILDING INTEGRITY - ISOLATION VALVES                                                                                                  VALVES Applies to the operational status of the reactor                                                         Applies to the periodic testing requirements of the building isolation valves.                                                                               reactor building isolation valves.
To verify that the leakage from the primary containment system is maintained within specified values.Specification:
Obiective:                                                                                              Objective:
: a. The primary containment leakage rates shall be demonstrated at test schedules and in conformance with the criteria specified in the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program Plan as described in Specification 6.5.7.b. The provisions of Specification 4.0.2 are not applicable, and the surveillance interval extensions are in accordance with the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program Plan.131 3.4.0 REACTOR BUILDING APPLICABILITY C".= c- , rviM e4-)Applies to the operating status of the reactor building OBJECTIVE To assure the integrity of the reactor building.SPECIFICATION _Reactor building integrity must be in effect"n thefueling d powe peratil onditio when t reactor er tem ure i a nd ale-wh enq hr irrIts klor ther ajdiated ,l caskp bein led in tieactor b ine.6, W~ke-vi Ait.. v'c c.er (,Jc4eA -4tvxgerodurxe.
To assure that fission products released to the                                                         To assure the operability of the reactor building secondary containment are discharged to the                                                             isolation valves.
oJ,ove. &#xfd;26S T~~+/-..~~ 4U. r alv n~octtec 4~iCoA is Lpei' kovjle.A D j ,J, -Puri~ oCryc 4" v~q 0A &4 0,,vc~ CV &&&nej(C AMENDMENT NO. 164 A+1- &#xfd;evi sec-&#xfd;->vidclr&#xfd; C'D +&#xfd;vj vA Ir.+LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT t 3.4.1 LEAKAGE RATE Agolicability:
environment in a controlled manner using the emergency ventilation system.
Applies to the leakage rate of the secondary containment.
Specificationa:
gbjective:
Sae           nifica on: l
To specify the requirements necessary to limit extiltration of fission products released to the secondary containment as a result of an accident.4.4.1 LEAKAGE RATE Applicability:
: a. The normal Ventilation System isolation valves At least once per operating cycle, automatic initiation shall be o'perable/ ........                                   r ctrisInt                         of valves shall be checked.
Applies to the periodic testing requirements of the secondary containment leakage rate.Objective:
            -f...e   uef~i. UI   Pev~,,     -ewti*Lgl              eenl ItI ensIUI         whenv;--
To assure the capability of the secondary containment to maintain leakage within allowable limits.Specification:
21     QF'o",--an   ... L ..... V~        fr-fad---4iated           --       a-4 waIae             fee Vl eas       is ingl bei~         handled,     in~
Once during each operating cycle -isolate the reactor building and start emergency ventilation system fan to demonstrate negative pressure in the building relative to external static pressure.
                                                                                    */  theIll                    Oi OL+/-     I-~.           S     c~c, an AMEN          ll hT in t16                     d       Sh.-;a           t*9.- W"lhi.l                                                                             8ol AMENDMENT NO. t/               -7 168
The fan flow rate shall be varied so that the building internal differential pressure is at least as negative as that on Figure 3.4.1 for the wind speed at which the test is conducted.
 
The fan flow rate represents the reactor building leakage referenced to zero mph with building internal pressure at least 0.25 inch of water less than atmospheric pressure.
INSERT 8 (for TS page 168; TS Section 3.4.2.b)
The test shall be done at wind speeds less than 20 miles per hour.$tecification:WhO fhZZ* -l" o m I n m4P9F .R: en din e---::-- -..... .k -te k-r
: b. If specification 3.4.2.a is not met, then the actions listed below shall be taken:
* lnl nuefnm pemna to ire is* above .... 0J OI the reactonr'building leakage rate as determined by Specification 4.4.1 shall not exceed 1600 cfm. If this cannot be met after a routine surveillance check, then the actions listed below shall be taken: a.n- irnrae diatey irradi, t, d f.., l--Jl.--..n
: 1. The reactor shall be in the cold shutdown condition within ten hours.
.)poo" a d ea to .... ............., .. .... ... ,-,, , ; , u. ... "I 89K I WildiAg-.,."; n ;; -;Cu f tialls 11! tile u u eaq., b. Restore the reactor building leakage rates to within specified limits within 4 hours or initiate normal orderly shutdown and be in a cold shutdown condition within 10 hours.AMENDMENT NO. W4L, ik-W,-, 165 INSERT 7 (for TS page 165; TS Section 3.4.1.a)a. Suspend any of the following activities:
: 2. Suspend any of the following activities:
: 1. Handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building, 2. Irradiated fuel cask operations in the reactor building, 3. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
: a. Handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building,
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITiON FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT t 3.4.2 REACTOR BUILDING INTEGRITY  
: b. Irradiated fuel cask handling operations in the reactor building,
-ISOLATION VALVES 4.4.2 REACTOR BUILDING INTEGRITY  
: c. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
-ISOLATION VALVES Applies to the operational status of the reactor building isolation valves.Obiective:
 
To assure that fission products released to the secondary containment are discharged to the environment in a controlled manner using the emergency ventilation system.Sae nifica l on: a. The normal Ventilation System isolation valves shall be o'perable/  
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                                       SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                   4                  SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.4.3 ACCESS CONTROL                                          4.4.3   ACCESS CONTROL Avrolicability:                                                  Applicability:
........ r ctrisInt-f... e uef~i. UI Pev~,,
Applies to the access control to the reactor building.           Applies to the periodic checking of the condition of portions of the reactor building.
eenl ItI ensIUI whenv;--21 QF'o",--an  
Obiective:                                                      Objective:
...L V~ .....fr-fad---4iated  
To specify the requirements necessary to assure the              To assure that pump compartments are properly integrity of the secondary containment system.                  closed at all times and to assure the integrity of the secondary containment system by verifying that Svecification:                                                  reactor building access doors are closed, as required I
-- a-waIae fee eas is bei~ Vl ingl handled, in~ the Ill Applies to the periodic testing requirements of the reactor building isolation valves.Objective:
by Specifications 3.4.3.a.1 and 3.4.3.a.2.
To assure the operability of the reactor building isolation valves.Specificationa:
0.
At least once per operating cycle, automatic initiation of valves shall be checked.OL+/- Oi 4 I-~. an S c~c, AME N ll hT in t16 8ol d Sh.-;a t*9.- W"lhi.l AMENDMENT NO. t/ -7 168 INSERT 8 (for TS page 168; TS Section 3.4.2.b)b. If specification 3.4.2.a is not met, then the actions listed below shall be taken: 1. The reactor shall be in the cold shutdown condition within ten hours.2. Suspend any of the following activities:
: a. Handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building, b. Irradiated fuel cask handling operations in the reactor building, c. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 4 3.4.3 ACCESS CONTROL Avrolicability:
Applies to the access control to the reactor building.Obiective:
To specify the requirements necessary to assure the integrity of the secondary containment system.Svecification:
4.4.3 ACCESS CONTROL Applicability:
Applies to the periodic checking of the condition of portions of the reactor building.Objective:
To assure that pump compartments are properly closed at all times and to assure the integrity of the secondary containment system by verifying that reactor building access doors are closed, as required by Specifications 3.4.3.a.1 and 3.4.3.a.2.
Soecification:
Soecification:
: a. The core and containment spray pump 0compartments shall be Checked once per week\ and after each entry.A+ oW 4 VAes Wkev- sez nJe r C1.-6'nrniev r its re ~ulcecL,1 I 0.the following con itions will be met-: 1. Only one door in each of the double-doored access ways shall be opened at one time.2. Only one door or closeup of the railroad bay shall be opened at one time.3. The core spray and containment spray pump compartments' doors shall be closed at all times except during passage in order to consider the core spray system and the containment spray system operable.AMENDMENT-NO.
: a. The core and containment spray pump 0compartments shall be Checked once per week
170.
                                                                            \and after each entry.
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION  
the following con itions will be met-:
.SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT
: 1. Only one door in each of the double-doored          A+   oW 4   VAes   Wkev- sez nJe   r access ways shall be opened at one time.            C1.-6'nrniev           r     its re ~ulcecL,1
*b. If these conditions cannot be met, then the actions listed below shall be taken: 1. If in the power operating condition, restore reactor building integrity within 4 hours or be in at least the hot shutdown condition within the next 12 hours and in the cold shutdown condition within the following 24 hours..OR If the reactor coolant system temperature is above 215 0 F, restore reactor building integrity within 4 hours or be in cold shutdown within the following 24 hours.2. Suspend any of the following activities:
: 2. Only one door or closeup of the railroad bay shall be opened at one time.
: 6. ""M i tintE r-ta:_@Handling of irradiated fuel in the reactor building, 1 Irradiated fuel cask handling operations in the reactor buildinS A" trca~n'1Vj 4e-. re.&40r Vesjel (OPJDRV:S).
: 3. The core spray and containment spray pump compartments' doors shall be closed at all times except during passage in order to consider the core spray system and the containment spray system operable.
: b. Verify at least once per 31 days that: 1. At least one door in each access to the secondary containment is closed.2. At least one door or closeup of the railroad bay is closed.AMENDMENT NO. 7,-"-1 171 F&#xfd;,- IKrr-Ao&#xfd; Oy&#xfd;)LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.4.4 EMERGENCY VENTILATION SYSTEM Applicability:
AMENDMENT-NO.                                                                                                                 170.
Applies to the operating status of the emergency ventilation system.Obiective:
 
To assure the capability of the emergency ventilation system to minimize the release of radioactivity to the environment in the event of an incident within the primary containment or reactor building.Specification:
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                 .                 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION
: a. Except as specified in Specification 3.4.4e below, both circuits of the emergency ventilation system shall be operable at all times when secondary containment integrity is required.b. The results of the in-place cold DOP and halo-genated hydrocarbon -tests at design flows on HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks shall show > 99% DOP removal and > 99% halogen-ated hydrocarbon removal when tested in accordance with ANSI N.510-1980.
* SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT
4.4.4 EMERGENCY VENTILATION SYSTEM Applicability:
: b. If these conditions cannot be met, then the                 b. Verify at least once per 31 days that:
Applies to the testing of the emergency ventilation system.Objective:
actions listed below shall be taken:
To assure the operability of the emergency ventilation system.Specification:
: 1. At least one door in each access to the
Emergency ventilation system surveillance shall be performed as indicated below: a. At least once per operating cycle, not to exceed 24 months, the following conditions shall be demonstrated:
: 1. If in the power operating condition, restore                   secondary containment is closed.
(1) Pressure drop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks is less than 6 inches of water at the system rated flow rate (+/- 10%).(2) Operability of inlet heater at rated power when tested in accordance with ANSI N.510-1980.
reactor building integrity within 4 hours or be in at least the hot shutdown condition within             2. At least one door or closeup of the railroad the next 12 hours and in the cold shutdown                     bay is closed.
AMENDMENT NO. 442,179 173.
condition within the following 24 hours..
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT
OR If the reactor coolant system temperature is above 215 0 F, restore reactor building integrity within 4 hours or be in cold shutdown within the following 24 hours.
: c. The results of laboratory carbon sample analysis shall show a-95% radioactive methyl iodide removal when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at 30 0 C and 95% R.H.d. Fans shall be shown to operate within +/- 10%design flow.e. During reactor operation, including when the reactor coolant system temperature is above 215OF, from and after the date that one circuit of the emergency ventilation system is made or found to be inoperable for any reason, reactor operation is permissible only during the succeeding seven days unless such circuit is sooner made operable, provided that during such seven days all active components of the other e- emergency ventilation circuit shall be operable.from and after the date that one circuit of the emergency ventilation system-__Ls ma~deor found tobe inoperable for any reasn permissible during the succeeding seven days unless such circuit is sooner made operable, provided that during such seven days all active components of the other rnemergency ventilation circuit shall be operable.may continue beyond seven days provided the operable emergency ventilation circuit is in operation.
: 2. Suspend any of the following activities:
: f. If these conditions cannot be met, within 36 hours, the reactor shall be placed in a condition for which the emergency ventilation system is not required.b. The tests and sample analysis of Specification 3.4.4b, c and d shall be performed at least once per operating cycle or once every 24 months, or after 720 hours of system operation, whichever occurs first or following significant painting, fire or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the system.c. Cold DOP testing shall be performed after each complete or partial replacement of the HEPA filter bank or after any structural maintenance on the system housing.d. Halogenated hydrocarbon testing shall be performed after each complete or partial replacement of the charcoal adsorber bank or after any structural maintenance on the system housing.e. Each circuit shall be operated with the inlet heater on at least 10 hours every month.f. Test sealing of gaskets for housing doors downstream of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers shall be performed at and in conformance with each test performed for compliance with Specification 4.4.4b and Specification 3.4.4b.174 AMENDMENT NO. W'(, U9(&, ,i"6-7t j7 INSERT 9 (for TS page 174; TS Section 3.4.4.e)handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building, handling of an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building, and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs), INSERT 10 (for TS page 174; TS Section 3.4.4.e)recently irradiated fuel handling in the reactor building, irradiated fuel cask handling in the reactor building, or OPDRVs are INSERT 11 (for TS page 174; TS Section 3.4.4.e)Recently irradiated fuel handling in the reactor building, irradiated fuel cask handling in the reactor building, or OPDRVs LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERNIPION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMIINGCONDTIO FO OPEATIN SUVEILANE REUIRMEN 3.4.5 CONTROL ROOM AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM Applicability:
: 6. ""MtintEi    r-ta:_
Applies to the operating status of the control room air treatment system.Objective:
        @Handling               of irradiated fuel in the reactor building, 1       Irradiated fuel cask handling operations in the reactor buildinS A"               trca~n'1Vj 4e-. re.&40r   Vesjel (OPJDRV:S).
To assure the capability of the control room air treatment system to minimize the amount of radioactivity or other gases entering the control room in the event of an incident Specificafion:
AMENDMENT NO.                                                                                                                 7,-"-1 171
: a. Except as specified in Specification 3.4.5e below, the control room air treatment stem shall be operableid U!prt~co.....on.
 
and alaGj whcnever iffsdieted fuol .0 th*~isr nn-hdlatd fucl ,nsk s. being handlndr in t'hroainn b. The results of the in-place cold DOP and halo-genated hydrocarbon tests at design flows on HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks shall show_> 99% DOP removal and > 99% halogen-ated hydrocarbon removal when tested in accordance with ANSI N.510-1980.
F&#xfd;,- IKrr-Ao&#xfd;                 Oy&#xfd;)
4.4.5 CONTROL ROOM AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM Applicability:
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                                       SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.4.4 EMERGENCY VENTILATION SYSTEM                                4.4.4  EMERGENCY VENTILATION SYSTEM Applicability:                                                    Applicability:
Applies to the testing of the control room air treatment system.Obiective:
Applies to the operating status of the emergency                  Applies to the testing of the emergency ventilation ventilation system.                                               system.
To assure the operability of the control room air treatment system.Specification:
Obiective:                                                        Objective:
: a. At least once per operating cycle, or once every 24 months, whichever occurs first, the pressure drop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks shall be demonstrated to be less than 1.5 inches of water at system design flow rate (+/- 10%).b. The tests and sample analysis of Specification 3.4.5b, c and d shall be performed at least once per operating cycle or once every 24 months, or after 720 hours of system operation, whichever occurs first or following significant painting, fire or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the system.AMENDMENT NO. 442,,1-70,-1-71-474-178 or oPTPr, Vs cr e. -.LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT
To assure the capability of the emergency ventilation              To assure the operability of the emergency ventilation system to minimize the release of radioactivity to the             system.
: c. The results of laboratory carbon sample analysis shall show >95% radioactive methyl iodine removal when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at 30 0 C and 95% R.H.d. Fans shall be shown to operate within +/- 10%design flow.e. From and after the date that the control room air treatment system is made or found to be inoperable for any reason, reactor operation'-permissible only during the succeeding seven days unless the system is sooner made operable.  
environment in the event of an incident within the primary containment or reactor building.
._ T f. If these conditions cannot be met, r b@-rmIndtnd W^hithin 2 fhOUr?AMENDMENT NO.c. Cold DOP testing shall be performed after each complete or partial replacement of the HEPA filter bank or after any structural maintenance on the system housing.d. Halogenated hydrocarbon testing shall be performed after each complete or partial replacement of the charcoal absorber bank or after any structural maintenance on the system housing.e. The system shall be operated at least 10 hours every month.f. At least'once per operating cycle, not to exceed 24 months, automatic initiation of the control room air treatment system shall be demon-strated.g. At least once per operating cycle, not to exceed 24 months, the control room air treatment system shall be shown to maintain a positive pressure within the control room of greater than one sixteenth of an inch (water) relative to areas adjacent to the control room.179 INSERT 12 (for TS page 178; TS Section 3.4.5.a)for the following conditions:
Specification:                                                    Specification:
: 1. Power operating condition, 2. Whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and 3. During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).INSERT 13 (for TS page 179; TS Section 3.4.5.)then the actions listed below shall be taken: 1. If in the power operating condition, reactor shutdown shall be initiated and the reactor shall be in cold shutdown within 36 hours.2. Suspend any of the following activities within 2 hours: a. Handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building, b. Irradiated fuel cask handling operations in the reactor building, c. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
: a.       Except as specified in Specification 3.4.4e             Emergency ventilation system surveillance shall be below, both circuits of the emergency ventilation       performed as indicated below:
TABLE 3.6.2j EMERGENCY VENTILATION INITIATION Limitina Condition for Operation Minimum No.of Tripped or Operable Trip Systems Minimum No. of Operable Instrument Channels per Operable Trip System Reactor Mode Switch Position in Which Function Must Be.Operable Parameter Set Point 0 C,):'3 0, t.4 ,0 U)C:3 cc..I &#xfd;-x (1) High Radiation Reactor Building Ventilation Duct (2) High Radiation Refueling Platform 1 1 2(d)-s 5mr/hr x x 1< lO00mr/hr (a) (a) (a) (a)AMENDMENT NO. 442-&#xfd;240 (a)(b)(c)(d)NOTES FOR TABLES 3.6.2j AND 4.6.2j This function shall be operable a i t irradiated fuel org irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor buildin, 4-Once per shift whenever this function is required to be operable." Immediately prior to when function is required and once per week thereafter until function is no longer required.A channel may be placed in an inoperable status for up to 6 hours for required surveillances without placing the Trip System in the tripped condition provided at least one Operable Instrument Channel in the same Trip system is monitoring that parameter.
system shall be operable at all times when secondary containment integrity is required.           a.      At least once per operating cycle, not to exceed 24 months, the following conditions shall be
With the number of Operable channels one less than required by the Minimum Number of Operable Instrument Channels for the Operable Trip System, either 1) Place the inoperable channel(s) in the tripped condition within 24 hours.or 2) Take the ACTION required by Specification 3.6.2a for that Parameter.
: b.       The results of the in-place cold DOP and halo-                   demonstrated:
E -JL 4 Ylvl~ C' (ee C- 4 io IIS W 1 , '&#xfd;tA-4 1-- o.. e ti L 4r Jron;,' -Hv- reoQ&#xfd; e&Sa+/-z(OPD'VS)l AMENDMENT NO. +4-2-2 242 ATTACHMENT (3)CHANGES TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES (MARK-UP)The current versions of the following Technical Specifications Bases pages have been marked-up by hand to reflect the proposed changes. These Bases pages are provided for information only and do not require NRC approval.40 49 100 140 141 142 167 169 172 176 180 296 Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006 BASES FOR 3.1.1 AND 4.1.1 CONTROL ROD SYSTEM a. A startup inter-assembly local power peaking factor of 1.30 or less.(6 1 b. An end of cycle delayed neutron fraction of 0.005.c. A beginning of life Doppler reactivity feedback.d. The Technical Specification rod scram insertion rate.e. The maximum possible rod drop velocity (3.11 ft/sec).f. The design accident and scram reactivity shape function.g. The moderator temperature at which criticality occurs.It is recognized that these bounds are conservative with respect to expected operating conditions.
genated hydrocarbon -tests at design flows on HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks shall                   (1) Pressure drop across the combined HEPA show > 99% DOP removal and > 99% halogen-                               filters and charcoal adsorber banks is less ated hydrocarbon removal when tested in                               than 6 inches of water at the system rated accordance with ANSI N.510-1980.                                       flow rate (+/- 10%).
If any one of the above conditions is not satisfied, a more detailed calculation will be done to show compliance with the 280 cal/gm design limit.In most cases the worth of in-sequence rods or rod segments will be substantially less than 0.013 Ak. Further, the addition of 0.013 Ak worth of reactivity as a result of a rod drop in conjunction with the actual values of the other important accident analysis parameters described above would most likely result in a peak fuel enthalpy substantially less than the 280 cal/gm design limit. However, the 0.013 Ak limit is applied in order to allow room for future reload changes and ease of verification witn reLetitive Technical Specification changes.Should a control rod drop acciden in a peak fuel energy content of 280 cal/gm, less than 660 1(7 x 7) fuel rods 27M conservatively estimated to perforate.
(2) Operability of inlet heater at rated power when tested in accordance with ANSI N.510-1980.
9f .....B. ., .. , y ,oie. .. .tis uof ,, ,, 9-, , For 8 x 8 fuel, less than 850 rods 0i*conservatively estimate to perforate,,22
AMENDMENT NO. 442,179                                                                                                              173.
.... t 40 AMENDMENT
 
'l. 142-KV g-/S 1~ 40 INSERT K (for TS page 40; Bases for TS Sections 3.1.1 and 4.1.1)which is bounding for GEl 1 9x9 fuel. As noted in UFSAR Section XV-C.4.2, CRDA results for banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) plants have been statistically analyzed and show that, in all cases, the peak fuel enthalpy in a CRDA would be much less than the 280 cal/gm design limit. Thus, the CRDA has been deleted from the standard GE BWR reload package for BPWS plants. The radiological consequences of a CRDA have been shown to remain well within the regulatory limits.
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                            SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT
f, n~e~rt A BASES FOR 3.1.2 AND 4.1.2 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM Nearly all maintenance can be completed within a few days. Infrequently, however, major maintenance might be required.
: c.      The results of laboratory carbon sample analysis    b. The tests and sample analysis of Specification shall show a-95% radioactive methyl iodide            3.4.4b, c and d shall be performed at least once removal when tested in accordance with ASTM            per operating cycle or once every 24 months, or D3803-1989 at 30 0 C and 95% R.H.                     after 720 hours of system operation, whichever occurs first or following significant painting, fire
Replacement of principal system components could necessitate outages of more than 7 days. In spite of the best efforts of the operator to return equipment to service, some maintenance could require up to 6 months.The system test specified demonstrates component response such as pump starting upon manual system initiation and is similar to the operating requirement under accident conditions.
: d.       Fans shall be shown to operate within +/- 10%           or chemical release in any ventilation zone design flow.                                          communicating with the system.
The only difference is that demineralized water rather than the boron solution will be pumped to the reactor vessel. The test interval between operating cycles results in a system failure probability of 1 .1 x 10-6 (Fifth Supplement, p. 115)
: e.       During reactor operation, including when the       c. Cold DOP testing shall be performed after each reactor coolant system temperature is above           complete or partial replacement of the HEPA 215OF, from and after the date that one circuit       filter bank or after any structural maintenance on of the emergency ventilation system is made or         the system housing.
found to be inoperable for any reason, reactor operation is permissible only during the           d. Halogenated hydrocarbon testing shall be succeeding seven days unless such circuit is           performed after each complete or partial sooner made operable, provided that during such       replacement of the charcoal adsorber bank or seven days all active components of the other         after any structural maintenance on the system e-    emergency ventilation circuit shall be operable.       housing.
from and after the date that   e. Each circuit shall be operated with the inlet one circuit of the emergency ventilation system       heater on at least 10 hours every month.
      -     __Ls ma~deor found tobe inoperable for any reasn                     permissible during the   f. Test sealing of gaskets for housing doors succeeding seven days unless such circuit is           downstream of the HEPA filters and charcoal sooner made operable, provided that during such         adsorbers shall be performed at and in seven days all active components of the other           conformance with each test performed for rnemergency ventilation circuit shall be operable. compliance with Specification 4.4.4b and may continue beyond seven days         Specification 3.4.4b.
provided the operable emergency ventilation circuit is in operation.
: f.       If these conditions cannot be met, within 36 hours, the reactor shall be placed in a condition for which the emergency ventilation system is not required.
AMENDMENT NO.         W'(,  U9(&,    ,i"6-7t j7                                                                            174
 
INSERT 9 (for TS page 174; TS Section 3.4.4.e) handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building, handling of an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building, and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs),
INSERT 10 (for TS page 174; TS Section 3.4.4.e) recently irradiated fuel handling in the reactor building, irradiated fuel cask handling in the reactor building, or OPDRVs are INSERT 11 (for TS page 174; TS Section 3.4.4.e)
Recently irradiated fuel handling in the reactor building, irradiated fuel cask handling in the reactor building, or OPDRVs
 
LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERNIPION                                      SURVEILLANCE FO OPEATIN LIMIINGCONDTIO                                        SUVEILANE REQUIREMENT REUIRMEN 3.4.5  CONTROL ROOM AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM                          4.4.5 CONTROL ROOM AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM Applicability:                                                    Applicability:
Applies to the operating status of the control room air          Applies to the testing of the control room air treatment treatment system.                                                 system.
Objective:                                                        Obiective:
To assure the capability of the control room air treatment        To assure the operability of the control room air treatment system to minimize the amount of radioactivity or other          system.
gases entering the control room in the event of an incident Specificafion:                                                    Specification:
: a.      Except as specified in Specification 3.4.5e below,       a.      At least once per operating cycle, or once every the control room air treatment stem shall be                    24 months, whichever occurs first, the pressure operableid              U!prt~                                  drop across the combined HEPA filters and co.....on. and alaGj whcnever iffsdieted fuol
                                                            .0 th                charcoal adsorber banks shall be demonstrated to be
      *~isr      nn-hdlatd fucl,nsk s. being handlndr int'hroainn                less than 1.5 inches of water at system design flow rate (+/- 10%).
: b.      The results of the in-place cold DOP and halo-          b.      The tests and sample analysis of Specification genated hydrocarbon tests at design flows on                    3.4.5b, c and d shall be performed at least once per HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks shall                  operating cycle or once every 24 months, or after 720 show_> 99% DOP removal and > 99% halogen-                        hours of system operation, whichever occurs first or ated hydrocarbon removal when tested in                         following significant painting, fire or chemical release in accordance with ANSI N.510-1980.                                 any ventilation zone communicating with the system.
AMENDMENT NO. 442,,1-70,-1-71-474-                                                                                                    178
 
or oPTPr,Vs cr e.-.
* LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                          SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT
: c. The results of laboratory carbon sample analysis    c. Cold DOP testing shall be performed after each shall show &#x17d;>95% radioactive methyl iodine            complete or partial replacement of the HEPA removal when tested in accordance with ASTM            filter bank or after any structural maintenance on D3803-1989 at 30 0 C and 95% R.H.                     the system housing.
: d. Fans shall be shown to operate within +/- 10%        d. Halogenated hydrocarbon testing shall be design flow.                                           performed after each complete or partial replacement of the charcoal absorber bank or
: e. From and after the date that the control room air      after any structural maintenance on the system treatment system is made or found to be                housing.
inoperable for any reason, reactor operation
                                '-permissible only during    e. The system shall be operated at least 10 hours the sooner made operable. days unless succeeding  seven          . the
* system_ isT    every month.
: f. At least'once per operating cycle, not to exceed
: f. If these conditions cannot be met,        r            24 months, automatic initiation of the control room air treatment system shall be demon-strated.
b@-rmIndtnd        2  W^hithin        fhOUr?
: g. At least once per operating cycle, not to exceed 24 months, the control room air treatment system shall be shown to maintain a positive pressure within the control room of greater than one sixteenth of an inch (water) relative to areas adjacent to the control room.
AMENDMENT NO.                                                                                                        179
 
INSERT 12 (for TS page 178; TS Section 3.4.5.a) for the following conditions:
: 1. Power operating condition,
: 2. Whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and
: 3. During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
INSERT 13 (for TS page 179; TS Section 3.4.5.)
then the actions listed below shall be taken:
: 1. If in the power operating condition, reactor shutdown shall be initiated and the reactor shall be in cold shutdown within 36 hours.
: 2. Suspend any of the following activities within 2 hours:
: a. Handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building,
: b. Irradiated fuel cask handling operations in the reactor building,
: c. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
 
TABLE 3.6.2j EMERGENCY VENTILATION INITIATION Limitina Condition for Operation Minimum No. of Operable Instrument                  Reactor Mode Switch Minimum No.                Channels per                         Position in Which of Tripped or                Operable                            Function Must Be Parameter              Operable Trip Systems        Trip System            Set Point        . Operable 0                  t.
:'3 0,            C
:3
                                                                                                                        ,0 C,)
4 U)    cc.
(1) High Radiation Reactor Building Ventilation Duct 1                  2(d)                  -s 5mr/hr  x    . I
                                                                                                                  &#xfd;-    x  x (2)  High Radiation Refueling Platform        1                    1                < lO00mr/hr  (a)        (a)    (a)  (a)
AMENDMENT NO. 442-&#xfd; 240
 
NOTES FOR TABLES 3.6.2j AND 4.6.2j (a)
This function shall be operable a i      t    irradiated fuel org irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor buildin, 4-(b) Once per shift whenever this function is required to be operable."
(c) Immediately prior to when function is required and once per week thereafter until function is no longer required.
(d)  A channel may be placed in an inoperable status for up to 6 hours for required surveillances without placing the Trip System in the tripped condition provided at least one Operable Instrument Channel in the same Trip system is monitoring that parameter.
With the number of Operable channels one less than required by the Minimum Number of Operable Instrument Channels for the Operable Trip System, either
: 1)  Place the inoperable channel(s) in the tripped condition within 24 hours.
or
: 2)  Take the ACTION required by Specification 3.6.2a for that Parameter.
4 io IIS W1 (eeC-eti L
                                                                                                                              ,o.. 1'&#xfd;tA-4--
JL 4 Ylvl~ C' E- 4rJron;,'     -Hv- reoQ&#xfd;         e&Sa+/-z(OPD'VS)l AMENDMENT NO. +4-2-2                                                                                                                         242
 
ATTACHMENT (3)
CHANGES TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES (MARK-UP)
The current versions of the following Technical Specifications Bases pages have been marked-up by hand to reflect the proposed changes. These Bases pages are provided for information only and do not require NRC approval.
40 49 100 140 141 142 167 169 172 176 180 296 Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006
 
BASES FOR 3.1.1 AND 4.1.1 CONTROL ROD SYSTEM
: a.      A startup inter-assembly local power peaking factor of 1.30 or less.( 61
: b.      An end of cycle delayed neutron fraction of 0.005.
: c.      A beginning of life Doppler reactivity feedback.
: d.      The Technical Specification rod scram insertion rate.
: e.      The maximum possible rod drop velocity (3.11 ft/sec).
: f.      The design accident and scram reactivity shape function.
: g.       The moderator temperature at which criticality occurs.
It is recognized that these bounds are conservative with respect to expected operating conditions. If any one of the above conditions is not satisfied, a more detailed calculation will be done to show compliance with the 280 cal/gm design limit.
In most cases the worth of in-sequence rods or rod segments will be substantially less than 0.013 Ak. Further, the addition of 0.013 Ak worth of reactivity as a result of a rod drop in conjunction with the actual values of the other important accident analysis parameters described above would most likely result in a peak fuel enthalpy substantially less than the 280 cal/gm design limit. However, the 0.013 Ak limit is applied in order to allow room for future reload changes and ease of verification witn reLetitive Technical Specification changes.
Should a control rod drop acciden            in a peak fuel energy content of 280 cal/gm, less than 660 1(7 x 7) fuel rods 27M conservatively estimated to perforate.      . .     .   .   .   .     ,        9f .. B. ,    y ,oie. .. .
                                                                  ,, ,, 9-, ,
tis uof              For 8 x 8 fuel, less than 850 rods 0iconservatively estimate to perforate,,22  ....             t                                                                          40 AMENDMENT 'l. 142-KV  g-/S 1                                                      ~                                                    40
 
INSERT K (for TS page 40; Bases for TS Sections 3.1.1 and 4.1.1) which is bounding for GEl 1 9x9 fuel. As noted in UFSAR Section XV-C.4.2, CRDA results for banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) plants have been statistically analyzed and show that, in all cases, the peak fuel enthalpy in a CRDA would be much less than the 280 cal/gm design limit. Thus, the CRDA has been deleted from the standard GE BWR reload package for BPWS plants. The radiological consequences of a CRDA have been shown to remain well within the regulatory limits.
 
f, n~e~rt    A BASES FOR 3.1.2 AND 4.1.2 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM Nearly all maintenance can be completed within a few days. Infrequently, however, major maintenance might be required. Replacement of principal system components could necessitate outages of more than 7 days. In spite of the best efforts of the operator to return equipment to service, some maintenance could require up to 6 months.
The system test specified demonstrates component response such as pump starting upon manual system initiation and is similar to the operating requirement under accident conditions. The only difference is that demineralized water rather than the boron solution will be pumped to the reactor vessel. The test interval between operating cycles results in a system failure probability of 1 .1 x 10-6 (Fifth Supplement, p. 115)
* and is consistent with practical considerations.
* and is consistent with practical considerations.
Pump operability will be demonstrated on a more frequent basis. A continuity check of the firing circuit on the explosive valves is provided by pilot lights in the control room. Tank level and temperature alarms are provided to alert the operator of off-normal conditions.
Pump operability will be demonstrated on a more frequent basis. A continuity check of the firing circuit on the explosive valves is provided by pilot lights in the control room. Tank level and temperature alarms are provided to alert the operator of off-normal conditions.
The functional test and other surveillance on components, along with the monitoring instrumentation, gives a high reliability for liquid poison system operability.
The functional test and other surveillance on components, along with the monitoring instrumentation, gives a high reliability for liquid poison system operability.
*FSAR AMENDMENT  
*FSAR AMENDMENT         "-O.142, Rewtsi49                                                                                                         49
"-O. 142, Rewtsi49 49 INSERT A (for TS Page 49; Bases for TS Sections 3.1.2 and 4.1.2)The liquid poison system also has a post-LOCA safety function to buffer the suppression pool pH in order to maintain the bulk pH above 7.0. This function is necessary to prevent iodine re-evolution consistent with the Alternate Source Term analysis methodology.
 
Manual system initiation is used, and the minimum amount of sodium pentaborate solution required to be injected for suppression pool pH buffering is 1114 gallons at a minimum concentration of 9.423 weight percent. This volume consists of the minimum required volume of 1325 gallons minus the 197 gallons which is contained below the point where the pump takes suction from the storage tank and minus 14 gallons that is assumed to remain in the pump suction and discharge piping after injection stops. Operation of a single liquid poison pump can satisfy this post-LOCA function.
INSERT A (for TS Page 49; Bases for TS Sections 3.1.2 and 4.1.2)
This function applies to the power operating condition, and also whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is greater than 2127F except for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical.
The liquid poison system also has a post-LOCA safety function to buffer the suppression pool pH in order to maintain the bulk pH above 7.0. This function is necessary to prevent iodine re-evolution consistent with the Alternate Source Term analysis methodology. Manual system initiation is used, and the minimum amount of sodium pentaborate solution required to be injected for suppression pool pH buffering is 1114 gallons at a minimum concentration of 9.423 weight percent. This volume consists of the minimum required volume of 1325 gallons minus the 197 gallons which is contained below the point where the pump takes suction from the storage tank and minus 14 gallons that is assumed to remain in the pump suction and discharge piping after injection stops. Operation of a single liquid poison pump can satisfy this post-LOCA function. This function applies to the power operating condition, and also whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is greater than 2127F except for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical.
5fyvser.BASES FOR 3.2.4 AND 4.2.4 REACTOR COOLANeAACTIVITYY The pri ary coolant r ioactivity co centration Iit of 2 italiodine pergram of water s calculated Wsed on a stee mie break accd n whch s ilatd i 105 eond. F ths acidnt lyss, ll h idin inthe as f colat lase inthi e erid i as ed o b rease tothea ophre t h to oftherbie bilin 30 etes). limtin th yoiddos att esit bon r t maxmumof Re, te i necocenr in i th pr rycooan isackcalulae asumng u tio meeor gy Paquil yeb at 1in/ec. e idin con ntatin i t rimry colat rsulingfr his nalsiss 2 p~/gm A rdio ivtyconent tin imi of p~ig ota iome oud oly rachd i e asousef ntswee n th liitba onth acintiuul monitoed is lat god in 1. odicato of the t end of y s l the i odine atvt in the reacor coolant.Isdi hs)fepro Sine te cncetrtio ofradoativty n te racor oolnt s ot ontnuoslymesurd, oolntsamlin wold e nefectve sr dose~u Iit Inteeetoh ag rmr ytmbekune eco eslhdottcoekg etw codtoswtsh eco oln temeraur >2 5F, he eatorno crtialandprmar cntanmet nteriy nt stalised cacuatins ho th rsulan radilogcaldos attheexcusin ara bundry o b coseratiely ouned y te dse alclatd fo a ainstem lne rea ousid Th rectorcooantsampe rquied b Spcifcatin 42.4 wil beuse ssu re tha th liilfSe ifictio 3..4 isnt exedd. th e r sample shale tak hendrin stad ste ondtostoesr the rbiebii esutes) aitreC rersnaive dof tes ead state radioactive concntrtionforreacor esse hyrostticor lakae tet cnditons 3r o~T-31 AMENI.ICT ro. !L ii, U 10 INSERT B (for TS Page 100; Bases for TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4)The specific activity in the reactor coolant is an initial condition for evaluation of the radiological consequences of a main steam line break (MSLB) outside of primary containment.
 
5fyvser.
BASES FOR 3.2.4 AND 4.2.4 REACTOR COOLANeAACTIVITYY The pri ary coolant r ioactivity co centration Iit of 2                       italiodine pergram of water       s calculated Wsed on a stee mie break accd eond.
n whch maxmumof sRe, Finilatd thsii acidnt 105       lyss, isackcalulae ll h idin inthe asumngas f colat as edophre o b reaset tothea te i th  necocenr pr    rycooan                                  u    tio lase meeorinthigy Paquil e erid yeb i
h to oftherbie bilin 30 etes).                 limtin   th     yoiddos       att esit bon     r t at 1in/ec.
i t erimry  idin colat con ntatin rsulingfr     his nalsiss 2 p~/gm A rdio of ivtyconent p~ig ota tin  iome imi oud oly     rachd i e asousef             ntswee n th liitba             onth acintiuul   monitoed islat          god 1.in        odicato of the t       end of     i ythesatvt odine l      in the reacor     coolant.Isdi                 hs)fepro Sineofradoativty te cncetrtio           n te racor oolnt s ot ontnuoslymesurd, oolntsamlin wold e nefectve sr Inteeetoh rmr ytmbekune      ag dose~u                   eco eslhdottcoekg etwcodtoswtsh eco oln                                               Iit temeraur eatorno      >2 5F, crtialandprmar he                   cntanmet nteriy nt stalised cacuatins ho th rsulan radilogcaldos attheexcusin ara bundry o b coseratiely ouned y te dse alclatd fo a ainstem lne rea ousid exedd. the r sample shale tak hendrin stad steondtostoesr                        the rbiebii esutes) aitreC rersnaive tes        dof eadstate radioactive Thconcntrtionforreacor rectorcooantsampe esse hyrostticorrquied b lakae   Spcifcatin    42.4 wil beuse 3r tet cnditons                     ssutha th re liilfSe          ifictio 3..4 isnt o~
ii, Uro.
AMENI.ICT               !L                                                                         T-31                                    10
 
INSERT B (for TS Page 100; Bases for TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4)
The specific activity in the reactor coolant is an initial condition for evaluation of the radiological consequences of a main steam line break (MSLB) outside of primary containment.
No fuel damage is postulated in the MSLB accident, and the release of radioactive material to the environment is assumed to end when the main steam isolation valves (MSIVs) close completely.
No fuel damage is postulated in the MSLB accident, and the release of radioactive material to the environment is assumed to end when the main steam isolation valves (MSIVs) close completely.
The specific iodine activity is limited to < 0.2 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. This limit ensures that the source term assumed in the radiological consequences analysis for the MSLB accident is not exceeded, so that any release of radioactivity to the environment during a MSLB results in offsite and control room radiation doses that satisfy the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.6.7 and Regulatory Guide 1.183. It is also conservative with respect to the value used in the radiological consequences analyses for other postulated small break loss of coolant accidents outside of primary containment and for postulated instrument line breaks.The limits on reactor coolant specific activity are applicable in the power operating and hot shutdown conditions, since there is an escape path for release of radioactive material from the reactor coolant system to the environment in the event of an MSLB outside of primary containment.
The specific iodine activity is limited to < 0.2 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. This limit ensures that the source term assumed in the radiological consequences analysis for the MSLB accident is not exceeded, so that any release of radioactivity to the environment during a MSLB results in offsite and control room radiation doses that satisfy the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.6.7 and Regulatory Guide 1.183. It is also conservative with respect to the value used in the radiological consequences analyses for other postulated small break loss of coolant accidents outside of primary containment and for postulated instrument line breaks.
In the cold shutdown, refueling, and major maintenance conditions, no limits are required since the reactor is not pressurized and the potential for leakage is reduced.When the reactor coolant specific activity exceeds the limit of 0.2 4Ci/gm Dose Equivalent I-131, but is < 4.0 pCi/gm, samples must be analyzed for Dose Equivalent 1-131 at least once every 4 hours. In addition, the specific activity must be restored to the limit within 48 hours. The completion time of once every 4 hours is based on the time needed to take and analyze a sample.The 48 hour completion time to restore the activity level provides a reasonable time for temporary coolant activity increases (iodine spikes or crud bursts) to be cleaned up with the normal processing systems.INSERT C (for TS page 100; Bases for TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4)during normal operation.
The limits on reactor coolant specific activity are applicable in the power operating and hot shutdown conditions, since there is an escape path for release of radioactive material from the reactor coolant system to the environment in the event of an MSLB outside of primary containment. In the cold shutdown, refueling, and major maintenance conditions, no limits are required since the reactor is not pressurized and the potential for leakage is reduced.
The 7 day frequency is adequate to trend changes in the iodine activity level. The surveillance requirement need only be performed during the power operating condition because the level of fission products generated in other operating conditions is much less.
When the reactor coolant specific activity exceeds the limit of 0.2 4Ci/gm Dose Equivalent I-131, but is < 4.0 pCi/gm, samples must be analyzed for Dose Equivalent 1-131 at least once every 4 hours. In addition, the specific activity must be restored to the limit within 48 hours. The completion time of once every 4 hours is based on the time needed to take and analyze a sample.
BASES FOR 3.3.3 AND 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE The primary containment preoperational test pressures are based upon the calculated primary containment pressure response in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident.
The 48 hour completion time to restore the activity level provides a reasonable time for temporary coolant activity increases (iodine spikes or crud bursts) to be cleaned up with the normal processing systems.
The peak drywell pressure would be 35 psig which would rapidly reduce. to 22 psig within 100 seconds following the pipe break. The total time the drywell pressure would be above 22 psig is calculated to be about 10 seconds. Following the pipe break, the suppression chamber pressure rises to 22 psig within 10 seconds, equalizes with drywell pressure and thereafter rapidly decays with the drywell pressure decay (1)The design pressures of the drywell and suppression chamber are 62 psig and 35 psig, respectively.
INSERT C (for TS page 100; Bases for TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4) during normal operation. The 7 day frequency is adequate to trend changes in the iodine activity level. The surveillance requirement need only be performed during the power operating condition because the level of fission products generated in other operating conditions is much less.
: 2) As pointed out above, the pressure response of the drywell and suppression chamber following an accident would be the same after about 10 seconds. Based on the calculated primary containment pressure response discussed above and the suppression chamber design pressure; primary containment preoperational test pressures were chosen. Also, based on the primary containment pressure response and the fact that the drywell and suppression chamber function as a unit, the primary containment will be tested as a unit rather than testing the individual components separately.
 
The design ba *loss-of-coolant axid~ent was evaluate attepiaycna n aiu lo le accident leak rat of 1 .9%/day at 35 psig. Th ran~alysis showed t t with this leak rate and a standby gas trea ment system filter iciency of 90 perce for halogens, 95 rpercent f p~articulates, and gsum ing the fission pp duct release fraction stated in TID-1 484 the maximum total ole body passing cloud &#xfd; se is about 6.0r n h aiu t aI thyroid dose is abo 150 rem at the sit oundary considerin migation condition orn o0ver n exposure durati of two hours. The) r utatdoses would ocur for the duration the accident at the w population dista e of 4/4iles are lower than ose stated due to t vaiblt fmto gca odtost ol e xetd ocroe 0da-eriod. Thus, the d es reported are the 7aximum that would b expected in the unli ly event of a design asis loss-of-coolant ccident.eirThese doses are o based on the ass pton of no holdup in e secondary cna entrslignadicreaeoffso rdus from the primar containment throu -su'e g he filters and stack t the environs.
BASES FOR 3.3.3 AND 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE The primary containment preoperational test pressures are based upon the calculated primary containment pressure response in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident. The peak drywell pressure would be 35 psig which would rapidly reduce. to 22 psig within 100 seconds following the pipe break. The total time the drywell pressure would be above 22 psig is calculated to be about 10 seconds. Following the pipe break, the suppression chamber pressure rises to 22 psig within 10 seconds, equalizes with drywell pressure and thereafter rapidly decays with the drywell pressure decay (1)
Ther ore, the specified pri ry containment le rate and filter efficiency (S cificaticn 4.4.4) are nservative and provi margin between e ected offsite doses d 1OCFR 100 guid e limits.vThe ma *urn allowable leaka rate (La) is 1 .5%/da at a- pressure of 35 sig (Pa8). This value f. the test conditio -as derived from the maxi m allowable acciden ekrtofabout 1 .9 /day when correct for the effects of co ainment environ nt under accident an tes / onditions.
The design pressures of the drywell and suppression chamber are 62 psig and 35 psig, respectively. 2 ) As pointed out above, the pressure response of the drywell and suppression chamber following an accident would be the same after about 10 seconds. Based on the calculated primary containment pressure response discussed above and the suppression chamber design pressure; primary containment preoperational test pressures were chosen. Also, based on the primary containment pressure response and the fact that the drywell and suppression chamber function as a unit, the primary containment will be tested as a unit rather than testing the individual components separately.
In the ac dent case, the contai *ent atmosphere ini ially would be compo d of steam and h air depleted of oxy ereas under test co itions the test mediu ould be air or nitr en at ambient condi 'ns. Considering e differences in mi re(3 composition and te eratures, the appropri crrection factor plied was 0.8 and dermined from the uide on containme-testing.3 AMENDMiNT NO. 14~ 140VS"Z 140 BASES FOR 3.3.3 AND 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE Although dose calculati,0 suggest tha the allowable taoleak rate could allowed to Inc ase to about 3. /day before the guidelinthyroid dose li given in 10CF 100 would beg beeded, establl ng the limit at .%Iday provide n adequate ma of safe to assure the Ith and safeto the general It is furth that allowable leak te should not d te si ificantly from e containment sign value t e advantage of e design leak-ti tness capability the structure oyr its servce etime,. Addit I margin to0 m nt 0a- then cot en tn tea ultcndtn chieved by esta shing the Allow a .perationaf lea rate. The rational limit Is rived by multip ng the ailowa test leak rate b .75 thereby pr Ing a 25% m in to allow for leakage doration whic sy occur dun the period bet en leak rate tea Closure of the containment Isolation valves for the purpose of the test Is accomplished by the means provided for normal operation of the valves. The reactor is vented to the containment atmosphere during ILRT testing. *The primary containment leak rate test frequency Is based on maintaining adequate assurance that the leak rate remains within the specification.
The design ba *loss-of-coolant axid~ent was evaluate attepiaycna                         n aiu         lo     le accident leak rat of 1.9%/day at 35 psig. Th ran~alysis showed t t with this leak rate and a standby gas trea ment system filter             iciency of 90 perce for halogens, 95 rpercent f p~articulates, and gsum ing the fission pp duct release fraction stated in TID-1 484 the maximum total                   ole body passing cloud &#xfd; se is about 6.0r             n h     aiu       t aI thyroid dose is abo 150 rem at the sit oundary considerin           migation condition orn n exposure durati o0ver      of two hours. The) r utatdoses would ocur for the duration           the accident at the w population dista e of 4/4iles are lower than ose stated due to t vaiblt fmto                         gca odtost             ol e xetd           ocroe           0da
The leak rate test frequency Is based on Option B of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J.The penetration and air purge piping leakage test frequency, along with the containment leak rate tests, is adequate to allow detection of leakage trends, Whenever a double-gasketed penetration (primary containment head equipment hatches and the suppression chamber access hatch) Is broken and remade, the space between the gaskets is pressurized to determine that the seals are performing properly.
  -eriod.     Thus, the d es reported are the 7aximum that would b expected in the unli ly event of a design asis loss-of-coolant ccident.
The test pressure of 35 psig is consistent with the accident analyses end the maximum preoleratlonal leak rate test pressure.
doses are eirThese        o based on the ass pton of no holdup in e secondary cna             entrslignadicreaeoffso                       rdus from the primar containment throu g-su'e     he filters and stack t the environs. Ther ore, the specified pri ry containment le rate and filter efficiency (S cificaticn 4.4.4) are nservative and provi margin between e ected offsite doses d 10CFR 100 guid                         e limits.
It is expected that the majority of the leakage from valves, penetrations and seals would be Into the reactor building.
vThe ma *urn allowable leaka rate (La) is 1.5%/da at a-pressure of 35 sig (Pa8). This value f. the test conditio               -as derived from the maxi         m allowable acciden ekrtofabout 1.9 /day when correct for the effects of co ainment environ nt under accident an tes
However, It Is possible that leakage into other parts of the facility could occur. Such leakage paths that may affect significantly the consequences of accidents are to be minimized.
/         onditions. In the ac dent case, the contai *ent atmosphere ini ially would be compo d of steam and h air depleted of oxy ereas under test co itions the test mediu         ould be air or nitr en at ambient condi 'ns. Considering e differences in mi re(3 composition and te eratures, the appropri             crrection factor plied was 0.8 and dermined from the uide on containme- testing.3 AMENDMiNT NO. 14~                                                                                                                                 140VS"Z 140
Leakage from airlocks is measured under accident pressures In accordance with Option B of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J.-M19END? N1.CT ~JO. 469-Re i~ 141 INSERT J (for TS page 140; Bases for TS Sections 3.3.3 and 4.3.3)The function of the primary containment is to isolate and contain fission products released from the reactor coolant system following design basis accidents (DBA). The primary containment provides an essentially leak tight barrier against an uncontrolled release of radioactive material to the environment.
 
The DBA that postulates the maximum release of radioactive material within the primary containment is a loss of coolant accident (LOCA). In the analysis of this accident, it is assumed that primary containment integrity is maintained such that release of fission products to the environment is controlled by the rate of primary containment leakage.The LOCA radiological consequence analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST)methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are within the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67. Primary containment leakage at the rate of 1.5% by weight of the containment air per 24 hours is assumed in the accident analysis.
BASES FOR 3.3.3 AND 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE Although     dose calculati,0 suggest tha the allowable taoleak rate could               allowed to Inc ase to about 3.   /day before the guidelinthyroid dose li given in 10CF 100 would beg beeded, establl ng the limit at . %Iday provide n adequate ma                             of safe to assure the Ith and safeto the general                 i*c. It is furth *onsidered that       allowable leak te should not d       te si ificantly from e containment           sign value   t e advantage of e design leak-ti tness capability the structure               its servce oyr etime,.Addit     I margin to0tn m nt0a- thencot      en       tea       ultcndtn           chieved by esta shing the Allow     a .perationaf lea rate. The     rational limit Is rived by multip ng the ailowa           test leak rate b   .75 thereby pr     Ing a 25% m   in to allow for leakage doration whic             sy occur dun     the period bet en leak rate tea Closure of the containment Isolation valves for the purpose of the test Is accomplished by the means provided for normal operation of the valves. The reactor is vented to the containment atmosphere during ILRT testing.
Margin is achieved by establishing the allowable operational leak rate. The operational limit is derived by multiplying the allowable test leak rate by 0.75 thereby providing a 25% margin to allow for leakage deterioration which may occur during the periods between leak rate tests.
* The primary containment leak rate test frequency Is based on maintaining adequate assurance that the leak rate remains within the specification. The leak rate test frequency Is based on Option B of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J.
BASES FOR 3.3.3 AND 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE The Type A test follows the guidelines stated in ANSI/ANS-56.8(m 8 and/or the Bechtel Topical Report.(4)
The penetration and air purge piping leakage test frequency, along with the containment leak rate tests, is adequate to allow detection of leakage trends, Whenever a double-gasketed penetration (primary containment head equipment hatches and the suppression chamber access hatch) Is broken and remade, the space between the gaskets is pressurized to determine that the seals are performing properly. The test pressure of 35 psig is consistent with the accident analyses end the maximum preoleratlonal leak rate test pressure. It is expected that the majority of the leakage from valves, penetrations and seals would be Into the reactor building. However, It Is possible that leakage into other parts of the facility could occur. Such leakage paths that may affect significantly the consequences of accidents are to be minimized.
This program provides adequate assurance that the test results realistically estimates the degree of containment leakage following a loss-of-coolant accident.
Leakage from airlocks is measured under accident pressures In accordance with Option B of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J.
The containment leakage rate is calculated using the Absolute Methodology.(8)
  -M19END?     N1.CT
                ~JO.     469-Re       i~                                                                                                         141
 
INSERT J (for TS page 140; Bases for TS Sections 3.3.3 and 4.3.3)
The function of the primary containment is to isolate and contain fission products released from the reactor coolant system following design basis accidents (DBA). The primary containment provides an essentially leak tight barrier against an uncontrolled release of radioactive material to the environment. The DBA that postulates the maximum release of radioactive material within the primary containment is a loss of coolant accident (LOCA). In the analysis of this accident, it is assumed that primary containment integrity is maintained such that release of fission products to the environment is controlled by the rate of primary containment leakage.
The LOCA radiological consequence analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are within the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67. Primary containment leakage at the rate of 1.5% by weight of the containment air per 24 hours is assumed in the accident analysis. Margin is achieved by establishing the allowable operational leak rate. The operational limit is derived by multiplying the allowable test leak rate by 0.75 thereby providing a 25% margin to allow for leakage deterioration which may occur during the periods between leak rate tests.
 
BASES FOR 3.3.3 AND 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE The Type A test follows the guidelines stated in ANSI/ANS-56.8(m   8 and/or the Bechtel Topical Report.(4) This program provides adequate assurance that the test results realistically estimates the degree of containment leakage following a loss-of-coolant accident. The containment leakage rate is calculated using the Absolute Methodology.(8)
The specific treatment of selective valve arrangements including the acceptability of the interpretations of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J requirements are given in References 5, 6, and 7. Core Spray and Containment Spray suction valves will be tested in accordance with the IST Program.
The specific treatment of selective valve arrangements including the acceptability of the interpretations of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J requirements are given in References 5, 6, and 7. Core Spray and Containment Spray suction valves will be tested in accordance with the IST Program.


==References:==
==References:==


(1) FSAR, Volume II, Appendix E (2) UFSAR, Section VI B.2.1 p PeJ (4) BN-TOP-1 "Testing Criteria for Integrated Leakage Rate Testing of Primary Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, Bechtel Corporation, November 1, 1972 (5) NRC Safety Evaluation Report dated May 6, 1988, "Regarding Proposed Technical Specifications and Exemption Requests Related to Appendix J." (6) Niagara Mohawk Letter dated July 28, 1988, "Clarifications, Justifications  
(1)       FSAR, Volume II,Appendix E (2)       UFSAR, Section VI B.2.1 p               PeJ e+*-"*
& Conformance with 10 CFR 50 Appendix J SER." (7) NRC Letter dated November 9, 1988, "Review of the July 28, 1988 Letter on Appendix J Containment Leakage Rate Testing at Nine Mile Point Unit 1." (8) ANSI/ANS -56.8 -1994, "Containment System Leakage Testing Requirements." A'MENDMENT NO., 14,2 9, Revision-8-)
(4)       BN-TOP-1 "Testing Criteria for Integrated Leakage Rate Testing of Primary Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, Bechtel Corporation, November 1, 1972 (5)       NRC Safety Evaluation Report dated May 6, 1988, "Regarding Proposed Technical Specifications and Exemption Requests Related to Appendix J."
I~l~ ~ l. .I l1 * , , a..142 lnise'r i)BASES FOR 3.4.1 AND 4.4.1 LEAKAGE RATE In the answers to Questions 11-3 and IV-5 of the Second Supplement and also in the Fifth Supplement*, the relationships among wind speed, direction, pressure distribution outside the building, building internal pressure, and reactor building leakage are discussed.
(6)       Niagara Mohawk Letter dated July 28, 1988, "Clarifications, Justifications & Conformance with 10 CFR 50 Appendix J SER."
The curve of pressure in Figure 3.4.1 represents the wind direction which results in the least building leakage. It is assumed that when the test is performed, the wind direction is that which gives the least leakage.If the wind direction was not from the direction which gave the least reactor building leakage, building internal pressure would not be as negative as Figure 3.4.1 indicates.
(7)       NRC Letter dated November 9, 1988, "Review of the July 28, 1988 Letter on Appendix J Containment Leakage Rate Testing at Nine Mile Point Unit 1."
Therefore, to reduce pressure, the fan flow rate would have to be increased.
(8)       ANSI/ANS - 56.8 - 1994, "Containment System Leakage Testing Requirements."
This erroneously indicates that reactor building leakage is greater than if wind direction were accounted for. If wind direction were accounted for, another pressure curve could be used which was less negative.
A'MENDMENT I~l~. I~NO., * , 14,2
This would mean that less fan flow (or measured leakage) would be required to establish building pressure.However, for simplicity it is assumed that the test is conducted during conditions leading to the least leakage while the accident is assumed to occur during conditions leading to the greatest reactor building leakage.As discussed in the Second Supplement and Fifth Supplement, the pressure for Figure 3.4.1 is independent of the reactor building leakage rate referenced to zero mph wind speed at a negative differential pressure of 0.25 inch of water. Regardless of the leakage rate at these design conditions, the pressure versus wind speed relationship remains unchanged for any given wind direction.
: l. iv,*
By requiring the reactor building pressure to remain within the limits presented in Figure 3.4.1 and a reactor building leakage rate of less than 1 600 cfm, exfiltration would be prevented.
l1        , a.. 9, Revision-8-)                                                                                               142
This would assure that the leakage from the primary containment is directed through the filter system and discharged from the 350-foot stack.FSAR AENMN Q Reis ~ 167 INSERT D (for TS page 167; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.1 and 4.4.1)The secondary containment is designed to minimize any ground level release of radioactive materials that might result from a serious accident.
 
The reactor building provides secondary containment during reactor operation, when the drywell is sealed and in service. The reactor building provides primary containment during periods when the reactor is shutdown, the drywell is open, and activities are ongoing that require secondary containment to be in effect.There are two principal accidents for which credit is taken for reactor building (secondary containment) integrity.
lnise'r     i)
These are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. The reactor building performs no active function in response to each of these limiting events; however, its leak tightness is required to ensure that the release of radioactive materials is restricted to those leakage paths and associated leakage rates assumed in the accident analysis and that fission products entrapped within the reactor building structure will be treated by the Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System (RBEVS) prior to discharge to the environment.
BASES FOR 3.4.1 AND 4.4.1 LEAKAGE RATE In the answers to Questions 11-3 and IV-5 of the Second Supplement and also in the Fifth Supplement*, the relationships among wind speed, direction, pressure distribution outside the building, building internal pressure, and reactor building leakage are discussed. The curve of pressure in Figure 3.4.1 represents the wind direction which results in the least building leakage. It is assumed that when the test is performed, the wind direction is that which gives the least leakage.
In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment.
If the wind direction was not from the direction which gave the least reactor building leakage, building internal pressure would not be as negative as Figure 3.4.1 indicates. Therefore, to reduce pressure, the fan flow rate would have to be increased. This erroneously indicates that reactor building leakage is greater than if wind direction were accounted for. If wind direction were accounted for, another pressure curve could be used which was less negative. This would mean that less fan flow (or measured leakage) would be required to establish building pressure.
Thus, reactor building integrity is required during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity, operation of the RBEVS, or operation of the Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS), as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours following reactor shutdown.
However, for simplicity it is assumed that the test is conducted during conditions leading to the least leakage while the accident is assumed to occur during conditions leading to the greatest reactor building leakage.
As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown.
As discussed in the Second Supplement and Fifth Supplement, the pressure for Figure 3.4.1 is independent of the reactor building leakage rate referenced to zero mph wind speed at a negative differential pressure of 0.25 inch of water. Regardless of the leakage rate at these design conditions, the pressure versus wind speed relationship remains unchanged for any given wind direction.
Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required, and RBEVS and CRATS are not required to be operable, during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, reactor building integrity is required, and RBEVS and CRATS are required to be operable, during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.
By requiring the reactor building pressure to remain within the limits presented in Figure 3.4.1 and a reactor building leakage rate of less than 1 600 cfm, exfiltration would be prevented. This would assure that the leakage from the primary containment is directed through the filter system and discharged from the 350-foot stack.
BASES FOR 3.4.2 AND 4.4.2 REACTOR BUILDING INTEGRITY ISOLATION VALVES Isolation of the reactor building occurs automatically upon high radiation of the normal building exhaust ducts or from high radiation at the refueling platform (See 3.6.2). Isolation will assure that any fission products entering the reactor building will be routed to the emergency ventilation system prior to discharge to the environment (Section VII-H.3.0 of the FSAR).169 INSERT E (for TS page 169; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.2 and 4.4.2)The two principal accidents for which the reactor building isolation valves must be operable are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel.In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment.
FSAR AENMN           Q               Reis         ~                                                                                               167
Thus, the reactor building isolation valves are required to be operable during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity or operation of the reactor building emergency ventilation system (RBEVS), as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours following reactor shutdown.
 
As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown.
INSERT D (for TS page 167; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.1 and 4.4.1)
Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required and the reactor building isolation valves are not required to be operable during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, reactor building integrity is required and the reactor building isolation valves are required to be operable during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.
The secondary containment is designed to minimize any ground level release of radioactive materials that might result from a serious accident. The reactor building provides secondary containment during reactor operation, when the drywell is sealed and in service. The reactor building provides primary containment during periods when the reactor is shutdown, the drywell is open, and activities are ongoing that require secondary containment to be in effect.
BASES FOR 3.4.3 AND 4.4.3 ACCESS CONTROL)ndary con inment when e reactor cpant system containy;nt during ref ling and oth periods whe syst is open or required.
There are two principal accidents for which credit is taken for reactor building (secondary containment) integrity. These are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. The reactor building performs no active function in response to each of these limiting events; however, its leak tightness is required to ensure that the release of radioactive materials is restricted to those leakage paths and associated leakage rates assumed in the accident analysis and that fission products entrapped within the reactor building structure will be treated by the Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System (RBEVS) prior to discharge to the environment.
intaining the ih li d will ensure at any fissi- products ina erter ter to the s ck. The wor such inciden s due tc are discuss in Section .C.3 of the F R..ye emers.The coi f As discussed in Section VI-F* all access openings of the reactor building have as a minimum two doors in series. Appropriate local alarms and control room indicators are provided to always insure that reactor building integrity is maintained.
In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment. Thus, reactor building integrity is required during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.
Surveillance of the reactor building access doors provides additional assurance that reactor building integrity is maintained.
The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity, operation of the RBEVS, or operation of the Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS), as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours following reactor shutdown. As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown. Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required, and RBEVS and CRATS are not required to be operable, during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, reactor building integrity is required, and RBEVS and CRATS are required to be operable, during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.
Maintaining closed doors on the pump compartments ensures that suction to the core and containment spray pumps is not lost in case of a gross leak from the suppression chamber.*FSARPie. .4 @- R-evIL,;SI,.
 
172.)
BASES FOR 3.4.2 AND 4.4.2 REACTOR BUILDING INTEGRITY ISOLATION VALVES Isolation of the reactor building occurs automatically upon high radiation of the normal building exhaust ducts or from high radiation at the refueling platform (See 3.6.2). Isolation will assure that any fission products entering the reactor building will be routed to the emergency ventilation system prior to discharge to the environment (Section VII-H.3.0 of the FSAR).
INSERT F (for TS page 172; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.3 and 4.4.3)The secondary containment is designed to minimize any ground level release of radioactive materials that might result from a serious accident.
169
The reactor building provides secondary containment during reactor operation, when the drywell is sealed and in service. The reactor building provides primary containment during periods when the reactor is shutdown, the drywell is open, and activities are ongoing that require secondary containment to be in effect.There are two principal accidents for which credit is taken for reactor building (secondary containment) integrity.
 
These are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. The reactor building performs no active function in response to each of these limiting events; however, its leak tightness is required to ensure that the release of radioactive materials is restricted to those leakage paths and associated leakage rates assumed in the accident analysis and that fission products entrapped within the reactor building structure will be treated by the Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System (RBEVS) prior to discharge to the environment.
INSERT E (for TS page 169; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.2 and 4.4.2)
In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment.
The two principal accidents for which the reactor building isolation valves must be operable are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel.
Thus, reactor building integrity is required during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR -50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity, operation of the RBEVS, or operation of the Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS), as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours following reactor shutdown.
In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment. Thus, the reactor building isolation valves are required to be operable during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.
As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown.
The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity or operation of the reactor building emergency ventilation system (RBEVS), as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours following reactor shutdown. As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown. Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required and the reactor building isolation valves are not required to be operable during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, reactor building integrity is required and the reactor building isolation valves are required to be operable during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.
Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, reactor building integrity is required during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.
 
BASES FOR 3.4.4 AND 4.4.4 EMERGENCY VENTILATION SYSTEM The emergency ventilation system is designed to filter and exhaust the reactor building atmosphere to the stack during secondary containment isolation conditions.
BASES FOR 3.4.3 AND 4.4.3 ACCESS CONTROL
Both emergency ventilation system fans are designed to automatically start upon high radiation in the reactor building ventilation duct or at the refueling platform and to maintain the reactor building pressure to the design negative pressure so as to minimize in-leakage.
                                    )ndary con inment when e reactor cpant system containy;nt during ref ling and oth periods whe syst     is open or       required.     intaining the ih li   d will ensure at any fissi- products ina erter
Should one system fail to start, the redundant system is designed to start automatically.
        .ye emers                      ter to the s ck. The wor       such inciden s due tc
Each of the two fans has 100 percent capacity.High efficiency particulate absolute (HEPA) filters are installed before and after the charcoal adsorbers to minimize potential release of particulates to the environment and to prevent clogging of the iodine adsorbers.
        . The coi                    are discuss     in Section     .C.3 of the F     R.
The charcoal adsorbers are installed to reduce the potential release of radioiodine to the environment.
f As discussed in Section VI-F* all access openings of the reactor building have as a minimum two doors in series. Appropriate local alarms and control room indicators are provided to always insure that reactor building integrity is maintained. Surveillance of the reactor building access doors provides additional assurance that reactor building integrity is maintained.
The in-place test results should indicate a system leak tightness of less than 1 percent bypass leakage for the charcoal adsorbers and a HEPA efficiency of at least 99 percent removal of DOP particulates.
Maintaining closed doors on the pump compartments ensures that suction to the core and containment spray pumps is not lost in case of a gross leak from the suppression chamber.
The laboratory carbon sample test results should indicate a radioactive methyl iodide removal efficiency of at least 95 percent, which is derived from applying a safety factor of 2 to the charcoal filter efficiency of 90 percent assumed in analyses of design basis accidents.
*FSAR
If the efficiencies of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers are as specified, the resulting doses will be less than the a 1.f Efor the accidents analyzed.
  -ME*N*DMENT,Pie.   .4 @- R-evIL,;SI,.                                                                                                 172
Operation of the fans significantly different from the design flow will change the removal efficiency of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.
                            .)
10cC-1Z5,,47 O-c-e&#xfd; ::5-- Only one of the two emergency ventilation systems is needed to cleanup the reactor building atmosphere upon containment isolation.
 
If one system is found to be inoperable, there is no immediate threat to the containment system performance and reactor operation or refueling ,may continue while repairs are being made. If neither circuit is operable, the plant is brought to a condition where the emergency (veystem is not required.Pressure rop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers of less than 6 inches of water at the system design flow rate will indicate that the filters and adsorbers are not clogged by excessive amounts of foreign matter. Heater capability and pressure drop should be determined at least once per operating cycle to show system performance capability.
INSERT F (for TS page 172; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.3 and 4.4.3)
The secondary containment is designed to minimize any ground level release of radioactive materials that might result from a serious accident. The reactor building provides secondary containment during reactor operation, when the drywell is sealed and in service. The reactor building provides primary containment during periods when the reactor is shutdown, the drywell is open, and activities are ongoing that require secondary containment to be in effect.
There are two principal accidents for which credit is taken for reactor building (secondary containment) integrity. These are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. The reactor building performs no active function in response to each of these limiting events; however, its leak tightness is required to ensure that the release of radioactive materials is restricted to those leakage paths and associated leakage rates assumed in the accident analysis and that fission products entrapped within the reactor building structure will be treated by the Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System (RBEVS) prior to discharge to the environment.
In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment. Thus, reactor building integrity is required during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.
The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR -50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity, operation of the RBEVS, or operation of the Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS), as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours following reactor shutdown. As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown. Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, reactor building integrity is required during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.
 
BASES FOR 3.4.4 AND 4.4.4 EMERGENCY VENTILATION SYSTEM The emergency ventilation system is designed to filter and exhaust the reactor building atmosphere to the stack during secondary containment isolation conditions. Both emergency ventilation system fans are designed to automatically start upon high radiation in the reactor building ventilation duct or at the refueling platform and to maintain the reactor building pressure to the design negative pressure so as to minimize in-leakage. Should one system fail to start, the redundant system is designed to start automatically. Each of the two fans has 100 percent capacity.
High efficiency particulate absolute (HEPA) filters are installed before and after the charcoal adsorbers to minimize potential release of particulates to the environment and to prevent clogging of the iodine adsorbers. The charcoal adsorbers are installed to reduce the potential release of radioiodine to the environment. The in-place test results should indicate a system leak tightness of less than 1 percent bypass leakage for the charcoal adsorbers and a HEPA efficiency of at least 99 percent removal of DOP particulates. The laboratory carbon sample test results should indicate a radioactive methyl iodide removal efficiency of at least 95 percent, which is derived from applying a safety factor of 2 to the charcoal filter efficiency of 90 percent assumed in analyses of design basis accidents. If the efficiencies of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers are as specified, the resulting doses will be less than the                                         a 1.
f       Efor the accidents analyzed. Operation of the fans significantly different from the design flow will change the removal efficiency of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.                                                     10cC-1Z5,,47 O-c-e&#xfd; ::5--     Crr'er*o.
Only one of the two emergency ventilation systems is needed to cleanup the reactor building atmosphere upon containment isolation. If one system is found to be inoperable, there is no immediate threat to the containment system performance and reactor operation or refueling
,may               continue while repairs are being made. If neither circuit is operable, the plant is brought to a condition where the emergency (veystem                 is not required.
Pressure rop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers of less than 6 inches of water at the system design flow rate will indicate that the filters and adsorbers are not clogged by excessive amounts of foreign matter. Heater capability and pressure drop should be determined at least once per operating cycle to show system performance capability.
The frequency of tests and sample analysis are necessary to show that the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers can perform as evaluated.
The frequency of tests and sample analysis are necessary to show that the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers can perform as evaluated.
The charcoal adsorber efficiency test should allow for charcoal sampling to be conducted using an ASTM D3803-1989 approved method.If test results are unacceptable, all adsorbent in the system shall be replaced with an adsorbent meeting the physical property specifications[
The charcoal adsorber efficiency test should allow for charcoal sampling to be conducted using an ASTM D3803-1989 approved method.
of Table 5-1 of ANSI 509-1980.A .....E N DllMET NO ue t176 INSERT G (for TS page 176; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.4 and 4.4.4)The two principal accidents for which the Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System (RBEVS) must be operable are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment.
If test results are unacceptable, all adsorbent in the system shall be replaced with an adsorbent meeting the physical property specifications[
Thus, the RBEVS is required to be operable during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity or operation of the RBEVS, as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours following reactor shutdown.
of Table 5-1 of ANSI 509-1980.
As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours;i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown.
A .....E NDllMET NO   uet176
Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required and the RBEVS is not required to be operable during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, reactor building integrity is required and the RBEVS is required to be operable during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.
 
BASES FOR 3.4.5 AND 4.4.5 CONTROL ROOM AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM The control room air treatment system is designed to filter the control room atmosphere for intake air. A roughing filter is used for recirculation flow during normal control room air treatment operation.
INSERT G (for TS page 176; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.4 and 4.4.4)
The control room air treatment system is designed to maintain the control room pressure to the design positive pressure (one-sixteenth inch water) so that all leakage should be out leakage. The control room air treatment system starts automatically upon receipt of a LOCA (high drywell pressure or low-low reactor water level) or Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) (high steam flow main-steam line or high temperature main-steam line tunnel) signal. The system can also be manually initiated.
The two principal accidents for which the Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System (RBEVS) must be operable are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment. Thus, the RBEVS is required to be operable during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.
High efficiency particulate absolute (HEPA) filters are installed before the charcoal adsorbers to prevent clogging of the iodine adsorber.The charcoal adsorbers are installed to reduce the potential intake of radioiodine to the control room. The in-place test results should indicate a system leak tightness of less than 1 percent bypass leakage for the charcoal adsorbers and a HEPA efficiency of at least 99 percent removal of DOP particulates.
The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity or operation of the RBEVS, as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours following reactor shutdown. As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown. Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required and the RBEVS is not required to be operable during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated."
The laboratory carbon sample test results should indicate a radioactive methyl iodide removal efficiency of at least 95 percent, which is derived from applying a safety factor of 2 to the charcoal filter efficiency of 90 percent assumed in analyses of design basis accidents.
Conversely, reactor building integrity is required and the RBEVS is required to be operable during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.
If the efficiencies of the HEPA filter and charcoal adsorbers are as specified ade radiation V protection will be provided such that resulting doses will be less than the allowable levels stated in E i4 C_-- 5"o,-7___ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __,_Q Q ; n !; , , .= Operation of the fans significantly different from the design flow will change the removal efficiency of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.
 
If the system is found to be inoperable, there is no immediate threat to the control room and reactor operation or refueling a may continue for a limited period of time while repairs are being made. If the makeup system cannot be repaired within seven days, the reactor is shutdown and brought to cold shutdown within 36 hoursyr r re terminated Pressure drop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal ad orbers of less than 1.5 inches of water at the system design flow rate will indicate that the filters and adsorbers are not clogged by excess ve amounts of foreign matter. Pressure drop should be determined at least once per operating cycle to show system performance capabilit The frequency of tests and sample analysis are necessary to sho the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers can perform as evaluated.
BASES FOR 3.4.5 AND 4.4.5 CONTROL ROOM AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM The control room air treatment system is designed to filter the control room atmosphere for intake air. A roughing filter is used for recirculation flow during normal control room air treatment operation. The control room air treatment system is designed to maintain the control room pressure to the design positive pressure (one-sixteenth inch water) so that all leakage should be out leakage. The control room air treatment system starts automatically upon receipt of a LOCA (high drywell pressure or low-low reactor water level) or Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) (high steam flow main-steam line or high temperature main-steam line tunnel) signal. The system can also be manually initiated.
The charcoal adsorber efficiency test should allow for charcoal s pling to be conducted using an ASTM D3803-1989 approved method.If test results are unacceptable, all adsorbent in the system shall replaced with an adsorbent meeting the physical property specifications of Table 5-1 of ANSI 509-1980.
High efficiency particulate absolute (HEPA) filters are installed before the charcoal adsorbers to prevent clogging of the iodine adsorber.
The replacement charcoal for the dsorber tray removed for the test should meet the same adsorbent 1W quality. Any HEPA filters found defective shall be replaced with filt s qualified pursuant to ANSI 509-1980.4-~ef 14 flied or an~ r-C~e~ lc.~Sk &#xfd;, 4te.. ~-recv4cr C1YaLr%^"X  
The charcoal adsorbers are installed to reduce the potential intake of radioiodine to the control room. The in-place test results should indicate a system leak tightness of less than 1 percent bypass leakage for the charcoal adsorbers and a HEPA efficiency of at least 99 percent removal of DOP particulates. The laboratory carbon sample test results should indicate a radioactive methyl iodide removal efficiency of at least 95 percent, which is derived from applying a safety factor of 2 to the charcoal filter efficiency of 90 percent assumed in analyses of design basis accidents. If the efficiencies of the HEPA filter and charcoal adsorbers are as specified ade           radiation     V protection will be provided such that resulting doses will be less than the allowable levels stated in E     i4       C_-- 5"o,-7
-4'e- ceo-e4ar-Vessel (cpvgv.x)(180 INSERT H (for TS page 180; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.5 and 4.4.5)The two principal accidents for which the Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS) must be operable are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. Thus, the CRATS is required to be operable during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting operation of the CRATS, as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours following reactor shutdown.
___    _ .. _   _   _ Q ; _   _ __,_Q_    ,                       ,   .= n !;          Operation of the fans significantly different from the design flow will change the removal efficiency of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.
As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown.
If the system is found to be inoperable, there is no immediate threat to the control room and reactor operation or refueling a             may continue for a limited period of time while repairs are being made. If the makeup system cannot be repaired within seven days, the reactor is shutdown and brought to cold shutdown within 36 hoursyr                       r     re terminated Pressure drop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal ad orbers of less than 1.5 inches of water at the system design flow rate will indicate that the filters and adsorbers are not clogged by excess ve amounts of foreign matter. Pressure drop should be determined at least once per operating cycle to show system performance capabilit The frequency of tests and sample analysis are necessary to sho the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers can perform as evaluated.
Therefore, the CRATS is not required to be operable during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, the CRATS is required to be operable during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.
The charcoal adsorber efficiency test should allow for charcoal s pling to be conducted using an ASTM D3803-1989 approved method.
BASES FOR 3.6.15 AND 4.6.15 MAIN CONDENSER OFFGAS Restricting the gross radioactivity rate of noble gases from the main condenser provides assurance that the +'d --- "to an individual at the exclusion area boundary will not exceed a very small fraction of the~limits of R Pert in the event this effluent is inadvertently discharged directly to the environment without treatment.
If test results are unacceptable, all adsorbent in the system shall     replaced with an adsorbent meeting the physical property specifications of Table 5-1 of ANSI 509-1980. The replacement charcoal for the dsorber tray removed for the test should meet the same adsorbent                   1W quality. Any HEPA filters found defective shall be replaced with filt s qualified pursuant to ANSI 509-1980.
This specification implements the requi nts of General Design Criteria 60 and 64 of Appendix A to 1 OCFR Part 50. The primary purpose of providing this specification is to limit build of fission product activity within the station systems which would result if high fuel leakage were to bepermitted over extended periods.IC Pe 5. Z7 AM~'DMEN 1O. i4L 4-~ --VI.e/s )4,ff 296 296 ATTACHMENT (4)DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006 ATTACHMENT (4)DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD A4-1. INTRODUCTION The alternative source term loss of coolant accident (LOCA) analysis considers the reactor building positive pressure period. This is defined as the period when a loss of offsite power causes a loss of reactor building negative pressure relative to the external atmospheric static pressure.
(
The start of the emergency diesel generators followed by the start of the reactor building emergency ventilation system (RBEVS)returns the reactor building to a negative pressure.
4-~ef14                                                        flied or an~     r-C~e~         lc.~Sk   &#xfd;, 4te.. ~-recv4cr C1YaLr%^"X -4'e-   ceo-e4ar- Vessel   (cpvgv.x) 180
The time of positive pressure relative to the atmospheric static pressure is called the drawdown time. The post-LOCA primary containment leakage into the reactor building is assumed to be released directly to the environment during the drawdown period.A4-2. ANALYSIS A plant-specific calculation was performed to determine the reactor building drawdown time. This is a new licensing basis analysis for Nine Mile Point Unit I (NMP1). The drawdown calculations were performed using the GOTHIC 7.2a(QA) containment analysis software.
 
The calculations utilize the GOTHIC subdivided volume capability to represent each building elevation and to model buoyancy effects, natural circulation flow paths, and building heat sinks. The model was benchmarked to data collected during the performance of NMP1 Technical Specification (TS) surveillance requirement 4.4.1.This surveillance demonstrates the capability of each RBEVS train to maintain a negative pressure of at least 0.25 inches water gauge (WG) less than atmospheric pressure with a wind speed of zero and a maximum reactor building inleakage of 1600 cfm. While the TS surveillance is not run as a drawdown test, the GOTHIC model response without LOCA heat loads agrees with the reactor building surveillance test response of approximately 2 to 4 minutes. The NMPI drawdown modeling approach was also benchmarked to the Nine Mile Point Unit 2 (NMP2) drawdown analysis documented in the NMP2 Updated Safety Analysis Report. Based on these benchmarks and the conservative assumptions utilized in the analysis, the calculated post-LOCA drawdown time is considered to be conservative.
INSERT H (for TS page 180; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.5 and 4.4.5)
The following conservative conditions were included in the analysis: 1. Loss of offsite power and failure of one of the two 100% capacity RBEVS trains to operate (i.e., only a single RBEVS train operates).
The two principal accidents for which the Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS) must be operable are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. Thus, the CRATS is required to be operable during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.
: 2. Maximum reactor building inleakage allowed by TS Section 3.4.1.3. Design basis post-LOCA reactor building heat loads, including maximum post-LOCA suppression pool heatup, operation of two core spray pump sets and one containment spray pump set, heat loads from the emergency condensers on the refuel floor elevation and from the spent fuel pool (assumed to be at a constant 90'F based on manual restart of a spent fuel pool cooling pump), electrical heat loads from equipment required to operate to mitigate the LOCA, and solar heat loads.4. Winter atmospheric conditions based on onsite meteorological data collected for the five-year period of 1997 through 2001 (consistent with the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1.183, Appendix A, Section 4.3). The use of summer conditions results in a drawdown time that is approximately one-half that of the winter case and thus is less limiting.1 of 4 ATTACHMENT (4)DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD A4-3. RESULTS The results of the analysis (illustrated on Figures A4-1 and A4-2) show an initial rapid rise in reactor building pressure.
The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting operation of the CRATS, as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours following reactor shutdown. As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours following reactor shutdown. Therefore, the CRATS is not required to be operable during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, the CRATS is required to be operable during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.
The reactor building pressure in the area above the refuel floor elevation (el. 340 ft)remains positive for approximately 26 minutes, decreases to -0.15 inches WG at approximately 67 minutes, and reaches -0.25 inches WG at approximately 5 hours. At elevations below the refuel floor, the positive pressure times and the times to achieve -0.25 inches WG are considerably shorter. For example, at the 318 ft elevation (upper), the reactor building pressure remains positive for approximately 18 minutes and decreases to -0.25 inches WG at approximately 52 minutes.2 of 4 ATTACHMENT (4)DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD 0.5-0.45 0.4-0.35 -DP34 (340upper) 0.3- --DP35 (340 lower)0.25 DP36 (318 upper)0.2 --DP37 (318 lower)0.15 0.1 0.05-0.057 -0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5-0.1 _ _ _ _ _o. -0.15 _67 minutes lower 340 elevation 5 hours upper 340 elevation-0.2 15-0.25-0.3-0.35--0.4-0.45-0.5 Time (hours)Figure A4-1 Reactor Building Pressure vs. Time by Reactor Building Elevation 3 of 4 ATTACHMENT (4)DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD 0 U, 0 0 0.0.5 0.45 0.4 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0-0.05-0.1-0.15-0.2-0.25-0.3-0.35-0.4-0.45-0.5-DP34 (340upper)
 
--DP35 (340 lower)DP36 (318 upper)--DP37 (318 lower)25.75 minutes upper 340 elevation-0.51.5 2 2.5 67 minutes lower 340 elevation Time (hours)Figure A4-2 Reactor Building Pressure vs. Time by Reactor Building Elevation (Focused on the Initial 2.5 hours to Illustrate the Time that Pressure Becomes Negative)4 of 4 ATTACHMENT (5)SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006 ATTACHMENT (5)SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA A5-1. INTRODUCTION The AST loss of coolant accident (LOCA) analysis takes credit for minimization of re-evolution of elemental iodine from the suppression pool. Re-evolution is strongly dependent on suppression pool pH.The analysis credits the pH buffering effect of sodium pentaborate solution introduced into the suppression pool post-LOCA by operation of the Liquid Poison System (LPS) to maintain the pH above 7.0. This pH satisfies the conditions for inhibiting the release of the chemical form of elemental iodine from the suppression pool water.The purpose of this attachment is to (1) provide the details of the AST analysis for suppression pool pH control; (2) evaluate suitability of the LPS to perform the post-LOCA suppression pool pH control function; and (3) address procedural guidance for post-LOCA injection of the sodium pentaborate solution using the LPS.A5-2. SUPPRESSION POOL POST-LOCA pH ANALYSIS A5-2.1 Analysis Summary Analyses have been performed to demonstrate that the pH of the suppression pool remains continuously above 7.0 following a LOCA for the 30-day duration of the accident.
BASES FOR 3.6.15 AND 4.6.15 MAIN CONDENSER OFFGAS Restricting the gross radioactivity rate of noble gases from the main condenser provides assurance that the +'d - --         "to   an individual at the exclusion area boundary will not exceed a very small fraction of the~limits of     R Pert     in the event this effluent is inadvertently discharged directly to the environment without treatment. This specification implements the requi       nts of General Design Criteria 60 and 64 of Appendix A to 10CFR Part 50. The primary purpose of providing this specification is to limit build     of fission product activity within the station systems which would result if high fuel leakage were to bepermitted over extended periods.
The impacts of severe accident management response actions are not considered in the analyses.
IC Pe 5. Z7 AM~'DMEN       i4L    1O.
A complete description of the analysis methods, assumptions, inputs, and results is provided in calculation H21C084. A copy of this calculation is enclosed (see Attachment 8).Calculation H21C084 determines the suppression pool pH values as a function of time without addition of the sodium pentaborate solution in the LPS. The effect on the final pH of adding sodium pentaborate to the suppression pool water via the LPS is subsequently determined to verify that the suppression pool water pH can be maintained above 7.0 based on current Technical Specification requirements for the LPS.The suppression pool water pH is calculated using the methodology described in NUREG/CR-5950 (Reference A5-5.3) and as developed for the equivalent calculation done for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS). The accuracy of translation of the equations in these documents into spreadsheet cell formulas for the Nine Mile Point Unit I calculation was verified by performing benchmarking calculations using the GGNS design input data. The benchmarking results, described in Section 5.8 of calculation H21C084, demonstrate that the GGNS and NMP1 analyses yield very similar results.The design inputs for the NMP1 calculations were conservatively established to maximize the post-LOCA production of acids and to minimize the post-LOCA production and/or addition of bases. Other design input values were selected to minimize the calculated pH, and initial suppression pool water volume cases based on both the maximum and minimum normal operating level were considered.
4-~     -   -VI.e/s
Significant inputs to the suppression pool pH analysis are provided in Table A5-1.Calculation H21C084 assumes that a total of 1,325 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution are added via the LPS at a rate of 30 gpm to buffer the suppression pool pH, based on the minimum requirements of TS Section 3.1.2. LPS flow mixing and transport of the sodium pentaborate solution to the suppression pool have been evaluated to determine the time at which manual initiation of the LPS must occur to assure that the suppression pool pH remains above 7.0 throughout the duration of the accident.1 of 8 ATTACHMENT (5)SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA A5-2.2 Results and Conclusions of Initial Analysis The calculated post-accident suppression pool pH as a function of time after accident initiation is shown on Figure 4-1 of calculation H21C084 for the maximum suppression pool water volume case. Without addition of sodium pentaborate solution from the LPS, the pH in the suppression pool falls below 7.0 between approximately 9 and 10 hours. Therefore, injection of sodium pentaborate solution by the LPS is required to prevent iodine re-evolution.
                                          )4,ff                                                                                               296
 
ATTACHMENT (4)
DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006
 
ATTACHMENT (4)
DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD A4-1. INTRODUCTION The alternative source term loss of coolant accident (LOCA) analysis considers the reactor building positive pressure period. This is defined as the period when a loss of offsite power causes a loss of reactor building negative pressure relative to the external atmospheric static pressure. The start of the emergency diesel generators followed by the start of the reactor building emergency ventilation system (RBEVS) returns the reactor building to a negative pressure. The time of positive pressure relative to the atmospheric static pressure is called the drawdown time. The post-LOCA primary containment leakage into the reactor building is assumed to be released directly to the environment during the drawdown period.
A4-2. ANALYSIS A plant-specific calculation was performed to determine the reactor building drawdown time. This is a new licensing basis analysis for Nine Mile Point Unit I (NMP1). The drawdown calculations were performed using the GOTHIC 7.2a(QA) containment analysis software. The calculations utilize the GOTHIC subdivided volume capability to represent each building elevation and to model buoyancy effects, natural circulation flow paths, and building heat sinks. The model was benchmarked to data collected during the performance of NMP1 Technical Specification (TS) surveillance requirement 4.4.1.
This surveillance demonstrates the capability of each RBEVS train to maintain a negative pressure of at least 0.25 inches water gauge (WG) less than atmospheric pressure with a wind speed of zero and a maximum reactor building inleakage of 1600 cfm. While the TS surveillance is not run as a drawdown test, the GOTHIC model response without LOCA heat loads agrees with the reactor building surveillance test response of approximately 2 to 4 minutes. The NMPI drawdown modeling approach was also benchmarked to the Nine Mile Point Unit 2 (NMP2) drawdown analysis documented in the NMP2 Updated Safety Analysis Report. Based on these benchmarks and the conservative assumptions utilized in the analysis, the calculated post-LOCA drawdown time is considered to be conservative.
The following conservative conditions were included in the analysis:
: 1. Loss of offsite power and failure of one of the two 100% capacity RBEVS trains to operate (i.e., only a single RBEVS train operates).
: 2. Maximum reactor building inleakage allowed by TS Section 3.4.1.
: 3. Design basis post-LOCA reactor building heat loads, including maximum post-LOCA suppression pool heatup, operation of two core spray pump sets and one containment spray pump set, heat loads from the emergency condensers on the refuel floor elevation and from the spent fuel pool (assumed to be at a constant 90'F based on manual restart of a spent fuel pool cooling pump), electrical heat loads from equipment required to operate to mitigate the LOCA, and solar heat loads.
: 4. Winter atmospheric conditions based on onsite meteorological data collected for the five-year period of 1997 through 2001 (consistent with the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1.183, Appendix A, Section 4.3). The use of summer conditions results in a drawdown time that is approximately one-half that of the winter case and thus is less limiting.
1 of 4
 
ATTACHMENT (4)
DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD A4-3. RESULTS The results of the analysis (illustrated on Figures A4-1 and A4-2) show an initial rapid rise in reactor building pressure. The reactor building pressure in the area above the refuel floor elevation (el. 340 ft) remains positive for approximately 26 minutes, decreases to -0.15 inches WG at approximately 67 minutes, and reaches -0.25 inches WG at approximately 5 hours. At elevations below the refuel floor, the positive pressure times and the times to achieve -0.25 inches WG are considerably shorter. For example, at the 318 ft elevation (upper), the reactor building pressure remains positive for approximately 18 minutes and decreases to -0.25 inches WG at approximately 52 minutes.
2 of 4
 
ATTACHMENT (4)
DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD 0.5-0.45 0.4-0.35                                                                     -   DP34 (340upper) 0.3-                                                                   --   DP35 (340 lower) 0.25                                                                         DP36 (318 upper) 0.2                                                                   --   DP37 (318 lower) 0.15 0.1 0.05
-0.057       -0.5           1   1.5   2   2.5     3     3.5       4 4.5   5     5.5     6     6.5
  -0.1     _  _   _ _ _
: o. -0.15_67                              minutes lower 340 elevation     5 hours upper 340 elevation
  -0.2 15
-0.25
  -0.3
-0.35-
  -0.4
-0.45
  -0.5 Time (hours)
Figure A4-1   Reactor Building Pressure vs. Time by Reactor Building Elevation 3 of 4
 
ATTACHMENT (4)
DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD 0.5 0.45 0.4
                                                                                              -    DP34 (340upper) 0.35
                                                                                              --  DP35 (340 lower) 0.3 DP36 (318 upper) 0.25                                                                                       --  DP37 (318 lower) 0.2 0.15 25.75 minutes upper 340 elevation 0
0.1 U,  0.05 0
0        0
  -0.05           -0.51.5                                                                2            2.5
    -0.1 0.
67 minutes lower 340 elevation
  -0.15
    -0.2
  -0.25
    -0.3
  -0.35
    -0.4
  -0.45
    -0.5 Time (hours)
Figure A4-2      Reactor Building Pressure vs. Time by Reactor Building Elevation (Focused on the Initial 2.5 hours to Illustrate the Time that Pressure Becomes Negative) 4 of 4
 
ATTACHMENT (5)
SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006
 
ATTACHMENT (5)
SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA A5-1. INTRODUCTION The AST loss of coolant accident (LOCA) analysis takes credit for minimization of re-evolution of elemental iodine from the suppression pool. Re-evolution is strongly dependent on suppression pool pH.
The analysis credits the pH buffering effect of sodium pentaborate solution introduced into the suppression pool post-LOCA by operation of the Liquid Poison System (LPS) to maintain the pH above 7.0. This pH satisfies the conditions for inhibiting the release of the chemical form of elemental iodine from the suppression pool water.
The purpose of this attachment is to (1) provide the details of the AST analysis for suppression pool pH control; (2) evaluate suitability of the LPS to perform the post-LOCA suppression pool pH control function; and (3) address procedural guidance for post-LOCA injection of the sodium pentaborate solution using the LPS.
A5-2. SUPPRESSION POOL POST-LOCA pH ANALYSIS A5-2.1 Analysis Summary Analyses have been performed to demonstrate that the pH of the suppression pool remains continuously above 7.0 following a LOCA for the 30-day duration of the accident. The impacts of severe accident management response actions are not considered in the analyses. A complete description of the analysis methods, assumptions, inputs, and results is provided in calculation H21C084. A copy of this calculation is enclosed (see Attachment 8).
Calculation H21C084 determines the suppression pool pH values as a function of time without addition of the sodium pentaborate solution in the LPS. The effect on the final pH of adding sodium pentaborate to the suppression pool water via the LPS is subsequently determined to verify that the suppression pool water pH can be maintained above 7.0 based on current Technical Specification requirements for the LPS.
The suppression pool water pH is calculated using the methodology described in NUREG/CR-5950 (Reference A5-5.3) and as developed for the equivalent calculation done for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS). The accuracy of translation of the equations in these documents into spreadsheet cell formulas for the Nine Mile Point Unit I calculation was verified by performing benchmarking calculations using the GGNS design input data. The benchmarking results, described in Section 5.8 of calculation H21C084, demonstrate that the GGNS and NMP1 analyses yield very similar results.
The design inputs for the NMP1 calculations were conservatively established to maximize the post-LOCA production of acids and to minimize the post-LOCA production and/or addition of bases. Other design input values were selected to minimize the calculated pH, and initial suppression pool water volume cases based on both the maximum and minimum normal operating level were considered.
Significant inputs to the suppression pool pH analysis are provided in Table A5-1.
Calculation H21C084 assumes that a total of 1,325 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution are added via the LPS at a rate of 30 gpm to buffer the suppression pool pH, based on the minimum requirements of TS Section 3.1.2. LPS flow mixing and transport of the sodium pentaborate solution to the suppression pool have been evaluated to determine the time at which manual initiation of the LPS must occur to assure that the suppression pool pH remains above 7.0 throughout the duration of the accident.
1 of 8
 
ATTACHMENT (5)
SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA A5-2.2 Results and Conclusions of Initial Analysis The calculated post-accident suppression pool pH as a function of time after accident initiation is shown on Figure 4-1 of calculation H21C084 for the maximum suppression pool water volume case. Without addition of sodium pentaborate solution from the LPS, the pH in the suppression pool falls below 7.0 between approximately 9 and 10 hours. Therefore, injection of sodium pentaborate solution by the LPS is required to prevent iodine re-evolution.
Calculation H21C084 shows that addition of 1325 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution via the LPS buffers the suppression pool water and results in a final pH at 30 days of 7.9, thereby satisfying the conditions for inhibiting the release of iodine in the elemental form from the suppression pool water. As discussed in Section A5-2.5 below, injection, transport, and mixing of the sodium pentaborate solution will be completed by 9 hours after the start of the LOCA. Therefore, manual LPS initiation is acceptable.
Calculation H21C084 shows that addition of 1325 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution via the LPS buffers the suppression pool water and results in a final pH at 30 days of 7.9, thereby satisfying the conditions for inhibiting the release of iodine in the elemental form from the suppression pool water. As discussed in Section A5-2.5 below, injection, transport, and mixing of the sodium pentaborate solution will be completed by 9 hours after the start of the LOCA. Therefore, manual LPS initiation is acceptable.
Manual initiation of the LPS is expected early in a design basis LOCA as a result of emergency operating procedures and severe accident guidelines, particularly for events resulting in fuel damage that would be consistent with AST source terms.A5-2.3 Impact of Revised Post-LOCA Suppression Pool Water Temperature Analysis Subsequent to completion of calculation H21C084, a new post-LOCA suppression pool temperature profile was calculated to account for an increase in the maximum allowable ultimate heat sink (Lake Ontario) water temperature, from 8 I&deg;F to 83'F (License Amendment No. 190, Reference A5-5. 1). The impact of the slightly higher suppression pool water temperature on the post-LOCA suppression pool pH calculations was evaluated using the same methods, inputs, and assumptions described in calculation H21C084. The evaluation shows that the results obtained in calculation H21C084 remain unchanged; i.e., (1) the pH in the suppression pool falls below 7.0 between approximately 9 and 10 hours, (2) addition of 1325 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution via the LPS buffers the suppression pool water and results in a final pH at 30 days of 7.9.A5-2.4 Correction of the Sodium Pentaborate Solution Volume Injected by the LPS The minimum LPS storage tank volume of 1325 gallons used in calculation H21C084 was taken from Technical Specification (TS) Section 3.1.2.c. However, calculation H21C084 failed to recognize that the volume of 1325 gallons includes 197 gallons of solution that remains in the tank after injection is completed.
Manual initiation of the LPS is expected early in a design basis LOCA as a result of emergency operating procedures and severe accident guidelines, particularly for events resulting in fuel damage that would be consistent with AST source terms.
Additionally, approximately 14 gallons of solution will remain in the LPS suction and discharge lines after the injection stops. Therefore, the correct value for the sodium pentaborate solution volume available for pH control is 1114 gallons. To determine the impact of this difference, the new value of 1114 gallons was substituted into the original spreadsheet calculation developed in calculation H21C084. The 30-day final pH for the suppression pool decreased from 7.91 to 7.80. Thus, the conclusion that the suppression pool pH will remain above 7.0 for the 30-day accident duration remains unchanged.
A5-2.3 Impact of Revised Post-LOCA Suppression Pool Water Temperature Analysis Subsequent to completion of calculation H21C084, a new post-LOCA suppression pool temperature profile was calculated to account for an increase in the maximum allowable ultimate heat sink (Lake Ontario) water temperature, from 8 I&deg;F to 83'F (License Amendment No. 190, Reference A5-5. 1). The impact of the slightly higher suppression pool water temperature on the post-LOCA suppression pool pH calculations was evaluated using the same methods, inputs, and assumptions described in calculation H21C084. The evaluation shows that the results obtained in calculation H21C084 remain unchanged; i.e.,
A5-2.5 Analysis of Transport and Mixing of the Injected Sodium Pentaborate Solution As described in NMP1 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) Section VII-C.2.0, the liquid poison sparger in the reactor vessel is a 1-inch stainless steel pipe which is fastened to the inside of the vessel shroud below the core support plate. This 360-degree sparger has ten (10) 1/44-inch drilled holes which are distributed equally around the sparger and which spray toward the bottom of the vessel.2 of 8 ATTACHMENT (5)SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Detailed discussion of mixing and transport of the sodium pentaborate solution to the suppression pool is provide in Attachment (6), replacing in its entirety the discussion that appears in Calculation H21C084 under Design Input 4.14. Schematic diagrams illustrating the flow paths within the reactor vessel and from the vessel to the suppression pool are provided in Attachment (6). As determined in Attachment (6), the maximum total time for the injection, transport, and mixing of 1,114 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution in the suppression pool is approximately 7.4 hours. Thus, in order to remain within the 9-hour time calculated for the pool pH to drop below 7.0 without buffering, the LPS must be initiated approximately 1.5 after the onset of the accident.A sensitivity analysis was performed to determine the minimum quantity of sodium pentaborate solution required to achieve a pH of 7.0. The sodium pentaborate solution volume in the calculation spreadsheets used in Calculation H21C084 was adjusted to reach a final (30-day) pH value of 7.0. The minimum required sodium pentaborate solution volume was calculated to be 734 gallons. This value is 66% of the available volume of 1,114 gallons and provides sufficient margin to account for any potential sodium pentaborate hold-up or hideout not accounted for in the evaluation.
(1) the pH in the suppression pool falls below 7.0 between approximately 9 and 10 hours, (2) addition of 1325 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution via the LPS buffers the suppression pool water and results in a final pH at 30 days of 7.9.
The calculated total time for the injection, transport, and mixing of 734 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution in the suppression pool is approximately 5.7 hours.Based on the above, adequate transport of the sodium pentaborate to the suppression pool as well as suppression pool recirculation mixing will occur prior to the time that credit is needed for the buffering effect of the sodium pentaborate for pH control.A5-3. EVALUATION OF SUITABILITY OF THE LPS TO PERFORM THE POST-LOCA pH CONTROL FUNCTION A5-3.1 LPS Design Description The NMPI LPS is described in Updated Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) Section VII-C and is required to be operable in accordance with TS Section 3.1.2. The LPS consists of an ambient pressure tank with immersion heater for low-temperature sodium pentaborate solution storage, two high-pressure positive displacement pumps for injecting the sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor core, two explosive-actuated shear plug valves for isolating the liquid poison from the reactor until required, an in-vessel sparger ring, a test tank, two isolation check valves, additional valves, piping, and associated instrumentation.
A5-2.4 Correction of the Sodium Pentaborate Solution Volume Injected by the LPS The minimum LPS storage tank volume of 1325 gallons used in calculation H21C084 was taken from Technical Specification (TS) Section 3.1.2.c. However, calculation H21C084 failed to recognize that the volume of 1325 gallons includes 197 gallons of solution that remains in the tank after injection is completed. Additionally, approximately 14 gallons of solution will remain in the LPS suction and discharge lines after the injection stops. Therefore, the correct value for the sodium pentaborate solution volume available for pH control is 1114 gallons. To determine the impact of this difference, the new value of 1114 gallons was substituted into the original spreadsheet calculation developed in calculation H21C084. The 30-day final pH for the suppression pool decreased from 7.91 to 7.80. Thus, the conclusion that the suppression pool pH will remain above 7.0 for the 30-day accident duration remains unchanged.
The LPS system is shown schematically on UFSAR Figure VII-6 (re-produced as Figure A5-1 to this attachment).
A5-2.5 Analysis of Transport and Mixing of the Injected Sodium Pentaborate Solution As described in NMP1 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) Section VII-C.2.0, the liquid poison sparger in the reactor vessel is a 1-inch stainless steel pipe which is fastened to the inside of the vessel shroud below the core support plate. This 360-degree sparger has ten (10) 1/44-inch drilled holes which are distributed equally around the sparger and which spray toward the bottom of the vessel.
The two positive displacement pumps (one in standby) take suction from a common header on the storage tank and discharge through the two explosive-actuated valves connected in parallel to a common discharge header. The sodium pentaborate solution enters the reactor vessel through the bottom head and is dispersed in the core inlet plenum by the sparger. The pumps are each designed to deliver 30 gpm of sodium pentaborate solution to the reactor.A5-3.2 LPS Design Criteria and Applicable Program Requirements All of the LPS components required for the injection of sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor are classified safety related. Commensurate with the high degree of reliability required for safety related service, the LPS equipment and components are designed, tested and maintained in accordance with the governing design criteria and program requirements outlined below.3 of 8 ATTACHMENT (5)SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA A5-3.2.1 Seismic Qualification The safety related portions of the LPS System are designed for earthquake loads in accordance with the site-specific seismic design criteria used in the original licensing of NMP1. The LPS containment isolation check valves are designed for 0.3g horizontal and 0.15g vertical, and the remaining safety related portions of the LPS are designed for 0.3g horizontal and 0. lg vertical.A5-3.2.2 AC Power All electrical components required for the operation of the train associated with Liquid Poison Pump 11 are powered from Power Board (PB) 16B. If normal AC power is lost, this PB will receive power from Emergency Diesel Generator 102. All electrical components required for the operation of the train associated with Liquid Poison Pump 12 are powered from PB 17B. If normal AC power is lost, this PB will receive power from Emergency Diesel Generator 103. The common storage tank heater is powered from PB-167, which can receive power from either PB 16B or 17B.A5-3.2.3 Inservice Inspection (ISI) and Inservice Testing (IST) Programs The applicable components of the LPS are inspected and tested in accordance with the NMP1 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) ISI and IST programs as required by 10 CFR 50.55a.A5-3.2.4 Maintenance Rule Program The LPS is included in the scope of the NMP1 Maintenance Rule program consistent with 10 CFR 50.65.A5-3.2.5 Environmental Qualification The electrical components required to function to perform the LPS sodium pentaborate injection safety function are the LPS pumps, explosive valves, and the electrical power supplies and associated controls supporting them. The LPS pumps and valves are located in the reactor building.
2 of 8
The pumps receive their power from Power Boards (PB) 16B and 17B, which are also located in the reactor building.
 
The valves are powered from the Reactor Protection System (RPS) Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) and associated RPS buses, which are located in the auxiliary control room.PB-16B and PB-17B and their breakers (including the LPS pump breakers) are environmentally qualified for the post-LOCA environment.
ATTACHMENT (5)
The remaining components (LPS pumps, explosive valves, RPS UPSs, and the associated RPS buses) were not previously environmentally qualified for the post-LOCA environment.
SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Detailed discussion of mixing and transport of the sodium pentaborate solution to the suppression pool is provide in Attachment (6), replacing in its entirety the discussion that appears in Calculation H21C084 under Design Input 4.14. Schematic diagrams illustrating the flow paths within the reactor vessel and from the vessel to the suppression pool are provided in Attachment (6). As determined in Attachment (6),
An initial evaluation indicates that these components will be capable of performing their new post-LOCA function in the accident environment for the required 3-hour mission time.Environmental qualification for the LPS components located in a harsh environment will be established in accordance with the station design change process prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment.
the maximum total time for the injection, transport, and mixing of 1,114 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution in the suppression pool is approximately 7.4 hours. Thus, in order to remain within the 9-hour time calculated for the pool pH to drop below 7.0 without buffering, the LPS must be initiated approximately 1.5 after the onset of the accident.
A5-3.3 LPS Reliability The LPS has suitable redundancy in components and features to assure that for onsite or offsite power operation, its safety function of injecting sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor for the purpose of suppression pool pH control can be accomplished.
A sensitivity analysis was performed to determine the minimum quantity of sodium pentaborate solution required to achieve a pH of 7.0. The sodium pentaborate solution volume in the calculation spreadsheets used in Calculation H21C084 was adjusted to reach a final (30-day) pH value of 7.0. The minimum required sodium pentaborate solution volume was calculated to be 734 gallons. This value is 66% of the available volume of 1,114 gallons and provides sufficient margin to account for any potential sodium pentaborate hold-up or hideout not accounted for in the evaluation. The calculated total time for the injection, transport, and mixing of 734 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution in the suppression pool is approximately 5.7 hours.
The LPS is composed of two separate, 100% capacity trains that are each separately capable of performing the suppression pool pH control safety function.
Based on the above, adequate transport of the sodium pentaborate to the suppression pool as well as suppression pool recirculation mixing will occur prior to the time that credit is needed for the buffering effect of the sodium pentaborate for pH control.
The common liquid poison storage tank, common pump suction piping from the storage tank, and the common 4 of 8 ATTACHMENT (5)SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA sodium pentaborate injection line are passive components that are not subject to active failures.
A5-3. EVALUATION OF SUITABILITY OF THE LPS TO PERFORM THE POST-LOCA pH CONTROL FUNCTION A5-3.1 LPS Design Description The NMPI LPS is described in Updated Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) Section VII-C and is required to be operable in accordance with TS Section 3.1.2. The LPS consists of an ambient pressure tank with immersion heater for low-temperature sodium pentaborate solution storage, two high-pressure positive displacement pumps for injecting the sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor core, two explosive-actuated shear plug valves for isolating the liquid poison from the reactor until required, an in-vessel sparger ring, a test tank, two isolation check valves, additional valves, piping, and associated instrumentation. The LPS system is shown schematically on UFSAR Figure VII-6 (re-produced as Figure A5-1 to this attachment).
In addition, all manual valves in the system flow path and branch connections are locked in their safety-function positions.
The two positive displacement pumps (one in standby) take suction from a common header on the storage tank and discharge through the two explosive-actuated valves connected in parallel to a common discharge header. The sodium pentaborate solution enters the reactor vessel through the bottom head and is dispersed in the core inlet plenum by the sparger. The pumps are each designed to deliver 30 gpm of sodium pentaborate solution to the reactor.
However, there are several active components that are not redundant.
A5-3.2 LPS Design Criteria and Applicable Program Requirements All of the LPS components required for the injection of sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor are classified safety related. Commensurate with the high degree of reliability required for safety related service, the LPS equipment and components are designed, tested and maintained in accordance with the governing design criteria and program requirements outlined below.
This limited lack of redundancy is offset by evaluations demonstrating that either (1) the component has acceptable quality and reliability, or (2) compensatory actions can be taken in the event of failure of the component.
3 of 8
These evaluations are provided below.A5-3.3.1 Injection Line Check Valves The common LPS injection line contains two check valves in series (CKV-42.1-02 and CKV-42.1-03).
 
These are containment isolation valves, with one valve located inside primary containment and the other valve outside primary containment.
ATTACHMENT (5)
A complete failure of either valve to open would prevent the LPS from performing its safety function.
SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA A5-3.2.1     Seismic Qualification The safety related portions of the LPS System are designed for earthquake loads in accordance with the site-specific seismic design criteria used in the original licensing of NMP1. The LPS containment isolation check valves are designed for 0.3g horizontal and 0.15g vertical, and the remaining safety related portions of the LPS are designed for 0.3g horizontal and 0. lg vertical.
The check valves are nominal 2-inch and are manufactured by the Chapman Division of the Crane Co., model number 1523V-WE.The existing valves were procured as part of the original system supply in accordance with the quality requirements applicable to safety-related equipment at the time of purchase.
A5-3.2.2     AC Power All electrical components required for the operation of the train associated with Liquid Poison Pump 11 are powered from Power Board (PB) 16B. If normal AC power is lost, this PB will receive power from Emergency Diesel Generator 102. All electrical components required for the operation of the train associated with Liquid Poison Pump 12 are powered from PB 17B. If normal AC power is lost, this PB will receive power from Emergency Diesel Generator 103. The common storage tank heater is powered from PB-167, which can receive power from either PB 16B or 17B.
Replacement internals have been purchased safety-related under the existing Quality Assurance (QA) program requirements.
A5-3.2.3     Inservice Inspection (ISI) and Inservice Testing (IST) Programs The applicable components of the LPS are inspected and tested in accordance with the NMP1 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) ISI and IST programs as required by 10 CFR 50.55a.
The check valves are mechanical components with no non-metallic parts. As such, environmental qualification in accordance with 10 CFR 50.49 is not required.
A5-3.2.4     Maintenance Rule Program The LPS is included in the scope of the NMP1 Maintenance Rule program consistent with 10 CFR 50.65.
The valves are designed for earthquake loads as previously discussed in Section A5-3.2.1 above.A search of the Equipment Performance Information and Exchange System (EPIX) and Nuclear Plant Reliability Data System (NPRDS) databases identified no failures of any common injection line check valves to open. The only identified failure to open of any BWR poison system check valve occurred on a pump discharge check valve (upstream of the explosive valve on the redundant pump trains). The valve manufacturer was not the same as for NMP1, and the valve failed partially open. One failure of a model 1523V check valve was also identified.
A5-3.2.5     Environmental Qualification The electrical components required to function to perform the LPS sodium pentaborate injection safety function are the LPS pumps, explosive valves, and the electrical power supplies and associated controls supporting them. The LPS pumps and valves are located in the reactor building. The pumps receive their power from Power Boards (PB) 16B and 17B, which are also located in the reactor building. The valves are powered from the Reactor Protection System (RPS) Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) and associated RPS buses, which are located in the auxiliary control room.
The failure was in an 18-inch feedwater check valve. According to the report, system pressure across the valve was increased and the valve subsequently opened and operated normally.Pump flow through the check valves is verified once each refueling outage at NMP 1 using the system pumps, explosive valves, and demineralized water, as required by TS Section 4.1.2. The test is performed at relatively low system pressure drop. No failures of this surveillance test have been reported.
PB-16B and PB-17B and their breakers (including the LPS pump breakers) are environmentally qualified for the post-LOCA environment. The remaining components (LPS pumps, explosive valves, RPS UPSs, and the associated RPS buses) were not previously environmentally qualified for the post-LOCA environment. An initial evaluation indicates that these components will be capable of performing their new post-LOCA function in the accident environment for the required 3-hour mission time.
For the LPS post-LOCA suppression pool pH control function, the maximum pressure drop could approach 1,500 psid due to the conditions in the vessel (i.e., faulted line followed by rapid depressurization of the reactor).
Environmental qualification for the LPS components located in a harsh environment will be established in accordance with the station design change process prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment.
The high differential pressure increases the likelihood that the check valves would open under LOCA conditions.
A5-3.3 LPS Reliability The LPS has suitable redundancy in components and features to assure that for onsite or offsite power operation, its safety function of injecting sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor for the purpose of suppression pool pH control can be accomplished. The LPS is composed of two separate, 100% capacity trains that are each separately capable of performing the suppression pool pH control safety function. The common liquid poison storage tank, common pump suction piping from the storage tank, and the common 4 of 8
 
ATTACHMENT (5)
SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA sodium pentaborate injection line are passive components that are not subject to active failures. In addition, all manual valves in the system flow path and branch connections are locked in their safety-function positions. However, there are several active components that are not redundant. This limited lack of redundancy is offset by evaluations demonstrating that either (1) the component has acceptable quality and reliability, or (2) compensatory actions can be taken in the event of failure of the component. These evaluations are provided below.
A5-3.3.1     Injection Line Check Valves The common LPS injection line contains two check valves in series (CKV-42.1-02 and CKV-42.1-03).
These are containment isolation valves, with one valve located inside primary containment and the other valve outside primary containment. A complete failure of either valve to open would prevent the LPS from performing its safety function. The check valves are nominal 2-inch and are manufactured by the Chapman Division of the Crane Co., model number 1523V-WE.
The existing valves were procured as part of the original system supply in accordance with the quality requirements applicable to safety-related equipment at the time of purchase. Replacement internals have been purchased safety-related under the existing Quality Assurance (QA) program requirements. The check valves are mechanical components with no non-metallic parts. As such, environmental qualification in accordance with 10 CFR 50.49 is not required. The valves are designed for earthquake loads as previously discussed in Section A5-3.2.1 above.
A search of the Equipment Performance Information and Exchange System (EPIX) and Nuclear Plant Reliability Data System (NPRDS) databases identified no failures of any common injection line check valves to open. The only identified failure to open of any BWR poison system check valve occurred on a pump discharge check valve (upstream of the explosive valve on the redundant pump trains). The valve manufacturer was not the same as for NMP1, and the valve failed partially open. One failure of a model 1523V check valve was also identified. The failure was in an 18-inch feedwater check valve. According to the report, system pressure across the valve was increased and the valve subsequently opened and operated normally.
Pump flow through the check valves is verified once each refueling outage at NMP 1 using the system pumps, explosive valves, and demineralized water, as required by TS Section 4.1.2. The test is performed at relatively low system pressure drop. No failures of this surveillance test have been reported. For the LPS post-LOCA suppression pool pH control function, the maximum pressure drop could approach 1,500 psid due to the conditions in the vessel (i.e., faulted line followed by rapid depressurization of the reactor). The high differential pressure increases the likelihood that the check valves would open under LOCA conditions.
Based on the check valve design attributes, EPIX and NPRDS reviews, NMPI performance history, and the high differential pressures expected under post-accident conditions, the injection line check valves are of acceptable quality and reliability.
Based on the check valve design attributes, EPIX and NPRDS reviews, NMPI performance history, and the high differential pressures expected under post-accident conditions, the injection line check valves are of acceptable quality and reliability.
A5-3.3.2 Train Selector Switch A single three-position (System 12/OFF/System
A5-3.3.2     Train Selector Switch A single three-position (System 12/OFF/System 11) selector switch, located in the control room, allows the operator to select either LPS train for injection. The selector switch is manufactured by the General Electric Co., Model No. SB10207A7161G1X3, Type SBIO. If one train fails to function, the operator can immediately switch to the other train. Selection of either train fires both explosive valves. The switch is locked in the OFF position. No single failure of switch contacts can prevent the successful operation of 5 of 8
: 11) selector switch, located in the control room, allows the operator to select either LPS train for injection.
 
The selector switch is manufactured by the General Electric Co., Model No. SB10207A7161G1X3, Type SBIO. If one train fails to function, the operator can immediately switch to the other train. Selection of either train fires both explosive valves. The switch is locked in the OFF position.
ATTACHMENT (5)
No single failure of switch contacts can prevent the successful operation of 5 of 8 ATTACHMENT (5)SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA both trains. However, mechanical failures of the switch can be postulated which could prevent the initiation of both trains. These failures include, but may not be limited to, failure of the locking mechanism, severe binding of the main switch shaft or attached components, or failure (separation) of the shaft or its connection to the handle.Considering the design of the switch and its limited service duty, failures of the kind described above are considered to be extremely unlikely.
SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA both trains. However, mechanical failures of the switch can be postulated which could prevent the initiation of both trains. These failures include, but may not be limited to, failure of the locking mechanism, severe binding of the main switch shaft or attached components, or failure (separation) of the shaft or its connection to the handle.
A search of the EPIX and NPRDS databases identified no previously documented failures of this type of switch. No failures of this switch at NMP 1 have been identified.
Considering the design of the switch and its limited service duty, failures of the kind described above are considered to be extremely unlikely. A search of the EPIX and NPRDS databases identified no previously documented failures of this type of switch. No failures of this switch at NMP 1 have been identified.
The selector switch was procured as part of the original system supply in accordance with the quality requirements applicable to safety related equipment at the time of purchase.
The selector switch was procured as part of the original system supply in accordance with the quality requirements applicable to safety related equipment at the time of purchase. The seismic qualification basis for the LPS equipment is addressed in Section A5-3.2.1 above. Environmental conditions are mild, since the switch is in the main control room. Therefore, no additional environmental qualification is required.
The seismic qualification basis for the LPS equipment is addressed in Section A5-3.2.1 above. Environmental conditions are mild, since the switch is in the main control room. Therefore, no additional environmental qualification is required.The selector switch is verified to operate every refueling outage during the performance of surveillance testing performed in accordance with TS Section 4.1.2 and the IST program.Based on the review of industry experience and the operating experience at NMP1, the selector switch is highly reliable.
The selector switch is verified to operate every refueling outage during the performance of surveillance testing performed in accordance with TS Section 4.1.2 and the IST program.
Failure of the switch to function could be readily addressed since the switch is located in the control room and LPS injection is not required until approximately 1.5 hours after the LOCA.A5-4. PROCEDURAL GUIDANCE FOR POST-LOCA INJECTION OF THE SODIUM PENTABORATE SOLUTION USING THE LPS The LPS will be credited for limiting radiological dose following a LOCA involving fuel damage in accordance with the AST analyses for suppression pool pH control. The AST analysis provides for LPS actuation at approximately 1.5 hours following accident initiation and completion of injection of an adequate volume and content of sodium pentaborate solution within several hours, which will ensure the suppression pool pH remains at or above 7.0 for 30 days.Initiation of the LPS is accomplished from the main control room with a simple keylock switch manipulation.
Based on the review of industry experience and the operating experience at NMP1, the selector switch is highly reliable. Failure of the switch to function could be readily addressed since the switch is located in the control room and LPS injection is not required until approximately 1.5 hours after the LOCA.
Actuation of this switch is the only action necessary to initiate injection of the sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor vessel. The new LPS function to control suppression pool pH does not involve any change to the actions needed to be performed to initiate LPS injection.
A5-4. PROCEDURAL GUIDANCE FOR POST-LOCA INJECTION OF THE SODIUM PENTABORATE SOLUTION USING THE LPS The LPS will be credited for limiting radiological dose following       a LOCA involving fuel damage in accordance with the AST analyses for suppression pool pH control.     The AST analysis provides for LPS actuation at approximately 1.5 hours following accident initiation     and completion of injection of an adequate volume and content of sodium pentaborate solution within     several hours, which will ensure the suppression pool pH remains at or above 7.0 for 30 days.
Operators are familiar with operation of the LPS due to previous training for Anticipated Transients Without Scram (ATWS) events and loss of emergency core cooling capability.
Initiation of the LPS is accomplished from the main control room with a simple keylock switch manipulation. Actuation of this switch is the only action necessary to initiate injection of the sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor vessel. The new LPS function to control suppression pool pH does not involve any change to the actions needed to be performed to initiate LPS injection. Operators are familiar with operation of the LPS due to previous training for Anticipated Transients Without Scram (ATWS) events and loss of emergency core cooling capability. Indication of proper LPS operation is provided in the control room as described in UFSAR Section VII-C.2. 1.
Indication of proper LPS operation is provided in the control room as described in UFSAR Section VII-C.2. 1.Plant emergency operating procedures (EOPs) presently provide instructions to initiate the LPS as well as other sources of water for emergency core cooling. Specifically, procedure Ni -EOP-2, "RPV Control," is entered with reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water level below the scram setpoint, RPV pressure above the high pressure scram setpoint, or drywell pressure above the scram setpoint.
Plant emergency operating procedures (EOPs) presently provide instructions to initiate the LPS as well as other sources of water for emergency core cooling. Specifically, procedure Ni -EOP-2, "RPV Control," is entered with reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water level below the scram setpoint, RPV pressure above the high pressure scram setpoint, or drywell pressure above the scram setpoint. These EOP entry conditions are indicative of a plant condition that could degrade to imminent or actual core damage. The RPV low level and drywell high pressure entry conditions ensure that N1-EOP-2 is entered for a LOCA. When conditions defined in the EOPs indicate that adequate core cooling cannot be restored and maintained, for any reason, then entry into the Severe Accident Procedures (SAPs) is directed. Specifically, procedure N1-SAP-2, "RPV, Containment, and Radioactivity Release Control," requires LPS injection to prevent core re-criticality, regardless of whether or not an ATWS condition exists. Prior to completing 6 of 8
These EOP entry conditions are indicative of a plant condition that could degrade to imminent or actual core damage. The RPV low level and drywell high pressure entry conditions ensure that N1-EOP-2 is entered for a LOCA. When conditions defined in the EOPs indicate that adequate core cooling cannot be restored and maintained, for any reason, then entry into the Severe Accident Procedures (SAPs) is directed.
 
Specifically, procedure N1-SAP-2, "RPV, Containment, and Radioactivity Release Control," requires LPS injection to prevent core re-criticality, regardless of whether or not an ATWS condition exists. Prior to completing 6 of 8 ATTACHMENT (5)SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA implementation of the AST license amendment, the EOPs and SAPs will be revised, as appropriate, to reflect the post-LOCA function of the LPS and to assure that, once initiated, the entire contents of the LPS storage tank are injected to accomplish the pH control function.The reactor water level, reactor pressure, and drywell pressure instruments used to measure conditions for EOP and SAP entry meet the quality requirements for a Type B variable as defined in Regulatory Guide 1.97 (Reference A5-5.2), as discussed in NMP1 UFSAR Section VIII-C.5.0.
ATTACHMENT (5)
This instrumentation is required to be operable by TS Section 3.6.2, "Protective Instrumentation," and TS Section 3.6.11,"Accident Monitoring Instrumentation" (reactor water level and drywell pressure only).Procedure NI-EOP-3, "Failure to Scram," currently calls for termination of LPS as a reactivity control measure if an ATWS was in progress and it was subsequently determined that the reactor would remain shutdown without LPS injection.
SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA implementation of the AST license amendment, the EOPs and SAPs will be revised, as appropriate, to reflect the post-LOCA function of the LPS and to assure that, once initiated, the entire contents of the LPS storage tank are injected to accomplish the pH control function.
Since the AST LOCA scenario does not assume that an ATWS event has occurred, this EOP does not require revision.Licensed operators and shift technical advisors (STAs) have received initial training on the EOPs and SAPs, and will continue to receive periodic refresher training.
The reactor water level, reactor pressure, and drywell pressure instruments used to measure conditions for EOP and SAP entry meet the quality requirements for a Type B variable as defined in Regulatory Guide 1.97 (Reference A5-5.2), as discussed in NMP1 UFSAR Section VIII-C.5.0. This instrumentation is required to be operable by TS Section 3.6.2, "Protective Instrumentation," and TS Section 3.6.11, "Accident Monitoring Instrumentation" (reactor water level and drywell pressure only).
Additionally, prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment, training will be provided to licensed operators and STAs for the procedure revisions that specifically address sodium pentaborate solution injection for pH control following a LOCA.The procedures that will implement LPS injection of the sodium pentaborate solution for post-LOCA suppression pool pH control are controlled procedures that are prepared, reviewed, and approved in accordance with the Quality Assurance program.A5-5. REFERENCES
Procedure NI-EOP-3, "Failure to Scram," currently calls for termination of LPS as a reactivity control measure if an ATWS was in progress and it was subsequently determined that the reactor would remain shutdown without LPS injection. Since the AST LOCA scenario does not assume that an ATWS event has occurred, this EOP does not require revision.
: 1. Letter from T. G. Colburn (NRC) to J. A. Spina (NMPNS) dated August 12, 2005, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, Unit No. 1 -Issuance of Amendment Re: Emergency Technical Specification Change Request -Lake Water Maximum Temperature Limit (TAC No. MC8061)2. Regulatory Guide 1.97, "Instrumentation for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant and Environs Conditions During and Following an Accident," Revision 2, December 1980 3. NUREG/CR-5950, "Iodine Evolution and pH Control," December 1992 7 of 8 ATTACHMENT (5)SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Table A5-1 Suppression Pool pH Control Inputs Input/Assumption Value Suppression Pool Liquid Volume (Maximum/Minimum) 86,000 ft 3/ 79,800 ft 3 Reactor Coolant System Inventory Excluding Suppression Pool 501,500 Ibm Volume of 9.423% Sodium Pentaborate (Na 2 0*5B 2 0 3* 10H 2 0) 1325 gallons*Solution Initial Suppression Pool pH 5.5 Mass of PVC Jacketed Cable in the Drywell 1400 Ibm Average Cable Outside Diameter 0.22 inches Average Cable Jacket Thickness 0.030 inch* This value was corrected to 1114 gallons in a subsequent evaluation.
Licensed operators and shift technical advisors (STAs) have received initial training on the EOPs and SAPs, and will continue to receive periodic refresher training. Additionally, prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment, training will be provided to licensed operators and STAs for the procedure revisions that specifically address sodium pentaborate solution injection for pH control following a LOCA.
See Section A5-2.4.8 of 8 ATTACHMENT (5)SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Figure A5-1 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM FIGURE VII-6 UFSAR Revision 16 November 199 ATTACHMENT (6)EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006 ATTACHMENT (6)EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING A6-1. INTRODUCTION This attachment provides an evaluation of the transport and mixing of the sodium pentaborate solution through the reactor and containment systems to demonstrate that the amount and timing of the sodium pentaborate solution injected by the Liquid Poison System (LPS) supports the conclusion of the suppression pool post-LOCA pH evaluation (i.e., that the suppression pool pH is maintained greater than or equal to 7.0 for the 30-day duration of the design basis LOCA).A6-2. SUPPRESSION POOL MIXING Calculation H21C084, Design Input 4.14, states the following: "The limiting Design Basis Accident (DBA) LOCA is identified in UFSAR Section VI-B. 1.2 (Ref 7.11.2) as an instantaneous double ended rupture (DER) of the RCS recirculation line (largest line in containment).
The procedures that will implement LPS injection of the sodium pentaborate solution for post-LOCA suppression pool pH control are controlled procedures that are prepared, reviewed, and approved in accordance with the Quality Assurance program.
For this case, a diesel generator failure is the limiting single failure as it results in only one core spray pump and one core spray topping pump being available per UFSAR Table XV-11 (Ref 7.11.4). Given that the reactor vessel depressurizes reasonably quickly for a large break LOCA, the minimum flow rate from one core spray pump and one topping pump is expected to be between 2, 000 to 3, 000 gpm per UFSAR Table XV-9a (Ref 7.11.3). In addition, at least one containment spray pump will be operable with a minimum flow rate of 3,600 gpm per UFSAR Table XV-32a (Ref 7.11.1; also see p. VII-14a of UFSAR). Thus, a minimum flow rate of 5,600 gpm is expected when core spray is actuated This flow rate equates to approximately 0.5 complete exchanges of the water in the torus per hour (1 complete exchange in approximately 2 hours). If core spray is not actuated, the minimum expected flow rate is 3,600 gpm which equates to approximately 0.3 complete exchanges of water in the torus per hour (1 complete exchange in approximately 3 hours). These mixing times are based on the maximum suppression chamber water volume. " This design input identifies the core spray flow as between 2,000 and 3,000 gpm. For this evaluation, only the flow available after thirty minutes following the event is of concern. The Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), Figures XV-56E and XV-56F, indicate that the drywell and suppression pool pressures are less than 3 psig. Since the core spray topping pumps are not required at reduced pressures, the flow for one core spray pump will be used. Core spray system flows are provided in UFSAR Table XV-9a. Footnote I to the table indicates that the flows are based on the differential pressure between the reactor and the containment.
A5-5. REFERENCES
Figure A-1.2 of NEDC-31446P  
: 1. Letter from T. G. Colburn (NRC) to J. A. Spina (NMPNS) dated August 12, 2005, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, Unit No. 1 - Issuance of Amendment Re: Emergency Technical Specification Change Request - Lake Water Maximum Temperature Limit (TAC No. MC8061)
-Supplement 4 (Reference A6-5.1)indicates that reactor pressure drops to a value of less than 20 psia in less than 80 seconds. Therefore, the reactor pressure will be approximately the same as the containment pressure.
: 2. Regulatory Guide 1.97, "Instrumentation for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant and Environs Conditions During and Following an Accident," Revision 2, December 1980
For a 0-psig differential pressure, UFSAR Table XV-9a indicates that the core spray flow will be 3,718 gpm. For this calculation a conservative value of 3,600 gpm will be used. Therefore, with one core spray pump and one containment spray pump operating, the flow will be 7,200 gpm. Using this value instead of the 5,600 gpm used in Calculation H21C084 results in approximately 0.6 complete exchanges of the water in the suppression pool per hour.Additionally, Calculation H2 I C084 estimates the rate of suppression pool water exchange if core spray is not actuated.
: 3. NUREG/CR-5950, "Iodine Evolution and pH Control," December 1992 7 of 8
This is not realistic, since without core spray there is no core cooling available and significant core damage will result. It is realistic to assume, however, that at some time containment spray will be terminated.
 
This could occur prior to LPS initiation or completion of solution transport.
ATTACHMENT (5)
Therefore, the minimum flow available for mixing and transport of the LPS solution would be that of one core spray pump, or 3,600 gpm. This is the same value cited above for the containment spray pump flow 1 of 6 ATTACHMENT (6)EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING and results in approximately 0.3 complete exchanges of the water in the suppression pool per hour, which is judged to provide adequate mixing of the suppression pool.A6-3. FLOW PATH EVALUATION A6-3.1 Flow Inside the Reactor Vessel Figure A6-1 is a simplified diagram of the flow path for the core spray and liquid poison systems inside the reactor vessel. Core spray flow enters the reactor vessel through spray headers located just above the reactor core. The water flows along/through the fuel rods, channels, fuel support pieces, core bypass regions, and the control rod and nuclear instrument guide tubes to the lower head region of the vessel.Figure A-1.1 of NEDC-31446P  
SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Table A5-1 Suppression Pool pH Control Inputs Input/Assumption                                                 Value Suppression Pool Liquid Volume (Maximum/Minimum)                                   86,000 ft3 / 79,800 ft3 Reactor Coolant System Inventory Excluding Suppression Pool                           501,500 Ibm Volume of 9.423% Sodium Pentaborate (Na 20*5B 20 3* 10H 20)                           1325 gallons*
-Supplement 4 indicates that a steady state level of approximately 6.5 feet above the vessel bottom is attained.
Solution Initial Suppression Pool pH                                                                 5.5 Mass of PVC Jacketed Cable in the Drywell                                                 1400 Ibm Average Cable Outside Diameter                                                         0.22 inches Average Cable Jacket Thickness                                                           0.030 inch
This level corresponds to a point approximately 3 inches below the centerline of the recirculation inlet nozzle and approximately 8 feet below the bottom of the lower shroud plate. The bottom of the shroud flow baffle is below this water level. The volume of water retained in the bottom head region is approximately 9,000 gallons. These values are based on a break at or below the recirculation inlet nozzles. A recirculation line break could occur in the small amount of recirculation outlet piping that exists up to approximately 7.25 feet above the inlet nozzles. At 13.75 feet above the vessel bottom, approximately 18,250 gallons will be retained in the vessel.LPS flow enters the vessel through a circular sparger attached to the inside of the shroud below the lower shroud plate and contains ten 1/4A-inch holes directed downward.
* This value was corrected to 1114 gallons in a subsequent evaluation. See Section A5-2.4.
Directly below the sparger are the shroud support and the shroud flow baffle. Flow from the sparger is expected to land on the shroud support/flow baffle and flow downward from there at approximately 3 gpm (each) in ten locations around the inside circumference of the baffle. This flow joins the core spray flow where the pool surface meets the baffle.Considering the vertical distance for the core spray water to flow/fall, the pool surface is judged to be sufficiently turbulent to cause complete mixing of the LPS flow. Additionally, flow from the pool will be generally horizontal, passing through or under the baffle and between and around the 129 control rod guide tubes, providing additional sources of turbulent mixing. For breaks above the recirculation inlet nozzles, the level of the pool will be higher, reaching a maximum level just below the LPS sparger.Although the pool surface may be less turbulent at this level, the LPS flow will be entrained with the core spray flow, ensuring adequate mixing.The only potential holdup volumes in the vessel are the four unbroken recirculation loops. For breaks below the recirculation outlet nozzles, these volumes are filled with water before LPS injection begins and they are not associated with the active flow path, such that diversion/entrapment of significant amounts of sodium pentaborate during the 38-minute injection period (see Section A6-3.4 below) is not expected.
8 of 8
For breaks at the recirculation outlet nozzle elevation, the unbroken loops will become active volumes, experiencing reverse flow back into the vessel and out the broken loop. The volume of water contained in the recirculation loops is 1,879.7 cu. ft., or 14,062 gallons.A6-3.2 Flow Inside the Drvwell The LPS/core spray combined flows will flow out the inlet/outlet nozzle of the broken recirculation loop and spill to the drywell floor (Figure A6-2). At the time of LPS injection, a pool of water will already exist on the floor up to the bottom of the ten large drywell vent pipes leading to the suppression pool.Based on the height of the bottom of the vent pipes above the floor (3.5 ft.) and the diameter of the floor (60 ft.), the volume of the pool on the floor is calculated to be 9,896 cu. ft. This value is conservative since it ignores the volume occupied by the reactor pedestal concrete support structure (approximately 2 of 6 ATTACHMENT (6)EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING 1000 cu. ft.) and other structural/mechanical components at this elevation.
 
The flow will proceed around and through the pedestal support structure to all ten of the vent pipes. The only holdup volumes in the drywell are the drywell floor and equipment drain sumps. These sumps are covered with steel plate, preventing free communication with the flow through the pool on the drywell floor. Since these volumes are filled with water before LPS injection begins and they are not associated with the active flow path, diversion/entrapment of significant amounts of sodium pentaborate during the injection and transport period is not expected.A6-3.3 Flow Into the Suppression Pool Flow from the large drywell vents proceeds to ten spherical junctions, which connect to the "centipede" ring header supplying the 120 drywell vent downcomers.
ATTACHMENT (5)
The header is a smaller diameter than the spherical junctions and attaches to the junctions at the horizontal centerline.
SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Figure A5-1 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM FIGURE VII-6 UFSAR Revision 16 November 199
This allows for water to accumulate at the bottom of the junctions.
 
Likewise, the downcomers are smaller than the header and connect to the header such that the bottoms of the downcomer penetrations are above the bottom of the header. This allows for a small amount of water to accumulate at the bottom of the header. The radius of the spherical junctions is 5.5 feet, the vent header radius is 2.4 feet, and the bottom of the vent header is 3.1 feet above the bottom of the spherical junctions.
ATTACHMENT (6)
The bottom of the downcomers is calculated to be 0.14 feet above the bottom of the header and the effective length of the header is 282 feet. The volume of trapped water in the vent system can be calculated using standard geometric equations.
EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006
The formula for the volume of a segment of a sphere is: V = 7
 
* h2 (r -h/3)Where, h = height of the spherical segment r = radius of the sphere V = volume of the sphere For the ten spherical junctions, the water volume contained in the segments of the spheres is: Vsj 10
ATTACHMENT (6)
EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING A6-1. INTRODUCTION This attachment provides an evaluation of the transport and mixing of the sodium pentaborate solution through the reactor and containment systems to demonstrate that the amount and timing of the sodium pentaborate solution injected by the Liquid Poison System (LPS) supports the conclusion of the suppression pool post-LOCA pH evaluation (i.e., that the suppression pool pH is maintained greater than or equal to 7.0 for the 30-day duration of the design basis LOCA).
A6-2. SUPPRESSION POOL MIXING Calculation H21C084, Design Input 4.14, states the following:
          "The limiting Design Basis Accident (DBA) LOCA is identified in UFSAR Section VI-B. 1.2 (Ref 7.11.2) as an instantaneousdouble ended rupture (DER) of the RCS recirculationline (largest line in containment). For this case, a diesel generatorfailure is the limiting single failure as it results in only one core spray pump and one core spray topping pump being available per UFSAR Table XV-11 (Ref 7.11.4). Given that the reactor vessel depressurizes reasonably quickly for a large break LOCA, the minimum flow rate from one core spray pump and one topping pump is expected to be between 2, 000 to 3, 000 gpm per UFSAR Table XV-9a (Ref 7.11.3). In addition, at least one containment spraypump will be operable with a minimum flow rate of 3,600 gpm per UFSAR Table XV-32a (Ref 7.11.1; also see p. VII-14a of UFSAR). Thus, a minimum flow rate of 5,600 gpm is expected when core spray is actuated This flow rate equates to approximately 0.5 complete exchanges of the water in the torus per hour (1 complete exchange in approximately2 hours). If core spray is not actuated, the minimum expectedflow rate is 3,600 gpm which equates to approximately 0.3 complete exchanges of water in the torus per hour (1 complete exchange in approximately 3 hours). These mixing times are based on the maximum suppression chamber water volume. "
This design input identifies the core spray flow as between 2,000 and 3,000 gpm. For this evaluation, only the flow available after thirty minutes following the event is of concern. The Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), Figures XV-56E and XV-56F, indicate that the drywell and suppression pool pressures are less than 3 psig. Since the core spray topping pumps are not required at reduced pressures, the flow for one core spray pump will be used. Core spray system flows are provided in UFSAR Table XV-9a. Footnote I to the table indicates that the flows are based on the differential pressure between the reactor and the containment. Figure A-1.2 of NEDC-31446P - Supplement 4 (Reference A6-5.1) indicates that reactor pressure drops to a value of less than 20 psia in less than 80 seconds. Therefore, the reactor pressure will be approximately the same as the containment pressure. For a 0-psig differential pressure, UFSAR Table XV-9a indicates that the core spray flow will be 3,718 gpm. For this calculation a conservative value of 3,600 gpm will be used. Therefore, with one core spray pump and one containment spray pump operating, the flow will be 7,200 gpm. Using this value instead of the 5,600 gpm used in Calculation H21C084 results in approximately 0.6 complete exchanges of the water in the suppression pool per hour.
Additionally, Calculation H2 IC084 estimates the rate of suppression pool water exchange if core spray is not actuated. This is not realistic, since without core spray there is no core cooling available and significant core damage will result. It is realistic to assume, however, that at some time containment spray will be terminated. This could occur prior to LPS initiation or completion of solution transport.
Therefore, the minimum flow available for mixing and transport of the LPS solution would be that of one core spray pump, or 3,600 gpm. This is the same value cited above for the containment spray pump flow 1 of 6
 
ATTACHMENT (6)
EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING and results in approximately 0.3 complete exchanges of the water in the suppression pool per hour, which is judged to provide adequate mixing of the suppression pool.
A6-3. FLOW PATH EVALUATION A6-3.1 Flow Inside the Reactor Vessel Figure A6-1 is a simplified diagram of the flow path for the core spray and liquid poison systems inside the reactor vessel. Core spray flow enters the reactor vessel through spray headers located just above the reactor core. The water flows along/through the fuel rods, channels, fuel support pieces, core bypass regions, and the control rod and nuclear instrument guide tubes to the lower head region of the vessel.
Figure A-1.1 of NEDC-31446P - Supplement 4 indicates that a steady state level of approximately 6.5 feet above the vessel bottom is attained. This level corresponds to a point approximately 3 inches below the centerline of the recirculation inlet nozzle and approximately 8 feet below the bottom of the lower shroud plate. The bottom of the shroud flow baffle is below this water level. The volume of water retained in the bottom head region is approximately 9,000 gallons. These values are based on a break at or below the recirculation inlet nozzles. A recirculation line break could occur in the small amount of recirculation outlet piping that exists up to approximately 7.25 feet above the inlet nozzles. At 13.75 feet above the vessel bottom, approximately 18,250 gallons will be retained in the vessel.
LPS flow enters the vessel through a circular sparger attached to the inside of the shroud below the lower shroud plate and contains ten 1/4A-inch holes directed downward. Directly below the sparger are the shroud support and the shroud flow baffle. Flow from the sparger is expected to land on the shroud support/flow baffle and flow downward from there at approximately 3 gpm (each) in ten locations around the inside circumference of the baffle. This flow joins the core spray flow where the pool surface meets the baffle.
Considering the vertical distance for the core spray water to flow/fall, the pool surface is judged to be sufficiently turbulent to cause complete mixing of the LPS flow. Additionally, flow from the pool will be generally horizontal, passing through or under the baffle and between and around the 129 control rod guide tubes, providing additional sources of turbulent mixing. For breaks above the recirculation inlet nozzles, the level of the pool will be higher, reaching a maximum level just below the LPS sparger.
Although the pool surface may be less turbulent at this level, the LPS flow will be entrained with the core spray flow, ensuring adequate mixing.
The only potential holdup volumes in the vessel are the four unbroken recirculation loops. For breaks below the recirculation outlet nozzles, these volumes are filled with water before LPS injection begins and they are not associated with the active flow path, such that diversion/entrapment of significant amounts of sodium pentaborate during the 38-minute injection period (see Section A6-3.4 below) is not expected. For breaks at the recirculation outlet nozzle elevation, the unbroken loops will become active volumes, experiencing reverse flow back into the vessel and out the broken loop. The volume of water contained in the recirculation loops is 1,879.7 cu. ft., or 14,062 gallons.
A6-3.2 Flow Inside the Drvwell The LPS/core spray combined flows will flow out the inlet/outlet nozzle of the broken recirculation loop and spill to the drywell floor (Figure A6-2). At the time of LPS injection, a pool of water will already exist on the floor up to the bottom of the ten large drywell vent pipes leading to the suppression pool.
Based on the height of the bottom of the vent pipes above the floor (3.5 ft.) and the diameter of the floor (60 ft.), the volume of the pool on the floor is calculated to be 9,896 cu. ft. This value is conservative since it ignores the volume occupied by the reactor pedestal concrete support structure (approximately 2 of 6
 
ATTACHMENT (6)
EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING 1000 cu. ft.) and other structural/mechanical components at this elevation. The flow will proceed around and through the pedestal support structure to all ten of the vent pipes. The only holdup volumes in the drywell are the drywell floor and equipment drain sumps. These sumps are covered with steel plate, preventing free communication with the flow through the pool on the drywell floor. Since these volumes are filled with water before LPS injection begins and they are not associated with the active flow path, diversion/entrapment of significant amounts of sodium pentaborate during the injection and transport period is not expected.
A6-3.3 Flow Into the Suppression Pool Flow from the large drywell vents proceeds to ten spherical junctions, which connect to the "centipede" ring header supplying the 120 drywell vent downcomers. The header is a smaller diameter than the spherical junctions and attaches to the junctions at the horizontal centerline. This allows for water to accumulate at the bottom of the junctions. Likewise, the downcomers are smaller than the header and connect to the header such that the bottoms of the downcomer penetrations are above the bottom of the header. This allows for a small amount of water to accumulate at the bottom of the header. The radius of the spherical junctions is 5.5 feet, the vent header radius is 2.4 feet, and the bottom of the vent header is 3.1 feet above the bottom of the spherical junctions. The bottom of the downcomers is calculated to be 0.14 feet above the bottom of the header and the effective length of the header is 282 feet. The volume of trapped water in the vent system can be calculated using standard geometric equations.
The formula for the volume of a segment of a sphere is:
V = 7
* h2 (r - h/3)
Where,           h = height of the spherical segment r = radius of the sphere V = volume of the sphere For the ten spherical junctions, the water volume contained in the segments of the spheres is:
Vsj   10
* a
* a
* h 2 (r- h/3)
* h 2 (r- h/3)
* 7.481 Where, h = total height of water above the bottom of the spherical junctions (ft)r = radius of the spherical junctions (ft)Vsj = total volume of water in the bottom of the spherical junctions (gallons)7.481 = conversion factor from cu. ft. to gallons The value for "h" is the sum of the height of the header above the bottom of the spherical junction and the height of the downcomers above the bottom of the headers, or 3.24 ft. Substituting, we have Vsj = 10
* 7.481 Where,           h = total height of water above the bottom of the spherical junctions (ft) r = radius of the spherical junctions (ft)
* 3.1416 * (3.24)2 (5.5 -3.24/3)
Vsj = total volume of water in the bottom of the spherical junctions (gallons) 7.481 = conversion factor from cu. ft. to gallons The value for "h" is the sum of the height of the header above the bottom of the spherical junction and the height of the downcomers above the bottom of the headers, or 3.24 ft. Substituting, we have Vsj     = 10
* 7.481= 10,904 gallons For the header sections, the water volume is calculated from the area of a segment of a circle (header inside diameter) times the total length of the headers. The formula for the area of a segment of a circle is: A = 2 [r c(r -h)], where I = 0.01745
* 3.1416 * (3.24)2 (5.5 - 3.24/3)
* r &deg; a, 3 of 6 ATTACHMENT (6)EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING a = 2
* 7.481
* arccos [(r -h)/r], and c = 24 h(2r-h)where A = area of the segment r = radius of the circle I = length of the arc defined by the segment a = angle defined by the segment, in degrees c = length of the chord of the segment h = height of the segment Combining, we have A = 2 [r
                  = 10,904 gallons For the header sections, the water volume is calculated from the area of a segment of a circle (header inside diameter) times the total length of the headers. The formula for the area of a segment of a circle is:
A = 2 [r c(r - h)], where I = 0.01745
* r &deg; a, 3 of 6
 
ATTACHMENT (6)
EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING a = 2
* arccos [(r - h)/r], and c = 24 h(2r-h) where A = area of the segment r = radius of the circle I = length of the arc defined by the segment a = angle defined by the segment, in degrees c = length of the chord of the segment h = height of the segment Combining, we have A = 2 [r
* 0.01745
* 0.01745
* r
* r
* 2 .arccos [(r -h)/r] -24 h(2r-h) * (r-h)]Multiplying by the header length to get the volume and converting to gallons, we have VH =/2 [r
* 2 . arccos [(r - h)/r] - 24 h(2r-h) * (r-h)]
Multiplying by the header length to get the volume and converting to gallons, we have VH       =/2 [r
* 0.01745
* 0.01745
* r
* r
* 2
* 2
* arccos [(r -h)/r] -2'] h(2r-h) (r-h)]
* arccos [(r - h)/r] - 2'] h(2r-h)   (r-h)]
* L
* L
* 7.481= 2 [0.0349. r 2.arccos [(r- h)/r] -24 h(2r-h) * (r-h)]
* 7.481
                  = 2   [0.0349. r2 . arccos [(r- h)/r] - 24 h(2r-h) * (r-h)]
* L
* L
* 7.481 where h = height of water above the bottom of the headers (0.14 ft)r radius of the headers (2.4 ft)L = total length of the headers (282 ft)VH = volume of water remaining in bottom of headers (gallons)7.481 = conversion factor from cu. ft. to gallons Substituting, we have VH = /2 [0.0349 * (2.4)2
* 7.481 where   h = height of water above the bottom of the headers (0.14 ft) r radius of the headers (2.4 ft)
* arccos (0.942) -2 0.652
L = total length of the headers (282 ft)
VH = volume of water remaining in bottom of headers (gallons) 7.481 = conversion factor from cu. ft. to gallons Substituting, we have VH       =   /2 [0.0349 * (2.4)2
* arccos (0.942) - 2 0.652
* 2.26]
* 2.26]
* 282
* 282
* 7.481=--/2 [3.95--3.65]  
* 7.481
.282 .7.481= 316 gallons The total volume in the drywell vent header system is the sum of Vsj and VH, or 11,220 gallons.A6-3.4 Transport Time As the LPS injects the sodium pentaborate solution, the solution will mix with the core spray flow and travel through the reactor and containment to the suppression pool. Each of the volumes identified above will tend to hold up the solution and delay its transport to the suppression pool.The first holdup volume is the pool at the bottom of the reactor vessel. The volume of this pool was estimated to be between 9,000 and 32,312 gallons (including volume of the recirculation loops). Using only the core spray flow, this volume will undergo one complete exchange every 2.5 to 9.0 minutes. The LPS injection takes approximately 38 minutes, which includes 0.5 minutes for clearing the pump suction and discharge lines, calculated as follows: 1128 gallons / 30 gpm = 37.6 minutes 4 of 6 ATTACHMENT (6)EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING The pump discharge line is less than 100 feet long and is 1.5 inches in diameter.
                  =--/2 [3.95--3.65] . 282 . 7.481
A 1.5-inch diameter line contains approximately 0.1 gallons per foot, so the discharge line contains approximately 10 gallons.10 gallons / 30 gpm = 0.33 minutes The pump suction line is approximately 15 feet long and is 2.5 inches in diameter.
                  = 316 gallons The total volume in the drywell vent header system is the sum of Vsj and           VH, or 11,220 gallons.
A 2.5-inch diameter line contains approximately 0.26 gallons per foot, so the suction line contains approximately 4 gallons.4 gallons/ 30 gpm = 0.13 minutes By the end of injection, the volume in the vessel has undergone between 15 and 4.2 exchanges and is expected to have reached an equilibrium concentration determined by the LPS to core spray flow ratio.The percent of sodium pentaborate solution remaining in the transport pool is approximated by the relationship P = (1/2 N). 100 where P = percent of sodium pentaborate remaining in the transport pool N = number of complete transport pool volume exchanges This is conservative, since it inherently assumes that 100% of the sodium pentaborate is present in the transport pool prior to the first exchange.
A6-3.4 Transport Time As the LPS injects the sodium pentaborate solution, the solution will mix with the core spray flow and travel through the reactor and containment to the suppression pool. Each of the volumes identified above will tend to hold up the solution and delay its transport to the suppression pool.
Using this relationship, after seven additional vessel pool exchanges less than 1% of the injected sodium pentaborate will remain in the reactor. Therefore, after 18 to 63 minutes, essentially all of the sodium pentaborate solution will have been cleared from the pool at the vessel bottom and moved to the pool on the drywell floor. The total elapsed time for this phase of the transport is between 56 minutes and 1.7 hours (injection plus clearing time).The volume of the pool on the drywell floor is calculated to be 74,032 gallons (9,896 cu. ft.), and undergoes one complete exchange every 20.6 minutes. The start of this phase occurs after all of the sodium pentaborate solution has entered the drywell pool. By this time, however, the drywell pool has undergone almost three complete exchanges, and some of the solution has already moved into the vent header system. Seven drywell pool exchanges will move more than 99% of the remaining solution to the drywell vent header volumes. The time to accomplish 7 exchanges is 144 minutes (2.4 hours).The volume in the drywell vent headers is calculated to be 11,220 gallons. This volume turns over almost seven times faster than the drywell pool and will therefore be at approximately the same concentration level as the drywell pool. Since the drywell pool contains less than 1% of the total mass of the sodium pentaborate injected at this time, the vent header pools will contain much less than 1%, resulting in at least 99% of the sodium pentaborate being transported to the suppression pool.The final volume is the suppression pool. Since the sodium pentaborate solution is introduced uniformly within this pool through the downcomer pipes, one complete exchange of the suppression pool volume is judged to be sufficient to ensure adequate initial mixing. Assuming that only the core spray pump is running, one complete exchange will be accomplished in approximately 3.3 hours. The value and adequacy of this exchange rate to maintain mixing of the suppression pool was discussed in Section A6-2 above. The sum of these time periods is the total time required to transport the sodium pentaborate to the suppression pool and ensure adequate mixing.5 of 6 ATTACHMENT (6)EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING The maximum total time for the injection, transport, and mixing of 1,114 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution in the suppression pool is approximately 7.4 hours, which is within the 9-hour time calculated for the pool pH to drop below 7.0 without buffering.
The first holdup volume is the pool at the bottom of the reactor vessel. The volume of this pool was estimated to be between 9,000 and 32,312 gallons (including volume of the recirculation loops). Using only the core spray flow, this volume will undergo one complete exchange every 2.5 to 9.0 minutes. The LPS injection takes approximately 38 minutes, which includes 0.5 minutes for clearing the pump suction and discharge lines, calculated as follows:
A6-4. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS -INJECTED VOLUME OF SODIUM PENTABORATE SOLUTION The preceding evaluation was based on the injection, transport and mixing of 1,114 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution from the LPS storage tank to the suppression pool. Once accomplished, the resultant pool pH has been calculated to be 7.8. The acceptance criterion, however is that the suppression pool pH remains greater than or equal to 7.0. A sensitivity analysis was performed to determine the minimum quantity of sodium pentaborate solution required to achieve a pH of 7.0. The solution volume in the calculation spreadsheets used in Calculation H21C084 was adjusted to reach a final (30-day) pH value of 7.0. The minimum required sodium pentaborate solution volume is calculated to be 734 gallons. This value is 66% of the available volume of 1,114 gallons and provides sufficient margin to account for any potential sodium pentaborate hold-up or hideout not accounted for in this evaluation.
1128 gallons / 30 gpm = 37.6 minutes 4 of 6
Note that the reduction in required injection volume only reduces the total injection time by approximately 13 minutes. The reduced volume has a significant impact on transport time, however, especially when considering the drywell pool, which has the longest transport hold-up time. If only 66%of the sodium pentaborate is required to achieve the target pH of 7.0, then less than 2 complete turnovers of the pool would be required [(1/2(2))  
 
.100 = 25% remaining].
ATTACHMENT (6)
This would reduce the total transport and mixing time by at least 1.7 hours, to approximately 5.7 hours.A6-5. REFERENCES
EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING The pump discharge line is less than 100 feet long and is 1.5 inches in diameter. A 1.5-inch diameter line contains approximately 0.1 gallons per foot, so the discharge line contains approximately 10 gallons.
: 1. NEDC-31446P  
10 gallons / 30 gpm = 0.33 minutes The pump suction line is approximately 15 feet long and is 2.5 inches in diameter. A 2.5-inch diameter line contains approximately 0.26 gallons per foot, so the suction line contains approximately 4 gallons.
-Supplement 4, "Nine Mile Point Unit 1 Loss-of-Coolant Accident Analysis with Two Spargers Available," General Electric Co., September 1993.6 of 6 ATTACHMENT (6)EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING LIOUIO POISON TANK CORE SPRAY INJECT!RECIRC. UJTLET NOZZLE-RECIRC. INLET NOZZLE-BACK FLOW LIQUID POISON SYSTEM (LPS)FIGURE A6-1 FLOW PATH FOR CORE SPRAY AND LIOUID POISON INSIDE THE REACTOR VESSEL ATTACHMENT (6)EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING HEADER POOL PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ELEVATION VIEW MIXED FLOW RETURN TO THE TORUS ATTACHMENT (7)CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006 ATTACHMENT (7)CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS A7-1. INTRODUCTION New atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) are calculated for use in evaluating the radiological consequences of the Nine Mile Point Unit I (NMP1) design basis accidents.
4 gallons/ 30 gpm = 0.13 minutes By the end of injection, the volume in the vessel has undergone between 15 and 4.2 exchanges and is expected to have reached an equilibrium concentration determined by the LPS to core spray flow ratio.
These calculations use meteorological data collected by the Nine Mile Point onsite meteorological measurements program for the five-year period from 1997 through 2001.This attachment provides information regarding the onsite meteorological measurement program and the X/Q calculation methodology, and summarizes the results of the calculations.
The percent of sodium pentaborate solution remaining in the transport pool is approximated by the relationship P = ( 1 / 2 N). 100 where     P = percent of sodium pentaborate remaining in the transport pool N = number of complete transport pool volume exchanges This is conservative, since it inherently assumes that 100% of the sodium pentaborate is present in the transport pool prior to the first exchange. Using this relationship, after seven additional vessel pool exchanges less than 1% of the injected sodium pentaborate will remain in the reactor. Therefore, after 18 to 63 minutes, essentially all of the sodium pentaborate solution will have been cleared from the pool at the vessel bottom and moved to the pool on the drywell floor. The total elapsed time for this phase of the transport is between 56 minutes and 1.7 hours (injection plus clearing time).
A7-2. ONSITE METEOROLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS PROGRAM The Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station (NMPNS) meteorological measurement program is described in Nine Mile Point Unit 2 (NMP2) Updated Safety Analysis Report Section 2.3.3.2. The program meets the intent and recommendations of Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.23 (Reference A7-5.1) and NUREG-0654 (Reference A7-5.2) for the operational measurements program. The program consists of monitoring wind speed, wind direction, ambient temperature, and precipitation.
The volume of the pool on the drywell floor is calculated to be 74,032 gallons (9,896 cu. ft.), and undergoes one complete exchange every 20.6 minutes. The start of this phase occurs after all of the sodium pentaborate solution has entered the drywell pool. By this time, however, the drywell pool has undergone almost three complete exchanges, and some of the solution has already moved into the vent header system. Seven drywell pool exchanges will move more than 99% of the remaining solution to the drywell vent header volumes. The time to accomplish 7 exchanges is 144 minutes (2.4 hours).
The operability of the meteorological monitoring instrumentation ensures that sufficient meteorological data are available for estimating potential radiation doses to the public as a result of routine or accidental release of radioactive materials to the atmosphere.
The volume in the drywell vent headers is calculated to be 11,220 gallons. This volume turns over almost seven times faster than the drywell pool and will therefore be at approximately the same concentration level as the drywell pool. Since the drywell pool contains less than 1% of the total mass of the sodium pentaborate injected at this time, the vent header pools will contain much less than 1%, resulting in at least 99% of the sodium pentaborate being transported to the suppression pool.
This capability is required to evaluate the need for initiating protective measures to protect the health and safety of the public.The primary meteorological tower is of steel, open-lattice construction and is located approximately 0.5 miles west-southwest of the station near the shore of Lake Ontario. The primary tower is 61-m (200-ft)high and is instrumented with wind direction and speed sensors at three levels: 9 m (30 ft), 30 m (100 ft), and 61 m (200 ft). Sigma theta is derived for each of the three wind levels. Ambient temperature is measured at the 9 m (30 ft) level, and temperature differences are determined between the 9 m (30 ft) and 61 m (200 ft) levels. This is the primary method used to determine atmospheric stability.
The final volume is the suppression pool. Since the sodium pentaborate solution is introduced uniformly within this pool through the downcomer pipes, one complete exchange of the suppression pool volume is judged to be sufficient to ensure adequate initial mixing. Assuming that only the core spray pump is running, one complete exchange will be accomplished in approximately 3.3 hours. The value and adequacy of this exchange rate to maintain mixing of the suppression pool was discussed in Section A6-2 above. The sum of these time periods is the total time required to transport the sodium pentaborate to the suppression pool and ensure adequate mixing.
Dew point temperature is obtained at the 9 m (30 ft) level. Near the base of the tower, precipitation and barometric pressure are also measured.
5 of 6
The primary tower is located in terrain that is characteristic of the area and at approximately the same elevation as finished plant grade. The terrain is predominately flat throughout the area and in the vicinity of the tower.The backup wind direction and speed instrumentation is located east of the J. A. FitzPatrick plant on a 27 m (90 ft) utility pole. Data collected coincidentally from the primary tower and backup tower over the same three-year period have been analyzed.
 
Based upon this analysis and an earlier study by Meteorological Environmental Services, Inc., the backup tower measurements are in general agreement with the primary tower and are adequate for use during emergency situations.
ATTACHMENT (6)
Meteorological instrumentation calibration schedules are specified to conform to RG 1.23 recommendations.
EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING The maximum total time for the injection, transport, and mixing of 1,114 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution in the suppression pool is approximately 7.4 hours, which is within the 9-hour time calculated for the pool pH to drop below 7.0 without buffering.
Meters and other equipment used in calibrations are, in turn, calibrated at scheduled intervals.
A6-4. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS - INJECTED VOLUME OF SODIUM PENTABORATE SOLUTION The preceding evaluation was based on the injection, transport and mixing of 1,114 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution from the LPS storage tank to the suppression pool. Once accomplished, the resultant pool pH has been calculated to be 7.8. The acceptance criterion, however is that the suppression pool pH remains greater than or equal to 7.0. A sensitivity analysis was performed to determine the minimum quantity of sodium pentaborate solution required to achieve a pH of 7.0. The solution volume in the calculation spreadsheets used in Calculation H21C084 was adjusted to reach a final (30-day) pH value of 7.0. The minimum required sodium pentaborate solution volume is calculated to be 734 gallons. This value is 66% of the available volume of 1,114 gallons and provides sufficient margin to account for any potential sodium pentaborate hold-up or hideout not accounted for in this evaluation.
Inspection and maintenance of equipment is accomplished in accordance with procedures in the instrument manufacturer's manuals. Inspection is implemented by qualified technicians who are capable of performing the maintenance, if required.Digital data processing at each meteorological tower is accomplished by a remote data acquisition system (RDAS) computer.
Note that the reduction in required injection volume only reduces the total injection time by approximately 13 minutes. The reduced volume has a significant impact on transport time, however, especially when considering the drywell pool, which has the longest transport hold-up time. If only 66%
These RDAS computers sample each sensor's analog processor at a rate of once per second and process the data into 1-, 15-, and 60-min averages.
of the sodium pentaborate is required to achieve the target pH of 7.0, then less than 2 complete turnovers of the pool would be required [(1/2(2)) . 100 = 25% remaining]. This would reduce the total transport and mixing time by at least 1.7 hours, to approximately 5.7 hours.
Averaged data are transmitted via modem to a central processing system (CPS) computer for access and storage. Each RDAS computer is housed in an environmentally-controlled instrument cabinet at the meteorological towers. The CPS computer is 1 of 6 ATTACHMENT (7)CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS housed in an environmentally-controlled meteorological computer building.
A6-5. REFERENCES
Better than 90 percent data recovery is attained from each measuring and recording system.A7-3. ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTOR CALCULATIONS Meteorological data utilized for calculation of new atmospheric dispersion coefficients (X/Qs) were selected from the historical record of the NMPNS meteorological monitoring program. The period 1997-2001 was selected because it represents a complete and accurate data set that is representative of the site meteorological data. The data was reviewed to ensure instrumentation problems and missing or anomalous observations did not affect the validity of the data. This is consistent with the guidance in RG 1.194 (Reference A7-5.3) that considers five years of hourly observations to be representative of long-term trends.Recorded meteorological hourly average data were used to generate joint frequency distributions of wind direction, wind speed, and atmospheric stability class, in accordance with the RG 1.23 and RG 1.145 (Reference A7-5.4). Wind roses and joint frequency distributions were reviewed for meteorological and climatological reasonableness and found to be acceptable prior to use. A review was also conducted on specific hourly data prior to the execution of the atmospheric calculations in the PAVAN and ARCON96 computer programs.
: 1. NEDC-31446P - Supplement 4, "Nine Mile Point Unit 1 Loss-of-Coolant Accident Analysis with Two Spargers Available," General Electric Co., September 1993.
This consisted of manual spot checks of the spreadsheet reformatted data in comparison with the raw data.Three possible locations where accident radionuclide releases are assumed to occur are the reactor building blowout panel, the turbine building blowout panel, and the main stack. Information regarding these release points and their proximity to receptor locations is provided in Tables A7-1 and A7-2. Figure A7-1 is a site plan showing the relative locations of the release points and receptors.
6 of 6
A7-3.1 Control Room and Technical Support Center (Excluding Main Steam Line Break)Control room and Technical Support Center (TSC) X/Q values were calculated using ARCON96 for various source/receptor scenarios using the guidance contained in RG 1.194. The scenarios were analyzed using the hourly-averaged meteorological joint wind and stability database for the five-year period from 1997 through 2001. All three of the assumed release points (the reactor building blowout panel, the turbine building blowout panel, and the main stack) were modeled as ground-level (vent)releases in accordance with RG 1.145 because their height is less than 2.5 times the highest adjacent structure.
 
Conservative building wake areas, calculated considering the complexity of the geometry of the NMP1 structures, were input into ARCON96 to account for wake effects.A7-3.2 Offsite -Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB) and Low Population Zone (LPZ)The computer program PAVAN is used to determine X/Q values used in the assessment of dose consequences of design basis accidents in nuclear power stations.
ATTACHMENT (6)
PAVAN is a straight line Gaussian dispersion model. The program implements the NRC guidance provided in RG 1.145. Utilizing joint frequency of occurrence distributions of wind direction, wind speed, and Pasquill atmospheric stability class, PAVAN calculates X/Q values as a function of direction for various time-averaging periods at the EAB and the outer boundary of the LPZ. Calculations are made from assumed ground-level (i.e. non-elevated) releases (such as vents and building penetrations), which are less than 2.5 times the height of adjacent solid structures, and from elevated releases (i.e. stacks). Three procedures are utilized for calculating X/Q: a direction-dependent approach, a direction-independent approach, and an overall site X/Q approach.2 of 6 ATTACHMENT (7)CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS The PAVAN model contains certain model options for executing the program. The following table summarizes the options invoked for the EAB and LPZ X/Q calculations for NMP 1.Option Description Option Invoked?No. Main Stack Blowout Release Panel Release I Calculate cy, and (Yx based on desert diffusion.
EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING LIOUIO POISON TANK CORE SPRAY INJECT!
No No 2 X/Q values include evaluation for no building wake. No No 3 ENVLOP calculations printed which describe upper No No envelope curve.4 Print points used in upper envelope curve and calculation.
RECIRC. UJTLETNOZZLE-RECIRC. INLET NOZZLE-BACK FLOW LIQUID POISON SYSTEM (LPS)
No No 5 Null 6 Joint frequency distribution in % frequency format No No 7 Print X/Q calculation details Yes Yes 8 Distribute calm winds observations into first wind speed No No category.9 Use site-specific terrain adjustment factors for the annual Yes* No average calculations.
FIGURE     A6-1 FLOW PATH FOR CORE SPRAY AND LIOUID POISON INSIDE THE REACTOR VESSEL
10 Assume a default terrain adjustment factor for the annual Yes Yes average calculations.
 
Option 10 is applied, which together with application of Option 9 means that site specific terrain factors will be used.* Since there are no severe terrain features, such as deep valleys or mountains, in the vicinity of NMPNS to affect the diffusion of radionuclides from the evaluated main stack, the default terrain adjustment factors (TAF-1) were applied.The reactor building blowout panel, the turbine building blowout panel, and the main stack are the assumed accident release points. The reactor and turbine building blowout panel locations do not qualify as elevated releases per Regulatory Guide 1.145. Therefore, these release points were executed by PAVAN as ground type releases.
ATTACHMENT (6)
The main stack was executed as an elevated release. Source-to-receptor horizontal distances are 830 m (2,722 ft) for the EAB and 6,116 m (20,060 ft) for the LPZ. Due to the close proximity of the three release points, identical distances to the EAB and LPZ were used.NMPNS meteorological data from the five-year period from 1997 through 2001 was used in the PAVAN analysis.
EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING HEADER POOL PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ELEVATION VIEW MIXED FLOW RETURN TO THE TORUS
The format of PAVAN meteorological input consists of a joint wind direction (based on sixteen 22.5 degree sectors), wind speed (12 intervals), and stability class (7 classes) occurrence frequency distribution.
 
Since the NMPNS meteorological data fails to provide a maximum wind speed for category 12 winds, a conservative value of 60.5 m/s was selected.
ATTACHMENT (7)
Maximum wind speed is required input for each wind speed category in PAVAN. The coastal sectors were not considered in determining the X/Q values for the EAB and LPZ.A7-3.3 Control Room -Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) Puff Release The MSLB accident evaluation utilizes an instantaneous "puff' release X/Q. The puff release is modeled in accordance with RG 1.194, Section C.5, with the following assumed site meteorological conditions:
CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006
3 of 6 ATTACHMENT (7)CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS* Wind Speed: I meter/second toward the receptor; and* Stability Class F.The distance from the turbine building blowout panel (the assumed MSLB release point) to the control room intake is 71.9 m (236 ft), as shown in Table A7-2. There is one air intake location.
 
It takes approximately 136 seconds for the puff to pass completely over the NMP1 control room air intake. The control room air intake flow rate is the same during normal control room ventilation operation and emergency control room ventilation operation.
ATTACHMENT (7)
As such, the control room air intake flow rate is modeled as a constant flow rate during the entire time that the MSLB puff release passes over the intake.A7-4.  
CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS A7-1. INTRODUCTION New atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) are calculated for use in evaluating the radiological consequences of the Nine Mile Point Unit I (NMP1) design basis accidents. These calculations use meteorological data collected by the Nine Mile Point onsite meteorological measurements program for the five-year period from 1997 through 2001.This attachment provides information regarding the onsite meteorological measurement program and the X/Q calculation methodology, and summarizes the results of the calculations.
A7-2. ONSITE METEOROLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS PROGRAM The Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station (NMPNS) meteorological measurement program is described in Nine Mile Point Unit 2 (NMP2) Updated Safety Analysis Report Section 2.3.3.2. The program meets the intent and recommendations of Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.23 (Reference A7-5.1) and NUREG-0654 (Reference A7-5.2) for the operational measurements program. The program consists of monitoring wind speed, wind direction, ambient temperature, and precipitation. The operability of the meteorological monitoring instrumentation ensures that sufficient meteorological data are available for estimating potential radiation doses to the public as a result of routine or accidental release of radioactive materials to the atmosphere. This capability is required to evaluate the need for initiating protective measures to protect the health and safety of the public.
The primary meteorological tower is of steel, open-lattice construction and is located approximately 0.5 miles west-southwest of the station near the shore of Lake Ontario. The primary tower is 61-m (200-ft) high and is instrumented with wind direction and speed sensors at three levels: 9 m (30 ft), 30 m (100 ft),
and 61 m (200 ft). Sigma theta is derived for each of the three wind levels. Ambient temperature is measured at the 9 m (30 ft) level, and temperature differences are determined between the 9 m (30 ft) and 61 m (200 ft) levels. This is the primary method used to determine atmospheric stability. Dew point temperature is obtained at the 9 m (30 ft) level. Near the base of the tower, precipitation and barometric pressure are also measured. The primary tower is located in terrain that is characteristic of the area and at approximately the same elevation as finished plant grade. The terrain is predominately flat throughout the area and in the vicinity of the tower.
The backup wind direction and speed instrumentation is located east of the J. A. FitzPatrick plant on a 27 m (90 ft) utility pole. Data collected coincidentally from the primary tower and backup tower over the same three-year period have been analyzed. Based upon this analysis and an earlier study by Meteorological Environmental Services, Inc., the backup tower measurements are in general agreement with the primary tower and are adequate for use during emergency situations.
Meteorological instrumentation calibration schedules are specified to conform to RG 1.23 recommendations. Meters and other equipment used in calibrations are, in turn, calibrated at scheduled intervals. Inspection and maintenance of equipment is accomplished in accordance with procedures in the instrument manufacturer's manuals. Inspection is implemented by qualified technicians who are capable of performing the maintenance, if required.
Digital data processing at each meteorological tower is accomplished by a remote data acquisition system (RDAS) computer. These RDAS computers sample each sensor's analog processor at a rate of once per second and process the data into 1-, 15-, and 60-min averages. Averaged data are transmitted via modem to a central processing system (CPS) computer for access and storage. Each RDAS computer is housed in an environmentally-controlled instrument cabinet at the meteorological towers. The CPS computer is 1 of 6
 
ATTACHMENT (7)
CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS housed in an environmentally-controlled meteorological computer building. Better than 90 percent data recovery is attained from each measuring and recording system.
A7-3. ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTOR CALCULATIONS Meteorological data utilized for calculation of new atmospheric dispersion coefficients (X/Qs) were selected from the historical record of the NMPNS meteorological monitoring program. The period 1997-2001 was selected because it represents a complete and accurate data set that is representative of the site meteorological data. The data was reviewed to ensure instrumentation problems and missing or anomalous observations did not affect the validity of the data. This is consistent with the guidance in RG 1.194 (Reference A7-5.3) that considers five years of hourly observations to be representative of long-term trends.
Recorded meteorological hourly average data were used to generate joint frequency distributions of wind direction, wind speed, and atmospheric stability class, in accordance with the RG 1.23 and RG 1.145 (Reference A7-5.4). Wind roses and joint frequency distributions were reviewed for meteorological and climatological reasonableness and found to be acceptable prior to use. A review was also conducted on specific hourly data prior to the execution of the atmospheric calculations in the PAVAN and ARCON96 computer programs. This consisted of manual spot checks of the spreadsheet reformatted data in comparison with the raw data.
Three possible locations where accident radionuclide releases are assumed to occur are the reactor building blowout panel, the turbine building blowout panel, and the main stack. Information regarding these release points and their proximity to receptor locations is provided in Tables A7-1 and A7-2. Figure A7-1 is a site plan showing the relative locations of the release points and receptors.
A7-3.1 Control Room and Technical Support Center (Excluding Main Steam Line Break)
Control room and Technical Support Center (TSC) X/Q values were calculated using ARCON96 for various source/receptor scenarios using the guidance contained in RG 1.194. The scenarios were analyzed using the hourly-averaged meteorological joint wind and stability database for the five-year period from 1997 through 2001. All three of the assumed release points (the reactor building blowout panel, the turbine building blowout panel, and the main stack) were modeled as ground-level (vent) releases in accordance with RG 1.145 because their height is less than 2.5 times the highest adjacent structure. Conservative building wake areas, calculated considering the complexity of the geometry of the NMP1 structures, were input into ARCON96 to account for wake effects.
A7-3.2 Offsite - Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB) and Low Population Zone (LPZ)
The computer program PAVAN is used to determine X/Q values used in the assessment of dose consequences of design basis accidents in nuclear power stations. PAVAN is a straight line Gaussian dispersion model. The program implements the NRC guidance provided in RG 1.145. Utilizing joint frequency of occurrence distributions of wind direction, wind speed, and Pasquill atmospheric stability class, PAVAN calculates X/Q values as a function of direction for various time-averaging periods at the EAB and the outer boundary of the LPZ. Calculations are made from assumed ground-level (i.e. non-elevated) releases (such as vents and building penetrations), which are less than 2.5 times the height of adjacent solid structures, and from elevated releases (i.e. stacks). Three procedures are utilized for calculating X/Q: a direction-dependent approach, a direction-independent approach, and an overall site X/Q approach.
2 of 6
 
ATTACHMENT (7)
CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS The PAVAN model contains certain model options for executing the program. The following table summarizes the options invoked for the EAB and LPZ X/Q calculations for NMP 1.
Option                             Description                                 Option Invoked?
No.                                                                   Main Stack       Blowout Release         Panel Release I     Calculate cy, and (Yxbased on desert diffusion.                     No               No 2     X/Q values include evaluation for no building wake.                 No               No 3     ENVLOP calculations printed which describe upper                   No               No envelope curve.
4     Print points used in upper envelope curve and calculation.         No               No 5     Null 6     Joint frequency distribution in % frequency format                 No               No 7     Print X/Q calculation details                                       Yes               Yes 8     Distribute calm winds observations into first wind speed           No               No category.
9     Use site-specific terrain adjustment factors for the annual       Yes*               No average calculations.
10     Assume a default terrain adjustment factor for the annual           Yes               Yes average calculations. Option 10 is applied, which together with application of Option 9 means that site specific terrain factors will be used.
* Since there are no severe terrain features, such as deep valleys or mountains, in the vicinity of NMPNS to affect the diffusion of radionuclides from the evaluated main stack, the default terrain adjustment factors (TAF-1) were applied.
The reactor building blowout panel, the turbine building blowout panel, and the main stack are the assumed accident release points. The reactor and turbine building blowout panel locations do not qualify as elevated releases per Regulatory Guide 1.145. Therefore, these release points were executed by PAVAN as ground type releases. The main stack was executed as an elevated release. Source-to-receptor horizontal distances are 830 m (2,722 ft) for the EAB and 6,116 m (20,060 ft) for the LPZ. Due to the close proximity of the three release points, identical distances to the EAB and LPZ were used.
NMPNS meteorological data from the five-year period from 1997 through 2001 was used in the PAVAN analysis. The format of PAVAN meteorological input consists of a joint wind direction (based on sixteen 22.5 degree sectors), wind speed (12 intervals), and stability class (7 classes) occurrence frequency distribution. Since the NMPNS meteorological data fails to provide a maximum wind speed for category 12 winds, a conservative value of 60.5 m/s was selected. Maximum wind speed is required input for each wind speed category in PAVAN. The coastal sectors were not considered in determining the X/Q values for the EAB and LPZ.
A7-3.3 Control Room - Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) Puff Release The MSLB accident evaluation utilizes an instantaneous "puff' release X/Q. The puff release is modeled in accordance with RG 1.194, Section C.5, with the following assumed site meteorological conditions:
3 of 6
 
ATTACHMENT (7)
CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS
* Wind Speed: I meter/second toward the receptor; and
* Stability Class F.
The distance from the turbine building blowout panel (the assumed MSLB release point) to the control room intake is 71.9 m (236 ft), as shown in Table A7-2. There is one air intake location. It takes approximately 136 seconds for the puff to pass completely over the NMP1 control room air intake. The control room air intake flow rate is the same during normal control room ventilation operation and emergency control room ventilation operation. As such, the control room air intake flow rate is modeled as a constant flow rate during the entire time that the MSLB puff release passes over the intake.
A7-4.  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF RESULTS The X/Q values resulting from the ARCON96 modeling analysis of each release point and meteorological database scenario for the required time intervals are shown in Tables A7-3 and A7-4 for the control room and TSC dose assessments, respectively.
OF RESULTS The X/Q values resulting from the ARCON96 modeling analysis of each release point and meteorological database scenario for the required time intervals are shown in Tables A7-3 and A7-4 for the control room and TSC dose assessments, respectively.
The X/Q values for the EAB and LPZ calculated by the PAVAN modeling analysis of each release scenario are presented in Tables A7-5 and A7-6 for each of the time intervals required by RG 1.145.For the MSLB instantaneous puff release, the integrated X/Q value calculated for the control room air intake is 9.979E-04 sec/m 3.All input files for ARCON96 and PAVAN, including the meteorological data input files, are provided in Calculation H2 1 C076 (see Attachment 8).A7-5. REFERENCES
The X/Q values for the EAB and LPZ calculated by the PAVAN modeling analysis of each release scenario are presented in Tables A7-5 and A7-6 for each of the time intervals required by RG 1.145.
: 1. Regulatory Guide 1.23 (Safety Guide 23), "Onsite Meteorological Programs," February 1972 2. NUREG-0654, "Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, November 1980 3. Regulatory Guide 1.194, "Atmospheric Relative Concentrations for Control Room Radiological Habitability Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," June 2003 4. Regulatory Guide 1.145, "Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, November 1982 4 of 6 ATTACHMENT (7)CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Table A7-1 Release/Intake Elevations Elevation Elevation Point of Interest (ft) (m)Main Stack 350 106.7 Reactor Building Blowout Panel (relative to bottom of panel) 78.9 24 Turbine Building Blowout Panel (relative to bottom of panel) 72.4 22.1 Control Room Intake (height equal to roof elevation) 72 29.95 Technical Support Center 21 6.4 Table A7-2 Release/Intake Distances and Directions Horizontal Horizontal Sector Bearing Release/Intake Distance Distance relative to true (ft) (M) north Unit 1 Reactor Building Blowout Panel 340 103.6 1490 SSE (from midpoint of panel) / Ul Control Room Intake Unit 1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel 236 71.9 1170 ESE (from midpoint of panel) / Ut Control Room Intake Unit 1 Main Stack/Unit 1 Control Room 400 121.9 1660 SSE Intake Unit 1 Reactor Building Blowout Panel 343 104.5 860 ESE (from midpoint of panel) / Ul Technical Support Center Unit 1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel 328 100.0 860 E (from midpoint of panel) / U 1 Technical Support Center Unit 1 Main Stack / Unit 1 Technical 330 100.6 1400 SE Support Center 5 of 6 ATTACHMENT (7)CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Table A7-3 ARCON96 Results -X/Q Values for the Control Room X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/m 3)Release Point 0-2 hrs 2 -8 hrs 8 -24 hrs 1-4 days 4-30 days UI Reactor Building Blowout Panel 4.82E-04 2.6 1E-04 9.25E-05 6.70E-05 4.93E-05 U1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel 1.03E-03 5.85E-04 2.07E-04 1.75E-04 1.52E-04 UI Main Stack 2.27E-04 1.26E-04 4.30E-05 3.58E-05 2.59E-05 Table A7-4 ARCON96 Results -X/Q Values for the TSC Release Point X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/m 3)0-2 hrs 2 -8 hrs 8 -24 hrs 1-4 days 4-30 days U1 Reactor Building Blowout Panel 7.09E-04 5.60E-04 2.345E-04 1.71E-04 1.41E-04 U1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel 5.9 1E-04 4.26E-04 1.63E-04 1.35E-04 1.16E-04 U1 Main Stack 3.47E-04 2.42E-04 8.22E-05 6.06E-05 5.OOE-05 Table A7-5 PAVAN Results -Reactor Building Blowout Panel Release X/Q Values Boundary X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/m 3)0 -2 hours 0 -8 hours 8 -24 hours 1 -4 days 4 -30 days EAB 1.90E-04 ---........
For the MSLB instantaneous puff release, the integrated X/Q value calculated for the control room air intake is 9.979E-04 sec/m 3.
LPZ --- 1.63E-05 1.1OE-05 4.67E-06 1.67E-06 Table A7-6 PAVAN Results -Main Stack Release X/Q Values Boundary X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/mr 3)0 -2 hours 0 -8 hours 8 -24 hours 1 -4 days 4 -30 days EA B 5.98E-05 ............
All input files for ARCON96 and PAVAN, including the meteorological data input files, are provided in Calculation H2 1C076 (see Attachment 8).
LPZ --- 2.12E-05 8.40E-07 3.45E-07 1.11E-07 6 of 6 ATTACHMENT (7)CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Figure A7-1 Site Plan Showing Relative Locations of Release and Intake Points NW NNW N ,' ~ .N E NE WNW..i '" L_7... .. S~o. .---E S --SSIN m}}
A7-5. REFERENCES
: 1. Regulatory Guide 1.23 (Safety Guide 23), "Onsite Meteorological Programs," February 1972
: 2. NUREG-0654, "Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, November 1980
: 3. Regulatory Guide 1.194, "Atmospheric Relative Concentrations for Control Room Radiological Habitability Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," June 2003
: 4. Regulatory Guide 1.145, "Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, November 1982 4 of 6
 
ATTACHMENT (7)
CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Table A7-1 Release/Intake Elevations Elevation       Elevation Point of Interest                               (ft)           (m)
Main Stack                                                           350             106.7 Reactor Building Blowout Panel (relative to bottom of panel)         78.9             24 Turbine Building Blowout Panel (relative to bottom of panel)         72.4             22.1 Control Room Intake (height equal to roof elevation)                   72           29.95 Technical Support Center                                             21               6.4 Table A7-2 Release/Intake Distances and Directions Horizontal     Horizontal     Sector Bearing Release/Intake                   Distance       Distance     relative to true (ft)           (M)             north Unit 1 Reactor Building Blowout Panel           340           103.6           1490 SSE (from midpoint of panel) / Ul Control Room Intake Unit 1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel           236           71.9           1170 ESE (from midpoint of panel) / Ut Control Room Intake Unit 1 Main Stack/Unit 1 Control Room           400           121.9           1660 SSE Intake Unit 1 Reactor Building Blowout Panel           343           104.5           860 ESE (from midpoint of panel) / Ul Technical Support Center Unit 1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel           328           100.0             860 E (from midpoint of panel) / U 1 Technical Support Center Unit 1 Main Stack / Unit 1 Technical             330           100.6           1400 SE Support Center 5 of 6
 
ATTACHMENT (7)
CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Table A7-3 ARCON96 Results - X/Q Values for the Control Room X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/m 3)
Release Point 0-2 hrs           2 - 8 hrs   8 - 24 hrs     1-4 days     4-30 days UI Reactor Building Blowout Panel     4.82E-04           2.6 1E-04   9.25E-05       6.70E-05     4.93E-05 U1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel     1.03E-03           5.85E-04     2.07E-04       1.75E-04     1.52E-04 UI Main Stack                         2.27E-04           1.26E-04     4.30E-05       3.58E-05     2.59E-05 Table A7-4 ARCON96 Results - X/Q Values for the TSC 3
Release Point                                   X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/m )
0-2 hrs           2 - 8 hrs     8 - 24 hrs     1-4 days     4-30 days U1 Reactor Building Blowout Panel     7.09E-04           5.60E-04     2.345E-04     1.71E-04     1.41E-04 U1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel     5.9 1E-04         4.26E-04     1.63E-04     1.35E-04     1.16E-04 U1 Main Stack                         3.47E-04           2.42E-04     8.22E-05     6.06E-05     5.OOE-05 Table A7-5 PAVAN Results - Reactor Building Blowout Panel Release X/Q Values Boundary                             X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/m 3) 0 - 2 hours   0 - 8 hours         8 - 24 hours     1 - 4 days     4 - 30 days EAB                 1.90E-04         ---........
LPZ                   ---       1.63E-05             1.1OE-05       4.67E-06         1.67E-06 Table A7-6 PAVAN Results - Main Stack Release X/Q Values Boundary                             X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/mr3) 0 - 2 hours   0 - 8 hours         8 - 24 hours     1 - 4 days     4 - 30 days EA B               5.98E-05         ............
LPZ                   ---       2.12E-05               8.40E-07       3.45E-07         1.11E-07 6 of 6
 
ATTACHMENT (7)
CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Figure A7-1 Site Plan Showing Relative Locations of Release and Intake Points NW NNW                       N
                                      ,' ~         . N E NE WNW
                  ..*      i             *' '" L_7
                            ...*            ..S~o. .---         E S           -- SSIN m}}

Revision as of 10:42, 23 November 2019

License Amendment, Application of Alternative Source Term
ML070110231
Person / Time
Site: Nine Mile Point Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 12/14/2006
From: O'Connor T
Constellation Energy Group
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML070110231 (169)


Text

Timothy J. O'Connor P.O. Box 63 Vice President Lycoming, New York 13093 315.349.5200 315.349.1321 Fax Constellation Energy° Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station December 14, 2006 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, DC 20555-0001 ATTENTION: Document Control Desk

SUBJECT:

Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit No. 1; Docket No. 50-220 License Amendment Re0itie0f:Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.90:

Application of Alternative Source Term

REFERENCES:

(a) J. J. DiNunno et al., Technical Information Document (TID)-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors' for Power. and Test Reactor Sites," U.*S. Atomic Energy Commission (now USNRC), 1962 (b) NRC Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors," July 2000 (c) Letter from W. C. Holston (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 31, 2005, Response to Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability (TAC Nos. MB9825, MB9826)

(d) Letter from T. J. O'Connor (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 27, 2006, Response to NRC Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability - Commitment Completion Date Change (TAC Nos. MB9825 and MB9826)

Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.90, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC, (NMPNS) hereby requests an amendment to Nine Mile Point Unit 1 (NMP1) Renewed Operating License DPR-63. The proposed amendment would revise the accident source term in the design basis radiological consequence analyses in accordance with 10 CFR 50.67, which requires that a licensee who seeks to revise its current accident source term apply for a license amendment under 10 CFR 50.90. The proposed accident source term revision replaces the current methodology that is based on TID-14844 (Reference a) with the alternative source term methodology described in Regulatory Guide 1.183 (Reference b). This submittal fulfills the This letterforwardsproprietaryinformation in accordancewith 10 CFR 2.390. The balance of this letter may be considerednon-proprietaryupon removal of Attachment (10). d'

Document Control Desk December 14, 2006 Page 2 NMPNS commitment for completing and submitting the analysis needed to meet Generic Letter 2003-01 objectives (References c and d).

This license amendment request is for full implementation of the alternative source term (AST) as described in Reference (b), with the exception that Reference (a) will continue to be used as the radiation dose basis for equipment qualification and vital area access. Proposed changes in the licensing basis for NMP 1 resulting from AST application include the following:

  • Technical Specification (TS) changes that reflect revised design requirements regarding the use of the Liquid Poison System to buffer the suppression pool preventing iodine re-evolution following a postulated design basis loss of coolant accident.
  • Revisions to the TS operability requirements for Secondary Containment, Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System, and Control Room Air Treatment System, consistent with the assumptions contained in the AST Refueling Accident analysis. The AST analysis does not take credit for secondary containment during the movement of irradiated fuel and during core alterations.

NMPNS is also requesting deletion of Renewed Operating License (OL) Condition 2.C.(3). This license condition required NMPNS to submit an application for license amendment, including supporting analyses and evaluations, to demonstrate compliance with General Design Criterion 19 dose guidelines under accident conditions based upon system design and without reliance upon the use of potassium iodide. This license condition is no longer applicable since the AST analyses provided in this submittal demonstrate that the NMP1 control room operator dose exposure for the most limiting design basis accident remains within the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.67 without reliance on the use of potassium iodide.

The description and technical basis of the proposed change are contained in Attachment (1) and the other attachments referenced therein. The proposed OL and TS changes are shown in the markup in Attachment (2). Associated TS Bases changes are shown in Attachment (3). The TS Bases changes are provided for information only and will be processed in accordance with the NMPI TS Bases Control Program (TS 6.5.6). Attachment (1), Section A1-9, provides a list of regulatory commitments contained in this submittal. Following NRC approval, the NMP1 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) will be updated to reflect the AST analyses in accordance with 10 CFR 50.71(e) as part of the regular UFSAR update process.

The detailed calculations (non-proprietary versions) that contain input data, assumptions, and analysis methodologies are provided in Attachment (8). One of these calculations is considered by Polestar Applied Technology, Inc. (Polestar) to contain proprietary information exempt from disclosure pursuant to 10 CFR 2.390. Therefore, on behalf Polestar, NMPNS hereby makes application to withhold this calculation from public disclosure in accordance with 10 CFR 2.390(b)(1). An affidavit executed by Polestar detailing the reasons for the request to withhold the proprietary information is provided in Attachment (9). A proprietary version of the calculation is provided in Attachment (10).

Document Control Desk December 14, 2006 Page 3 NMPNS requests approval of this request in a timely manner, with implementation within 120 days of receipt of the approved amendment. This implementation period will provide adequate time to complete implementation activities using the appropriate change control processes.

Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.91(b)(1), NMPNS has provided a copy of this license amendment request, with attachments, to the appropriate state representative.

Should you have any questions regarding the information in this submittal, please contact M. H. Miller, Licensing Director, at (315) 349-5219.

STATE OF NEW YORK

TO WIT:

COUNTY OF OSWEGO I, Timothy J. O'Connor, being duly sworn, state that I am Vice President Nine Mile Point, and that I am duly authorized to execute and file this request on behalf of Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC. To the best of my knowledge and belief, the statements contained in this document are true and correct. To the extent that these statements are not based on my personal knowledge, they are based upon information provided by other Nine Mile Point employees and/or consultants. Such information has been reviewed in accordance with company practice and I believe it to be reliable.

Subscribed and sworn before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of New York and County of Oswego, this IV"" day of Q, 2006.

WITNESS my Hand and Notarial Seal:

Notary Public My Commission Expires: DaeLf/ (

Date SANDRA A. OSWALD Notary Public, State of New York No. 0lOSS032276 TJO/DEV/kms Qualified in Oswego Cqunt* -

Commission Expiress44ajt.2oL ,

Document Control Desk December 14, 2006 Page 4 Attachments: (1) Technical Basis and No Significant Hazards Determination (2) Proposed Operating License (OL) and Technical Specification (TS) Changes (Mark-up)

(3) Changes to Technical Specification Bases (Mark-up)

(4) Determination of Reactor Building Positive Pressure Period (5) Suppression Pool pH Control in the Event of a Design Basis LOCA (6) Evaluation of LPS Injection Flow Transport and Mixing (7) Calculation of New Atmospheric Dispersion Factors (8) Enclosed Calculations for Alternative Source Term (Non-Proprietary Versions)

(9) Affidavit by Polestar Applied-Technology, Inc.

(10) Enclosed Calculations for Alternative Source Term (Proprietary Versions) cc: S. J. Collins, NRC (without Attachments 8 and 10)

T. G. Colburn, NRC Resident Inspector, NRC (without Attachments 8 and 10)

J. P. Spath, NYSERDA (without Attachments 8 and 10)

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Al-1. DESCRIPTION A1-2. PROPOSED CHANGE A1-3. BACKGROUND A1-4. TECHNICAL ANALYSIS A1-5. NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-6. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT A1-7. PRECEDENT A1-8. REFERENCES A1-9. REGULATORY COMMITMENTS Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Al-1. DESCRIPTION The proposed amendment revises the accident source term in design basis radiological consequence analyses for Nine Mile Point Unit I (NMP1). The proposed revisions to NMP1 Renewed Operating License DPR-63 are supported by the results of the revised design basis accident (DBA) analyses that have been performed to implement the revised accident source term. This submittal fulfills our commitment in References A1-8.1 and A1-8.2 for completing and submitting the radiological analysis needed to meet Generic Letter 2003-01, "Control Room Habitability" objectives.

This application is submitted, in part, pursuant to Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) regulation 10 CFR 50.67 that states: "A licensee who seeks to revise its current accident source term in design basis radiological consequence analyses shall apply for a license amendment under § 50.90." Section 50.67 further states: "The application shall contain an evaluation of the consequences of applicable design basis accidents previously analyzed in the safety analysis report." Additionally, 10 CFR 50.67 sets new acceptance criteria for radiological consequences based on total effective dose equivalent (TEDE),

replacing the traditional whole body and thyroid dose guidelines stated in 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion (GDC) 19 and 10 CFR 100.11. For NMP 1, the following four bounding DBAs were re-analyzed for this application:

1. Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA)
2. Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) accident,
3. Refueling Accident, and
4. Control Rod Drop Accident CRDA).

The proposed accident source term revision follows the guidance in Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors" (Reference A1-8.3). The accident source term discussed in RG 1.183 is herein referred to as the Alternative Source Term (AST). RG 1.183 permits full or selective implementation of the AST characteristics. This license amendment request is for full implementation of the AST as described in RG 1.183, with the exception that the current methodology of Technical Information Document (TID)-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites" (Reference Al-8.4) will continue to be used as the radiation dose basis for equipment qualification and vital area access. Full implementation of the AST is a modification of the facility design basis that addresses all characteristics of the AST; that is, composition and magnitude of the radioactive material, its chemical and physical form, and the timing of its release. Full implementation revises the plant licensing basis to specify the AST in place of the previous accident source term and establishes the TEDE dose as the new acceptance criteria. This applies not only to the analyses performed in the application (which may only include a subset of the plant analyses), but also to all future design basis analyses.

Approval of this proposed change will provide a source term for NMP1 that will result in a more accurate assessment of the DBA radiological doses. The improved dose assessment results in revisions to some current licensing basis requirements. The proposed changes to the Renewed Operating License (OL) and the Technical Specifications (TS) are described in the following section.

A1-2. PROPOSED CHANGE The proposed license amendment revises the NMP1 licensing basis to fully implement the RG 1.183 AST. As indicated in Section Al-i above, implementation of AST for NMP1 consists of reevaluation of the applicable DBAs (LOCA, MSLB accident, Refueling Accident, and CRDA) using the AST and the 10 1 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION CFR 50.67 TEDE acceptance criteria. The proposed license amendment also revises certain TS and OL requirements that are associated with and justified by the analyses performed to support the AST. The proposed TS and OL changes are described below and are indicated on the mark-up pages provided in Attachment (2). Associated TS Bases changes are shown in Attachment (3). The TS Bases changes are provided for information only and will be processed in accordance with the NMP1 TS Bases Control Program (TS Section 6.5.6).

The proposed TS changes include revisions to applicability requirements relating to movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. These changes are similar in concept to Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF) traveler TSTF-51-A, "Revise Containment Requirements during Handling Irradiated Fuel and Core Alterations," Revision 2 (Reference Al-8.5), which was approved by the NRC on November 1, 1999. These changes concern TS operability requirements for certain safety features (e.g., secondary containment, reactor building emergency ventilation system) that the AST Refueling Accident analysis demonstrates are no longer required, after sufficient radioactive decay has occurred, to ensure that offsite doses remain within limits.

A1-2.1 Technical Specification Changes Al-2.1.1 TS Section 1.0, Definitions New Definition 1.16, "Dose Equivalent 1-13 1," is added. The proposed definition is as follows:

Dose Equivalent 1-131 shall be that concentration of 1-131 (microcuries/gram) that alone would produce the same dose as the quantity and isotopic mixture of 1-131, 1-132, 1-133, 1-134, and I-135 actually present. The dose conversion factors used for this calculation shall be the Committed Effective Dose Equivalent dose conversion factors listed in Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report No. 11, EPA, "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion," 1988.

New Definition 1.17, "Recently Irradiated Fuel," is added. Recently irradiated fuel is fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

A1-2.1.2 TS Section 3.1.2, Liquid Poison System The operability requirements for the Liquid Poison System (LPS) are revised to include both the power operating condition and whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is greater than 212'F (except for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical). Also, the "Objective" statement is revised to reflect the new post-LOCA pH control function of the LPS.

A1-2.1.3 TS Section 3.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity Limits The reactor coolant radioactivity concentration limit specified in TS Section 3.2.4.a is revised from 9.47 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water (pCi/gm) to 0.2 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. In addition, proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 gCilgm but is less than or equal to 4.0 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.

A 1-2.1.4 TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity These limiting conditions for operation and the surveillance requirements are updated in a manner that is similar to the Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433 - Reference A 1-8.28), as follows:

2 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION

a. The applicability of the requirements of TS Section 3.2.4.a are revised from "all operating conditions" (stated under "Applicability" for TS Section 3.2.4) to "during the power operating and hot shutdown conditions" (stated in the proposed revision to TS Section 3.2.4.a).
b. Current TS Section 3.2.4.b, which requires shutdown of the plant if the reactor coolant activity limit is exceeded, is replaced with two new specifications and associated actions:
  • Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />, with sample analysis frequency increased to once every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 *Ci/gm but is less than or equal to 4.0 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-13 1.
  • Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.c requires shutdown of the plant if reactor coolant activity cannot be restored to less than or equal to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 within 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />, or if at any time it exceeds 4.0 gCi/gm.
c. The radioiodine concentration limit stated in current TS Section 3.2.4.c is revised from 1.5 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.
d. Current TS Section 4.2.4.a, which requires analysis of reactor coolant samples for gross gamma activity at least every 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br />, is deleted.
e. Current TS Section 4.2.4.b is re-worded to require verification that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity is less than or equal to 0.2 gCi/gm, the frequency of performing this surveillance is revised from "once per month" to "once per 7 days," and performance of this surveillance is limited to the power operating condition only.
f. Current TS Section 4.2.4.c, which requires analyzing a reactor coolant sample for radioactive iodines of 1-131 through 1-135, is revised to require verification that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity is less than or equal to 0.2 jiCi/gm.
g. Item numbering is revised consistent with the above changes (editorial).

A1-2.1.5 TS Section 3.3.3, Leakage Rate The reference to "10 CFR 100" in the "Objective" statement is replaced with "10 CFR 50.67."

A 1-2.1.6 TS Section 3.4.0, Reactor Building The operability requirements for maintaining reactor building (secondary containment) integrity are revised by deleting the requirement that reactor building integrity be in effect during the refueling condition, replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when reactor building integrity must be in effect. Formatting changes are also included to improve usability.

3 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-2.1.7 TS Section 3.4.1, Leakage Rate: TS Section 3.4.2, Reactor Building Integrity - Isolation Valves; TS Section 3.4.3, Access Control: and TS Section 3.4.4, Emergency Ventilation System These TS sections are revised as follows:

a. The conditions for which TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, and 3.4.3 are applicable are revised to uniformly indicate that the requirements must be met "at all times when secondary containment integrity is required," consistent with the applicability requirements for TS Section 3.4.4.
b. The action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4. .a, 3.4.2.b, 3.4.3.b, and 3.4.4.e are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building or during OPDRVs. Formatting changes are also included to improve usability.
c. In TS Section 3.4.3.b.2, the item referring to "core alterations" is deleted.

A1-2.1.8 TS Section 3.4.5, Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS)

The conditions for which TS Section 3.4.5 is applicable are revised by deleting the refueling condition, replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)." Formatting changes are also included to improve usability. In addition, the action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4.5.e and 3.4.5.f are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building or during OPDRVs.

A 1-2.1.9 TS Table 3.6.2j, Emergency Ventilation Initiation Note (a) to TS Table 3.6.2j, which applies to the High Radiation Refueling Platform instrumentation, is revised by replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when the instrumentation must be operable. In addition, the requirement that the High Radiation Reactor Building Ventilation Duct instrumentation be operable in the Refuel mode of operation is replaced by Note (a) requiring that this instrumentation be operable whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).

A1-2.2 Renewed Operating License Change NMP1 Renewed Operating License Condition 2.C.(3) is being deleted. This license condition required Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC (NMPNS) to submit an application for license amendment, including supporting analyses and evaluations, to demonstrate compliance with GDC 19 dose guidelines under accident conditions based upon system design and without reliance upon the use of potassium iodide. This license condition is no longer applicable since the AST analyses provided in this submittal demonstrate that the NMP1 control room operator dose exposure for the most limiting design basis accident remains within the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.67 without reliance on the use of potassium iodide.

4 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-3. BACKGROUND The current NMP1 licensing basis utilizes a source term that is based on TID-14844 (Reference A1-8.4) to calculate the radiological consequences of postulated design basis accidents. In response to NRC Generic Letter 2003-01 (References Al-8.1 and A1-8.2), NMPNS indicated that reanalysis of applicable accident scenarios in Chapter XV of the NMPl Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), using AST methodology, would be used to demonstrate control room habitability. To that end, this submittal contains the reanalysis and licensing basis changes necessary to meet Generic Letter 2003-01 objectives.

Use of AST methodology increases the design basis unfiltered inleakage into the control room envelope to a value larger than that observed in the tracer gas testing, and eliminates the License Condition 2.C.(3) requirement that potassium iodide (KI) be available to the control room operators.

The fission product release from the reactor core into primary containment following a DBA is referred to as the "source term." The source term is characterized by the composition and magnitude of the radioactive material, the chemical and physical properties of the material, and the timing of the release from the reactor core. Since the publication of TID-14844, significant advances have been made in understanding the composition and magnitude, chemical form, and timing of fission product releases from severe nuclear power plant accidents. Many of these insights developed out of the major research efforts started by the NRC and the nuclear industry after the accident at Three Mile Island.

In 1995, NUREG-1465 (Reference A1-8.6) was published with revised ASTs for use in the licensing of future Light Water Reactors (LWRs). This NUREG represents the result of decades of research on fission product release and transport in LWRs under accident conditions. On December 23, 1999, the NRC issued the final rule on "Use of Alternative Source Terms at Operating Reactors." The final rule, issued as 10 CFR 50.67, "Accident Source Term," allows holders of operating licenses issued prior to January 10, 1997, to voluntarily replace the traditional source term used in DBA analyses with alternative source terms such as the one described in NUREG-1465. One of the major insights summarized in NUREG-1465 involves the timing and duration of fission product releases.

The five release phases describing the progression of a severe accident in a LWR are listed in NUREG-1465 and are given below.

1. Coolant Activity Release
2. Gap Activity Release
3. Early In-vessel Release
4. Ex-vessel Release
5. Late In-vessel Release Phases 1, 2, and 3 are considered in current (i.e., pre-AST) DBA evaluations; however, they are all assumed to occur instantaneously. Phases 4 and 5 are related to severe accident evaluations. Under the AST methodology, only the coolant activity release (i.e., Phase 1) is assumed to occur instantaneously and ends with the onset of the gap activity release (i.e., Phase 2). This approach represents a more realistic time sequence for activity release. The insights from NUREG-1465 were subsequently incorporated into RG 1.183.

5 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4. TECHNICAL ANALYSIS A1-4.1 Radiological Consequence Analyses NMPNS has performed radiological consequence analyses of the DBAs documented in Chapter XV of the NMP1 UFSAR that potentially result in the most significant control room and offsite exposures.

These analyses were performed to support tull scope implementation of AST. The AST analyses have been performed in accordance with the guidance in RG 1.183 and Standard Review Plan (SRP) 15.0.1 (Reference A1-8.7). Acceptance criteria consistent with those required by 10 CFR 50.67 and RG 1.183, Table 6, were used to replace the current design basis source term acceptance criteria. The following NMP 1 DBAs were addressed:

  • Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA), UFSAR Sections XV-C.2.0 and XV-C.5.0
  • Refueling Accident, UFSAR Section XV-C.3.0
1. Identification of the core source term based on plant specific analysis of core fission product inventory.
2. Determination of the release fractions.
3. Analysis of new atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) for the radiological propagation pathways.
4. Calculation of fission product deposition rates and removal efficiencies.
5. Calculation of offsite and control room personnel TEDE doses.
6. Evaluation of suppression pool pH to ensure that the iodine deposited into the suppression pool during a DBA LOCA does not re-evolve and become airborne as elemental iodine.
7. Evaluation of other related design and licensing bases such as NUREG-0737, "Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements" (Reference AI-8.9).

The analysis methodology, assumptions, and inputs for radionuclide release, transport, and removal for each of the analyzed DBAs are described in the following sections. An assessment of conformance with the guidance provided in RG 1.183 is provided in Tables A l-I through A1-5.

A1-4.1.1 Evaluation Methodology A summary of the computer codes used in the AST analyses is provided in Table A1-6. Summary descriptions of these codes are provided below or in the section describing the specific DBA where the code is utilized.

6 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.1.1 Fission Product Inventory The ORIGEN2 code (Reference AI-8.10) was used to calculate plant-specific fission product inventories which bound the effect of 24-month fuel cycles, power operation at the current licensed thermal power of 1850 MWt (plus the current accident analysis design basis allowance of 2% for instrument uncertainty),

and the currently used General Electric GE-Il fuel design (see Table Al-7 for fuel data). Bounding values of fission product activity were determined for each radionuclide in the DBA radiological analyses by considering enrichment and exposure. Fission product activities were calculated for immediately after shutdown and decayed for the required times. The shutdown values are shown in Table A 1-8.

A1-4.1.1.2 Dose Assessment The RADTRAD computer code Version 3.03 (Reference AI-8.11) was used for the LOCA and CRDA calculations. Due to simplifying and conservative assumptions, a spreadsheet was used to calculate doses for the MSLB accident, the Refueling Accident, and one of the two CRDA cases. The computer code STARDOSE (Reference A1-8.12) was used to check the RADTRAD results. The RADTRAD and STARDOSE programs are radiological consequence analysis codes used to determine post-accident doses at offsite and control room locations. The STARDOSE code is the proprietary property of Polestar Applied Technology, Inc. The NRC has previously reviewed results obtained from the application of the STARDOSE code as part of the Vermont Yankee and Browns Ferry AST applications (References Al-8.23 and A1-8.24, respectively).

The evaluation of post-LOCA shine doses to control room personnel from the passing plume, the CRATS filters, and the reactor building airborne activity was performed using the QADMOD code (Reference Al-14). QADMOD was also used to confirm actuation of the RBEVS due to high radiation levels in the reactor building. QADMOD has been applied previously to analyses of this type for NMP I.

The QADMOD results were independently verified either manually or with the MicroShield code. The MicroShield code (Reference AI-13) is a point kernel integration code used for general purpose gamma shielding analysis.

A1-4.1.1.3 Containment Activity Removal Credit is taken for the reduction of airborne activity in the primary containment due to natural deposition and sprays (RG 1.183, Appendix A, Sections 3.2 and 3.3).

Modeling with STARNAUA Aerosol removal in containment is governed by a number of processes modeled by the STARNAUA computer code (Reference A1-8.15) including gravitational settling (sedimentation) and removal by sprays. In addition, agglomeration (coagulation) of particles is modeled; in fact, removal by sprays may be considered a special case of agglomeration.

Agglomeration is more pronounced when the number density of particles in the containment atmosphere is large. It is apparent from Stokes Law that larger particles are removed more efficiently than smaller ones (both for sedimentation and for spray removal); therefore, agglomeration can substantially increase the removal rate. Because large particles are more readily removed than smaller ones, the particle size distribution gets more and more depleted of large particles as time goes on. Agglomeration mitigates this trend, tending to be a source of large particles.

7 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION An important special case of interest occurs when containment sprays are present. In this case, the agglomeration takes place between the very large spray droplets and the aerosol particles, which results in a very efficient process for removing the particles.

Sedimentation is always an important removal mechanism for aerosol particles and is often the predominant one, even in the absence of sprays. When sprays are present, sedimentation of the compound spray droplet/particle accounts for almost all of the aerosol removal.

Sedimentation of aerosols (as opposed to that of spray droplets) is well understood in terms of the Stokes-Cunningham law which gives the terminal settling velocity for a single particle of actual radius ro as:

2Cg(pp -Pgas)rp 9ýtgas where:

v, = settling velocity, cm/sec 2 g = gravitational acceleration, 980 cm/sec pp = density of the particle, g/cm3 g/cm 3 Pgas = density of air (or the containment atmosphere),

[tgas = viscosity of air (or the containment atmosphere), g/cm-sec C = Cunningham slip factor = 1 + 1.246 + 0.42exp(- -.87rp rp k*

X = gas mean free path, cm rp= particle actual radius (Note that STARNAUA employs cgs units throughout.)

The expression above is valid for particles of radius less than -50 microns (i.e., aerosols) which adequately covers the particle size range of interest. (It does not apply to spray droplets, which are considerably larger and are treated differently.)

Settling and spray removal rates are strongly dependent on the size (and material density) of the aerosol particles. In STARNAUA, the aerosol population is characterized by a size distribution which evolves in time from its initial (source) function to a time-dependent distribution as particles of different sizes are added, agglomerate, and/or are removed at different rates. The initial source size distribution is assumed to be characteristic of the aerosol released into the containment.

In so-called "discrete" codes (including STARNAUA), the size distribution is defined by choosing appropriate minimum and maximum particle sizes and dividing the interval between the two into a number of "bins". The initial size distribution is then entered as the fraction of the total number of particles assigned to each bin. The population of each bin is then followed as a function of time. The larger the number of bins, the more accurately the distribution will be represented, but at the cost of increased computing time. The NMP1 analysis for drywell spray was conducted using 30 bins covering 4.54E-3 microns to 90.8 microns aerodynamic radius for the initial distribution.

It has been observed that many aerosol distributions (number of particles, N, as a function of particle radius, r), both those occurring naturally and those resulting from industrial or other processes of human origin, are of the log-normal type. It should be noted that such a distribution is completely defined by two 8 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION parameters: (ln(r))m and ag. The parameter (ln(r))m is the mean value of In(r) for the aerosol population.

To characterize the initial (source) distribution, STARNAUA replaces (ln(r)),n by the closely related parameter rg, where rg is the (geometric) mean particle radius (ln(rg) = (ln(r))m ).

The results of a number of large-scale fuel melt experiments were analyzed in order to obtain values of rg and (g. The results were then averaged to obtain what is believed to be the most representative values of the source size distribution in a reactor fuel melt accident. The representative values are rg = 0.22 Vtm and oY= 1.81 (Og = 0.5933). These are the values that are normally input into STARNAUA calculations (except for a small correction due to the void fraction of the particles).

An important consideration in sedimentation arises from the fact that the aerosol particles are not considered to be solid, but are assumed to have void fractions that are filled with gas if the containment atmosphere is dry, or filled with water if the atmosphere is at or near saturation. For plants with sprays operating, it is generally assumed that the voids are water-filled.

The mechanisms that contribute to the spray collection efficiency modeled in STARNAUA include interception, impaction, Brownian diffusion of aerosol particles to the droplet, and diffusiophoretic deposition of particles to the droplets if the thermal-hydraulic conditions result in steam condensation on the droplets. The latter effect is neglected for NMP1. The overall spray collection efficiency is the sum of the individual efficiencies of these processes, which are dependent on both the droplet and the particle sizes.

Thermal-Hydraulic Conditions The density and viscosity of the containment atmosphere are functions of input thermal-hydraulic conditions in the containment (temperature and gas composition (steam/nitrogen ratio)), which will vary with time. STARNAUA contains function statements that yield these quantities at each time step in the calculation. The input values of temperature and steam/nitrogen ratio (relative humidity) are taken from the current licensing basis figures of drywell pressure and temperature presented in the NMP1 UFSAR Chapter XV for the case with core spray operating, which is the more limiting thermal-hydraulic case.

Mass of Inert Aerosol Release In addition to fission products released as aerosols, non-fission product fuel and structural ("inert")

material aerosols are also released. Although these do not contribute significantly to radiation exposure, their presence in the total aerosol is important, since they do contribute to the aerosol number density in the containment atmosphere and take part in aerosol agglomeration. Thus, they influence the removal rates of the fission product aerosols from the containment atmosphere. It is thus essential to include them in the aerosol source term in STARNAUA calculations. The ratio of structural material to fission product aerosols should be at least 2.4. This value is considered to be conservative; i.e., it will result in less aerosol removal than a larger value would. For NMPI, an even more conservative ratio of 1:1 was used.

In a STARNAUA calculation, the fission product aerosol release in each release period for each fission product is determined on the basis of its core inventory at the time of the accident and its release fraction from the core. The fission product release rates are summed, and for the in-vessel release period, the inert release rate is taken as equal to the sum of the total fission product releases (gap plus in-vessel release periods) times the assumed inert/fission product ratio. It is assumed that no inert release occurs during the gap release period.

9 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION The removal of elemental iodine is assumed to occur at the same rate and with the same degree of completeness as particulate except that the spray lambda is not permitted to exceed 20 per hour. The assumption of equal removal is based on the propensity for elemental iodine to adsorb onto surfaces (in this case, the large surface area of the dispersed particulate). Once the iodine is dissolved in the spray water, for a suppression pool pH of 8.3 at 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> (the point in time when spray credit ceases), the ratio of iodine concentration in the liquid phase to that in the gas will be approximately 24,000. For a primary containment gas-to-liquid volume of about 3.75 for NMP1, this means that not more than 0.016% of the total iodine would remain airborne as elemental iodine at that time. This is negligible considering the residual 0.15% iodine airborne in organic form (itself a minor contributor to dose). With the suppression pool pH being greater than 7.0 even at 30 days, re-evolution of elemental iodine later in the accident does not need to be considered.

A 1-4.1.1.4 Main Steam Line Activity Removal Credit is taken for the reduction of airborne activity in the main steam lines between the inboard and outboard main steam isolation valves (MSIVs) due to natural deposition (RG 1. 183, Appendix A, Section 6.3).

Modeling with STARNAUA The calculation of aerosol removal in the main steam lines is also accomplished with STARNAUA. It is assumed that particulate in the portion of the main steam line between the inboard and the outboard MSIVs is subject to removal by deposition as allowed by RG 1.183, Appendix A, Section 6.3 as long as both MSIVs are closed. This portion of the steam lines is horizontal; thus, the full projected area may be credited for sedimentation. Because sedimentation is minimized by the assumption of high temperature, the steam line is conservatively assumed to remain at its maximum temperature for the full duration of the analysis. This assumption also minimizes residence time in the volume between the MSIVs, which also adds conservatism.

It is also assumed that particulate mass and activity and elemental iodine activity are reduced by a factor of two due to particle impaction at the inboard or outboard MSIV, whichever is the first closed valve encountered. However, once the particulate enters the steam line beyond the first closed MSIV, no further elemental iodine removal is considered in the steam lines. This is very conservative, because even if re-evolution from the particulate surfaces were to occur in the hot, dry conditions of the steam line, some deposition and retention would be expected on the metal surfaces in those volumes, as well.

A1-4.1.1.5 ESF Leakage during Reactor Building Drawdown Period

Background

The mechanical pressure-boundary elements of systems recirculating reactor coolant/suppression pool water post-accident outside the primary containment (such as pump seals, valve stem packing, flanges, etc.) are subject to leakage. For NMP1, the design basis leakage rate is 600 gph. In accordance with RG 1.183, this value is increased by a factor of two for purposes of the AST dose analysis, and 10% of the radioiodine dissolved in the reactor coolant is assumed to re-evolve from the liquid and become airborne as it leaks from the ESF systems.

10 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION ESF Leakage Iodine Treatment There is a functional relationship between the iodine concentration in the liquid and that in the gas above the liquid. Using models from NUREG/CR-5732, "Iodine Chemical Forms in LWR Severe Accidents" (Reference A1-8.26), the following expression can be obtained for H, the ratio of iodine concentration in the liquid phase to that in the gas phase:

H = 105990.0149T (2 + eI 7 2(pH)-608).

For example, if T = 3470 K (165'F, the maximum suppression pool temperature) is used in connection with a pH of 7, the value of H is 2571. This means the liquid phase mass concentration of iodine will be 2571 times the gas phase concentration of iodine at equilibrium. If the liquid phase leak rate is L in gph, then the fraction of incoming iodine (4D).that can be removed by an equilibrium ventilation gas flow (GF) in cfm is the iodine removed/iodine in, or:

(D = GF(448.8 gph/cfm)/HL Solving for the gas flow:

GF = (IHL/(448.8 gph/cfm) = D{ 105 "9 9-0" 0 149 T(2 + el 72(PH) 6 08

)}L/(448.8 gph/cfm)

For L = 1200 gph, and D = 10%:

GF = 0.267{ 1 0 5"99-0"0149T( 2 + el72(pH)-608)}

For the pH = 7/T = 347 0 K example, GF = 687 cfm.

While this gas flow is not excessive in a general ventilation sense, it is large relative to the outleakage of the reactor building (RB) during the drawdown period. For example, it is 220 times greater than the containment leak rate of 1.5 %/day (3.125 cfm). Therefore, while the reactor building outleakage may be capable of conveying all of the containment leakage to the environment during drawdown, it is physically impossible for it to convey all of the iodine released from ESF leakage.

The maximum calculated pressure in the RB during drawdown assuming single RBEVS train operation is illustrated in Attachment (4), Figure A4-1. The peak reactor building pressure of 2.31 inches of water is reached in 205 seconds after the LOCA and concurrent loss of offsite power. Using the pressure transient in the RB as shown on Figure A4-1, the potential outleakage during drawdown may be calculated. Note that in calculating this internal pressure, 80% of the leakage area was assumed to be at the point of maximum pressure on the windward side of the building. If this assumption were applied consistently, only 20% of the leakage area would be available for outleakage. However, for conservatism, outleakage is calculated on the basis of 50% of the leakage area being at a point on the leeward side of the reactor building where the building pressure is negative. For the 951h percentile wind speed of 22 mph, the corresponding local pressure is -0.162 inches of water.

The transient outleakage rate is presented on Figure A1-2. Also presented on this figure is the air flow necessary to purge away the re-evolved iodine based on the instantaneous pH of the leakage stream. Note that initially (because the RB pressure is high and the pH of the leakage is low), the building outleakage is much greater than the iodine purge flow. However, as shown in Calculation H21C084 (see Attachment 8),

by 30 minutes, the suppression pool pH has increased to about 7.2 due to the addition of fission product cesium compounds, with the result that the purge flow is about 1000 cfm. At the same time, the RB 11 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION leakage flow has been reduced to 1000 cfm. Beyond this point, decreasing RB internal pressure and continued maintenance of suppression pool pH above 7.0 (by injection of sodium pentaborate solution by the LPS) produces a situation in which the air flow necessary to remove the re-evolving iodine is greater than the air flow that can leak from the RB.

What would happen at this point, in reality, is that airborne iodine would begin to accumulate in the RB atmosphere and iodine re-evolution would be suppressed. However, for conservatism in the NMP1 LOCA dose analysis, the excess iodine (that which is greater than the RB can leak) is assumed to be released via the RBEVS without holdup.

A 1-4.1.2 Inputs and Assumptions General inputs for the DBA radiological consequence analyses are listed in Table AI-9. Event-specific inputs and assumptions are further discussed in the following sections. New atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) for the control room intake, Technical Support Center (TSC) intake, and offsite (exclusion area boundary (EAB) and low population zone (LPZ)) have been calculated and represent a significant change from the values used in the current radiological design basis analyses. Section Al-4.3 and Attachment (7) provide additional information regarding X/Q values.

A I-4.1.3 Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA)

The radiological consequences of the DBA LOCA were analyzed using the RADTRAD code and verified with the STARDOSE code, with the inputs and assumptions defined in Section A1-4.1.3.1 below. The LOCA analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C092 (see Attachment 8).

A1-4.1.3.l Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs used in the AST LOCA analysis are included in Tables A1-9 through AI-12. These inputs and assumptions fall into three categories: Radionuclide Release Inputs and Timing, Radionuclide Transport Inputs, and Radionuclide Removal Inputs. The LOCA analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C092 (see Attachment 8). The analysis includes five release pathways (illustrated schematically on Figure Al-1), as follows:

Pathway 1: Leakage from Primary Containment (PC) directly to the environment (includes Reactor Building (Secondary Containment) bypass leakage and MSIV leakage);

Pathway 2: Leakage from the PC directly to the environment only for the duration of RB drawdown (i.e.,

prior to re-establishing RB negative pressure);

Pathway 3: Leakage from the PC into the RB and subsequent release to the environment via the RBEVS and the plant stack after RB drawdown (i.e., RB negative pressure is re-established);

Pathway 4: Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) leakage from the PC directly to the environment only for the duration of RB drawdown (i.e., prior to re-establishing RB negative pressure). Note that a portion of the ESF leakage prior to RB drawdown is assumed to be released from the plant stack because the volumetric flow associated with the re-evolved ESF leakage iodine is too great to leak from the RB as building leakage during drawdown. This is discussed in Section A1-4.1.1.5 above.

Pathway 5: ESF leakage from the PC into the RB and subsequent release to the environment via the RBEVS and the plant stack after RB drawdown (i.e., RB negative pressure is re-established).

12 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION All of these pathways were initially analyzed for two accident scenarios: one in which the failure of an RBEVS train delays drawdown of the RB (affecting Pathways 2 through 5) and one in which an MSIV fails to close (affecting Pathway 1). However, the limiting scenario is an assumed loss of offsite power concurrent with the LOCA and failure of an emergency diesel generator (EDG) to operate. The EDG failure results in only a single RBEVS train operating (which delays drawdown of the RB and produces essentially a fully bypassed secondary containment for an extended period), and also results in one inboard MSIV failing to close (which reduces activity removal in one main steam line).

Radionuclide Release Inputs and Timing The Pathway I releases are secondary containment bypass pathways, which include MSIV leakage and leakage via other systems (i.e., feedwater, torus vent, drywell vent and emergency condenser vent and drain) that provide pathways from the primary containment. They are treated as ground level releases from either the RB or the turbine building. Pathway 2 and Pathway 4 releases are from the RB at ground level during drawdown. Pathway 3 and Pathway 5 releases are from the plant stack. Event timing is as follows:

  • LOCA occurs at time zero. Degraded core cooling leads to core damage.
  • Release from core to PC begins at 2 minutes.
  • Drywell sprays are initiated automatically and spray begins at 75 seconds.
  • RBEVS starts automatically within a few minutes and RB drawdown is achieved in 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> (for a single RBEVS train operating).
  • Further core damage and associated activity releases are terminated at 122 minutes by assumed restoration of core cooling. Drywell and torus airspace become well-mixed at that time.
  • Within 1.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br />, the Liquid Poison System (LPS) is initiated and the contents of the LPS storage tank begin to mix with the suppression pool (torus) water. See Section A1-4.2 and Attachment (5).

" By 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, the containment pressure has decreased to less than 5 psig, and the PC leak rate has become a factor of two less than the maximum PC leak rate (except for ESF liquid leakage).

" By 720 hours0.00833 days <br />0.2 hours <br />0.00119 weeks <br />2.7396e-4 months <br />, essentially all particulate activity has been leaked or deposited and gaseous 1-131 (the principal dose contributor excluding particulate 1-131) has gone through nearly four half-lives. The dose calculation is terminated in accordance with RG 1.183.

The timing of these events is based on RG 1.183 and as further discussed below.

ReactorBuilding Drawdown Time Prior to establishing a sustained negative pressure in the RB, PC leakage is assumed to be released directly to the environment from the refueling floor elevation via sheet-metal siding. The time at which the RB pressure becomes sufficiently low to justify no further out-leakage is an important parameter of the DBA LOCA analysis. The reactor building drawdown calculation is discussed in Attachment (4).

13 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Drywell Spray Initiation The containment spray pumps will automatically start within 60 seconds of the Reactor Protection System (RPS) receiving both a high drywell pressure and a low-low reactor water level signal. The containment spray pumps spray water from the suppression pool into the drywell and torus airspaces. Spray is assumed to begin at 75 seconds, prior to the start of the gap activity release. The containment spray system is described in UFSAR Sections VII-B and XVI-C.2.0. The system is designated safety-related and system operability is governed by TS Section 3.3.7.

Drywell and Torus Mixing RG 1.183 establishes that only the drywell volume should be credited for diluting the activity release from the core for a BWR. For plants with Mark I containment designs, no specific guidance on how to treat mixing between the drywell and the remainder of the containment is provided. Instead, the general guidance is that the torus airspace "...may be included provided there is a mechanism to ensure mixing..." The NMP1 analysis credits mixing of the drywell and torus airspace volumes beyond 122 minutes, following the restoration of core/core debris cooling. At this time, considerable thermal-hydraulic activity in the PC will result in the drywell and torus airspace volumes becoming well-mixed.

Liquid Poison System Injection The analysis credits the pH buffering effect of sodium pentaborate solution introduced into the suppression pool post-LOCA by operation of the LPS. The LPS injection will maintain the suppression pool pH above 7.0 for the 30-day duration of the accident; therefore, radioiodine re-evolution does not need to be considered.

The LPS is safety-related, required to be operable by TS 3.1.2, and supplied with emergency power.

Suitability of the LPS to perform the post-LOCA pH control function, details of the AST analysis for suppression pool pH control, and a discussion of procedural guidance for post-LOCA injection of the sodium pentaborate solution using the LPS are addressed in Attachment (5).

PrimaryContainmentLeakage and Leak Rate Reduction Justification The maximum allowable primary containment leakage rate is 1.5 percent (1.5%) PC air weight per day, per TS Section 3.3.3. This leakage rate was assumed in the AST analyses for the first 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. RG 1.183 requires justification for implementing a factor of two decrease in PC leak rate at 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after the start of the accident. The use of the containment spray system reduces the drywell pressure from its peak value of 35 psig to approximately 5 psig at 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, a factor of seven reduction based on the gauge pressure.

Thus, a factor of two reduction in PC leak rate at 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is justified. Calculation H21C092 (see ) provides additional details.

EngineeredSafety FeatureLeakage Leakage from ESF components outside primary containment was reviewed. NMP1 has implemented a program in accordance with TS Section 6.5.2 to minimize leakage from those portions of systems outside containment that could contain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or accident to levels as low as practicable. The program includes the following:

14 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION

  • Preventive maintenance and periodic visual inspection requirements; and
  • System leak test requirements for each system at 24 month intervals.

The NMP1 program effectively eliminates ESF leakage. However, the LOCA analysis assumed an ESF leakage rate of 1200 gallon per hour (gph) into the reactor building starting at the onset of the event. This leakage rate is two times the sum of the simultaneous leakage from all ESF components that is allowed by the program specified in TS Section 6.5.2.

MSIV Leakage Rate The total MSIV leakage rate of 100 scfh (maximum of 50 scfh in either line) was assumed in the analyses for the first 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. At 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, the MSIV leakage rate was reduced by a factor of two, consistent with the PC containment leakage rate reduction. The maximum allowable MSIV leakage values are controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7. The allowable leakage was converted to a true volumetric flow rate for the appropriate conditions, as described in Calculation H2 IC092.

Secondary ContainmentBypass Leakage Primary containment leakage via the lines which penetrate the RB is taken into account. These include two feedwater lines, two torus vent/purge lines, two drywell vent/purge lines, four emergency condenser drain lines, and two emergency condenser vent lines. Leakage from the PC through the closed primary containment isolation valves in these systems could bypass the RB and the RBEVS filters and could also result in a ground-level release. A total combined leakage rate of 41.5 scfh is conservatively assumed to begin at the start of the event. The maximum allowable bypass leakage values are controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7. No credit is taken for activity removal in these pathways.

Radionuclide Transport Inputs Pathway 1 - Leakage from Primary Containment Directly to the Environment (Secondary Containment Bypass Pathways)

This pathway models the leakage from the lines which penetrate the PC and then penetrate the RB.

Leakage from the PC through the closed containment isolation valves (CIVs) in these systems could bypass the RB and the RBEVS filters and could also result in a ground-level release. This includes MSIV leakage and the combined leakage from feedwater, torus vent, drywell vent, and emergency condenser vent and drain line CIVs.

Assumptions The release from the core is assumed to enter the drywell only. Mixing within the entire PC is not assumed to occur until after the end of the release. Credit for drywell deposition is taken from the time the release starts at 2 minutes (i.e., drywell sprays are operating at the start of release). A factor of two reduction in leak rates is assumed to occur at 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, based on containment pressure reduction. These releases are assumed to be released at ground level.

15 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION The MSIV leakage pathway includes the steam line volume between the inboard and outboard MSIVs only. The model includes two parallel main steam line flow paths to the environment. For the line with the MSIV that fails to close, the volume between the MSIVs is ignored, and the release is directly from the PC to the environment except that the impaction decontamination factor of 2 is credited. For the line with both MSIVs closed, the model credits deposition in the volume between the MSIVs. The piping upstream of the inboard MSIV and downstream of the outboard MSIV is neglected, even though the downstream main steam piping is seismically rugged and would remain intact during and following a design basis earthquake. Each line is assumed to leak at 50 scfh (100 scfh total).

The non-MSIV secondary containment bypass leakage is treated conservatively. Other than a decontamination factor (DF) of 2 for impaction at the first closed CIV (also applied to the steam lines), no credit is taken for deposition in piping or components (either inside or outside the PC). The non-MSIV bypass pathways have a combined total leak rate of 41.5 scfh.

Pathway 2 - Leakage from Primary Containment Directly to the Environment during RB Drawdown (GroundLevel)

This pathway makes a significant contribution to the DBA-LOCA doses. It consists of leakage from the PC that occurs prior to establishing a sustained negative pressure in the RB and, therefore, is assumed to be released directly to the environment from the refueling floor elevation via the sheet-metal siding.

Assumptions The release from the core is assumed to enter the drywell only. Mixing within the entire PC is not assumed to occur until after the end of the release. Credit for drywell deposition is taken from the time the release starts at 2 minutes (i.e., drywell sprays are operating at the start of release). This release is assumed to be released at ground level.

The release rate during drawdown corresponds to the PC leak rate of 1.5% air weight per day. A drawdown time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> from the start of the DBA-LOCA is used in the analysis. There is significant conservatism in the use of a 6-hour drawdown time. The analysis described in Attachment (4) shows that a reactor building pressure of -0.25 inches water gauge (WG) is actually achieved at approximately 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br />. In addition, the drawdown analysis indicates that the reactor building pressure becomes negative at approximately 26 minutes and that there is a significant period when the pressure is -0.15 inches WG or less (from approximately 67 minutes to 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br />).

Pathway 3 - Leakage from Primary Containment to the Environment via the Reactor Building, RBEVS, and PlantStack (afterRB Drawdown)

For this pathway, PC leakage is into the RB where it is filtered by the RBEVS and released to the environment via the main stack.

Assumptions For this pathway, airborne releases from the PC to the RB begin after the drawdown period (6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />).

As for the previous pathways, the release from the core is assumed to enter the drywell only. Mixing within the entire PC is not assumed to occur until after the end of the release (at 2.033 hours3.819444e-4 days <br />0.00917 hours <br />5.456349e-5 weeks <br />1.25565e-5 months <br />). Credit for drywell deposition is taken from the time the release starts at 2 minutes (i.e., drywell sprays are 16 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION operating at the start of release). A factor of two reduction in leak rates is assumed to occur at 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, based on containment pressure reduction.

The release rate during drawdown corresponds to the PC leak rate of 1.5% air weight per day from the drywell (and also from the torus airspace after 2.033 hours3.819444e-4 days <br />0.00917 hours <br />5.456349e-5 weeks <br />1.25565e-5 months <br />). RBEVS filter efficiencies of 95% for particulates and elemental iodine and 90% for organic iodine are assumed. The release is via the main stack.

Pathway 4 - ESFLeakage from Primary Containmentto the Environment duringRB Drawdown (Ground Level)

ESF leakage is modeled as a continuous 1200 gph (2.67 cfm) volumetric flow from the suppression pool control volume to the RB. During the drawdown period, the release corresponding to the maximum outleakage from the reactor building is assumed to be released directly to the environment at ground level. After 0.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> (the point in time when the iodine purge flow exceeds the maximum outleakage rate), a portion of the total flow is released to the environment via the main stack (see Pathway 5).

Assumptions A drawdown time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> from the start of the DBA-LOCA is used in the analysis. As noted above, there is significant conservatism in the use of a 6-hour drawdown time. The ESF leak rate of 1200 gph (2.67 cfm) is assumed to begin at the initiation of the accident. The leak rate is reduced to 1.74 cfm at 0.5 hrs, 0.83 cfm at 0.7 hrs, 0.22 at 1.0 hr, 0.10 cfm at 2.033 hrs, and stops at 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. Ten percent of the iodine in the ESF leakage is assumed to become airborne. All of the elemental and organic iodine that becomes airborne is released.

Pathway 5 - ESF Leakage from Primary Containment to the Environment via the Reactor Building, RBEVS, and PlantStack (after RB Drawdown)

ESF leakage is modeled as a continuous 1200 gph (2.67 cfm) volumetric flow rate from the suppression pool control volume to the RB.

Assumptions Beginning at 0.5 hrs, 0.93 cfm is released directly (without holdup) via the RBEVS and the stack.

This increases to 1.84 cfm at 0.7 hrs, 2.45 cfm at 1.0 hr, and 2.57 at 2.033 hrs. By 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, the full 2.67 cfm is released to the RB volume, filtered by the RBEVS, and discharged via the plant stack.

Ten percent of the iodine in the ESF leakage is assumed to become airborne. All of the elemental and organic iodine that becomes airborne is released.

Radionuclide Removal Inputs LOCA activity release is partially removed by spray in the drywell, natural deposition in the main steam lines, and by removal by the RBEVS filters.

17 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION In the Drywell The drywell spray removal rate development applies to both the MSIV leakage pathway and the RB/RBEVS/Main Stack pathway, as well as to the RB bypass leakage pathway.

Drywell spray removal for particulate is determined using the STARNAUA code (Reference A1-8.15).

There are four system-related parameters that are needed to employ the STARNAUA code particulate removal model for spray: droplet size, spray flow rate, spray fall height, and the volume sprayed.

The droplet size is based on spray nozzle testing data. For the primary spray subsystem (Loop 11), the mass mean droplet size is conservatively determined to be 779.2 ýtm. For the secondary spray subsystem (Loop 12), the mass mean droplet size is conservatively determined to be 813.5 rim. It is also conservative to use the mass mean droplet size as the representative droplet size for calculation of the removal rate.

The spray flow rates are 6449 gpm for the primary spray subsystem and 6383 gpm for the secondary spray subsystem. Only one subsystem (the secondary subsystem, Loop 12) is credited in the analysis as it has both a larger mass mean droplet size and lower flow rate, both of which tend to reduce spray removal.

The secondary spray flow rate is multiplied by 0.67 for additional conservatism (to account for drywell congestion), and the fall height used (21.4 feet) reflects a one-third reduction to account for drywell congestion.

The particulate removal rate, ), was calculated in Calculation H21 C092 (see Attachment 8) and applied to the RADTRAD model. The removal rate for elemental iodine is limited to 20 hr -1 and the elemental iodine spray k limitation of Standard Review Plan 6.5.2 (Reference A1-8.27) is met.

In the Steam Lines For the NMP1 AST analyses, the particulate settling rates were calculated by using Polestar computer code STARNAUA, taking into account the drywell spray as discussed in Section Al-4.1.1.4 and a decontamination factor of 2 due to impaction before entering the space between the two closed MSIVs.

A1-4.1.3.2 Technical Support Center (TSC) LOCA 30-Day Dose An analysis for the TSC 30-day inhalation and immersion doses was performed. Two scenarios were considered, one with the TSC occupied at the initiation of the event and the other assuming that the TSC is not activated for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. This was done because the emergency ventilation (filtration) system in the TSC is manually initiated by the first person to arrive. For an off-hours event, actuation could be delayed by up to 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. The direct shine doses were based on a comparison to the AST shine doses for the control room.

A1-4.1.3.3 Results The LOCA doses are the result of the following activity contributions:

1. Primary to secondary containment (reactor building) leakage. This leakage is directly released into the RB. During the drawdown period, this leakage is assumed to be directly released to the environment. Following drawdown, it is filtered by the RBEVS prior to release through the plant stack.

18 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION

2. ESF leakage into the secondary containment. This leakage is directly released into the RB environment and the airborne portion is filtered by the RBEVS prior to release through the plant stack. The activity in the ESF leakage to the RB during the drawdown period is assumed to be directly released to the environment as long as the accompanying purge flow is less than the volumetric outleakage. Once the purge flow exceeds the volumetric outleakage, the difference is assumed to be released via the RBEVS and the stack.
3. MSIV leakage from the primary containment directly to the atmosphere with credit for deposition in the main steam piping between the inboard and outboard MSIVs before it is released to the environment. An impaction decontamination factor of 2 for aerosol and adsorbed elemental iodine is assumed at the first closed MSIV.
4. Secondary containment bypass leakage (other than through the MSIVs), assumed to be released at ground level. No credit is taken for deposition in piping prior to release except that an impaction decontamination factor of 2 for aerosol and adsorbed elemental iodine is assumed at the first closed CIV.
5. Post-DBA LOCA radiation shine dose to personnel within the control room from activity released to the RB and collected on the RBEVS and CRATS filters.

The limiting scenario is an assumed loss of offsite power concurrent with the LOCA and failure of an EDG to operate. This scenario results in one RBEVS train failing to operate and one inboard MSIV failing to close, which maximizes the calculated doses in comparison to other single failures that could be postulated.

The radiological consequences for the postulated LOCA are given in Table Al-13, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis. As indicated, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain within the regulatory limits.

The analysis for the TSC demonstrates that 30-day inhalation and immersion doses do not exceed 5 rem TEDE.

A 1-4.1.4 Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) Accident Section XV-C,1.0 of the NMP1 UFSAR describes the design basis MSLB accident. The postulated MSLB accident assumes a double ended break of one main steam line outside the secondary containment with displacement of the pipe ends that permits maximum blowdown rates. The break flow is terminated by closure of the main steam isolation valves (MSIVs). The break mass released includes the line inventory plus the system mass released through the break prior to isolation. The MSLB accident analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C094 (see Attachment 8).

Fuel damage is not predicted for this event, as the core is not uncovered. The following case was evaluated that corresponds to the proposed new maximum iodine concentration that will be allowed in the primary coolant:

0 Pre-accident spike of 4 jiCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.

19 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.4.1 Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs and assumptions used in the AST MSLB accident analysis are shown in Table A 1-14. The radiological consequences of the design basis MSLB accident were analyzed using a spreadsheet and followed the guidance of RG 1.183. The following conservative assumptions were used in the analysis:

  • Break isolation is assumed in 11 seconds, corresponding to the maximum MSIV closing time of 10 seconds plus a closure signal delay time of I second. No credit is taken for reduction in flow as the valves close.

" Following accident initiation, the radionuclide inventory from the released coolant is assumed to reach the environment instantaneously. No holdup in the turbine building is credited.

  • The entire released coolant mass is conservatively used (rather than just the liquid mass) in the calculation of the activity released.
  • An infinite exchange rate between the control room and the environment is assumed. No credit is taken for filtration of the control room intake air.
  • No credit is taken for other iodine removal mechanisms, such as plate-out, sedimentation, condensation, or decay.

The MSLB analysis included continuous release X/Q values for the EAB and LPZ and an instantaneous ground level puff release X/Q for the control room. The inputs shown in Table Al-15 were used to calculate the puff release X/Q, and the complete calculation (H21C078) is provided in Attachment (8).

The resulting X/Q values that were used for the MSLB radiological dose calculations are shown in Table Al-16. Additional information concerning the calculation of new atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) is provided in Attachment (7).

This event only credits closure of the MSIVs to terminate the reactor blowdown. Since the MSIVs are redundant, the release is not impacted by a single failure. No other safety systems are credited in the determination of releases and consequences. Therefore, single failures have no adverse effects on the analysis results.

A1-4.1.4.2 Results The radiological consequences for the postulated MSLB accident are given in Table Al-17, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis. As indicated, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain well within the regulatory limits.

A1-4.1.5 Refueling Accident Section XV-C.3.0 of the NMPI UFSAR describes the design basis refueling accident. The postulated refueling accident involves a 30 foot drop of a fuel assembly on top of other fuel assemblies in the core during refueling operations. The drop distance bounds the maximum height that is allowed by the NMP1 refueling equipment and is the limiting case since it results in the maximum release of fission products to the reactor building. Damage due to a fuel assembly drop into the reactor vessel bounds a drop in the spent fuel pool. All fuel types currently stored in the spent fuel pool are bounded by this analysis. The refueling accident analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21C090 (see Attachment 8).

20 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.5.1 Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs and assumptions used in the AST Refueling Accident analysis are shown in Table AI-18.

The X/Q values used for the analysis are summarized in Table A1-20. Additional information concerning the calculation of new atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) is provided in Attachment (7).

Because of the simplifying, conservative assumptions used, the radiological consequences of the design basis refueling accident were analyzed using a spreadsheet. The analysis followed the guidance of RG 1.183. The following assumptions were used in the analysis:

  • The accident is assumed to occur at 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after shutdown. Consequently, release activity inventories were calculated that correspond to this post-shutdown decay time. Fuel handling would not begin before 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after shutdown.

" The activity inventory from two full fuel assemblies is released. This is bounding for the 125 damaged rods for GE 8x8 fuel assemblies or the 140 damaged rods for GEl 1 9x9 fuel assemblies determined for the current licensing basis (described in UFSAR Section XV-C.3.0).

  • A core radial peaking factor of 1.8 is applied to the assembly inventory.
  • The radionuclide inventory from the damaged fuel pins is assumed to be released to the environment instantaneously (even though this release could be assumed to occur over a two-hour period per RG 1.183). Thus, radioactive decay that would occur during a two-hour release period is neglected.
  • The release to the environment is modeled as a ground level release, with no credit taken for secondary containment or release via the main stack.
  • Even though the maximum fuel damage is for a drop in the refueling cavity onto the reactor core, a more conservative spent fuel pool decontamination factor (DF) for elemental iodine is used in the analysis. The minimum depth of water in the canal to the spent fuel pool is 22'-9". An adjusted DF was calculated as follows:

With 23 feet of water, the DF for elemental iodine is 285. Assuming the relationship between the DF and the depth of water (d) is exponential (i.e., DFei = e-cx d), for DFei =285 and d = 23', c = -0.2458.

Thus, with 22'-9" of water, DFel = 268.

  • No DF is applied to noble gases.

" The DF for other radionuclides is assumed to be infinite, per RG 1.183.

  • Filtration by the RBEVS and CRATS is not credited.

Since this event does not credit any safety systems in the determination of releases and consequences, single failures have no adverse effects on the analysis results.

The core inventories at 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after shutdown were calculated by the RADDECAY code (Reference A1-8.16). The gap activity of noble gas and iodine (set at 99.85% elemental, 0.15% organic per RG 1.183) was added from the core to the gap. The RADDECAY calculation starts with time zero inventories for the noble gas and iodine isotopes. Given the activity (Ci or Ci/MWt) of an isotope at time zero, 21 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION RADDECAY calculates the curies or Ci/MWt of that isotope and its daughters at any subsequent time.

To obtain the total curies of the isotope of interest, the curies resulting from its direct decay plus the curies resulting from decay in chains in which it is a daughter product must be added together. This adjustment has been made to the isotopes of interest, and the resulting fission product inventory is summarized in Table AI-19.

Al-4.1.5.2 Results The radiological consequences for the postulated refueling accident are given in Table A1-21, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis. As indicated in Table AI-21, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain well within the regulatory limits.

A1-4.1.6 Control Rod Drop Accident (CRDA)

Section XV-C.4.0 of the NMPI UFSAR describes the design basis CRDA. This accident involves the rapid removal of the highest worth control rod from the core resulting in a reactivity excursion that encompasses the consequences of other postulated CRDAs. NMPI is a banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) plant and the GESTAR generic CRDA analysis demonstrates that the accident does not result in fuel melting for BPWS plants (References A1-8.17 and A1-8.18). However, for the purpose of this analysis, fuel damage (i.e., cladding perforation) is assumed to occur. The NMPI AST analysis for the CRDA considers two scenarios with regard to the activity release pathways, as follows:

Case 1: The activity that reaches the turbine/condenser is released via leakage to the environment.

Case 2: The activity that reaches the condenser is released via the mechanical vacuum pumps.

The control rod drop accident analysis is fully documented in Calculation H21 C096 (see Attachment 8).

AI-4.1.6.1 Inputs and Assumptions The key inputs and assumptions used in the AST CRDA analysis are shown in Table A1-22. A core radial peaking factor of 1.8 was used in the analysis. The X/Q values used for the analysis are summarized in Table A1-23.

For Case 1, leakage from the turbine/condenser at a rate of 1% per day for a period of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is assumed, at which time the leakage is assumed to terminate.

For Case 2, the maximum activity concentration that will not cause isolation of the mechanical vacuum pumps on a high main steam line radiation signal is assumed to be released via the main stack at the mechanical vacuum pump flow rate, and retention by the charcoal delay beds in the offgas system is neglected.

The radiological consequences were analyzed using a spreadsheet for Case 1 and the RADTRAD code for Case 2. The RADTRAD results were verified with the STARDOSE code. No credit was taken for operation of the CRATS or any other safety systems to mitigate the consequences of the event, and no single failures were considered.

22 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.1.6.2 Results The radiological consequences for the postulated CRDA are given in Table A1-24, along with the results from the current licensing basis source term analysis. As indicated, the EAB, LPZ, and control room calculated doses remain well within the regulatory limits.

A1-4.2 Suppression Pool pH Control The AST LOCA analysis takes credit for minimization of re-evolution of elemental iodine from the suppression pool. Re-evolution is strongly dependent on suppression pool pH. An analysis determined that sodium pentaborate solution injection via the LPS must commence within approximately 1.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> of the onset of a LOCA. Using the assumptions of a minimum quantity and concentration of available sodium pentaborate solution (as specified in TS Section 3.1.2 and TS Figure 3.1.2b) and conservative modeling of primary containment cabling, the minimum suppression pool pH at 30 days post-LOCA remains above 7.0. This pH satisfies the conditions for inhibiting the release of the chemical form of elemental iodine from the suppression pool water.

Details of the AST analysis for suppression pool pH control are provided in Attachment (5). Based on the results of this analysis, the LPS will be credited for limiting radiological dose following LOCAs involving fuel damage.

A1-4.3 Atmospheric Dispersion Factors New atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) are calculated for use in evaluating the radiological consequences of the design basis accidents. Offsite exclusion area boundary (EAB) and low population zone (LPZ) X/Q values are calculated using the guidance of RG 1.145 (Reference A1-8.19) and the PAVAN computer code. Conservative estimates of X/Q values for accident releases (except the MSLB accident) to the NMPl control room air intake and to the technical support center (TSC) air intake are calculated using the ARCON96 computer code, consistent with the procedures given in RG 1.194 (Reference A1-8.20). These calculations use meteorological data collected by the Nine Mile Point onsite meteorological measurements program for the five-year period from 1997 through 2001. For the MSLB accident, the control room air intake and the technical support center air intake X/Q values are determined using an instantaneous ground-level puff release model, as described in RG 1.194.

The resulting set of new control room intake, TSC intake, and offsite (EAB and LPZ) X/Q values represents a significant change from the values used in the current radiological design basis analyses.

Additional information regarding the onsite meteorological measurement program, the X/Q calculation methodology, and the results of the new X/Q calculations is provided in Attachment (7). All input files for ARCON96 and PAVAN, including the meteorological data input files, are provided in Calculation H21 C076 (see Attachment 8).

A1-4.4 NUREG-0737 Evaluation An evaluation was performed to identify potential impacts of applying AST methodologies on the following NUREG-0737 (Reference A1-8.9) items:

Item II.B.2, Post-Accident Vital Area Access The source terms (airborne activity in the reactor building and suppression pool water) for the doses in areas where access is required post-accident were evaluated to assess the impact of AST. The evaluation 23 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION determined that the existing TID-14844 based analyses are conservative and bounding. Given compliance with the GDC-19 limit of 5 Rem when dose is based on TID-14844 source terms, compliance with 10 CFR 50.67 control room dose limits can be expected with the AST-based analysis. Therefore, the historically analyzed cases are sufficient and no additional analysis of vital areas is necessary. In addition, no new post-accident access requirements have been identified as a result of implementing AST.

Items III.A. 1.2 and III.D.3.4, Control Room and Technical Support Center Habitability The control room radiological dose impact of AST has been specifically calculated for each of the four DBAs analyzed for AST implementation, and TSC habitability has been analyzed for the DBA LOCA.

The results of these analyses are presented in Section Al-4.1 above.

Item III.D. 1.1, Primary Coolant Outside Containment The contribution to the radiological dose consequences resulting from piping shine and post-LOCA ESF leakage was considered as part of the radiological dose analysis for the LOCA. The results of the LOCA analysis are presented in Section A1-4.1.3 above.

A1-4.5 Proposed Revisions to the Technical Specifications This section provides the justification for the proposed revisions to the TS that are associated with the licensing basis revision to implement the AST. The AST analyses described in the preceding discussions and the enclosed calculations support these changes. Attachment (2) provides the existing TS pages marked-up to show the proposed changes.

A1-4.5.1 TS Section 1.0, Definitions Dose Equivalent 1-131 Proposed new Definition 1.16, "Dose Equivalent 1-131," is added. The new definition conforms to the implementation of AST. The revised accident analyses use committed effective dose equivalent dose conversion factors from Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report (FGR) 11. This reference is cited in RG 1.183.

With the implementation of AST, the previous whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100.11 and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19, are replaced by the total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) criteria of 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2). The analyses performed in support of this license amendment request determined radiological consequences in terms of the TEDE dose quantity and were shown to be in compliance with the dose criteria of 10 CFR 50.67. This new definition is acceptable since it reflects adoption of the dose conversion factors and dose consequences of the revised radiological analyses.

Recently IrradiatedFuel Proposed new Definition 1.17, "Recently Irradiated Fuel," is added. Recently irradiated fuel is fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> (i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown). The new definition is consistent with the AST analysis for the Refueling Accident, which assumes a post-shutdown 24-hour decay period to determine the release activity inventory.

24 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-4.5.2 TS Section 3.1.2, Liquid Poison System The operability requirements for the LPS are revised to include both the power operating and whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is greater than 212'F (except for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical). This change ensures that the SLC system is operable for all plant conditions when the reactor coolant system is above 212'F (other than reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical), such that the system is available to maintain the suppression pool pH above 7.0, consistent with the AST methodology and analysis assumptions.

The exception for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical is consistent with analyses that were performed for License Amendment No. 170 issued by NRC letter dated February 20, 2001 (Reference A1-8.8). The purpose of License Amendment 170 was to allow performance of reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage tests, control rod scram time tests, and excess flow check valve tests when reactor coolant temperature is greater than 215'F, the reactor is not critical, and primary containment integrity has not been established. The analyses performed for this license amendment considered a large reactor coolant system line break occurring during the subject testing. For this event, fuel failure was not postulated. Thus, operation of the LPS to control suppression pool pH is not required during the subject testing conditions.

The "Objective" statement in TS 3.1.2 is revised to reflect the new post-LOCA function of the LPS. This is an administrative change.

A1-4.5.3 TS Section 3.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity Limit The reactor coolant radioactivity concentration limit specified in TS Section 3.2.4.a is revised from 9.47 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. In addition, proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 jtCi/gm but is less than or equal to 4.0 ptCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-13 1. These revisions are consistent with the reactor coolant specific activity assumed in the MSLB accident analysis described in Section A l-4.1.4 above. The MSLB accident analysis uses a source term based on the maximum short-term reactor coolant specific activity of 4.0 [tCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 and results in calculated radiological consequences that are below the applicable acceptance values. The AST analyses have determined that the MSLB accident is more limiting than the previously-analyzed small-break LOCA outside of primary containment that was the basis for the current TS reactor coolant activity limit of 9.47 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water.

From the TS requirement and safety perspective, the new limit is more conservative than the existing requirement. Review of recent operating experience indicates that the reactor coolant specific activity remains well below the proposed revised limit; therefore, achieving the more restrictive limit will not create an undue hardship.

A 1-4.5.4 TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4, Reactor Coolant Activity The limiting conditions for operation in TS Section 3.2.4 and the surveillance requirements in TS Section 4.2.4 are updated in a manner that is similar to the Standard Technical Specifications (STS, NUREG-1433, Revision 3), as follows:

25 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Applicable OperatingConditions The applicability of the requirements of TS Section 3.2.4.a are revised from "all operating conditions" (stated under "Applicability" for TS Section 3.2.4) to "during the power operating and hot shutdown conditions" (stated in the proposed revision to TS Section 3.2.4.a). Current TS Section 3.2.4 is applicable for all operating conditions. In the proposed revised TS, applicability of the reactor coolant specific activity limit is limited to the power operating and hot shutdown conditions. These are the operating conditions that represent a potential for release of significant quantities of radioactive coolant to the environment. The cold shutdown, refueling, and major maintenance conditions are omitted since the reactor is not pressurized and the potential for leakage is significantly reduced.

Limiting Conditionsfor Operation Current TS Section 3.2.4.b, which requires shutdown of the plant if the reactor coolant activity limit is exceeded, is replaced with two new specifications and associated actions:

a. Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.b allows operation to continue for up to 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />, with sample analysis frequency increased to once every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, if reactor coolant activity exceeds 0.2 jiCi/gm but is less than or equal to 4.0 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. The 48 hour5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> completion time to restore the activity level provides a reasonable time for temporary coolant activity increases (iodine spikes or crud bursts) to be cleaned up with the normal processing systems. More frequent monitoring is warranted to discern between these temporary increases and gross fuel failures.
b. Proposed new TS Section 3.2.4.c requires shutdown of the plant if reactor coolant activity cannot be restored to less than or equal to 0.2 jiCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 within 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />, or if at any time it exceeds 4.0 gCi/gm. With the unit in the cold shutdown condition, the requirements of the reactor coolant activity specification are no longer applicable since the reactor is not pressurized and the potential for leakage is significantly reduced. The allowed completion times for placing the unit in the hot shutdown and cold shutdown conditions are reasonable, based on operating experience, to achieve the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner without challenging plant systems.

Revised CoolantActivity Limit for Reactor Vessel Hydrostaticor Leakage Test Conditions The radioiodine concentration limit stated in current TS Section 3.2.4.c is revised from 1.5 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water to 0.2 gCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. This TS section is renumbered as 3.2.4.d. The associated surveillance requirement, current TS Section 4.2.4.c, is also revised accordingly.

This limit was added by License Amendment No. 170 issued by NRC letter dated February 20, 2001 (Reference A 1-8.8). The purpose of License Amendment 170 was to allow performance of reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage tests, control rod scram time tests, and excess flow check valve tests when reactor coolant temperature is greater than 215'F, the reactor is not critical, and primary containment integrity has not been established. Justification for this license amendment included an analysis of the radiological consequences of a large reactor coolant system line break during the subject tests, assuming a ground-level puff release and no credit for operation of the control room air treatment system. The analysis concluded that limiting the reactor coolant activity to 1.5 microcuries of total iodine per gram of water would result in calculated control room and offsite doses that were within the acceptance guidelines of 10 CFR 100 for offsite doses and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 for control room doses, and that were bounded by the doses calculated for a main steam line break outside of primary containment.

26 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION The subject analysis has been re-evaluated using the revised reactor coolant radioactivity concentration limit of 0.2 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. This evaluation demonstrates that the radiological consequences a large reactor coolant system line break during reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing conditions continue to be bounded by the doses calculated for a main steam line break outside of primary containment. Therefore, maintaining the reactor coolant radioactivity concentration less than or equal to 0.2 ptCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131 during reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing conditions is acceptable. Though this limit is identical to the value that is proposed for the power operating and hot shutdown conditions (TS Section 3.2.4.a), the separate TS requirement is retained due to the specific conditions of its applicability.

Gross Gamma Activity Surveillance Deletion Current TS Section 4.2.4.a, which requires analysis of reactor coolant samples for gross gamma activity at least every 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br />, is deleted. Current TS Section 3.2.4 does not contain any limits for reactor coolant gross gamma activity. However, current TS Section 3.6.15, "Main Condenser Offgas," and the associated surveillance requirements in TS Section 4.6.15, require that for the main condenser, the gross radioactivity (beta and/or gamma) rate of noble gases measured at the offgas system recombiner discharge be limited to less than or equal to 500,000 pCi/second. The Bases for current TS Sections 3.6.15 and 4.6.15 state that restricting the gross radioactivity rate of noble gases from the main condenser provides assurance that the total body exposure to an individual at the EAB will not exceed a very small fraction of the limits of 10 CFR 100 in the event this effluent is inadvertently discharged directly to the environment without treatment. The Bases go on to state that the primary purpose of providing this specification is to limit buildup of fission product activity within the station systems which would result if high fuel leakage were to be permitted over extended periods.

The requirements of current TS Sections 3.6.15 and 4.6.15 provide reasonable assurance that the reactor coolant gross activity is maintained at a sufficiently low level to preclude doses from exceeding the applicable acceptance limits in the event of a MSLB outside of primary containment or failure of a small line carrying reactor coolant outside of primary containment. Therefore, TS Section 4.2.4.a is redundant and places an unnecessary burden on the licensee without a commensurate increase in the margin of safety. Elimination of TS Section 4.2.4.a will allow plant personnel to focus attention on safe, efficient operation of the plant without the unnecessary distraction of the redundant surveillance requirement.

Specific Activity Verification Surveillance Frequency Current TS Section 4.2.4.b is revised to require verification that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity is less than or equal to 0.2 ýtCi/gm. This wording replaces the existing wording of TS Section 4.2.4.b, which states "isotopic analyses shall be performed" without indicating the purpose for performing these analyses. This is an administrative change that more clearly indicates the purpose of performing the surveillance (i.e., to verify that the reactor coolant specific activity is within the specified limit).

The frequency of verifying that the reactor coolant is within the limit is revised from "once per month" to "once per 7 days," and performance of this surveillance is limited to the power operating condition only.

Increasing the frequency of sampling and analysis of the reactor coolant for Dose Equivalent 1-131 provides additional assurance that the radiological consequences of a MSLB accident remain within the applicable acceptance limits. The proposed changes to TS Section 4.2.4.b also specify that performance of the surveillance is required only when the unit is in the power operating condition. This is consistent with the STS and is acceptable because the level of fission products generated when in other operating conditions is much less than during the power operating condition.

27 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Administrative Changes Editorial changes and revised section numbering have been incorporated to reflect the proposed reactor coolant activity TS changes. These revisions do not result in any technical changes (either actual or interpretational).

A 1-4.5.5 TS Section 3.3.3, Leakage Rate Under the heading "Objective," reference is made to 10 CFR 100 with regard to post-LOCA radiation exposure to the public. The proposed change replaces the reference to 10 CFR 100 with 10 CFR 50.67.

With implementation of the AST, the accident whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR 100 are replaced by the TEDE criteria of 10 CFR 50.67. Thus, the reference to 10 CFR 100 is replaced with 10 CFR 50.67.

A 1-4.5.6 TS Section 3.4.0, Reactor Building TS Section 3.4.0 is revised to delete the requirement that reactor building integrity be in effect during the refueling condition, replace the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and add "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when reactor building integrity must be in effect. Analysis of the radiological consequences of the design basis Refueling Accident using AST methodology involving irradiated fuel assemblies that have been allowed to decay for at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> shows that the calculated TEDE values both offsite (EAB and LPZ) and to control room occupants are below the applicable acceptance values (see Section A1-4.1.5 above). This analysis does not credit secondary containment integrity or operation of the RBEVS, the reactor building isolation valves, or the CRATS. Thus, after 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of decay time, movement of irradiated fuel assemblies can commence and continue without secondary containment integrity and without operability of the RBEVS, the reactor building isolation valves, or the CRATS.

A new requirement that reactor building integrity be in effect during OPDRVs is being added, since OPDRVs are refueling activities that can be postulated to cause fission product release different than the Refueling Accident. Since secondary containment is the only barrier to the release of fission products into the environment during OPDRVs, reactor building integrity as defined in TS Definition 1.12 is required.

In accordance with this definition, at least one door in each access opening must be closed (per TS Section 3.4.3), the RBEVS must be operable (per TS Section 3.4.4), and all reactor building ventilation automatic isolation valves must be operable or secured in the closed position (per TS Section 3.4.2).

Similarly, the CRATS (TS Section 3.4.5) is required to be operable to assure control room habitability during OPDRVs. TS Sections 3.4.2, 3.4.3, 3.4.4, and 3.4.5 are also revised to add operability requirements for OPDRVs.

The NMPNS shutdown safety procedure presently includes guidance on equipment availability during shutdown and contingency planning, as well as the requirements contained in the licensing and design basis. In addition to the conservatisms contained within the Refueling Accident analysis, as a defense-in-depth measure, revisions to the shutdown safety procedure will be incorporated prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment to address the following attributes:

  • Specify that during fuel handling/core alterations, the ability to filter and monitor any release should be maintained. In particular, the RBEVS and its associated radiation monitors should be available but are not required to be operable.

28 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION

  • Specify that the ability to restore secondary containment capability during fuel handling/core alterations should be maintained. A contingency method to immediately initiate action to close any external openings in the secondary containment should be developed.
  • Specify that, when necessary, the Shift Manager will ensure that the necessary actions are taken to close all external openings in the secondary containment.

These revisions will assure that actions are taken to reduce the potential radiological consequences of a Refueling Accident. Similar revisions have previously been incorporated into the shutdown safety procedure for Nine Mile Point Unit 2 (NMP2) to implement License Amendment No. 101 (issued by NRC letter dated February 11, 2002 - Reference A1-8.21), which revised the NMP2 TS consistent with NRC-approved TSTF-5 1. The shutdown safety procedure revisions for NMP2 were made to address the provisions of Section 11.3.6.5 of NUMARC 93-01, Revision 3 (Reference A1-8.22), consistent with TSTF-51.

A1-4.5.7 TS Section 3.4.1, Leakage Rate; TS Section 3.4.2, Reactor Building Integrity - Isolation Valves; TS Section 3.4.3, Access Control; and TS Section 3.4.4, Emergency Ventilation System TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, and 3.4.3 are revised to uniformly indicate that the requirements specified in these sections must be met "at all times when secondary containment integrity is required," consistent with the applicability requirements stated in TS Section 3.4.4. This change establishes consistency between these sections, all of which relate to secondary containment integrity, and eliminates repetition.

As indicated in revised TS Section 3.4.0, reactor building (i.e., secondary containment) integrity, and thus the requirements of TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.4.3, and 3.4.4, must be in effect for the following conditions: (1) the power operating condition, (2) when the reactor water temperature is above 215'F, (3) whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and (4) during OPDRVs. As noted above, analysis of the radiological consequences of the design basis Refueling Accident using AST methodology involving irradiated fuel assemblies that have been allowed to decay for at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> shows that the calculated TEDE values both offsite (EAB and LPZ) and to control room occupants are below the applicable acceptance values (see Section A1-4.1.5 above). This analysis does not credit secondary containment integrity, operation of the RBEVS, or operation of the reactor building isolation valves. Thus, after 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of decay time, movement of irradiated fuel assemblies can commence and continue without secondary containment integrity and without operability of the RBEVS or the reactor building isolation valves. In addition, as noted in Section A1-4.5.6 above, administrative controls will be in place to effectively close the secondary containment in the event of a Refueling Accident, thereby reducing the potential radiological consequences.

As noted in Section A1-4.5.6 above, OPDRVs is being added as a new applicable condition for TS Sections 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.4.3, and 3.4.4, since OPDRVs are refueling activities that can be postulated to cause fission product release different than the Refueling Accident. In addition, the action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4.1.a, 3.4.2.b, 3.4.3.b, and 3.4.4.e are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building, or during OPDRVs. These clarifications do not make any of the existing TS action requirements less restrictive.

TS Section 314.3, item b.2.a (which refers to "core alterations") is deleted. Core alterations are defined in NMP1 TS Definition 1.13 as "the addition, removal, relocation, or other manual movement of fuel or control rods in the reactor core." Accidents postulated to occur during core alterations, in addition to the Refueling Accident, are inadvertent criticality due to a control rod removal error and the inadvertent 29 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION loading of, and subsequent operation with, a fuel assembly loaded into an improper position (i.e.,

mislocated or misoriented). These events are not postulated to result in fuel cladding damage and thus are bounded by the design basis Refueling Accident. Therefore, deletion of the reference to "core alterations" in TS Section 3.4.3 is acceptable.

A 1-4.5.8 TS Section 3.4.5, Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS)

TS Section 3.4.5 is revised to delete the requirement for operability of the CRATS during the refueling condition, replace the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and add "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a new condition for which the CRATS must be operable. Analysis of the radiological consequences of the design basis Refueling Accident using AST methodology involving irradiated fuel assemblies that have been allowed to decay for at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> shows that the calculated TEDE values both offsite (EAB and LPZ) and to control room occupants are below the applicable acceptance values (see Section A1-4.1.5 above). This analysis does not credit operation of the CRATS. Thus, after 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of decay time, movement of irradiated fuel assemblies can commence and continue without the CRATS being operable. In addition, as noted in Section AI-4.5.6 above, administrative controls will be in place to effectively close the secondary containment in the event of a Refueling Accident, thereby reducing the potential consequences.

As noted in Section A 1-4.5.6 above, a new requirement that the CRATS be operable during OPDRVs is being added, since OPDRVs are refueling activities that can be postulated to cause fission product release different than the Refueling Accident. In addition, the action statements contained in TS Sections 3.4.5.e and 3.4.5.f are revised to more clearly distinguish the actions to be taken during reactor operation versus those to be taken when handling recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building or during OPDRVs. These clarifications do not make any of the existing TS action requirements less restrictive.

A 1-4.5.9 TS Table 3.6.2j, Emergency Ventilation Initiation TS Table 3.6.2j addresses instrumentation that automatically initiates operation of the RBEVS and closure of the reactor building isolation valves. Note (a) to TS Table 3.6.2j, which applies to the High Radiation Refueling Platform instrumentation, is revised by replacing the term "irradiated fuel" with "recently irradiated fuel," and adding "during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs)" as a condition when the instrumentation must be operable. In addition, the requirement that the High Radiation Reactor Building Ventilation Duct instrumentation be operable in the Refuel mode of operation is replaced by Note (a) requiring that this instrumentation be operable whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and during operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs). The proposed revisions are consistent with the revised secondary containment and RBEVS operability requirements described in Sections A 1-4.5.6 and A1-4.5.7 above; i.e., the initiation instrumentation is required to be operable for the same conditions as the RBEVS and the reactor building isolation valves.

A1-4.5.10 TS Bases Changes With implementation of the AST, the accident whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 and 10 CFR 100 are replaced by the TEDE criteria of 10 CFR 50.67. Thus, references to GDC 19 and 10 CFR 100 are replaced with 10 CFR 50.67.

Other changes are being made to the TS Bases for clarity and to conform to the changes being made to the associated TS sections. The revisions to the TS Bases incorporate supporting information for the 30 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION proposed TS changes. The Bases do not establish actual requirements, and as such do not change technical requirements of the TS. The Bases changes are therefore acceptable, since they administratively document the reasons and provide additional understanding for the associated TS requirements. The TS Bases changes will be processed in accordance with the NMP1 TS Bases Control Program (TS Section 6.5.6).

A1-4.5 Conclusions Implementation of the AST as the plant radiological consequences analysis licensing basis requires a license amendment pursuant to the requirements of 10 CFR 50.67. The analyses described above demonstrate that the offsite and control room post-accident doses will not exceed the values specified in 10 CFR 50.67 following AST implementation. It has also been determined that continued compliance with NUREG-0737, Item II.B.2, will be maintained and that vital areas remain accessible post-accident.

Implementation of the AST provides the basis for proposed changes to the Technical Specifications described herein and for deletion of Renewed Operating License Condition 2.C.(3). This submittal also fulfills the NMPNS commitment for completing and submitting the analysis needed to meet Generic Letter 2003-01 objectives.

Based on the considerations discussed above and detailed in the attachments and enclosures to this submittal, (1) there is reasonable assurance that the health and safety of the public will not be endangered by operation in the proposed manner; (2) such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations; and (3) the issuance of the requested license amendment will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public.

31 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-5. NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC (NMPNS) is requesting a revision to Renewed Operating License No. DPR-63 for Nine Mile Point Unit 1 (NMP1). The proposed amendment would revise the accident source term used in the NMP1 design basis radiological consequence analyses in accordance with 10 CFR 50.67. The proposed accident source term revision replaces the current methodology that is based on TID-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites," with the alternative source term (AST) methodology described in Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors." The proposed license amendment request is for full implementation of the AST as described in Regulatory Guide 1.183, with the exception that TID-14844 will continue to be used as the radiation dose basis for equipment qualification and vital area access.

The AST analyses were performed using the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1. 183 and Standard Review Plan Section 15.0.1, "Radiological Consequence Analyses Using Alternative Source Terms." The four limiting design basis accidents (DBAs) considered were the Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA), the Main Steam Line Break Accident, the Refueling Accident, and the Control Rod Drop Accident.

NMPNS has evaluated whether or not a significant hazards consideration is involved with the proposed amendment by focusing on the three standards set forth in 10 CFR 50.92, "Issuance of amendment," as discussed below:

1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?

Response: No.

Adoption of the AST and those plant systems affected by implementing AST do not initiate DBAs. The AST does not affect the design or manner in which the facility is operated; rather, for postulated accidents, the AST is an input to calculations that evaluate the radiological consequences. The AST does not by itself affect the post-accident plant response or the actual pathway of the radiation released from the fuel. It does, however, better represent the physical characteristics of the release, so that appropriate mitigation techniques may be applied.

Implementation of the AST has been incorporated in the analyses for the limiting DBAs at NMP1.

The structures, systems and components affected by the proposed change mitigate the consequences of accidents after the accident has been initiated. Application of the AST does result in changes to NMP1 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) functions (e.g.,

Liquid Poison system). As a condition of application of AST, NMPNS is proposing to use the Liquid Poison system to control the suppression pool pH following a LOCA. The proposed changes also revise operability requirements for the secondary containment and certain post-accident filtration systems while handling irradiated fuel that has decayed for greater than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> and during core alterations. These changes have been included within the AST evaluations.

These changes do not require any physical changes to the plant. As a result, the proposed changes do not involve a revision to the parameters or conditions that could contribute to the initiation of a DBA discussed in Chapter XV of the NMP1 UFSAR. Since design basis accident initiators are not being altered by adoption of the AST, the probability of an accident previously evaluated is not affected.

32 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Plant-specific AST radiological analyses have been performed and, based on the results of these analyses, it has been demonstrated that the dose consequences of the limiting events considered in the analyses are within the acceptance criteria provided by the NRC for use with the AST. These criteria are presented in 10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183. Even though the AST dose limits are not directly comparable to the previously specified whole body and thyroid dose guidelines of General Design Criterion 19 and 10 CFR 100.11, the results of the AST analyses have demonstrated that the 10 CFR 50.67 limits are satisfied. Therefore, it is concluded that adoption of the AST does not involve a significant increase in the consequences of an accident previously evaluated.

Based on the above discussion, it is concluded that the proposed changes do not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.

2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?

Response: No.

Implementation of AST and the proposed changes does not alter or involve any design basis accident initiators. These changes do not involve any physical changes to the plant and do not affect the design function or mode of operations of systems, structures, or components in the facility prior to a postulated accident. Since systems, structures, and components are operated essentially no differently after the AST implementation, no new failure modes are created by this proposed change.

Therefore, the proposed changes do not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.

3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?

Response: No.

The changes proposed are associated with a new licensing basis for analysis of NMP1 DBAs.

Approval of the licensing basis change from the original source term to the AST is being requested. The results of the accident analyses performed in support of the proposed changes are subject to revised acceptance criteria. The limiting DBAs have been analyzed using conservative methodologies, in accordance with the guidance contained in Regulatory Guide 1.183, to ensure that analyzed events are bounding and that safety margin has not been reduced. The dose consequences of these limiting events are within the acceptance criteria presented in 10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183. Thus, the proposed changes continue to ensure that the doses at the exclusion area boundary and low population zone boundary, as well as in the control room, are within corresponding regulatory criteria.

Therefore, by meeting the applicable regulatory criteria for AST, it is concluded that the proposed changes do not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.

Based on the above, NMPNS concludes that the proposed amendment presents no significant hazards considerations under the standards set forth in 10 CFR 50.92(c), and, accordingly, a finding of "no significant hazards consideration" is justified.

33 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION A1-6. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT A review has determined that the proposed amendment would change a requirement with respect to installation or use of a facility component located within the restricted area, as defined in 10 CFR 20, or would change an inspection or surveillance requirement. However, the proposed amendment does not involve (i) a significant hazards consideration, (ii) a significant change in the types or significant increase in the amounts of any effluent that may be released offsite, or (iii) a significant increase in individual or cumulative occupational radiation exposure. Accordingly, the proposed amendment meets the eligibility criterion for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared in connection with the proposed amendment.

A1-7. PRECEDENT Other BWRs have previously submitted, and the NRC has approved, applications for the use of AST using approaches similar to those described in this submittal for NMP1. These include Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Station (TAC No. MC0253, approved March 29, 2005), Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant (TAC Nos. MB5733, MB5734, MB5735, approved September 27, 2004), and Limerick Generating Station (TAC Nos. MC2295 and MC2296, approved August 23, 2006).

A1-8. REFERENCES

1. Letter from W. C. Holston (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 31, 2005, Response to Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability (TAC Nos. MB9825, MB9826)
2. Letter from T. J. O'Connor (NMPNS) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated January 27, 2006, Response to NRC Generic Letter 2003-01, Control Room Habitability - Commitment Completion Date Change (TAC Nos. MB9825 and M1B9826)
3. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.183, "Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Reactors," July 2000
4. J. J. DiNunno et al., Technical Information Document (TID)-14844, "Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites," U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (now USNRC),

1962

5. Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF) Improved Standard Technical Specifications Change Traveler TSTF-5 1-A, "Revise Containment Requirements During Handling Irradiated Fuel and Core Alterations," Revision 2
6. L. Soffer et al., NUREG-1465, "Accident Source Terms for Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants,"

USNRC, February 1995

7. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, Section 15.0.1, "Radiological Consequence Analyses Using Alternative Source Terms," Rev. 0, July 2000 34 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION

8. Letter from P. S. Tam (NRC) to J. H. Mueller (NMPC), dated February 20, 2001, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit No. 1 - Issuance of Amendment Re: Primary Containment Integrity (TAC No. MB0090)
9. NUREG-0737, "Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements," November 1980
10. ORIGEN2 Computer Code, Oak Ridge National Laboratory
11. NUREG/CR-6604, "RADTRAD: A simplified Model for Radionuclide Transport and Removal and Dose Estimation," April 1998, and Supplement 1, June 8, 1999
12. STARDOSE Model Report, Polestar Applied Technology, Inc., January 31, 1997
13. MicroShield, Version 5.0.3, Grove Engineering Inc.
14. QADMOD, Version 0, Level 3, Oak Ridge National Laboratory
15. STARNAUA Code, Polestar Applied Technology, Inc.
16. RADDECAY, Version 3, Grove Engineering, Inc.
17. NEDE-2401 1-P-A-14, "General Electric Standard Application for Reactor Fuel (GESTAR II),"

U. S. Supplement, June 2000

18. NEDE-2401 1-P-A (GESTAR-Il), Amendment 22
19. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.145, "Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, November 1982
20. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.194, "Atmospheric Relative Concentrations for Control Room Radiological Habitability Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," June 2003
21. Letter from P. S. Tam (NRC) to J. T. Conway (NMPNS), dated February 11, 2002, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, Unit No. 2 - Issuance of Amendment Re: Ventilation Requirements during Irradiated Fuel Handling (TAC No. MB11479)
22. NUMARC 93-01, "Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 3, July 2000
23. Letter from J. K. Thayer (Entergy Nuclear Vermont Yankee, LLC) to Document Control Desk (NRC) dated July 31, 2003, Technical Specification Proposed Change No. 262, Alternative Source Term (TAC No. MC0253)
24. Letter from T. E. Abney (Tennessee Valley Authority) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated July 31, 2002, Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant (BFN) - Units 1, 2, and 3 - License Amendment -

Alternative Source Term (TAC Nos. MB5733, MB5734, MB5735, MC0156, MC0157, MC0158)

25. Letter from J. H. Mueller (Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation) to Document Control Desk (NRC), dated December 18, 1998, Regarding Nine Mile Point Unit I Control Room Habitability 35 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION

26. NUREG/CR-5732, "Iodine Chemical Forms in LWR Severe Accidents," Oak Ridge National Laboratory, April 1992
27. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, Section 6.5.2, "Containment Spray as a Fission Product Cleanup System," Revision 1, July 1981
28. NUREG-1433, "Standard Technical Specifications - General Electric Plants, BWR/4," Rev. 3, June 2004 A1-9. REGULATORY COMMITMENTS The following table identifies those actions committed to by NMPNS in this submittal. Any other statements in this submittal are provided for information purposes and are not considered to be regulatory commitments.

REGULATORY COMMITMENTS DUE DATE The NMPNS shutdown safety procedure will be revised to address the 120 days following NRC following attributes for Nine Mile Point Unit 1: approval of the license

  • Specify that during fuel handling/core alterations, the ability to amendment request.

filter and monitor any release should be maintained. In particular, the RBEVS and its associated radiation monitors should be available but are not required to be operable.

  • Specify that the ability to restore secondary containment capability during fuel handling/core alterations should be maintained. A contingency method to immediately initiate action to close any external openings in the secondary containment should be developed.
  • Specify that, when necessary, the Shift Manager will ensure that the necessary actions are taken to close all external openings in the secondary containment.

Environmental qualification for the LPS components located in a harsh 120 days following NRC environment will be established in accordance with the station design approval of the license change process prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment request.

amendment.

The Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) and Severe Accident 120 days following NRC Procedures (SAPs) will be revised, as appropriate, to reflect the post-LOCA approval of the license function of the LPS and to assure that, once initiated, the entire contents of amendment request.

the LPS storage tank are injected to accomplish the suppression pool pH control function.

Training will be provided to licensed operators and shift technical advisors 120 days following NRC (STAs) for the procedure revisions that specifically address sodium approval of the license pentaborate solution injection for pH control following a LOCA. amendment request.

36 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.1 The inventory of fission products in the reactor core and available for Conforms The inventory of fission products in the core is release to the containment should be based on the maximum full based on the licensed reactor core thermal power power operation of the core with, as a minimum, current licensed of 1850 MWt plus 2% (i.e., 1887 MWt).

values for fuel enrichment, fuel burnup, and an assumed core power ORIGEN2 was used to determine core inventory, equal to the current licensed rated thermal power times the ECCS based on a 24-month fuel cycle, 1400 EFPD per evaluation uncertainty. The period of irradiation should be of cycle, and 4.1% average enrichment.

sufficient duration to allow the activity of dose-significant radionuclides to reach equilibrium or to reach maximum values. The core inventory should be determined using an appropriate isotope generation and depletion computer code such as ORIGEN 2 or ORIGEN-ARP. Core inventory factors (Ci/MWt) provided in TID 14844 and used in some analysis computer codes were derived for low burnup, low enrichment fuel and should not be used with higher burnup and higher enrichment fuels.

3.1 For the DBA LOCA, all fuel assemblies in the core are assumed to be Conforms A bounding peaking factor of 1.8 is used for DBA affected and the core average inventory should be used. For DBA events that do not involve the entire core, with events that do not involve the entire core, the fission product fission product inventories for damaged fuel rods inventory of each of the damaged fuel rods is determined by dividing determined by dividing the total core inventory by the total core inventory by the number of fuel rods in the core. To the number of fuel rods in the core.

account for differences in power level across the core, radial peaking factors from the facility's core operating limits report (COLR) or technical specifications should be applied in determining the inventory of the damaged rods.

37 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.1 No adjustment to the fission product inventory should be made for Conforms No adjustments for less than full power are made events postulated to occur during power operations at less than full in any analyses. The refueling accident models rated power or those postulated to occur at the beginning of core life. radioactive decay from the time of shutdown.

For events postulated to occur while the facility is shutdown, e.g., a fuel handling accident, radioactive decay from the time of shutdown may be modeled.

3.2 The core inventory release fractions, by radionuclide groups, for the Conforms The fractions from Regulatory Position 3.2, Table 1 are used. The criteria of Footnote 10 to Position gap release and early in-vessel damage phases for DBA LOCAs are listed in Table 1 for BWRs and Table 2 for PWRs. These fractions 3.2 are met.

are applied to the equilibrium core inventory described in Regulatory Position 3.1.

Footnote 10 to Position 3.2: The release fractions listed here have been determined to be acceptable for use with currently approved LWR fuel with a peak burnup up to 62,000 MWD/MTU. The data in this section may not be applicable to cores containing mixed oxide (MOX) fuel.

38 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 1 3.2 For non-LOCA events, the fractions of the core inventory assumed to Conforms Conforms to Footnote 11 of Table 3 of Position be in the gap for the various radionuclides are given in Table 3. The 3.2.

release fractions from Table 3 are used in conjunction with the fission product inventory calculated with the maximum core radial peaking A bounding peaking factor of 1.8 is used for DBA factor. events that do not involve the entire core.

Footnote 11 to Table 3 of Position 3.2: The release fractions listed here have been determined to be acceptable for use with currently approved LWR fuel with a peak bumup up to 62,000 MWD/MTU provided that the maximum linear heat generation rate does not exceed 6.3 kw/ft peak rod average power for burmups exceeding 54 GWD/MTU. As an alternative, fission gas release calculations performed using NRC approved methodologies may be considered on a case-by-case basis. To be acceptable, these calculations must use a projected power history that will bound the limiting projected plant-specific power history for the specific fuel load. For the BWR rod drop accident and the PWR rod ejection accident, the gap fractions are assumed to be 10% for iodines and noble gases.

3.3 Table 4 tabulates the onset and duration of each sequential release Conforms The BWR durations from Table 4 of Position 3.3 phase for DBA LOCAs at PWRs and BWRs. The specified onset is are used.

the time following the initiation of the accident (i.e., time = 0). The early in-vessel phase immediately follows the gap release phase. The The LOCA is modeled in a linear fashion.

activity released from the core during each release phase should be modeled as increasing in a linear fashion over the duration of the Non-LOCA events are modeled as an phase. For non-LOCA DBAs in which fuel damage is projected, the instantaneous release.

release from the fuel gap and the fuel pellet should be assumed to occur instantaneously with the onset of the projected damage.

39 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.3 For facilities licensed with leak-before-break methodology, the onset N/A NMP 1 does not use leak-before-break of the gap release phase may be assumed to be 10 minutes. A licensee methodology for the DBA analyses.

may propose an alternative time for the onset of the gap release phase, based on facility-specific calculations using suitable analysis codes or on an accepted topical report shown to be applicable to the specific facility. In the absence of approved alternatives, the gap release phase onsets in Table 4 should be used.

3.4 Table 5 lists the elements in each radionuclide group that should be Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses, as considered in design basis analyses. supplemented by RIS 2006-04.

3.5 Of the radioiodine released from the reactor coolant system (RCS) to Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

the containment in a postulated accident, 95 percent of the iodine released should be assumed to be cesium iodide (CsI), 4.85 percent elemental iodine, and 0.15 percent organic iodide. This includes releases from the gap and the fuel pellets. With the exception of elemental and organic iodine and noble gases, fission products should be assumed to be in particulate form. The same chemical form is assumed in releases from fuel pins in FHAs and from releases from the fuel pins through the RCS in DBAs other than FHAs or LOCAs.

However, the transport of these iodine species following release from the fuel may affect these assumed fractions. The accident-specific appendices to this regulatory guide provide additional details.

40 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.6 The amount of fuel damage caused by non-LOCA design basis events Conforms Fuel damage assessment for the CRDA is based should be analyzed to determine, for the case resulting in the highest on GESTAR standard analyses to estimate fuel radioactivity release, the fraction of the fuel that reaches or exceeds damage.

the initiation temperature of fuel melt and the fraction of fuel elements for which the fuel clad is breached. Although the NRC staff has traditionally relied upon the departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) as a fuel damage criterion, licensees may propose other methods to the NRC staff, such as those based upon enthalpy deposition, for estimating fuel damage for the purpose of establishing radioactivity releases.

4.1.1 The dose calculations should determine the TEDE. TEDE is the sum Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses, as of the committed effective dose equivalent (CEDE) from inhalation supplemented by RIS 2006-04. TEDE doses are and the deep dose equivalent (DDE) from external exposure. The calculated by RADTRAD, with decay and calculation of these two components of the TEDE should consider all daughter products enabled. Additional noble gases radionuclides, including progeny from the decay of parent Bal37m and Rb88 are also included.

radionuclides, that are significant with regard to dose consequences and the released radioactivity.

4.1.2 The exposure-to-CEDE factors for inhalation of radioactive material Conforms Federal Guidance Report (FGR) 11 dose should be derived from the data provided in ICRP Publication 30, conversion factors are used.

"Limits for Intakes of Radionuclides by Workers." Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report 11, "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion," provides tables of conversion factors acceptable to the NRC staff. The factors in the column headed "effective" yield doses corresponding to the CEDE.

41 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.1.3 For the first 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />, the breathing rate of persons offsite should be Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

assumed to be 3.5 x 104 cubic meters per second. From 8 to 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following the accident, the breathing rate should be assumed to be 1.8 X 10-4 cubic meters per second. After that and until the end of the accident, the rate should be assumed to be 2.3 x 10-4 cubic meters per second.

4.1.4 The DDE should be calculated assuming submergence in semi- Conforms Federal Guidance Report (FGR) 12 conversion infinite cloud assumptions with appropriate credit for attenuation by factors are used.

body tissue. The DDE is nominally equivalent to the effective dose equivalent (EDE) from external exposure if the whole body is irradiated uniformly. Since this is a reasonable assumption for submergence exposure situations, EDE may be used in lieu of DDE in determining the contribution of external dose to the TEDE. Table 111. 1 of Federal Guidance Report 12, "External Exposure to Radionuclides in Air, Water, and Soil," provides external EDE conversion factors acceptable to the NRC staff. The factors in the column headed "effective" yield doses corresponding to the EDE.

4.1.5 The TEDE should be determined for the most limiting person at the Conforms The maximum two-hour LOCA EAB doses have EAB. The maximum EAB TEDE for any two-hour period following been calculated.

the start of the radioactivity release should be determined and used in determining compliance with the dose criteria in 10 CFR 50.67. The maximum two-hour TEDE should be determined by calculating the postulated dose for a series of small time increments and performing a "sliding" sum over the increments for successive two-hour periods.

The maximum TEDE obtained is submitted. The time increments should appropriately reflect the progression of the accident to capture the peak dose interval between the start of the event and the end of radioactivity release (see also Table 6).

42 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C. Regulatorv Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.1.6 TEDE should be determined for the most limiting receptor at the Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

outer boundary of the low population zone (LPZ) and should be used in determining compliance with the dose criteria in 10 CFR 50.67.

4.1.7 No correction should be made for depletion of the effluent plume by Conforms No such corrections are made in the analyses.

deposition on the ground.

4.2.1 The TEDE analysis should consider all sources of radiation that will Conforms All sources of radiation that will cause exposure cause exposure to control room personnel. The applicable sources to control room personnel have been considered in will vary from facility to facility, but typically will include: the analyses.

  • Contamination of the control room atmosphere by the intake or infiltration of the radioactive material contained in the radioactive plume released from the facility,
  • Contamination of the control room atmosphere by the intake or infiltration of airborne radioactive material from areas and structures adjacent to the control room envelope,

" Radiation shine from the external radioactive plume released from the facility,

  • Radiation shine from radioactive material in the reactor containment,
  • Radiation shine from radioactive material in systems and components inside or external to the control room envelope, e.g., radioactive material buildup in recirculation filters.

4.2.2 The radioactive material releases and radiation levels used in the Conforms The source term, transport, and release control room dose analysis should be determined using the same methodology are the same for both the control source term, transport, and release assumptions used for determining room and offsite locations.

the EAB and the LPZ TEDE values, unless these assumptions would result in non-conservative results for the control room.

43 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.2.3 The models used to transport radioactive material into and through Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses. The the control room, and the shielding models used to determine models used in the AST analyses are described in radiation dose rates from external sources, should be structured to Section A1-4 and are suitably conservative.

provide suitably conservative estimates of the exposure to control room personnel.

4.2.4 Credit for engineered safety features that mitigate airborne Conforms Filtration of intake air by the Control Room Air radioactive material within the control room may be assumed. Such Treatment System (CRATS) is credited in the features may include control room isolation or pressurization, or LOCA analysis. The CRATS is automatically intake or recirculation filtration. Refer to Section 6.5.1, "ESF initiated upon a LOCA or MSLB signal, or upon a Atmospheric Cleanup System," of the SRP and Regulatory Guide high radiation indication from either of two 1.52, "Design, Testing, and Maintenance Criteria for Postaccident radiation monitors installed in the outside air inlet Engineered-Safety-Feature Atmosphere Cleanup System Air ductwork.

Filtration and Adsorption Units of Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants," for guidance. The control room design is often No credit for filtration by the CRATS is taken in optimized for the DBA LOCA and the protection afforded for other the MSLB accident, Refueling Accident, or accident sequences may not be as advantageous. In most designs, CRDA analyses.

control room isolation is actuated by engineered safeguards feature (ESF) signals or radiation monitors (RMs). In some cases, the ESF signal is effective only for selected accidents, placing reliance on the RMs for the remaining accidents. Several aspects of RMs can delay the control room isolation, including the delay for activity to build up to concentrations equivalent to the alarm setpoint and the effects of different radionuclide accident isotopic mixes on monitor response.

4.2.5 Credit should generally not be taken for the use of personal protective Conforms Such credits are not taken.

equipment or prophylactic drugs. Deviations may be considered on a case-by-case basis.

44 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.2.6 The dose receptor for these analyses is the hypothetical maximum Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

exposed individual who is present in the control room for 100% of the time during the first 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after the event, 60% of the time between 1 and 4 days, and 40% of the time from 4 days to 30 days.

For the duration of the event, the breathing rate of this individual should be assumed to be 3.5 x 10-4 cubic meters per second.

4.2.7 Control room doses should be calculated using dose conversion Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

factors identified in Regulatory Position 4.1 above for use in offsite dose analyses. The DDE from photons may be corrected for the difference between finite cloud geometry in the control room and the semi-infinite cloud assumption used in calculating the dose conversion factors. The following expression may be used to correct the semi-infinite cloud dose, DDE.*, to a finite cloud dose, DDEfmit¢,

where the control room is modeled as a hemisphere that has a volume, V, in cubic feet, equivalent to that of the control room.

0 338 DDE .V DDEfinite - 1173 4.3 The guidance provided in Regulatory Positions 4.1 and 4.2 should be Conforms Based on an evaluation, the existing TID-14844 used, as applicable, in re-assessing the radiological analyses based analyses are shown to be conservative and identified in Regulatory Position 1.3.1, such as those in NUREG- bounding. Given compliance with the GDC-19 0737. Design envelope source terms provided in NUREG-0737 limit of 5 Rem when dose is based on TID-14844 should be updated for consistency with the AST. In general, radiation source terms, compliance with 10 CFR 50.67 exposures to plant personnel identified in Regulatory Position 1.3.1 control room dose limits can be expected with the should be expressed in terms of TEDE. Integrated radiation exposure AST-based analysis. Therefore, the historically of plant equipment should be determined using the guidance of analyzed cases are sufficient and no additional Appendix I of this guide. analysis of vital areas is necessary.

45 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.4 The radiological criteria for the EAB, the outer boundary of the LPZ, Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses of design and for the control room are in 10 CFR 50.67. These criteria are basis accidents.

stated for evaluating reactor accidents of exceedingly low probability See RG Section 4.3 above regarding NTJREG-of occurrence and low risk of public exposure to radiation, e.g., a large-break LOCA. The control room criterion applies to all 0737 items.

accidents. For events with a higher probability of occurrence, postulated EAB and LPZ doses should not exceed the criteria tabulated in Table 6.

The acceptance criteria for the various NUREG-0737 (Ref. 2) items generally reference General Design Criteria 19 (GDC 19) from Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 or specify criteria derived from GDC-

19. These criteria are generally specified in terms of whole body dose, or its equivalent to any body organ. For facilities applying for, or having received, approval for the use of an AST, the applicable criteria should be updated for consistency with the TEDE criterion in 10 CFR 50.67(b)(2)(iii).

5.1.1 The evaluations required by 10 CFR 50.67 are re-analyses of the Conforms These analyses were prepared as specified in the design basis safety analyses and evaluations required by 10 CFR guidance.

50.34; they are considered to be a significant input to the evaluations required by 10 CFR 50.92 or 10 CFR 50.59. These analyses should be prepared, reviewed, and maintained in accordance with quality assurance programs that comply with Appendix B, "Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Reprocessing Plants," to 10 CFR Part 50.

46 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-1 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C, Regulatory Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 5.1.2 Credit may be taken for accident mitigation features that are Conforms, Systems credited for accident mitigation include classified as safety-related, are required to be operable by technical based on the containment spray system, the reactor building specifications, are powered by emergency power sources, and are results of emergency ventilation system (RBEVS), and the either automatically actuated or, in limited cases, have actuation evaluation control room air treatment system (CRATS).

requirements explicitly addressed in emergency operating procedures. These systems are classified as safety-related, are The single active component failure that results in the most limiting required to be operable by technical radiological consequences should be assumed. Assumptions specifications, are powered by emergency power regarding the occurrence and timing of a loss of offsite power should sources, and are automatically actuated. The be selected with the objective of maximizing the postulated analyses also take credit for Liquid Poison System radiological consequences. (LPS) operation for post-LOCA suppression pool pH control. The LPS is safety-related, required to be operable by technical specifications, and supplied with emergency power. Suitability of the LPS to perform the post-LOCA pH control function is addressed in Attachment (5).

5.1.3 The numeric values that are chosen as inputs to the analyses required Conforms Conservative assumptions were used in the by 10 CFR 50.67 should be selected with the objective of determining analyses.

a conservative postulated dose. In some instances, a particular parameter may be conservative in one portion of an analysis but be nonconservative in another portion of the same analysis.

5.1.4 Licensees should ensure that analysis assumptions and methods are Conforms Analysis assumptions and methods were in compatible with the ASTs and the TEDE criteria, accordance with this guidance.

47 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-i Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Section C. Refulatorv Position RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 5.3 Atmospheric dispersion values (X/Q) for the EAB, the LPZ, and the Conforms New atmospheric dispersion values (X/Q) for the control room that were approved by the staff during initial facility EAB, the LPZ, and the control room have been licensing or in subsequent licensing proceedings may be used in calculated using the ARCON96 and PAVAN performing the radiological analyses identified by this guide. computer codes and meteorological data for the Methodologies that have been used for determining X/Q values are five-year period from 1997 through 2001 See documented in Regulatory Guides 1.3 and 1.4, Regulatory Guide Attachment (7).

1.145, "Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," and the paper, "Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Ventilation System Design for Meeting General Criterion 19."

References 22 (Murphy and Campe paper, August 1974) and 28 (RG 1.145) should be used if the FSAR X/Q values are to be revised or if values are to be determined for new release points or receptor distances. Fumigation should be considered where applicable for the EAB and LPZ. For the EAB, the assumed fumigation period should be timed to be included in the worst 2-hour exposure period. The NRC computer code PAVAN implements Regulatory Guide 1.145 and its use is acceptable to the NRC staff. The methodology of the NRC computer code ARCON96 is generally acceptable to the NRC staff for use in determining control room X/Q values. Meteorological data collected in accordance with the site-specific meteorological measurements program described in the facility FSAR should be used in generating accident X/Q values. Additional guidance is provided in Regulatory Guide 1.23, "Onsite Meteorological Programs." All changes in X/Q analysis methodology should be reviewed by the NRC staff.

48 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNIHCAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIEFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Annendix A. Assumntions for Evaluating the Radiological Conseauences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NM[P1 Comments Section Analysis Acceptable assumptions regarding core inventory and the release of Conforms See RG Section 3 below.

radionuclides from the fuel are provided in Regulatory Position 3 of this guide.

2 If the sump or suppression pool pH is controlled at values of 7 or Conforms The stated distributions of iodine chemical forms greater, the chemical form of radioiodine released to the containment are used. The post-LOCA suppression pool pH should be assumed to be 95% cesium iodide (CsJ), 4.85 percent has been evaluated. The pH remains above 7 for at elemental iodine, and 0.15 percent organic iodide. Iodine species, least 30 days by injection of sodium pentaborate including those from iodine re-evolution, for sump or suppression solution by the Liquid Poison System. See pool pH values less than 7 will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Attachments (5) and (6).

Evaluations of pH should consider the effect of acids and bases created during the LOCA event, e.g., radiolysis products. With the exception of elemental and organic iodine and noble gases, fission products should be assumed to be in particulate form.

3.1 The radioactivity released from the fuel should be assumed to mix Conforms The radioactivity released from the fuel is instantaneously and homogeneously throughout the free air volume of assumed to instantaneously and homogenously the primary containment in PWRs or the drywell in BWRs as it is mix throughout the drywell air space. Mixing with released. This distribution should be adjusted if there are internal the wetwell air space is assumed to occur after the compartments that have limited ventilation exchange. The release from the core has ended (at 2.033 hours3.819444e-4 days <br />0.00917 hours <br />5.456349e-5 weeks <br />1.25565e-5 months <br />).

suppression pool free air volume may be included provided there is a At this time, considerable thermal-hydraulic mechanism to ensure mixing between the drywell to the wetwell. The activity in the PC will result in the drywell and release into the containment or drywell should be assumed to torus airspace volumes becoming well-mixed.

terminate at the end of the early in-vessel phase.

49 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.2 Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by natural Conforms No deterministically assumed initial plateout of deposition within the containment may be credited. Acceptable using iodine is credited. Removal via deposition is models for removal of iodine and aerosols are described in Chapter alternative determined using the Polestar computer code 6.5.2, "Containment Spray as a Fission Product Cleanup System," of methods STARNAUA (see Section A1-4.1.1.3).

the Standard Review Plan (SRP), NUREG-0800 and in NUREG/CR-6189, "A Simplified Model of Aerosol Removal by Natural Processes in Reactor Containments." The latter model is incorporated into the analysis code RADTRAD. The prior practice of deterministically assuming that a 50% plateout of iodine is released from the fuel is no longer acceptable to the NRC staff as it is inconsistent with the characteristics of the revised source terms.

50 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.3 Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by Conforms Credit is taken for reduction in airborne activity in containment spray systems that have been designed and are using the containment by the containment spray system maintained in accordance with Chapter 6.5.2 of the SRP may be alternative as determined using the Polestar computer code credited. Acceptable models for the removal of iodine and aerosols methods STARNAUA (see Section A1-4.1.1.3).

are described in Chapter 6.5.2 of the SRP and NUREG/CR-5966, "A Simplified Model of Aerosol Removal by Containment Sprays." This simplified model is incorporated into the analysis code RADTRAD.

The evaluation of the containment sprays should address areas within the primary containment that are not covered by the spray drops. The mixing rate attributed to natural convection between sprayed and unsprayed regions of the containment building, provided that adequate flow exists between these regions, is assumed to be two turnovers of the unsprayed regions per hour, unless other rates are justified. The containment building atmosphere may be considered a single, well-mixed volume if the spray covers at least 90% of the volume and if adequate mixing of unsprayed compartments can be shown.

The SRP sets forth a maximum decontamination factor (DF) for elemental iodine based on the maximum iodine activity in the primary containment atmosphere when the sprays actuate, divided by the activity of iodine remaining at some time after decontamination.

The SRP also states that the particulate iodine removal rate should be reduced by a factor of 10 when a DF of 50 is reached. The reduction in the removal rate is not required if the removal rate is based on the calculated time-dependent airborne aerosol mass. There is no specified maximum DF for aerosol removal by sprays. The maximum activity to be used in determining the DF is defined as the iodine activity in the columns labeled "Total" in Tables 1 and 2 of this guide multiplied by 0.05 for elemental iodine and by 0.95 for particulate iodine (i.e., aerosol treated as particulate in SRP methodology).

51 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.4 Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by in- N/A No in-containment recirculation filter systems containment recirculation filter systems may be credited if these exist at NMP 1.

systems meet the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic Letter 99-02. The filter media loading caused by the increased aerosol release associated with the revised source term should be addressed.

3.5 Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by suppression Conforms No credit is taken for suppression pool scrubbing pool scrubbing in BWRs should generally not be credited. However, in the LOCA AST re-analysis. Analyses have the staff may consider such reduction on an individual case basis. The been performed that determined that the evaluation should consider the relative timing of the blowdown and suppression pool pH is maintained greater than 7; the fission product release from the fuel, the force driving the release therefore, iodine re-evolution is not expected. See through the pool, and the potential for any bypass of the suppression Attachment (5).

pool. Analyses should consider iodine re-evolution if the suppression pool liquid pH is not maintained greater than 7.

3.6 Reduction in airborne radioactivity in the containment by retention in N/A NMP 1 does not have ice condensers. Other than ice condensers, or other engineering safety features not addressed the containment spray system, NMP 1 does not above, should be evaluated on an individual case basis. See Section have any other systems for the reduction of 6.5.4 of the SRP. airborne radioactivity in the containment.

52 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.7 The primary containment (i.e., drywell for Mark I and 11 containment Conforms The NMP 1 has a Mark I containment. The designs) should be assumed to leak at the peak pressure technical primary containment leakage is assumed to be specification leak rate for the first 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. For PWRs, the leak rate 1.5% of containment air weight per day for 24 may be reduced after the first 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> to 50% of the technical hours (the technical specification limit) and 0.75%

specification leak rate. For BWRs, leakage may be reduced after the per day from 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> to 720 hours0.00833 days <br />0.2 hours <br />0.00119 weeks <br />2.7396e-4 months <br /> based on first 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, if supported by plant configuration and analyses, to a containment pressure reductions.

value not less than 50% of the technical specification leak rate.

Leakage from subatmospheric containments is assumed to terminate when the containment is brought to and maintained at a subatmospheric condition as defined by technical specifications.

For BWRs with Mark III containments, the leakage from the drywell into the primary containment should be based on the steaming rate of the heated reactor core, with no credit for core debris relocation. This leakage should be assumed during the two-hour period between the initial blowdown and termination of the fuel radioactivity release (gap and early in-vessel release phases). After two hours, the radioactivity is assumed to be uniformly distributed throughout the drywell and the primary containment.

53 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis _

3.8 If the primary containment is routinely purged during power Conforms The NMP 1 primary containment is not routinely operations, releases via the purge system prior to containment purged during power operation. Purging is limited isolation should be analyzed and the resulting doses summed with the to inerting, de-inerting, and occasional short postulated doses from other release paths. The purge release pressure control activities. Thus, releases via the evaluation should assume that 100% of the radionuclide inventory in purge system are not considered.

the reactor coolant system liquid is released to the containment at the initiation of the LOCA. This inventory should be based on the technical specification reactor coolant system equilibrium activity.

Iodine spikes need not be considered. If the purge system is not isolated before the onset of the gap release phase, the release fractions associated with the gap release and early in-vessel phases should be considered as applicable.

4.1 Leakage from the primary containment should be considered to be Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses. Since the collected, processed by engineered safety feature (ESF) filters, if any, stack height is less than 2.5 times the height of and released to the environment via the secondary containment adjacent structures, no credit is taken for an exhaust system during periods in which the secondary containment elevated release.

has a negative pressure as defined in technical specifications. Credit for an elevated release should be assumed only if the point of physical release is more than two and one-half times the height of any adjacent structure.

4.2 Leakage from the primary containment is assumed to be released Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

directly to the environment as a ground-level release during any period in which the secondary containment does not have a negative pressure as defined in technical specifications.

54 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.3 The effect of high wind speeds on the ability of the secondary Conforms The wind speed exceeded only 5% of the time at containment to maintain a negative pressure should be evaluated on NMP 1 in the secondary containment vicinity is an individual case basis. The wind speed to be assumed is the 1-hour approximately 22 mph (30 ft. elevation of the average value that is exceeded only 5% of the total number of hours meteorological tower). It has been determined that in the data set. Ambient temperatures used in these assessments a wind speed of greater than 20 mph would be should be the 1-hour average value that is exceeded only 5% or 95% required before secondary containment pressures of the total numbers of hours in the data set, whichever is would be positive relative to outside air pressures conservative for the intended use (e.g., if high temperatures are at the downwind side of the reactor building.

limiting, use those exceeded only 5%).

4.4 Credit for dilution in the secondary containment may be allowed Conforms A 50% mixing credit is taken for dilution/mixing when adequate means to cause mixing can be demonstrated. in secondary containment.

Otherwise, the leakage from the primary containment should be assumed to be transported directly to exhaust systems without mixing. Credit for mixing, if found to be appropriate, should generally be limited to 50%. This evaluation should consider the magnitude of the containment leakage in relation to contiguous building volume or exhaust rate, the location of exhaust plenums relative to projected release locations, the recirculation ventilation systems, and internal walls and floors that impede stream flow between the release and the exhaust.

4.5 Primary containment leakage that bypasses the secondary Conforms Reactor building (secondary containment) bypass containment should be evaluated at the bypass leak rate incorporated leakage rates are included in the analysis. The in the technical specifications. If the bypass leakage is through water, maximum allowable bypass leakage values are e.g., via a filled piping run that is maintained full, credit for retention controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing of iodine and aerosols may be considered on a case-by-case basis. Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7.

Similarly, deposition of aerosol radioactivity in gas-filled lines may be considered on a case-by-case basis. No credit is taken for retention in water filled piping. Deposition in gas-filled lines is considered only in the main steam piping between the main steam isolation valves.

55 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis _

4.6 Reduction in the amount of radioactive material released from the Conforms RBEVS HEPA and charcoal adsorber filters are secondary containment because of ESF filter systems may be taken credited in the evaluation of a LOCA for onsite into account provided that these systems meet the guidance of and offsite dose consequences. The RBEVS is a Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic Letter 99-02. safety related system and is described in UFSAR Section VII-H. Laboratory testing of the activated charcoal meets the guidance of Generic Letter 99-02.

5.1 With the exception of noble gases, all the fission products released Conforms With the exception of noble gases, all the fission from the fuel to the containment (as defined in Tables 1 and 2 of this products released from the fuel to the containment guide) should be assumed to instantaneously and homogeneously mix are assumed to instantaneously and in the primary containment sump water (in PWRs) or suppression homogeneously mix in the suppression pool at the pool (in BWRs) at the time of release from the core. In lieu of this time of release from the core.

deterministic approach, suitably conservative mechanistic models for the transport of airborne activity in containment to the sump water may be used. Note that many of the parameters that make spray and deposition models conservative with regard to containment airborne leakage are nonconservative with regard to the buildup of sump activity.

56 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 5.2 The leakage should be taken as two times the sum of the Conforms The assumed 1200 gallon per hour leak rate is two simultaneous leakage from all components in the ESF recirculation times the sum of the allowed simultaneous systems above which the technical specifications, or licensee leakage from all ESF components. ESF leakage is commitments to item III.D. 1.1 of NUREG-0737, would require minimized at NMP1 through implementation of declaring such systems inoperable. The leakage should be assumed to the program specified in TS Section 6.5.2, start at the earliest time the recirculation flow occurs in these systems "Primary Coolant Sources Outside Containment."

and end at the latest time the releases from these systems are terminated. Consideration should also be given to design leakage Since the core spray and containment spray through valves isolating ESF recirculation systems from tanks vented systems take suction immediately from the to atmosphere, e.g., emergency core cooling system (ECCS) pump suppression pool, this leak path is assumed to start miniflow return to the refueling water storage tank. at time zero. There are no credible leakage paths from ESF recirculation systems to atmospheric tanks.

5.3 With the exception of iodine, all radioactive materials in the Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

recirculating liquid should be assumed to be retained in the liquid phase.

5.4 If the temperature of the leakage exceeds 212'F, the fraction of total N/A The temperature of the leakage does not exceed iodine in the liquid that becomes airborne should be assumed equal to 212 0 F.

the fraction of the leakage that flashes to vapor. This flash fraction, FF, should be determined using a constant enthalpy, h, process, based on the maximum time-dependent temperature of the sump water circulating outside the containment:

hf1- hf2 FF = - ____

h1fg Where: hfl is the enthalpy of liquid at system design temperature and pressure; hf2 is the enthalpy of liquid at saturation conditions (14.7 psia, 212'F); and hfg is the heat of vaporization at 212'F.

57 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 5.5 If the temperature of the leakage is less than 212'F or the calculated Conforms The temperature of the leakage does not exceed flash fraction is less than 10%, the amount of iodine that becomes 212'F. A flash fraction of 10% is used. See airborne should be assumed to be 10% of the total iodine activity in Section A1-4.1.1.5 regarding the treatment of ESF the leaked fluid, unless a smaller amount can be justified based on the leakage.

actual sump pH history and area ventilation rates.

5.6 The radioiodine that is postulated to be available for release to the Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

environment is assumed to be 97% elemental and 3% organic. Reduction in release activity by the RBEVS Reduction in release activity by dilution or holdup within buildings, HEPA and charcoal adsorber filters is credited or by ESF ventilation filtration systems, may be credited where after negative pressure is re-established in the applicable. Filter systems used in these applications should be secondary containment. The RBEVS is a safety evaluated against the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic related system and is described in UFSAR Section Letter 99-02. VII-H. Laboratory testing of the activated charcoal meets the guidance of Generic Letter 99-02.

6.1 For the purpose of this analysis, the activity available for release via Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

MSIV leakage should be assumed to be that activity determined to be in the drywell for evaluating containment leakage (see Regulatory Position 3). No credit should be assumed for activity reduction by the steam separators or by iodine partitioning in the reactor vessel.

6.2 All the MSIVs should be assumed to leak at the maximum leak rate Conforms MSIV leakage assumed in this accident analysis is above which the technical specifications would require declaring the 50 scfh for any one line and 100 scfh for both MSIVs inoperable. The leakage should be assumed to continue for steam lines when tested at > 35 psig. The the duration of the accident. Postulated leakage may be reduced after maximum allowable MSIV leakage values are the first 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, if supported by site-specific analyses, to a value not controlled by the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing less than 50% of the maximum leak rate. Program that is described in TS Section 6.5.7.

Reduction in leakage rates after 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is based on post-accident containment pressure reductions.

No credit is taken for leakage rate reductions below 50% of the MSIV leakage limit.

58 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 6.3 Reduction of the amount of released radioactivity by deposition and Conforms Credit is taken for deposition on steam system plateout on steam system piping upstream of the outboard MSIVs piping between the inboard and outboard MSIVs may be credited, but the amount of reduction in concentration using the Polestar computer code STARNAUA allowed will be evaluated on an individual case basis. Generally, the (see Sections A1-4.1.1.3 and A1-4.1.1.4).

model should be based on the assumption of well-mixed volumes, but other models such as slug flow may be used if justified.

6.4 In the absence of collection and treatment of releases by ESFs such as Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses. NMP1 the MSIV leakage control system, or as described in paragraph 6.5 does not have a MSIV leakage control system.

below, the MSIV leakage should be assumed to be released to the environment as an unprocessed, ground-level release. Holdup and dilution in the turbine building should not be assumed.

6.5 A reduction in MSIV releases that is due to holdup and deposition in N/A Holdup and deposition in the main steam piping main steam piping downstream of the MSIVs and in the main downstream of the outboard MSIVs and in the condenser, including the treatment of air ejector effluent by offgas main condenser is not credited in the analysis, systems, may be credited if the components and piping systems used even though the piping is seismically rugged and in the release path are capable of performing their safety function would remain intact during and after a design during and following a safe shutdown earthquake (SSE). The amount basis earthquake.

of reduction allowed will be evaluated on an individual case basis.

References A-9 and A-10 provide guidance on acceptable models.

59 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-2 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix A, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a LWR Loss-of-Coolant Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 7.0 The radiological consequences from post-LOCA primary Conforms Containment purging as a combustible gas or containment purging as a combustible gas or pressure control pressure control measure is not required nor measure should be analyzed. If the installed containment purging credited in any design basis analysis for 30 days capabilities are maintained for purposes of severe accident following a design basis LOCA at NMP1.

management and are not credited in any design basis analysis, radiological consequences need not be evaluated. If the primary containment purging is required within 30 days of the LOCA, the results of this analysis should be combined with consequences postulated for other fission product release paths to determine the total calculated radiological consequences from the LOCA.

Reduction in the amount of radioactive material released via ESF filter systems may be taken into account provided that these systems meet the guidance in Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic Letter 99-02.

60 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-3 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix B, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a Fuel Handling Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 1.1 The number of fuel rods damaged during the accident should be based Conforms The analysis assumes that the activity inventory on a conservative analysis that considers the most limiting case. This from two full fuel assemblies is released. This is analysis should consider parameters such as the weight of the dropped bounding for the 125 damaged rods for GE 8x8 heavy load or the weight of a dropped fuel assembly (plus any fuel assemblies or the 140 damaged rods for GEl 1 attached handling grapples), the height of the drop, and the 9x9 fuel assemblies determined for the current compression, torsion, and shear stresses on the irradiated fuel rods. licensing basis (described in UFSAR Section XV-Damage to adjacent fuel assemblies, if applicable (e.g., events over C.3.0). The number of fuel rods damaged is based the reactor vessel), should be considered. on a 30-ft drop onto the reactor core and includes the weight of the grapple. Damage due to a fuel assembly drop into the reactor vessel bounds a drop in the spent fuel pool.

1.2 The fission product release from the breached fuel is based on Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

Regulatory Position 3.2 of this guide and the estimate of the number of fuel rods breached. All the gap activity in the damaged rods is assumed to be instantaneously released. Radionuclides that should be considered include xenons, kryptons, halogens, cesiums, and rubidiums.

1.3 The chemical form of radioiodine released from the fuel to the spent Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

fuel pool should be assumed to be 95% cesium iodide (CsI), 4.85 percent elemental iodine, and 0.15 percent organic iodide. The CsI released from the fuel is assumed to completely dissociate in the pool water. Because of the low pH of the pool water, the iodine re-evolves as elemental iodine. This is assumed to occur instantaneously. The NRC staff will consider, on a case-by-case basis, justifiable mechanistic treatment of the iodine release from the pool.

61 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-3 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix B, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a Fuel Handling Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 2 If the depth of water above the damaged fuel is 23 feet or greater, the Conforms Even though the maximum fuel damage is for a decontamination factors for the elemental and organic species are 500 drop in the refueling cavity onto the reactor core, and 1, respectively, giving an overall effective decontamination factor a more conservative spent fuel pool of 200 (i.e., 99.5% of the total iodine released from the damaged rods decontamination factor (DF) for elemental iodine is retained by the water). This difference in decontamination factors is used in the analysis. Based on the minimum for elemental (99.85%) and organic iodine (0.15%) species results in depth of water in the canal to the spent fuel pool the iodine above the water being composed of 57% elemental and of 22'-9", an adjusted DF of 268 was calculated.

43% organic species. If the depth of water is not 23 feet, the See Section A 1-4.1.5.

decontamination factor will have to be determined on a case-by-case method.

3 The retention of noble gases in the water in the fuel pool or reactor Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

cavity is negligible (i.e., decontamination factor of 1). Particulate radionuclides are assumed to be retained by the water in the fuel pool or reactor cavity (i.e., infinite decontamination factor).

4.1 The radioactive material that escapes from the fuel pool to the fuel Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

building is assumed to be released to the environment over a 2-hour time period.

4.2 A reduction in the amount of radioactive material released from the Conforms The radioactive material is assumed to be released fuel pool by engineered safety feature (ESF) filter systems may be directly to the environment. No credit is taken for taken into account provided these systems meet the guidance of filtration of the release from the reactor building Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic Letter 99-02. Delays in radiation by the RBEVS.

detection, actuation of the ESF filtration system, or diversion of ventilation flow to the ESF filtration system should be determined and accounted for in the radioactivity release analyses.

62 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-3 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix B, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a Fuel Handling Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.3 The radioactivity release from the fuel pool should be assumed to be N/A No credit is taken for mixing in the reactor drawn into the ESF filtration system without mixing or dilution in the building or filtration of the release from the fuel building. If mixing can be demonstrated, credit for mixing and reactor building by the RBEVS.

dilution may be considered on a case-by-case basis. This evaluation should consider the magnitude of the building volume and exhaust rate, the potential for bypass to the environment, the location of exhaust plenums relative to the surface of the pool, recirculation ventilation systems, and internal walls and floors that impede stream flow between the surface of the pool and the exhaust plenums.

5.1 If the containment is isolated during fuel handling operations, no N/A Secondary containment isolation is not credited.

radiological consequences need to be analyzed. The radioactive material is assumed to be released directly to the environment.

5.2 If the containment is open during fuel handling operations, but N/A Secondary containment isolation is not credited.

designed to automatically isolate in the event of a fuel handling The radioactive material is assumed to be released accident, the release duration should be based on delays in radiation directly to the environment.

detection and completion of containment isolation. If it can be shown that containment isolation occurs before radioactivity is released to the environment, no radiological consequences need to be analyzed.

5.3 If the containment is open during fuel handling operations (e.g., Conforms Secondary containment is assumed to be open personnel air lock or equipment hatch is open), the radioactive during fuel handling operations, and secondary material that escapes from the reactor cavity pool to the containment containment isolation is not credited. An is released to the environment over a 2-hour time period, instantaneous release to the environment is Note 3: The staff will generally require that technical specifications assumed.

allowing such operations include administrative controls to close the airlock, hatch, or open penetrations within 30 minutes. Such a dmin ction A ill above, administrative controls will generally require that a dedicated administrative controls will assure that actions are individual be present, with necessary equipment available, to restore tknteduce thepoent adilgc containment closure should a fuel handling accident occur. consequences of a refueling accident.

Radiological analyses should generally not credit this manual isolation.

63 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-3 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix B, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a Fuel Handling Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 5.4 A reduction in the amount of radioactive material released from the N/A No credit is taken for filtration of the release from containment by ESF filter systems may be taken into account the reactor building by the RBEVS.

provided that these systems meet the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.52 and Generic Letter 99-02. Delays in radiation detection, actuation of the ESF filtration system, or diversion of ventilation flow to the ESF filtration system should be determined and accounted for in the radioactivity release analyses.

5.5 Credit for dilution or mixing of the activity released from the reactor N/A The radioactive material is assumed to be released cavity by natural or forced convection inside the containment may be directly to the environment without any credit for considered on a case-by-case basis. Such credit is generally limited to dilution or mixing inside the secondary 50% of the containment free volume. This evaluation should consider containment.

the magnitude of the containment volume and exhaust rate, the potential for bypass to the environment, the location of exhaust plenums relative to the surface of the reactor cavity, recirculation ventilation systems, and internal walls and floors that impede stream flow between the surface of the reactor cavity and the exhaust plenums.

64 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-4 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix C, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a BWR Rod Drop Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis Assumptions acceptable to the NRC staff regarding core inventory are Conforms Release fractions in accordance with this guidance provided in Regulatory Position 3 of this guide. For the rod drop are used. Releases are based on fuel cladding accident, the release from the breached fuel is based on the estimate of perforation. There is no fuel melting. A the number of fuel rods breached and the assumption that 10% of the conservative radial peaking factor of 1.8 is used.

core inventory of the noble gases and iodines is in the fuel gap. The release attributed to fuel melting is based on the fraction of the fuel that reaches or exceeds the initiation temperature for fuel melting and on the assumption that 100% of the noble gases and 50% of the iodines contained in that fraction are released to the reactor coolant.

2 If no or minimal fuel damage is postulated for the limiting event, the N/A Fuel damage is postulated. The projected fuel released activity should be the maximum coolant activity (typically 4 damage is the limiting case.

jiCi/gm DE 1-13 1) allowed by the technical specifications.

Note 1: The activity assumed in the analysis should be based on the activity associated with the projected fuel damage or the maximum technical specification values, whichever maximizes the radiological consequences. In determining the dose equivalent 1-131 (DE 1-131),

only the radioiodine associated with normal operations or iodine spikes should be included. Activity from projected fuel damage should not be included.

3.1 The activity released from the fuel from either the gap or from fuel Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

pellets is assumed to be instantaneously mixed in the reactor coolant within the pressure vessel.

3.2 Credit should not be assumed for partitioning in the pressure vessel or Conforms No partitioning is assumed.

for removal by the steam separators.

65 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-4 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix C, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a BWR Rod Drop Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 3.3 Of the activity released from the reactor coolant within the pressure Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

vessel, 100% of the noble gases, 10% of the iodine, and 1% of the remaining radionuclides are assumed to reach the turbine and condensers.

3.4 Of the activity that reaches the turbine and condenser, 100% of the Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses for the noble gases, 10% of the iodine, and 1% of the particulate two cases analyzed. These cases are (1) release radionuclides are available for release to the environment. The turbine via leakage from the main condenser; and (2) and condensers leak to the atmosphere as a ground- level release at a forced flow via the mechanical vacuum pump.

rate of 1% per day for a period of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, at which time the leakage This second case is based on the maximum is assumed to terminate. No credit should be assumed for dilution or activity concentration that will not cause isolation holdup within the turbine building. Radioactive decay during holdup of the mechanical vacuum pumps on a high main in the turbine and condenser may be assumed. steam line radiation signal. Retention by the charcoal delay beds in the offgas system is Note 2: If there are forced flow paths from the turbine or condenser, neglected.

such as unisolated motor vacuum pumps or unprocessed air ejectors, the leakage rate should be assumed to be the flow rate associated with the most limiting of these paths. Credit for collection and processing of releases, such as by off gas or standby gas treatment, will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

3.5 In lieu of the transport assumptions provided in paragraphs 3.2 N/A Paragraphs 3.2 through 3.4 (see above) are used in through 3.4 above, a more mechanistic analysis may be used on a the analysis.

case-by-case basis. Such analyses account for the quantity of contaminated steam carried from the pressure vessel to the turbine and condensers based on a review of the minimum transport time from the pressure vessel to the first main steam isolation (MSIV) and considers MSIV closure time.

3.6 The iodine species released from the reactor coolant within the Conforms This guidance is applied in the analyses.

pressure vessel should be assumed to be 95% CsI as an aerosol, 4.85%

elemental, and 0.15% organic. The release from the turbine and condenser should be assumed to be 97% elemental and 3% organic.

66 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-5 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix D, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a BWR Main Steam Line Break Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis I Assumptions acceptable to the NRC staff regarding core inventory N/A No fuel damage is projected for this event. The and the release of radionuclides from the fuel are provided in release estimate is based on coolant activity.

Regulatory Position 3 of this guide. The release from the breached fuel is based on Regulatory Position 3.2 of this guide and the estimate of the number of fuel rods breached.

2 If no or minimal fuel damage is postulated for the limiting event, the Conforms No fuel damage is expected. There is no concern released activity should be the maximum coolant activity allowed by of uncovering the core, as the swell that results technical specification. The iodine concentration in the primary from reactor depressurization will maintain coolant is assumed to correspond to the following two cases in the adequate core coverage until MSIV isolation.

nuclear steam supply system vendor's standard technical specifications. The proposed changes to the NMP l Technical Specification limit the reactor coolant Dose Equivalent (DE) 1-131 specific activity to 0.2 ptCi/gm, with action to shutdown the plant if the reactor coolant DE 1-131 specific activity exceeds 4.0 giCi/gm during Power Operations and Hot Shutdown conditions.

2.1 The concentration that is the maximum value (typically 4.0 ýtCi/gm Conforms The analysis assumes coolant activity of 4.0 DE 1-131) permitted and corresponds to the conditions of an assumed [tCi/gm DE 1-131 corresponding to an assumed pre-accident spike, and pre-accident spike.

2.2 The concentration that is the maximum equilibrium value (typically N/A This case was not analyzed since the calculated 0.2 ptCi/gm DE 1-131) permitted for continued full power operation. results for the pre-accident spike case are less than 2.5 rem TEDE (the acceptance criterion given in RG 1.183, Table 6 for the equilibrium iodine activity case).

3 The activity released from the fuel should be assumed to mix N/A No fuel damage is projected for this event. The instantaneously and homogeneously in the reactor coolant. Noble release estimate is based on coolant activity.

gases should be assumed to enter the steam phase instantaneously.

67 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-5 Conformance with Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.183 Appendix D, Assumptions for Evaluating the Radiological Consequences of a BWR Main Steam Line Break Accident RG RG Position NMP1 Comments Section Analysis 4.1 The main steam line isolation valves (MSIV) should be assumed to Conforms Break isolation is assumed in 11 seconds, close in the maximum time allowed by technical specifications. corresponding to the maximum MSIV closing time of 10 seconds plus a closure signal delay time of 1 second. This is unchanged from the existing analysis described in UFSAR Section XV-C. 1.0. The MSIV closure time requirement is contained in a licensee procedure, as discussed in the Bases for TS Section 3.3.4, "Primary Containment Isolation Valves."

4.2 The total mass of coolant released should be assumed to be that Conforms Mass of coolant released is per this guidance.

amount in the steam line and connecting lines at the time of the break plus the amount that passes through the valves prior to closure.

4.3 All the radioactivity in the released coolant should be assumed to be Conforms This guidance was used in the analysis.

released to the atmosphere instantaneously as a ground-level release.

No credit should be assumed for plateout, holdup, or dilution within facility buildings.

4.4 The iodine species released from the main steam line should be Conforms This guidance was used in the analysis.

assumed to be 95% CsI as an aerosol, 4.85% elemental, and 0.15%

organic.

68 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-6 Computer Codes Used in AST Design Basis Radiological Analyses Task Computer Code Version or Revision Comments Determination of X/Q values NUREG/CR - 6331, for on site receptors near ARCON96 --- Rev. 1, May 1997 building structures.

Calculate doses due to MSLB, Excel --- Spreadsheet Refueling Accident, and CRDA General purpose gamma Point Kernel shielding analysis. MicroShield 5.03 Integration code.

Developed by Grove Engineering.

Calculate fission product The code is referenced inventories. ORIGEN ORIGEN2 in RG 1. 183 and consistent with NRC recommendation.

ORNL/TM-7175 Determination of X/Q values NUREG/CR-2858, for the EAB and LPZ. PAVAN 2.0 Nov. 1982 Perform radioactive decay of RADDECAY Version 3 Developed by Grove the source term. Engineering Calculate both on-site and off- Referenced by site doses. RG 1.183 RADTRAD 3.03 NUREG/CR-6604 USNRC April 1998 Perform independent check of STARDOSE 03/01/1997 Polestar Applied dose calculations. Technology code Evaluate aerosol removal in STARNAUA --- Developed by Polestar containment and the main steam Applied Technology, lines as a function of time. Inc. Utilized in other utility AST submittals.

Perform an independent check QADMOD Version 0, Level 3 Stone & Webster Point of MicroShield results. Kernel Gamma-Ray Shielding Code 69 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-7 Fuel Data Fuel Data General Electric Fuel Type GEl 1 Initial Bundle Mass of 195.5 Uranium (kg)

Initial Core Average 4.1 Enrichment (U-235 wt%)

Core Average Bundle Power 355 (MWt/bundle) 3.55 End of Cycle Core Wide 34,000 Exposure (MWd/ST) 70 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-8 Core Fission Product Inventory Isotope Ci/MWt Isotope Ci/MWt t=0 t=0 Kr83M 3.27E+03 1132 3.92E+04 Kr85 3.93E+02 1133 5.51E+04 Kr85M 6.82E+03 1134 6.03E+04 Kr87 1.30E+04 1135 5.16E+04 Kr88 1.83E+04 Xe131M 3.04E+02 Kr89 2.22E+04 Xel33 5.27E+04 Rb86 7.29E+OI Xe133M 1.63E+03 Sr89 2.45E+04 Xe135 1.91E+04 Sr90 3.14E+03 Xe135M 1.09E+04 Sr9l 3.1OE+04 Xe137 4.80E+04 Sr92 3.38E+04 Xe138 4.50E+04 Y90 3.24E+03 Cs134 7.29E+03 Y91 3.18E+04 Cs136 2.28E+03 Y92 3.40E+04 Cs137 4.35E+03 Y93 3.96E+04 Ba137M 4.12E+03 Zr 9 5 4.46E+04 Ba139 4.89E+04 Zr97 4.51E+04 Ba140 4.71E+04 Nb95 4.48E+04 La140 5.12E+04 Mo99 5.13E+04 La141 4.45E+04 Tc99M 4.49E+04 La142 4.29E+04 Ru103 4.29E+04 Ce141 4.47E+04 Rul05 3.01E+04 Ce143 4.11E+04 Ru106 1.76E+04 Ce144 3.70E+04 Rh105 2.84E+04 Pr143 3.97E+04 Sb127 3.01E+03 Nd147 1.80E+04 Sb129 8.91E+03 Np239 5.78E+05 Te127 3.OOE+03 Pu238 1.45E+02 Te127M 4.05E+02 Pu239 1.34E+01 Te129 8.76E+03 Pu240 1.89E+01 Te129M 1.30E+03 Pu241 5.49E+03 Te131M 3.97E+03 Am241 7.48E+00 Te132 3.85E+04 Cm242 1.85E+03 1131 2.71E+04 Cm244 1.23E+02 71 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-9 Accident Radiological Consequence Analyses Inputs Input/Assumption Value Licensed Core Power 1850 MWt No. of Fuel Assemblies in Core 532 Fuel Type Current - GEl I (9x9)

Past - GE 8x8 Control Room (CR) Volume 1.35E+05 ft3 CR Normal Mode Ventilation 2025 scfm (2250 minus 10%)

CR Emergency Mode Ventilation 2025 scfm (2250 minus 10%)

Assumed CR Unfiltered In-leakage Rate 100 scfm*

CR Filtered Recirculation N/A Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS) Filter Particulates & Elemental I - 95%

Efficiencies Organic I - 90%

Reactor Building Free Air Volume 2.10E+06 ft3 Reactor Building Drawdown Time 6 hrs w/1 fan; 40 minutes w/2 fans RBEVS Flow Rate 1760 cfm w/l fan; 3520 cfm w/2 fans RBEVS Filter Efficiency Particulates & Elemental I - 95%

Organic I - 90%

Environment Breathing Rate 0-8 hours: 3.5E-04 m3/sec 8-24 hours: 1.8E-04 m3/sec (Regulatory Guide 1. 183) 1-30 days: 2.3E-04 m3/sec Control Room Breathing Rate 3.5E-04 m3/sec (Regulatory Guide 1. 183)

Control Room Occupancy Factors 0-i day: 1.0 1-4 days: 0.6 (Regulatory Guide 1.183) 4-30 days: 0.4

  • Bounds the highest measured inleakage value of 45 scfm (documented in Reference A1-8.1).

72 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-10 LOCA Inputs Input/Assumption Value i

Fission Products Release Fractions BWR Core Inventory Fraction Released Into Containment (Regulatory Guide 1.183, Table 1)

Gap Early Release In-vessel Group Phase Phase Total Noble Gases 0.05 0.95 1.0 Halogens 0.05 0.25 0.3 Alkali Metals 0.05 0.20 0.25 Tellurium Metals 0.00 0.05 0.05 Ba, Sr 0.00 0.02 0.02 Noble Metals 0.00 0.0025 0.0025 Cerium Group 0.00 0.0005 0.0005 Lanthanides 0.00 0.0002 0.0002 Fission Product Release Timing LOCA Release Phases (BWR)

(Regulatory Guide 1.183, Table 4) Phase Onset Duration Gap release 2 min 0.5 hr Early In-Vessel 0.5 hr 1.5 hr Fission Product Iodine Chemical Form Particulate 95%

Elemental 4.85%

(Regulatory Guide 1.183, App. A) Organ 4.85%

Organic 0.1l5%

Control Room Isolation None Assumed ESF Leakage Release Fractions Ten percent of the radioiodine in the leaked coolant is assumed to become airborne in the reactor building (secondary containment).

Leakage Rates Primary Containment Leak Rate 1.5% containment air weight/day (30 days) (Technical Specification limit)

Secondary Containment (SC) Bypass 41.5 scfh beginning at t=0 hours Leak Rate (30 Days)

Assumed ESF Leak Rate (30 days) 1200 gph (2 times the allowed leakage value)

ESF Leakage Temperature <212 0 F MSIV Leak Rate at Test Pressure of 100 scfh total; 35 psig 50 scfh maximum for one line 73 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-10 LOCA Inputs Input/Assumption Value Volumes Drywell Airspace 180,000 ft3 Torus Airspace 120,000 ft3 (Minimum)

Suppression Pool 79,700 ft3 (Minimum)

Reactor Building (Secondary 2,100,000 ft3 Containment) Free Volume Removal Inputs Drywell Spray Flow Rate 6383 gpm*

Drywell Accident Conditions (Max.

pressure bounds DBA LOCA and P = 35 psig, temperature bounds small steam line T = 281*1F break.

Steam Line Removal Efficiencies:

Steam Line Conditions Saturated Conditions at 1050 psia Steam Line Volume: Inboard to 82.4 ft3 Outboard MSIV (each line)

74 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-il LOCA Release Fractions as Release Rates Over the Accident Duration Time Period Fraction of core inventory*

(seconds) 0 - 120 No Release 120-1920 Gases Xe, Kr- 0.1/hr (0.05 total)

Elemental I - 4.9E-3/hr (2.4E-3 total)

Organic I- 1.5E-4/hr (7.5E-5 total)

Aerosols I, Br - 0.095/hr (0.0475 total)

Cs, Rb - 0.1/hr (0.05 total) 1920 - 7320 Gases Xe, Kr - 0.63/hr (0.95 total)

Elemental I- 8.1E-3/hr (1.2E-2 total)

Organic I - 2.5E-4/hr (3.8E-4 total)

Aerosols I, Br - 0.158/hr (0.2375 total)

Cs, Rb - 0.133/hr (0.2 total)

Te Group - 0.033/hr (0.05 total)

Ba, Sr - 0.013/hr (0.02 total)

Noble Metals - 1.7E-3/hr (2.5E-3 total)

La Group - 1.3E-4/hr (2E-4 total)

Ce Group - 3.3E-4/hr (5E-4 total)

  • Release fractions and rates are from RG 1.183, Table 1 considering the chemical form described in RG 1.183, Section 3.5 (Reference A 1-8.3).

75 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-12 X/Q Values for LOCA Radiological Dose Calculations (sec/m 3 )

Release Release Timing Location 0-2 hrs 2-4 hrs 4-8 hrs 8-24 hrs 1-4 days 4-30 days EAB*

Ground 1.90E-04 -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-MSIV Ground R1 1.90E-04 -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-Bypass Ground R 1.90E-04 -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-Siding Stack Nral -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-Normal Stack Fumigation 5.98E-05 -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-LPZ Ground 1.63E-05 1.63E-05 1.63E-05 1.1OE-05 4.67E-06 1.37E-06 MSIV Ground RB 1.63E-05 1.63E-05 1.63E-05 1.10E-05 4.67E-06 1.37E-06 Bypass Ground 'B 1.63E-05 1.63E-05 1.63E-05 1.1OE-05 4.67E-06 1.37E-06 Siding Stack 2.12E-05 2.12E-05 1.26E-06 8.40E-07 3.45E-07 1.11E-07 Control Room Ground RB 1.03E-03 5.85E-04 5.85E-04 2.07E-04 1.75E-04 1.52E-04 Bypass Ground RB 4.82E-04 2.6 1E-04 2.6lE-04** 9.25E-05 6.70E-05 4.93E-05 Siding Ground 1.03E-03 5.85E-04 5.85E-04 2.07E-04 1.75E-04 1.52E-04 MSIV Stack Ntal -NA- 1.26E-04 1.26E-04 4.30E-5 3.58E-5 Normal 2.59E-05 Stack Fmato 2.27E-4 -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-Fumigation -NA-76 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-12 X/Q Values for LOCA Radiological Dose Calculations (sec/m 3)

Release Release Timing Location 0-2 hrs 2-4 hrs 4-8 hrs 8-24 hrs 1-4 days 4-30 days Technical Support Center GroundRB 5.91E-04 4.26E-04 4.26E-04 1.63E-04 1.35E-04 1.16E-04 Bypass Ground R 7.09E-04 5.60E-04 5.60E-04** -NA- -NA- -NA-Siding Ground 5.91E-04 4.26E-04 4.26E-04 1.63E-04 1.35E-04 1.16E-04 MSIV Stack Nral -NA- 2.42E-04 2.42E-04 8.22E-5 6.06E-5 5.OOE-05 Normal Stack Fmato 3.47E-4 -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-Fumigation NA - Not Applicable

  • Worst 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />
    • The ground level release from the Reactor Building ends at 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, when negative pressure is re-established.

77 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-13 LOCA Radiological Consequence Analysis (rem TEDE)

Offsite Dose Dose Component Control Room Dose EAB LPZ Limiting Case 9.02 1.60 4.81 Regulatory Limit 25 25 5 Current Analysis* 1.14E-06 (25) Gamma 1.09E-05 (25) Gamma 4.07 (5) Gamma (Regulatory Limit) - rem 5.16E-07 (300) 3.65E-05 (300) 22.2 (30) Thyroid Thyroid Thyroid

  • EAB and LPZ doses from UFSAR Section XV.C.5.1.8.2. Control room doses are from a letter from Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation to the NRC dated December 18, 1998 (Reference A 1-8.25).

78 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-14 MSLB Accident Inputs Input/Assumption Value Mass Release 1.07E+05 Ibm total*

(26,250 Ibm steam; 80,900 Ibm water)

MSIV Isolation Time 11 seconds*

DE 1-131 Equilibrium Value 0.2 ptCi/gm DE 1-131 Pre-Accident Spike 4 [tCi/gm

  • Unchanged from existing UFSAR analysis.

Table Al-15 MSLB Accident Puff Release X/Q Inputs Input/Assumption Value 26,250 Ibm steam Mass Release 80,900 Ibm water (saturated @ 1030psig)

Turbine Building Bubble Transverse Time to Control 136 seconds Room Fresh Air Intake (1 m/s wind speed)

Turbine Building Bubble Transverse Time to TSC 168 seconds Fresh Air Intake (1 m/s wind speed)

Table Al-16 X/Q Values for MSLB Accident Radiological Dose Calculations (sec/m 3)

Time Period Control Room TSC Puff EAB LPZ Puff 0 - 2 hrs 9.98E-04 9.80E-04 1.90E-04 1.63E-05 79 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-17 MSLB Calculated Radiological Consequences (rem TEDE)

Offsite Dose Control Room Dose Case EAB LPZ (Puff Release) 4.0 piCi/gm DE 1-131** 0.53 0.045 1.76 Regulatory Limit 25 25 5 Current Analysis* 0.08 (25) Gamma 0.008 (25) Gamma 0.005 (5) Gamma (Regulatory Limit) - 10.7 (300) Thyroid 2.7 (300) Thyroid 28.6 (30) Thyroid rem

  • EAB and LPZ doses are the more limiting doses from UFSAR Table XV-8. Control room doses are from a letter from Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation to the NRC dated December 18, 1998 (Reference A 1-8.25).
  • Since these values are less than 2.5 rem TEDE (the acceptance criterion given in RG 1.183, Table 6 for the equilibrium iodine activity case), the equilibrium iodine activity case did not need to be analyzed.

80 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-18 Refueling Accident Inputs Input/Assumption Value Number of Failed Rods 2 full fuel assemblies*

Radial Peaking Factor 1.8 Fuel Decay Period 24 hrs Pool Water Iodine Decontamination Factors (DF) Elemental Iodine - 268 Organic Iodine - 1 Release Period Instantaneous Release Location Reactor Building Panels Release Fractions Noble Gases Excluding Kr-85 5 %

Kr-85 10%

1-131 8%

lodines except 1-131 5%

  • The activity inventory from two full fuel assemblies is released. This is bounding for the 125 damaged rods for GE 8x8 fuel assemblies or the 140 damaged rods for GEl I 9x9 fuel assemblies determined for the current licensing basis.

81 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-19 Refueling Accident Fission Product Inventory Isotope Ci/MWt Ci/MWt Ci/MWt t=0 Adjusted* t= 24 hr Br-83 4.24E+03 ** **

Kr-83M 3.27E+03 same negligible Br-85 9.6 1E+03 ** **

Kr-85M 6.82E+03 same 166 Kr-85 3.93E+02 7.86E+02 786 Kr-87 1.30E+04 same 0.0281 Kr-88 1.83E+04 same 52.3 Kr-89 2.22E+04 same negligible Te-131M 3.97E+03 ** **

1-131 2.71E+04 4.34E+04 40060 Xe-131M 3.04E+02 same 303 Te-132 3.85E+04 ** **

1-132 3.92E+04 same 32048 Te-133M 2.30E+04 ** **

Te-133 3.39E+04 ** **

1-133 5.51E+04 same 24737 Xe-133M 1.63E+03 same 1480 Xe-133 5.27E+04 same 50900 Te-134 5.31E+04 ** **

1-134 6.03E+04 same negligible 1-135 5.16E+04 same 4176 Xe-135M 1.09E+04 same negligible Xe-135 1.91E+04 same 12300 Xe-137 4.80E+04 same negligible Xe-138 4.50E+04 same neali2ible

  • Adjusted for direct decay and decay chains in which the radionuclide is a daughter product.
    • Considered as parent only.

82 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-20 X/Q Values for Refueling Accident Radiological Dose Calculations (sec/m 3)

Release Release Timing Location 0-2 hrs 2-8 hrs 1 8-24 hr 1-4 days 4-30 days EAB Ground 1.90E-04 -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-LPZ Ground 1.63E-05 1.10E-05 4.67E-06 1.67E-06 Control Room Ground 4.82E-04 I 2.61E-04 I 9.25E-05 6.70E-05 4.93E-05 Table A1-21 Refueling Accident Calculated Radiological Consequences (rem TEDE)

Offsite Dose Case Control Room Dose EAB LPZ 24 Hours after shutdown 0.447 0.0384 0.847 Regulatory Limit 6.3 6.3 5 Current Analysis* 0.4 (25) Gamma (Regulatory Limit) - rem 2.0 (300) Thyroid

  • EAB doses are the more limiting doses from UFSAR Table XV-24.

83 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table Al-22 CRDA Inputs Input/Assumption Value Number of Failed Rods 850*

Percent Fuel Melt for Failed Rods No Melting Radial Peaking Factor 1.8 Release Period (Case 1) 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> Main Condenser Leakage Rate (Case 1) 1% per day for 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> Main Condenser Volume 50,000 ft3 Main Condenser Mechanical Vacuum Pump 2.8E+05 Ibm/hr at 300 psia Flow Rate (Case 2)

Noble Gas 10%

Gap Release Fractions Iodine 10%

Br 5%

Cs, Rb 12%

Activity that Reaches the Condenser Noble Gas 100%

Iodine 10%

Cs, Rb 1%

Airborne Activity Available for Release from Noble Gas 100%

the Condenser Iodine 10%

Cs, Rb 1%

  • Failure of 850 rods for GE 8x8 fuel assemblies is bounding for GE 119x9 fuel assemblies. As noted in UFSAR Section XV-C.4.2, CRDA results for banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) plants have been statistically analyzed and show that, in all cases, the peak fuel enthalpy in a CRDA would be much less than the 280 cal/gm design limit. Thus, the CRDA has been deleted from the standard GE BWR reload package for BPWS plants.

84 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Table A1-23 X/Q Values for CRDA Radiological Dose Calculations (sec/m 3)

Release Timing Release Location 0-2 hrs 2-8 hrs 8-24 hrs 1-4 days 4-30 days EAB Ground 1.90E-04 -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-Stack Normal -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-Stack Fumigation 5.98E-05 -NA- -NA- -NA- -NA-LPZ Ground 1.63E-05 1.10E-05 4.67E-06 1.67E-6 Stack 2.12E-05 8.40E-07 3.45E-07 11.11 E-07 Control Room Ground 1.03E-03 5.85E-04 2.07E-04 1.75E-04 1.52E-04 Stack Normal -NA- 1.26E-04 4.30E-05 3.58E-05 2.59E-05 Stack Fumigation 2.27E-04 --NA- I -NA- I-NA- -NA-Table Al-24 CRDA Calculated Radiological Consequences (rem TEDE)

Offsite Dose Case Control Room EAB LPZ Dose Condenser Leakage 0.63 0.054 0.61 Mechanical Vacuum Pump 0.34 0.21 1.60 Regulatory Limit 6.3 6.3 5 Current Analysis* 3.72E-02 (25) Gamma 4.29E-02 (25) Gamma (Regulatory Limit) - rem 6.82E-05 (300) Thyroid 5.87E-04 (300) Thyroid

  • EAB and LPZ doses are from UFSAR Section XV.C.4.5.2.

85 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION Supp. Pool Figure A l -I RADTRAD Modeling of LOCA Release Pathways 86 of 87

ATTACHMENT (1)

TECHNICAL BASIS AND NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS DETERMINATION 1.E+04 1.E+03 CFM 1.E+02 1.E+01 0 50 100 150 200 250 Minutes from Start of Accident Figure A1-2 Reactor Building Leakage vs. Iodine Purge Flow 87 of 87

ATTACHMENT (2)

PROPOSED OPERATING LICENSE (OL) AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION (TS) CHANGES (MARK-UP)

Renewed OL Page 3

TS Pages 6

44 99 131 164 165 168 170 171 174 178 179 240 242 Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006

(3) Pursuant to the Act and 10 CFR Parts 30, 40, and 70 to receive, possess and use at any time any byproduct, source and special nuclear material as sealed neutron sources for reactor startup, sealed sources for -reactor instrumentation and radiation monitoring equipment calibration, and as fission detectors in amounts as required; (4) Pursuant to the Act and 10 CFR Parts 30, 40 and 70, to receive, possess and use in amounts as required any byproduct, source or special nuclear material without restriction to chemical or physical form, for sample analysis or instrument and equipment calibration or associated with radioactive apparatus or components.

(5) Pursuant to the Act and 10 CFR Parts 30 and 70, to possess, but not separate, such byproduct and special nuclear materials as may be produced by the operation of the facility.

C. This renewed operating license shall be deemed to contain and is subject to the conditions specified in the following Commission regulations in 10 CFR Chapter I:

Part 20, Section 30.34 of Part 30; Section 40.41 of Part 40; Section 50.54 and 50.59 of Part 50; and Section 70.32 of Part 70. This renewed license is subject to all applicable provisions of the Act and to the rules, regulations, and orders of the Commission now or hereafter-in effect and is also subject to the additional conditions specified or incorporated below:

(1) Maximum Power Level The licensee is authorized to operate the facility at steady state reactor core power levels not in excess of 1850 megawatts (thermal).

(2) Technical Specifications The Technical Specifications contained in Appendix A,which is attached hereto, as revised through Amendment No. 191 is hereby incorporated j_* into this license. Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC shall operate the facility in accordance with the Technical Specifications.

() The Jnsee sha ubmit an a ication for li nse amend 'nt, includin/g/

,,,1porting an ses and ev ations by D ember 18,,188. This *

/amendme "application 'fall contain t ,*proposed *hods for

.compiewihGD 9roeiidnsuder *ident condi 'ns .

basuo yt sg n u eian upon the u of passium iod.i / . . / _.

Renewed Liments No. PR-13--

Amendment No.+9

1.16 ea+

1.17 1.18 (Deleted) 1.19 (Deleted) 1.20 (Deleted) 1.21 (Deleted)

AMENDMENT NO. 44.2, 17 2,.-76 6

INSERT 1 (for TS page 6; New TS Definition 1.16) 1.16 Dose Equivalent 1-131 Dose Equivalent 1-131 shall be that concentration of 1-131 (microcuries/gram) that alone would produce the same dose as the quantity and isotopic mixture of 1-131, 1-132, 1-133, 1-134, and 1-135 actually present. The dose conversion factors used for this calculation shall be the Committed Effective Dose Equivalent dose conversion factors listed in Table 2.1 of Federal Guidance Report No. 11, EPA, "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion," 1988.

INSERT 2 (for TS page 6; New TS Definition 1.17) 1.17 Recently Irradiated Fuel Recently irradiated fuel is fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION FR OERAIONSURVEILLANCE LIMIINGCONITIN i4- REQUIREMVENT

- - -

3.1.2 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM 4.1.2 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM Applicability: Applicability:

Applies to the operating status of the liquid poison Applies to the periodic testing requirements for the system. liquid poison system.

Objective: Obiective:

To assure the capability of the liquid poison system to To specify the tests required to assure the capability of function as an independent reactivity control the liquid poison system for controlling core reactivity.

mechanis', (a00 .. LCc ure~

Specification: CP 1 w*

Y' S ,1. Specification:

a. Dupnnpriod when fuel is in tho rct-r =nt The liquid poison system surveillance shall be performed as indicated below:

liquid poison system shall be operable except as specified in 3.1.2.b. a. Overall System Test:

b. If a redundant component becomes inoperable, (1) At least once during each operating cycle -

Specification 3.1.2.a shall be considered fulfilled, provided that the component is returned to an Manually initiate the system from the control operable condition within 7 days and the additional room. Demineralized water shall be pumped to surveillance reauired is oerformed. the reactor vessel to verify minimum flow rates and demonstrate that valves and nozzles are not clogged.

rea,)o21 ot'ý2 OF-evv rea nr rec,4e-a P-areizoe. 4-e+;~0 W14 -ý AMENDMENT NO. 44~-2 44

LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION LIMIING PERAIONSURVEILLANCE ONDIIONFOR REQUIREMENT 3.2.4 REACTOR COOLANTACTIVITY 4.2.4 REACTOR COOLANT.ACTIVITY Applicability: Applicability: jl_ý Applies to the limits on reactor coolant activityQ Applies to the periodic testing requirements of the reactor coolant activity.

Objective: Obiective: .. .L -1C.

To assure that in the event of a reactor coolant To assure that limits on coolant activity are not system line break outside the drywell permissible exceeded.

doses are not exceeded.

Specification: Specification:

rris"r-F3 ~nnfeegfltrp=tjp-l i.n wa'_ter whall no.t ocoocd 9.1.7 tknat least. o~erY end mn-,, od for gkems T rlse 4--* 4 -) *-46tFr -r -'outinG

  • Urv.illa ch ,c k, th; ;e,,tor Tý"Ser iihin ten lam-s
  • The steady state di cdin , e -R_ ac Ant r - the reactor coolant temperature is > 215°OF, thee J wi i thin2 4hours prior to raising the reactor reactor is not critical, and primary containment coolant temperature >215°F, with the reactor not critical, and with primary containment integrity has not been established. integrity not established.

h-cc hr -Jr AMENDMENT NO. iAPz,,~O oE. e-ceI - 131 99 rcA-Km

INSERT 3 (for TS page 99; TS Section 3.2.4.a)

During the power operating and hot shutdown conditions, the specific activity of the reactor coolant shall be limited to Dose Equivalent 1-131 specific activity < 0.2 MCi/gm.

INSERT 4 (for TS page 99; TS Section 3.2.4.b)

If reactor coolant specific activity is > 0.2 pLCi/gm and < 4.0 4Ci/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131, determine the Dose Equivalent 1-131 once per 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> and restore Dose Equivalent 1-131 to within the limit of Specification 3.2.4.a within 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />.

INSERT 5 (for TS page 99; new TS Section 3.2.4.c)

c. If the required actions and completion times of Specification 3.2.4.b cannot be met, or if reactor coolant specific activity is > 4.0 ýiCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131, place the reactor in the hot shutdown condition within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and in the cold shutdown condition within the following 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

INSERT 6 (for TS page 99; TS Section 4.2.4.a)

When the unit is in the power operating condition, verify that reactor coolant Dose Equivalent I-131 specific activity is _<0.2 gCi/gm once per 7 days.

LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE Applicability: Applicability:

Applies to the allowable leakage rate of the primary Applies to the primary containment system leakage containment system. rate.

Objective: (,*0 C. AO. 6.7 Objective:

To assure the capability of the ontainment in limiting To verify that the leakage from the primary radiation exposure to the public from exceeding containment system is maintained within specified values specified in in the event of a loss- values.

of-coolant accident accompanied by significant fuel cladding failure and hydrogen generation from a Specification:

metal-water reaction.

a. The primary containment leakage rates shall be To assure that periodic surveillances of reactor demonstrated at test schedules and in containment penetrations and isolation valves are conformance with the criteria specified in the 10 performed so that proper maintenance and repairs are CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program Plan as made during the service life of the containment, and described in Specification 6.5.7.

systems and components penetrating primary containment. b. The provisions of Specification 4.0.2 are not applicable, and the surveillance interval Specification: extensions are in accordance with the 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program Plan.

Whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is above 215°F and primary containment integrity is required, the primary containment leakage rate shall be limited to:

AMENDMENT NO. 142, 159, 170, 181, -,6 131

3.4.0 REACTOR BUILDING APPLICABILITY c-C".= , rviM e4-)

Applies to the operating status of the reactor building OBJECTIVE To assure the integrity of the reactor building.

SPECIFICATION * -*.-l°,. *=:/,** _

Reactor building integrity must be in effect"n thefueling d powe peratil onditio when t reactor er tem ure i a nd ale-wh enq irrIts ther hr ajdiated ,l caskp klor bein led in tieactor b ine.

6, W~ke-vi Ait.. v'c c.er (,Jc4eA - 4tvxgerodurxe. oJ,ove. ý26S T

~~+/-..~~ 4U. r alvn~octtec 4~iCoA is Lpei' kovjle.A D j

,J, -Puri~Ž oCryc" 4 v~q 0A &4 0,,vc~ CV &&&nej(C AMENDMENT NO. 164

A+1- ýevi sec-ý->vidclrý C'D +ývj vA Ir.+

LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION t SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.4.1 LEAKAGE RATE 4.4.1 LEAKAGE RATE Agolicability: Applicability:

Applies to the leakage rate of the secondary Applies to the periodic testing requirements of the containment. secondary containment leakage rate.

gbjective: Objective:

To assure the capability of the secondary containment To specify the requirements necessary to limit extiltration of fission products released to the to maintain leakage within allowable limits.

secondary containment as a result of an accident.

Specification:

$tecification:

Once during each operating cycle - isolate the reactor F*=WhO fhZZ*o -l" m building and start emergency ventilation system fan I n m4P9F.R: en din e---::--

- . .... k .- k-r te *

  • ln to demonstrate negative pressure in the building l nuefnm pemna to ire is* above.... OI 0J the reactonr' relative to external static pressure. The fan flow rate building leakage rate as determined by Specification shall be varied so that the building internal differential 4.4.1 shall not exceed 1600 cfm. If this cannot be pressure is at least as negative as that on Figure met after a routine surveillance check, then the 3.4.1 for the wind speed at which the test is actions listed below shall be taken: conducted. The fan flow rate represents the reactor building leakage referenced to zero mph with building
a. poo" ul*--,n- ea todiatey irradi, a....d irnrae

............. .. . . t,.. d f.., ., .. l--Jl.--..n )

,-,,; , , u. .... "I internal pressure at least 0.25 inch of water less than atmospheric pressure. The test shall be done at wind 89K -.,.";n ;; -; Cu f tialls 11! tileu u eaq., speeds less than 20 miles per hour.

I WildiAg

b. Restore the reactor building leakage rates to within specified limits within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> or initiate normal orderly shutdown and be in a cold shutdown condition within 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />.

AMENDMENT NO. W4L, ik-W,-, 165

INSERT 7 (for TS page 165; TS Section 3.4.1.a)

a. Suspend any of the following activities:
1. Handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building,
2. Irradiated fuel cask operations in the reactor building,
3. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).

LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITiON FOR OPERATION t SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.4.2 REACTOR BUILDING INTEGRITY - ISOLATION 4.4.2 REACTOR BUILDING INTEGRITY - ISOLATION VALVES VALVES Applies to the operational status of the reactor Applies to the periodic testing requirements of the building isolation valves. reactor building isolation valves.

Obiective: Objective:

To assure that fission products released to the To assure the operability of the reactor building secondary containment are discharged to the isolation valves.

environment in a controlled manner using the emergency ventilation system.

Specificationa:

Sae nifica on: l

a. The normal Ventilation System isolation valves At least once per operating cycle, automatic initiation shall be o'perable/ ........ r ctrisInt of valves shall be checked.

-f...e uef~i. UI Pev~,, -ewti*Lgl eenl ItI ensIUI whenv;--

21 QF'o",--an ... L ..... V~ fr-fad---4iated -- a-4 waIae fee Vl eas is ingl bei~ handled, in~

  • / theIll Oi OL+/- I-~. S c~c, an AMEN ll hT in t16 d Sh.-;a t*9.- W"lhi.l 8ol AMENDMENT NO. t/ -7 168

INSERT 8 (for TS page 168; TS Section 3.4.2.b)

b. If specification 3.4.2.a is not met, then the actions listed below shall be taken:
1. The reactor shall be in the cold shutdown condition within ten hours.
2. Suspend any of the following activities:
a. Handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building,
b. Irradiated fuel cask handling operations in the reactor building,
c. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).

LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.4.3 ACCESS CONTROL 4.4.3 ACCESS CONTROL Avrolicability: Applicability:

Applies to the access control to the reactor building. Applies to the periodic checking of the condition of portions of the reactor building.

Obiective: Objective:

To specify the requirements necessary to assure the To assure that pump compartments are properly integrity of the secondary containment system. closed at all times and to assure the integrity of the secondary containment system by verifying that Svecification: reactor building access doors are closed, as required I

by Specifications 3.4.3.a.1 and 3.4.3.a.2.

0.

Soecification:

a. The core and containment spray pump 0compartments shall be Checked once per week

\and after each entry.

the following con itions will be met-:

1. Only one door in each of the double-doored A+ oW 4 VAes Wkev- sez nJe r access ways shall be opened at one time. C1.-6'nrniev r its re ~ulcecL,1
2. Only one door or closeup of the railroad bay shall be opened at one time.
3. The core spray and containment spray pump compartments' doors shall be closed at all times except during passage in order to consider the core spray system and the containment spray system operable.

AMENDMENT-NO. 170.

LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION . SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION

  • SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT
b. If these conditions cannot be met, then the b. Verify at least once per 31 days that:

actions listed below shall be taken:

1. At least one door in each access to the
1. If in the power operating condition, restore secondary containment is closed.

reactor building integrity within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> or be in at least the hot shutdown condition within 2. At least one door or closeup of the railroad the next 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and in the cold shutdown bay is closed.

condition within the following 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />..

OR If the reactor coolant system temperature is above 215 0 F, restore reactor building integrity within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> or be in cold shutdown within the following 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

2. Suspend any of the following activities:
6. ""MtintEi r-ta:_

@Handling of irradiated fuel in the reactor building, 1 Irradiated fuel cask handling operations in the reactor buildinS A" trca~n'1Vj 4e-. re.&40r Vesjel (OPJDRV:S).

AMENDMENT NO. 7,-"-1 171

Fý,- IKrr-Aoý Oyý)

LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT 3.4.4 EMERGENCY VENTILATION SYSTEM 4.4.4 EMERGENCY VENTILATION SYSTEM Applicability: Applicability:

Applies to the operating status of the emergency Applies to the testing of the emergency ventilation ventilation system. system.

Obiective: Objective:

To assure the capability of the emergency ventilation To assure the operability of the emergency ventilation system to minimize the release of radioactivity to the system.

environment in the event of an incident within the primary containment or reactor building.

Specification: Specification:

a. Except as specified in Specification 3.4.4e Emergency ventilation system surveillance shall be below, both circuits of the emergency ventilation performed as indicated below:

system shall be operable at all times when secondary containment integrity is required. a. At least once per operating cycle, not to exceed 24 months, the following conditions shall be

b. The results of the in-place cold DOP and halo- demonstrated:

genated hydrocarbon -tests at design flows on HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks shall (1) Pressure drop across the combined HEPA show > 99% DOP removal and > 99% halogen- filters and charcoal adsorber banks is less ated hydrocarbon removal when tested in than 6 inches of water at the system rated accordance with ANSI N.510-1980. flow rate (+/- 10%).

(2) Operability of inlet heater at rated power when tested in accordance with ANSI N.510-1980.

AMENDMENT NO. 442,179 173.

LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT

c. The results of laboratory carbon sample analysis b. The tests and sample analysis of Specification shall show a-95% radioactive methyl iodide 3.4.4b, c and d shall be performed at least once removal when tested in accordance with ASTM per operating cycle or once every 24 months, or D3803-1989 at 30 0 C and 95% R.H. after 720 hours0.00833 days <br />0.2 hours <br />0.00119 weeks <br />2.7396e-4 months <br /> of system operation, whichever occurs first or following significant painting, fire
d. Fans shall be shown to operate within +/- 10% or chemical release in any ventilation zone design flow. communicating with the system.
e. During reactor operation, including when the c. Cold DOP testing shall be performed after each reactor coolant system temperature is above complete or partial replacement of the HEPA 215OF, from and after the date that one circuit filter bank or after any structural maintenance on of the emergency ventilation system is made or the system housing.

found to be inoperable for any reason, reactor operation is permissible only during the d. Halogenated hydrocarbon testing shall be succeeding seven days unless such circuit is performed after each complete or partial sooner made operable, provided that during such replacement of the charcoal adsorber bank or seven days all active components of the other after any structural maintenance on the system e- emergency ventilation circuit shall be operable. housing.

from and after the date that e. Each circuit shall be operated with the inlet one circuit of the emergency ventilation system heater on at least 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> every month.

- __Ls ma~deor found tobe inoperable for any reasn permissible during the f. Test sealing of gaskets for housing doors succeeding seven days unless such circuit is downstream of the HEPA filters and charcoal sooner made operable, provided that during such adsorbers shall be performed at and in seven days all active components of the other conformance with each test performed for rnemergency ventilation circuit shall be operable. compliance with Specification 4.4.4b and may continue beyond seven days Specification 3.4.4b.

provided the operable emergency ventilation circuit is in operation.

f. If these conditions cannot be met, within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />, the reactor shall be placed in a condition for which the emergency ventilation system is not required.

AMENDMENT NO. W'(, U9(&, ,i"6-7t j7 174

INSERT 9 (for TS page 174; TS Section 3.4.4.e) handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building, handling of an irradiated fuel cask in the reactor building, and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs),

INSERT 10 (for TS page 174; TS Section 3.4.4.e) recently irradiated fuel handling in the reactor building, irradiated fuel cask handling in the reactor building, or OPDRVs are INSERT 11 (for TS page 174; TS Section 3.4.4.e)

Recently irradiated fuel handling in the reactor building, irradiated fuel cask handling in the reactor building, or OPDRVs

LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERNIPION SURVEILLANCE FO OPEATIN LIMIINGCONDTIO SUVEILANE REQUIREMENT REUIRMEN 3.4.5 CONTROL ROOM AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM 4.4.5 CONTROL ROOM AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM Applicability: Applicability:

Applies to the operating status of the control room air Applies to the testing of the control room air treatment treatment system. system.

Objective: Obiective:

To assure the capability of the control room air treatment To assure the operability of the control room air treatment system to minimize the amount of radioactivity or other system.

gases entering the control room in the event of an incident Specificafion: Specification:

a. Except as specified in Specification 3.4.5e below, a. At least once per operating cycle, or once every the control room air treatment stem shall be 24 months, whichever occurs first, the pressure operableid U!prt~ drop across the combined HEPA filters and co.....on. and alaGj whcnever iffsdieted fuol

.0 th charcoal adsorber banks shall be demonstrated to be

  • ~isr nn-hdlatd fucl,nsk s. being handlndr int'hroainn less than 1.5 inches of water at system design flow rate (+/- 10%).
b. The results of the in-place cold DOP and halo- b. The tests and sample analysis of Specification genated hydrocarbon tests at design flows on 3.4.5b, c and d shall be performed at least once per HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks shall operating cycle or once every 24 months, or after 720 show_> 99% DOP removal and > 99% halogen- hours of system operation, whichever occurs first or ated hydrocarbon removal when tested in following significant painting, fire or chemical release in accordance with ANSI N.510-1980. any ventilation zone communicating with the system.

AMENDMENT NO. 442,,1-70,-1-71-474- 178

or oPTPr,Vs cr e.-.

  • LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT
c. The results of laboratory carbon sample analysis c. Cold DOP testing shall be performed after each shall show Ž>95% radioactive methyl iodine complete or partial replacement of the HEPA removal when tested in accordance with ASTM filter bank or after any structural maintenance on D3803-1989 at 30 0 C and 95% R.H. the system housing.
d. Fans shall be shown to operate within +/- 10% d. Halogenated hydrocarbon testing shall be design flow. performed after each complete or partial replacement of the charcoal absorber bank or
e. From and after the date that the control room air after any structural maintenance on the system treatment system is made or found to be housing.

inoperable for any reason, reactor operation

'-permissible only during e. The system shall be operated at least 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> the sooner made operable. days unless succeeding seven . the

  • system_ isT every month.
f. At least'once per operating cycle, not to exceed
f. If these conditions cannot be met, r 24 months, automatic initiation of the control room air treatment system shall be demon-strated.

b@-rmIndtnd 2 W^hithin fhOUr?

g. At least once per operating cycle, not to exceed 24 months, the control room air treatment system shall be shown to maintain a positive pressure within the control room of greater than one sixteenth of an inch (water) relative to areas adjacent to the control room.

AMENDMENT NO. 179

INSERT 12 (for TS page 178; TS Section 3.4.5.a) for the following conditions:

1. Power operating condition,
2. Whenever recently irradiated fuel or an irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor building, and
3. During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).

INSERT 13 (for TS page 179; TS Section 3.4.5.)

then the actions listed below shall be taken:

1. If in the power operating condition, reactor shutdown shall be initiated and the reactor shall be in cold shutdown within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.
2. Suspend any of the following activities within 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />s:
a. Handling of recently irradiated fuel in the reactor building,
b. Irradiated fuel cask handling operations in the reactor building,
c. Operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).

TABLE 3.6.2j EMERGENCY VENTILATION INITIATION Limitina Condition for Operation Minimum No. of Operable Instrument Reactor Mode Switch Minimum No. Channels per Position in Which of Tripped or Operable Function Must Be Parameter Operable Trip Systems Trip System Set Point . Operable 0 t.

'3 0, C
3

,0 C,)

4 U) cc.

(1) High Radiation Reactor Building Ventilation Duct 1 2(d) -s 5mr/hr x . I

ý- x x (2) High Radiation Refueling Platform 1 1 < lO00mr/hr (a) (a) (a) (a)

AMENDMENT NO. 442-ý 240

NOTES FOR TABLES 3.6.2j AND 4.6.2j (a)

This function shall be operable a i t irradiated fuel org irradiated fuel cask is being handled in the reactor buildin, 4-(b) Once per shift whenever this function is required to be operable."

(c) Immediately prior to when function is required and once per week thereafter until function is no longer required.

(d) A channel may be placed in an inoperable status for up to 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> for required surveillances without placing the Trip System in the tripped condition provided at least one Operable Instrument Channel in the same Trip system is monitoring that parameter.

With the number of Operable channels one less than required by the Minimum Number of Operable Instrument Channels for the Operable Trip System, either

1) Place the inoperable channel(s) in the tripped condition within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

or

2) Take the ACTION required by Specification 3.6.2a for that Parameter.

4 io IIS W1 (eeC-eti L

,o.. 1'ýtA-4--

JL 4 Ylvl~ C' E- 4rJron;,' -Hv- reoQý e&Sa+/-z(OPD'VS)l AMENDMENT NO. +4-2-2 242

ATTACHMENT (3)

CHANGES TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES (MARK-UP)

The current versions of the following Technical Specifications Bases pages have been marked-up by hand to reflect the proposed changes. These Bases pages are provided for information only and do not require NRC approval.

40 49 100 140 141 142 167 169 172 176 180 296 Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006

BASES FOR 3.1.1 AND 4.1.1 CONTROL ROD SYSTEM

a. A startup inter-assembly local power peaking factor of 1.30 or less.( 61
b. An end of cycle delayed neutron fraction of 0.005.
c. A beginning of life Doppler reactivity feedback.
d. The Technical Specification rod scram insertion rate.
e. The maximum possible rod drop velocity (3.11 ft/sec).
f. The design accident and scram reactivity shape function.
g. The moderator temperature at which criticality occurs.

It is recognized that these bounds are conservative with respect to expected operating conditions. If any one of the above conditions is not satisfied, a more detailed calculation will be done to show compliance with the 280 cal/gm design limit.

In most cases the worth of in-sequence rods or rod segments will be substantially less than 0.013 Ak. Further, the addition of 0.013 Ak worth of reactivity as a result of a rod drop in conjunction with the actual values of the other important accident analysis parameters described above would most likely result in a peak fuel enthalpy substantially less than the 280 cal/gm design limit. However, the 0.013 Ak limit is applied in order to allow room for future reload changes and ease of verification witn reLetitive Technical Specification changes.

Should a control rod drop acciden in a peak fuel energy content of 280 cal/gm, less than 660 1(7 x 7) fuel rods 27M conservatively estimated to perforate. . . . . . . , 9f .. B. , y ,oie. .. .

,, ,, 9-, ,

tis uof For 8 x 8 fuel, less than 850 rods 0iconservatively estimate to perforate,,22 .... t 40 AMENDMENT 'l. 142-KV g-/S 1 ~ 40

INSERT K (for TS page 40; Bases for TS Sections 3.1.1 and 4.1.1) which is bounding for GEl 1 9x9 fuel. As noted in UFSAR Section XV-C.4.2, CRDA results for banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) plants have been statistically analyzed and show that, in all cases, the peak fuel enthalpy in a CRDA would be much less than the 280 cal/gm design limit. Thus, the CRDA has been deleted from the standard GE BWR reload package for BPWS plants. The radiological consequences of a CRDA have been shown to remain well within the regulatory limits.

f, n~e~rt A BASES FOR 3.1.2 AND 4.1.2 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM Nearly all maintenance can be completed within a few days. Infrequently, however, major maintenance might be required. Replacement of principal system components could necessitate outages of more than 7 days. In spite of the best efforts of the operator to return equipment to service, some maintenance could require up to 6 months.

The system test specified demonstrates component response such as pump starting upon manual system initiation and is similar to the operating requirement under accident conditions. The only difference is that demineralized water rather than the boron solution will be pumped to the reactor vessel. The test interval between operating cycles results in a system failure probability of 1 .1 x 10-6 (Fifth Supplement, p. 115)

  • and is consistent with practical considerations.

Pump operability will be demonstrated on a more frequent basis. A continuity check of the firing circuit on the explosive valves is provided by pilot lights in the control room. Tank level and temperature alarms are provided to alert the operator of off-normal conditions.

The functional test and other surveillance on components, along with the monitoring instrumentation, gives a high reliability for liquid poison system operability.

  • FSAR AMENDMENT "-O.142, Rewtsi49 49

INSERT A (for TS Page 49; Bases for TS Sections 3.1.2 and 4.1.2)

The liquid poison system also has a post-LOCA safety function to buffer the suppression pool pH in order to maintain the bulk pH above 7.0. This function is necessary to prevent iodine re-evolution consistent with the Alternate Source Term analysis methodology. Manual system initiation is used, and the minimum amount of sodium pentaborate solution required to be injected for suppression pool pH buffering is 1114 gallons at a minimum concentration of 9.423 weight percent. This volume consists of the minimum required volume of 1325 gallons minus the 197 gallons which is contained below the point where the pump takes suction from the storage tank and minus 14 gallons that is assumed to remain in the pump suction and discharge piping after injection stops. Operation of a single liquid poison pump can satisfy this post-LOCA function. This function applies to the power operating condition, and also whenever the reactor coolant system temperature is greater than 2127F except for reactor vessel hydrostatic or leakage testing with the reactor not critical.

5fyvser.

BASES FOR 3.2.4 AND 4.2.4 REACTOR COOLANeAACTIVITYY The pri ary coolant r ioactivity co centration Iit of 2 italiodine pergram of water s calculated Wsed on a stee mie break accd eond.

n whch maxmumof sRe, Finilatd thsii acidnt 105 lyss, isackcalulae ll h idin inthe asumngas f colat as edophre o b reaset tothea te i th necocenr pr rycooan u tio lase meeorinthigy Paquil e erid yeb i

h to oftherbie bilin 30 etes). limtin th yoiddos att esit bon r t at 1in/ec.

i t erimry idin colat con ntatin rsulingfr his nalsiss 2 p~/gm A rdio of ivtyconent p~ig ota tin iome imi oud oly rachd i e asousef ntswee n th liitba onth acintiuul monitoed islat god 1.in odicato of the t end of i ythesatvt odine l in the reacor coolant.Isdi hs)fepro Sineofradoativty te cncetrtio n te racor oolnt s ot ontnuoslymesurd, oolntsamlin wold e nefectve sr Inteeetoh rmr ytmbekune ag dose~u eco eslhdottcoekg etwcodtoswtsh eco oln Iit temeraur eatorno >2 5F, crtialandprmar he cntanmet nteriy nt stalised cacuatins ho th rsulan radilogcaldos attheexcusin ara bundry o b coseratiely ouned y te dse alclatd fo a ainstem lne rea ousid exedd. the r sample shale tak hendrin stad steondtostoesr the rbiebii esutes) aitreC rersnaive tes dof eadstate radioactive Thconcntrtionforreacor rectorcooantsampe esse hyrostticorrquied b lakae Spcifcatin 42.4 wil beuse 3r tet cnditons ssutha th re liilfSe ifictio 3..4 isnt o~

ii, Uro.

AMENI.ICT !L T-31 10

INSERT B (for TS Page 100; Bases for TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4)

The specific activity in the reactor coolant is an initial condition for evaluation of the radiological consequences of a main steam line break (MSLB) outside of primary containment.

No fuel damage is postulated in the MSLB accident, and the release of radioactive material to the environment is assumed to end when the main steam isolation valves (MSIVs) close completely.

The specific iodine activity is limited to < 0.2 pCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131. This limit ensures that the source term assumed in the radiological consequences analysis for the MSLB accident is not exceeded, so that any release of radioactivity to the environment during a MSLB results in offsite and control room radiation doses that satisfy the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.6.7 and Regulatory Guide 1.183. It is also conservative with respect to the value used in the radiological consequences analyses for other postulated small break loss of coolant accidents outside of primary containment and for postulated instrument line breaks.

The limits on reactor coolant specific activity are applicable in the power operating and hot shutdown conditions, since there is an escape path for release of radioactive material from the reactor coolant system to the environment in the event of an MSLB outside of primary containment. In the cold shutdown, refueling, and major maintenance conditions, no limits are required since the reactor is not pressurized and the potential for leakage is reduced.

When the reactor coolant specific activity exceeds the limit of 0.2 4Ci/gm Dose Equivalent I-131, but is < 4.0 pCi/gm, samples must be analyzed for Dose Equivalent 1-131 at least once every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />. In addition, the specific activity must be restored to the limit within 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />. The completion time of once every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> is based on the time needed to take and analyze a sample.

The 48 hour5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> completion time to restore the activity level provides a reasonable time for temporary coolant activity increases (iodine spikes or crud bursts) to be cleaned up with the normal processing systems.

INSERT C (for TS page 100; Bases for TS Sections 3.2.4 and 4.2.4) during normal operation. The 7 day frequency is adequate to trend changes in the iodine activity level. The surveillance requirement need only be performed during the power operating condition because the level of fission products generated in other operating conditions is much less.

BASES FOR 3.3.3 AND 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE The primary containment preoperational test pressures are based upon the calculated primary containment pressure response in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident. The peak drywell pressure would be 35 psig which would rapidly reduce. to 22 psig within 100 seconds following the pipe break. The total time the drywell pressure would be above 22 psig is calculated to be about 10 seconds. Following the pipe break, the suppression chamber pressure rises to 22 psig within 10 seconds, equalizes with drywell pressure and thereafter rapidly decays with the drywell pressure decay (1)

The design pressures of the drywell and suppression chamber are 62 psig and 35 psig, respectively. 2 ) As pointed out above, the pressure response of the drywell and suppression chamber following an accident would be the same after about 10 seconds. Based on the calculated primary containment pressure response discussed above and the suppression chamber design pressure; primary containment preoperational test pressures were chosen. Also, based on the primary containment pressure response and the fact that the drywell and suppression chamber function as a unit, the primary containment will be tested as a unit rather than testing the individual components separately.

The design ba *loss-of-coolant axid~ent was evaluate attepiaycna n aiu lo le accident leak rat of 1.9%/day at 35 psig. Th ran~alysis showed t t with this leak rate and a standby gas trea ment system filter iciency of 90 perce for halogens, 95 rpercent f p~articulates, and gsum ing the fission pp duct release fraction stated in TID-1 484 the maximum total ole body passing cloud ý se is about 6.0r n h aiu t aI thyroid dose is abo 150 rem at the sit oundary considerin migation condition orn n exposure durati o0ver of two hours. The) r utatdoses would ocur for the duration the accident at the w population dista e of 4/4iles are lower than ose stated due to t vaiblt fmto gca odtost ol e xetd ocroe 0da

-eriod. Thus, the d es reported are the 7aximum that would b expected in the unli ly event of a design asis loss-of-coolant ccident.

doses are eirThese o based on the ass pton of no holdup in e secondary cna entrslignadicreaeoffso rdus from the primar containment throu g-su'e he filters and stack t the environs. Ther ore, the specified pri ry containment le rate and filter efficiency (S cificaticn 4.4.4) are nservative and provi margin between e ected offsite doses d 10CFR 100 guid e limits.

vThe ma *urn allowable leaka rate (La) is 1.5%/da at a-pressure of 35 sig (Pa8). This value f. the test conditio -as derived from the maxi m allowable acciden ekrtofabout 1.9 /day when correct for the effects of co ainment environ nt under accident an tes

/ onditions. In the ac dent case, the contai *ent atmosphere ini ially would be compo d of steam and h air depleted of oxy ereas under test co itions the test mediu ould be air or nitr en at ambient condi 'ns. Considering e differences in mi re(3 composition and te eratures, the appropri crrection factor plied was 0.8 and dermined from the uide on containme- testing.3 AMENDMiNT NO. 14~ 140VS"Z 140

BASES FOR 3.3.3 AND 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE Although dose calculati,0 suggest tha the allowable taoleak rate could allowed to Inc ase to about 3. /day before the guidelinthyroid dose li given in 10CF 100 would beg beeded, establl ng the limit at . %Iday provide n adequate ma of safe to assure the Ith and safeto the general i*c. It is furth *onsidered that allowable leak te should not d te si ificantly from e containment sign value t e advantage of e design leak-ti tness capability the structure its servce oyr etime,.Addit I margin to0tn m nt0a- thencot en tea ultcndtn chieved by esta shing the Allow a .perationaf lea rate. The rational limit Is rived by multip ng the ailowa test leak rate b .75 thereby pr Ing a 25% m in to allow for leakage doration whic sy occur dun the period bet en leak rate tea Closure of the containment Isolation valves for the purpose of the test Is accomplished by the means provided for normal operation of the valves. The reactor is vented to the containment atmosphere during ILRT testing.

  • The primary containment leak rate test frequency Is based on maintaining adequate assurance that the leak rate remains within the specification. The leak rate test frequency Is based on Option B of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J.

The penetration and air purge piping leakage test frequency, along with the containment leak rate tests, is adequate to allow detection of leakage trends, Whenever a double-gasketed penetration (primary containment head equipment hatches and the suppression chamber access hatch) Is broken and remade, the space between the gaskets is pressurized to determine that the seals are performing properly. The test pressure of 35 psig is consistent with the accident analyses end the maximum preoleratlonal leak rate test pressure. It is expected that the majority of the leakage from valves, penetrations and seals would be Into the reactor building. However, It Is possible that leakage into other parts of the facility could occur. Such leakage paths that may affect significantly the consequences of accidents are to be minimized.

Leakage from airlocks is measured under accident pressures In accordance with Option B of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J.

-M19END? N1.CT

~JO. 469-Re i~ 141

INSERT J (for TS page 140; Bases for TS Sections 3.3.3 and 4.3.3)

The function of the primary containment is to isolate and contain fission products released from the reactor coolant system following design basis accidents (DBA). The primary containment provides an essentially leak tight barrier against an uncontrolled release of radioactive material to the environment. The DBA that postulates the maximum release of radioactive material within the primary containment is a loss of coolant accident (LOCA). In the analysis of this accident, it is assumed that primary containment integrity is maintained such that release of fission products to the environment is controlled by the rate of primary containment leakage.

The LOCA radiological consequence analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are within the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67. Primary containment leakage at the rate of 1.5% by weight of the containment air per 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is assumed in the accident analysis. Margin is achieved by establishing the allowable operational leak rate. The operational limit is derived by multiplying the allowable test leak rate by 0.75 thereby providing a 25% margin to allow for leakage deterioration which may occur during the periods between leak rate tests.

BASES FOR 3.3.3 AND 4.3.3 LEAKAGE RATE The Type A test follows the guidelines stated in ANSI/ANS-56.8(m 8 and/or the Bechtel Topical Report.(4) This program provides adequate assurance that the test results realistically estimates the degree of containment leakage following a loss-of-coolant accident. The containment leakage rate is calculated using the Absolute Methodology.(8)

The specific treatment of selective valve arrangements including the acceptability of the interpretations of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J requirements are given in References 5, 6, and 7. Core Spray and Containment Spray suction valves will be tested in accordance with the IST Program.

References:

(1) FSAR, Volume II,Appendix E (2) UFSAR,Section VI B.2.1 p PeJ e+*-"*

(4) BN-TOP-1 "Testing Criteria for Integrated Leakage Rate Testing of Primary Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, Bechtel Corporation, November 1, 1972 (5) NRC Safety Evaluation Report dated May 6, 1988, "Regarding Proposed Technical Specifications and Exemption Requests Related to Appendix J."

(6) Niagara Mohawk Letter dated July 28, 1988, "Clarifications, Justifications & Conformance with 10 CFR 50 Appendix J SER."

(7) NRC Letter dated November 9, 1988, "Review of the July 28, 1988 Letter on Appendix J Containment Leakage Rate Testing at Nine Mile Point Unit 1."

(8) ANSI/ANS - 56.8 - 1994, "Containment System Leakage Testing Requirements."

A'MENDMENT I~l~. I~NO., * , 14,2

l. iv,*

l1 , a.. 9, Revision-8-) 142

lnise'r i)

BASES FOR 3.4.1 AND 4.4.1 LEAKAGE RATE In the answers to Questions 11-3 and IV-5 of the Second Supplement and also in the Fifth Supplement*, the relationships among wind speed, direction, pressure distribution outside the building, building internal pressure, and reactor building leakage are discussed. The curve of pressure in Figure 3.4.1 represents the wind direction which results in the least building leakage. It is assumed that when the test is performed, the wind direction is that which gives the least leakage.

If the wind direction was not from the direction which gave the least reactor building leakage, building internal pressure would not be as negative as Figure 3.4.1 indicates. Therefore, to reduce pressure, the fan flow rate would have to be increased. This erroneously indicates that reactor building leakage is greater than if wind direction were accounted for. If wind direction were accounted for, another pressure curve could be used which was less negative. This would mean that less fan flow (or measured leakage) would be required to establish building pressure.

However, for simplicity it is assumed that the test is conducted during conditions leading to the least leakage while the accident is assumed to occur during conditions leading to the greatest reactor building leakage.

As discussed in the Second Supplement and Fifth Supplement, the pressure for Figure 3.4.1 is independent of the reactor building leakage rate referenced to zero mph wind speed at a negative differential pressure of 0.25 inch of water. Regardless of the leakage rate at these design conditions, the pressure versus wind speed relationship remains unchanged for any given wind direction.

By requiring the reactor building pressure to remain within the limits presented in Figure 3.4.1 and a reactor building leakage rate of less than 1 600 cfm, exfiltration would be prevented. This would assure that the leakage from the primary containment is directed through the filter system and discharged from the 350-foot stack.

FSAR AENMN Q Reis ~ 167

INSERT D (for TS page 167; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.1 and 4.4.1)

The secondary containment is designed to minimize any ground level release of radioactive materials that might result from a serious accident. The reactor building provides secondary containment during reactor operation, when the drywell is sealed and in service. The reactor building provides primary containment during periods when the reactor is shutdown, the drywell is open, and activities are ongoing that require secondary containment to be in effect.

There are two principal accidents for which credit is taken for reactor building (secondary containment) integrity. These are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. The reactor building performs no active function in response to each of these limiting events; however, its leak tightness is required to ensure that the release of radioactive materials is restricted to those leakage paths and associated leakage rates assumed in the accident analysis and that fission products entrapped within the reactor building structure will be treated by the Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System (RBEVS) prior to discharge to the environment.

In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment. Thus, reactor building integrity is required during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.

The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity, operation of the RBEVS, or operation of the Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS), as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown. As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown. Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required, and RBEVS and CRATS are not required to be operable, during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, reactor building integrity is required, and RBEVS and CRATS are required to be operable, during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.

BASES FOR 3.4.2 AND 4.4.2 REACTOR BUILDING INTEGRITY ISOLATION VALVES Isolation of the reactor building occurs automatically upon high radiation of the normal building exhaust ducts or from high radiation at the refueling platform (See 3.6.2). Isolation will assure that any fission products entering the reactor building will be routed to the emergency ventilation system prior to discharge to the environment (Section VII-H.3.0 of the FSAR).

169

INSERT E (for TS page 169; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.2 and 4.4.2)

The two principal accidents for which the reactor building isolation valves must be operable are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel.

In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment. Thus, the reactor building isolation valves are required to be operable during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.

The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity or operation of the reactor building emergency ventilation system (RBEVS), as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown. As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown. Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required and the reactor building isolation valves are not required to be operable during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, reactor building integrity is required and the reactor building isolation valves are required to be operable during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.

BASES FOR 3.4.3 AND 4.4.3 ACCESS CONTROL

)ndary con inment when e reactor cpant system containy;nt during ref ling and oth periods whe syst is open or required. intaining the ih li d will ensure at any fissi- products ina erter

.ye emers ter to the s ck. The wor such inciden s due tc

. The coi are discuss in Section .C.3 of the F R.

f As discussed in Section VI-F* all access openings of the reactor building have as a minimum two doors in series. Appropriate local alarms and control room indicators are provided to always insure that reactor building integrity is maintained. Surveillance of the reactor building access doors provides additional assurance that reactor building integrity is maintained.

Maintaining closed doors on the pump compartments ensures that suction to the core and containment spray pumps is not lost in case of a gross leak from the suppression chamber.

  • FSAR

-ME*N*DMENT,Pie. .4 @- R-evIL,;SI,. 172

.)

INSERT F (for TS page 172; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.3 and 4.4.3)

The secondary containment is designed to minimize any ground level release of radioactive materials that might result from a serious accident. The reactor building provides secondary containment during reactor operation, when the drywell is sealed and in service. The reactor building provides primary containment during periods when the reactor is shutdown, the drywell is open, and activities are ongoing that require secondary containment to be in effect.

There are two principal accidents for which credit is taken for reactor building (secondary containment) integrity. These are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. The reactor building performs no active function in response to each of these limiting events; however, its leak tightness is required to ensure that the release of radioactive materials is restricted to those leakage paths and associated leakage rates assumed in the accident analysis and that fission products entrapped within the reactor building structure will be treated by the Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System (RBEVS) prior to discharge to the environment.

In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment. Thus, reactor building integrity is required during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.

The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR -50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity, operation of the RBEVS, or operation of the Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS), as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown. As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown. Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, reactor building integrity is required during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.

BASES FOR 3.4.4 AND 4.4.4 EMERGENCY VENTILATION SYSTEM The emergency ventilation system is designed to filter and exhaust the reactor building atmosphere to the stack during secondary containment isolation conditions. Both emergency ventilation system fans are designed to automatically start upon high radiation in the reactor building ventilation duct or at the refueling platform and to maintain the reactor building pressure to the design negative pressure so as to minimize in-leakage. Should one system fail to start, the redundant system is designed to start automatically. Each of the two fans has 100 percent capacity.

High efficiency particulate absolute (HEPA) filters are installed before and after the charcoal adsorbers to minimize potential release of particulates to the environment and to prevent clogging of the iodine adsorbers. The charcoal adsorbers are installed to reduce the potential release of radioiodine to the environment. The in-place test results should indicate a system leak tightness of less than 1 percent bypass leakage for the charcoal adsorbers and a HEPA efficiency of at least 99 percent removal of DOP particulates. The laboratory carbon sample test results should indicate a radioactive methyl iodide removal efficiency of at least 95 percent, which is derived from applying a safety factor of 2 to the charcoal filter efficiency of 90 percent assumed in analyses of design basis accidents. If the efficiencies of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers are as specified, the resulting doses will be less than the a 1.

f Efor the accidents analyzed. Operation of the fans significantly different from the design flow will change the removal efficiency of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers. 10cC-1Z5,,47 O-c-eý ::5-- Crr'er*o.

Only one of the two emergency ventilation systems is needed to cleanup the reactor building atmosphere upon containment isolation. If one system is found to be inoperable, there is no immediate threat to the containment system performance and reactor operation or refueling

,may continue while repairs are being made. If neither circuit is operable, the plant is brought to a condition where the emergency (veystem is not required.

Pressure rop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers of less than 6 inches of water at the system design flow rate will indicate that the filters and adsorbers are not clogged by excessive amounts of foreign matter. Heater capability and pressure drop should be determined at least once per operating cycle to show system performance capability.

The frequency of tests and sample analysis are necessary to show that the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers can perform as evaluated.

The charcoal adsorber efficiency test should allow for charcoal sampling to be conducted using an ASTM D3803-1989 approved method.

If test results are unacceptable, all adsorbent in the system shall be replaced with an adsorbent meeting the physical property specifications[

of Table 5-1 of ANSI 509-1980.

A .....E NDllMET NO uet176

INSERT G (for TS page 176; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.4 and 4.4.4)

The two principal accidents for which the Reactor Building Emergency Ventilation System (RBEVS) must be operable are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. During these events, the reactor building would be the only barrier to a release to the environment. Thus, the RBEVS is required to be operable during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.

The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting reactor building integrity or operation of the RBEVS, as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown. As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown. Therefore, reactor building integrity is not required and the RBEVS is not required to be operable during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated."

Conversely, reactor building integrity is required and the RBEVS is required to be operable during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.

BASES FOR 3.4.5 AND 4.4.5 CONTROL ROOM AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM The control room air treatment system is designed to filter the control room atmosphere for intake air. A roughing filter is used for recirculation flow during normal control room air treatment operation. The control room air treatment system is designed to maintain the control room pressure to the design positive pressure (one-sixteenth inch water) so that all leakage should be out leakage. The control room air treatment system starts automatically upon receipt of a LOCA (high drywell pressure or low-low reactor water level) or Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) (high steam flow main-steam line or high temperature main-steam line tunnel) signal. The system can also be manually initiated.

High efficiency particulate absolute (HEPA) filters are installed before the charcoal adsorbers to prevent clogging of the iodine adsorber.

The charcoal adsorbers are installed to reduce the potential intake of radioiodine to the control room. The in-place test results should indicate a system leak tightness of less than 1 percent bypass leakage for the charcoal adsorbers and a HEPA efficiency of at least 99 percent removal of DOP particulates. The laboratory carbon sample test results should indicate a radioactive methyl iodide removal efficiency of at least 95 percent, which is derived from applying a safety factor of 2 to the charcoal filter efficiency of 90 percent assumed in analyses of design basis accidents. If the efficiencies of the HEPA filter and charcoal adsorbers are as specified ade radiation V protection will be provided such that resulting doses will be less than the allowable levels stated in E i4 C_-- 5"o,-7

___ _ .. _ _ _ Q ; _ _ __,_Q_ , , .= n !; Operation of the fans significantly different from the design flow will change the removal efficiency of the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers.

If the system is found to be inoperable, there is no immediate threat to the control room and reactor operation or refueling a may continue for a limited period of time while repairs are being made. If the makeup system cannot be repaired within seven days, the reactor is shutdown and brought to cold shutdown within 36 hour4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />syr r re terminated Pressure drop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal ad orbers of less than 1.5 inches of water at the system design flow rate will indicate that the filters and adsorbers are not clogged by excess ve amounts of foreign matter. Pressure drop should be determined at least once per operating cycle to show system performance capabilit The frequency of tests and sample analysis are necessary to sho the HEPA filters and charcoal adsorbers can perform as evaluated.

The charcoal adsorber efficiency test should allow for charcoal s pling to be conducted using an ASTM D3803-1989 approved method.

If test results are unacceptable, all adsorbent in the system shall replaced with an adsorbent meeting the physical property specifications of Table 5-1 of ANSI 509-1980. The replacement charcoal for the dsorber tray removed for the test should meet the same adsorbent 1W quality. Any HEPA filters found defective shall be replaced with filt s qualified pursuant to ANSI 509-1980.

(

4-~ef14 flied or an~ r-C~e~ lc.~Sk ý, 4te.. ~-recv4cr C1YaLr%^"X -4'e- ceo-e4ar- Vessel (cpvgv.x) 180

INSERT H (for TS page 180; Bases for TS Sections 3.4.5 and 4.4.5)

The two principal accidents for which the Control Room Air Treatment System (CRATS) must be operable are a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and a refueling accident involving "recently irradiated" fuel. In addition to these limiting events, events occurring during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs) can be postulated to cause a fission product release. Thus, the CRATS is required to be operable during handling of an irradiated fuel cask and during OPDRVs.

The Refueling Accident analysis is based on an alternate source term (AST) methodology (10 CFR 50.67 and Regulatory Guide 1.183). This analysis concluded that the calculated total effective dose equivalent (TEDE) values to the control room occupants, the exclusion area boundary, and the low population zone are well below the TEDE criteria established in 10 CFR 50.67 without crediting operation of the CRATS, as long as the fuel is allowed to decay for at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown. As a result, "recently irradiated" fuel is defined as fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />; i.e., reactor fuel that has decayed less than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> following reactor shutdown. Therefore, the CRATS is not required to be operable during movement of decayed irradiated fuel that is no longer considered "recently irradiated." Conversely, the CRATS is required to be operable during movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies.

BASES FOR 3.6.15 AND 4.6.15 MAIN CONDENSER OFFGAS Restricting the gross radioactivity rate of noble gases from the main condenser provides assurance that the +'d - -- "to an individual at the exclusion area boundary will not exceed a very small fraction of the~limits of R Pert in the event this effluent is inadvertently discharged directly to the environment without treatment. This specification implements the requi nts of General Design Criteria 60 and 64 of Appendix A to 10CFR Part 50. The primary purpose of providing this specification is to limit build of fission product activity within the station systems which would result if high fuel leakage were to bepermitted over extended periods.

IC Pe 5. Z7 AM~'DMEN i4L 1O.

4-~ - -VI.e/s

)4,ff 296

ATTACHMENT (4)

DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006

ATTACHMENT (4)

DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD A4-1. INTRODUCTION The alternative source term loss of coolant accident (LOCA) analysis considers the reactor building positive pressure period. This is defined as the period when a loss of offsite power causes a loss of reactor building negative pressure relative to the external atmospheric static pressure. The start of the emergency diesel generators followed by the start of the reactor building emergency ventilation system (RBEVS) returns the reactor building to a negative pressure. The time of positive pressure relative to the atmospheric static pressure is called the drawdown time. The post-LOCA primary containment leakage into the reactor building is assumed to be released directly to the environment during the drawdown period.

A4-2. ANALYSIS A plant-specific calculation was performed to determine the reactor building drawdown time. This is a new licensing basis analysis for Nine Mile Point Unit I (NMP1). The drawdown calculations were performed using the GOTHIC 7.2a(QA) containment analysis software. The calculations utilize the GOTHIC subdivided volume capability to represent each building elevation and to model buoyancy effects, natural circulation flow paths, and building heat sinks. The model was benchmarked to data collected during the performance of NMP1 Technical Specification (TS) surveillance requirement 4.4.1.

This surveillance demonstrates the capability of each RBEVS train to maintain a negative pressure of at least 0.25 inches water gauge (WG) less than atmospheric pressure with a wind speed of zero and a maximum reactor building inleakage of 1600 cfm. While the TS surveillance is not run as a drawdown test, the GOTHIC model response without LOCA heat loads agrees with the reactor building surveillance test response of approximately 2 to 4 minutes. The NMPI drawdown modeling approach was also benchmarked to the Nine Mile Point Unit 2 (NMP2) drawdown analysis documented in the NMP2 Updated Safety Analysis Report. Based on these benchmarks and the conservative assumptions utilized in the analysis, the calculated post-LOCA drawdown time is considered to be conservative.

The following conservative conditions were included in the analysis:

1. Loss of offsite power and failure of one of the two 100% capacity RBEVS trains to operate (i.e., only a single RBEVS train operates).
2. Maximum reactor building inleakage allowed by TS Section 3.4.1.
3. Design basis post-LOCA reactor building heat loads, including maximum post-LOCA suppression pool heatup, operation of two core spray pump sets and one containment spray pump set, heat loads from the emergency condensers on the refuel floor elevation and from the spent fuel pool (assumed to be at a constant 90'F based on manual restart of a spent fuel pool cooling pump), electrical heat loads from equipment required to operate to mitigate the LOCA, and solar heat loads.
4. Winter atmospheric conditions based on onsite meteorological data collected for the five-year period of 1997 through 2001 (consistent with the guidance provided in Regulatory Guide 1.183, Appendix A, Section 4.3). The use of summer conditions results in a drawdown time that is approximately one-half that of the winter case and thus is less limiting.

1 of 4

ATTACHMENT (4)

DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD A4-3. RESULTS The results of the analysis (illustrated on Figures A4-1 and A4-2) show an initial rapid rise in reactor building pressure. The reactor building pressure in the area above the refuel floor elevation (el. 340 ft) remains positive for approximately 26 minutes, decreases to -0.15 inches WG at approximately 67 minutes, and reaches -0.25 inches WG at approximately 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br />. At elevations below the refuel floor, the positive pressure times and the times to achieve -0.25 inches WG are considerably shorter. For example, at the 318 ft elevation (upper), the reactor building pressure remains positive for approximately 18 minutes and decreases to -0.25 inches WG at approximately 52 minutes.

2 of 4

ATTACHMENT (4)

DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD 0.5-0.45 0.4-0.35 - DP34 (340upper) 0.3- -- DP35 (340 lower) 0.25 DP36 (318 upper) 0.2 -- DP37 (318 lower) 0.15 0.1 0.05

-0.057 -0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5

-0.1 _ _ _ _ _

o. -0.15_67 minutes lower 340 elevation 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> upper 340 elevation

-0.2 15

-0.25

-0.3

-0.35-

-0.4

-0.45

-0.5 Time (hours)

Figure A4-1 Reactor Building Pressure vs. Time by Reactor Building Elevation 3 of 4

ATTACHMENT (4)

DETERMINATION OF REACTOR BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE PERIOD 0.5 0.45 0.4

- DP34 (340upper) 0.35

-- DP35 (340 lower) 0.3 DP36 (318 upper) 0.25 -- DP37 (318 lower) 0.2 0.15 25.75 minutes upper 340 elevation 0

0.1 U, 0.05 0

0 0

-0.05 -0.51.5 2 2.5

-0.1 0.

67 minutes lower 340 elevation

-0.15

-0.2

-0.25

-0.3

-0.35

-0.4

-0.45

-0.5 Time (hours)

Figure A4-2 Reactor Building Pressure vs. Time by Reactor Building Elevation (Focused on the Initial 2.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> to Illustrate the Time that Pressure Becomes Negative) 4 of 4

ATTACHMENT (5)

SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006

ATTACHMENT (5)

SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA A5-1. INTRODUCTION The AST loss of coolant accident (LOCA) analysis takes credit for minimization of re-evolution of elemental iodine from the suppression pool. Re-evolution is strongly dependent on suppression pool pH.

The analysis credits the pH buffering effect of sodium pentaborate solution introduced into the suppression pool post-LOCA by operation of the Liquid Poison System (LPS) to maintain the pH above 7.0. This pH satisfies the conditions for inhibiting the release of the chemical form of elemental iodine from the suppression pool water.

The purpose of this attachment is to (1) provide the details of the AST analysis for suppression pool pH control; (2) evaluate suitability of the LPS to perform the post-LOCA suppression pool pH control function; and (3) address procedural guidance for post-LOCA injection of the sodium pentaborate solution using the LPS.

A5-2. SUPPRESSION POOL POST-LOCA pH ANALYSIS A5-2.1 Analysis Summary Analyses have been performed to demonstrate that the pH of the suppression pool remains continuously above 7.0 following a LOCA for the 30-day duration of the accident. The impacts of severe accident management response actions are not considered in the analyses. A complete description of the analysis methods, assumptions, inputs, and results is provided in calculation H21C084. A copy of this calculation is enclosed (see Attachment 8).

Calculation H21C084 determines the suppression pool pH values as a function of time without addition of the sodium pentaborate solution in the LPS. The effect on the final pH of adding sodium pentaborate to the suppression pool water via the LPS is subsequently determined to verify that the suppression pool water pH can be maintained above 7.0 based on current Technical Specification requirements for the LPS.

The suppression pool water pH is calculated using the methodology described in NUREG/CR-5950 (Reference A5-5.3) and as developed for the equivalent calculation done for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS). The accuracy of translation of the equations in these documents into spreadsheet cell formulas for the Nine Mile Point Unit I calculation was verified by performing benchmarking calculations using the GGNS design input data. The benchmarking results, described in Section 5.8 of calculation H21C084, demonstrate that the GGNS and NMP1 analyses yield very similar results.

The design inputs for the NMP1 calculations were conservatively established to maximize the post-LOCA production of acids and to minimize the post-LOCA production and/or addition of bases. Other design input values were selected to minimize the calculated pH, and initial suppression pool water volume cases based on both the maximum and minimum normal operating level were considered.

Significant inputs to the suppression pool pH analysis are provided in Table A5-1.

Calculation H21C084 assumes that a total of 1,325 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution are added via the LPS at a rate of 30 gpm to buffer the suppression pool pH, based on the minimum requirements of TS Section 3.1.2. LPS flow mixing and transport of the sodium pentaborate solution to the suppression pool have been evaluated to determine the time at which manual initiation of the LPS must occur to assure that the suppression pool pH remains above 7.0 throughout the duration of the accident.

1 of 8

ATTACHMENT (5)

SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA A5-2.2 Results and Conclusions of Initial Analysis The calculated post-accident suppression pool pH as a function of time after accident initiation is shown on Figure 4-1 of calculation H21C084 for the maximum suppression pool water volume case. Without addition of sodium pentaborate solution from the LPS, the pH in the suppression pool falls below 7.0 between approximately 9 and 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />. Therefore, injection of sodium pentaborate solution by the LPS is required to prevent iodine re-evolution.

Calculation H21C084 shows that addition of 1325 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution via the LPS buffers the suppression pool water and results in a final pH at 30 days of 7.9, thereby satisfying the conditions for inhibiting the release of iodine in the elemental form from the suppression pool water. As discussed in Section A5-2.5 below, injection, transport, and mixing of the sodium pentaborate solution will be completed by 9 hours1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br /> after the start of the LOCA. Therefore, manual LPS initiation is acceptable.

Manual initiation of the LPS is expected early in a design basis LOCA as a result of emergency operating procedures and severe accident guidelines, particularly for events resulting in fuel damage that would be consistent with AST source terms.

A5-2.3 Impact of Revised Post-LOCA Suppression Pool Water Temperature Analysis Subsequent to completion of calculation H21C084, a new post-LOCA suppression pool temperature profile was calculated to account for an increase in the maximum allowable ultimate heat sink (Lake Ontario) water temperature, from 8 I°F to 83'F (License Amendment No. 190, Reference A5-5. 1). The impact of the slightly higher suppression pool water temperature on the post-LOCA suppression pool pH calculations was evaluated using the same methods, inputs, and assumptions described in calculation H21C084. The evaluation shows that the results obtained in calculation H21C084 remain unchanged; i.e.,

(1) the pH in the suppression pool falls below 7.0 between approximately 9 and 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />, (2) addition of 1325 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution via the LPS buffers the suppression pool water and results in a final pH at 30 days of 7.9.

A5-2.4 Correction of the Sodium Pentaborate Solution Volume Injected by the LPS The minimum LPS storage tank volume of 1325 gallons used in calculation H21C084 was taken from Technical Specification (TS) Section 3.1.2.c. However, calculation H21C084 failed to recognize that the volume of 1325 gallons includes 197 gallons of solution that remains in the tank after injection is completed. Additionally, approximately 14 gallons of solution will remain in the LPS suction and discharge lines after the injection stops. Therefore, the correct value for the sodium pentaborate solution volume available for pH control is 1114 gallons. To determine the impact of this difference, the new value of 1114 gallons was substituted into the original spreadsheet calculation developed in calculation H21C084. The 30-day final pH for the suppression pool decreased from 7.91 to 7.80. Thus, the conclusion that the suppression pool pH will remain above 7.0 for the 30-day accident duration remains unchanged.

A5-2.5 Analysis of Transport and Mixing of the Injected Sodium Pentaborate Solution As described in NMP1 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) Section VII-C.2.0, the liquid poison sparger in the reactor vessel is a 1-inch stainless steel pipe which is fastened to the inside of the vessel shroud below the core support plate. This 360-degree sparger has ten (10) 1/44-inch drilled holes which are distributed equally around the sparger and which spray toward the bottom of the vessel.

2 of 8

ATTACHMENT (5)

SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Detailed discussion of mixing and transport of the sodium pentaborate solution to the suppression pool is provide in Attachment (6), replacing in its entirety the discussion that appears in Calculation H21C084 under Design Input 4.14. Schematic diagrams illustrating the flow paths within the reactor vessel and from the vessel to the suppression pool are provided in Attachment (6). As determined in Attachment (6),

the maximum total time for the injection, transport, and mixing of 1,114 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution in the suppression pool is approximately 7.4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />. Thus, in order to remain within the 9-hour time calculated for the pool pH to drop below 7.0 without buffering, the LPS must be initiated approximately 1.5 after the onset of the accident.

A sensitivity analysis was performed to determine the minimum quantity of sodium pentaborate solution required to achieve a pH of 7.0. The sodium pentaborate solution volume in the calculation spreadsheets used in Calculation H21C084 was adjusted to reach a final (30-day) pH value of 7.0. The minimum required sodium pentaborate solution volume was calculated to be 734 gallons. This value is 66% of the available volume of 1,114 gallons and provides sufficient margin to account for any potential sodium pentaborate hold-up or hideout not accounted for in the evaluation. The calculated total time for the injection, transport, and mixing of 734 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution in the suppression pool is approximately 5.7 hours8.101852e-5 days <br />0.00194 hours <br />1.157407e-5 weeks <br />2.6635e-6 months <br />.

Based on the above, adequate transport of the sodium pentaborate to the suppression pool as well as suppression pool recirculation mixing will occur prior to the time that credit is needed for the buffering effect of the sodium pentaborate for pH control.

A5-3. EVALUATION OF SUITABILITY OF THE LPS TO PERFORM THE POST-LOCA pH CONTROL FUNCTION A5-3.1 LPS Design Description The NMPI LPS is described in Updated Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) Section VII-C and is required to be operable in accordance with TS Section 3.1.2. The LPS consists of an ambient pressure tank with immersion heater for low-temperature sodium pentaborate solution storage, two high-pressure positive displacement pumps for injecting the sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor core, two explosive-actuated shear plug valves for isolating the liquid poison from the reactor until required, an in-vessel sparger ring, a test tank, two isolation check valves, additional valves, piping, and associated instrumentation. The LPS system is shown schematically on UFSAR Figure VII-6 (re-produced as Figure A5-1 to this attachment).

The two positive displacement pumps (one in standby) take suction from a common header on the storage tank and discharge through the two explosive-actuated valves connected in parallel to a common discharge header. The sodium pentaborate solution enters the reactor vessel through the bottom head and is dispersed in the core inlet plenum by the sparger. The pumps are each designed to deliver 30 gpm of sodium pentaborate solution to the reactor.

A5-3.2 LPS Design Criteria and Applicable Program Requirements All of the LPS components required for the injection of sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor are classified safety related. Commensurate with the high degree of reliability required for safety related service, the LPS equipment and components are designed, tested and maintained in accordance with the governing design criteria and program requirements outlined below.

3 of 8

ATTACHMENT (5)

SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA A5-3.2.1 Seismic Qualification The safety related portions of the LPS System are designed for earthquake loads in accordance with the site-specific seismic design criteria used in the original licensing of NMP1. The LPS containment isolation check valves are designed for 0.3g horizontal and 0.15g vertical, and the remaining safety related portions of the LPS are designed for 0.3g horizontal and 0. lg vertical.

A5-3.2.2 AC Power All electrical components required for the operation of the train associated with Liquid Poison Pump 11 are powered from Power Board (PB) 16B. If normal AC power is lost, this PB will receive power from Emergency Diesel Generator 102. All electrical components required for the operation of the train associated with Liquid Poison Pump 12 are powered from PB 17B. If normal AC power is lost, this PB will receive power from Emergency Diesel Generator 103. The common storage tank heater is powered from PB-167, which can receive power from either PB 16B or 17B.

A5-3.2.3 Inservice Inspection (ISI) and Inservice Testing (IST) Programs The applicable components of the LPS are inspected and tested in accordance with the NMP1 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) ISI and IST programs as required by 10 CFR 50.55a.

A5-3.2.4 Maintenance Rule Program The LPS is included in the scope of the NMP1 Maintenance Rule program consistent with 10 CFR 50.65.

A5-3.2.5 Environmental Qualification The electrical components required to function to perform the LPS sodium pentaborate injection safety function are the LPS pumps, explosive valves, and the electrical power supplies and associated controls supporting them. The LPS pumps and valves are located in the reactor building. The pumps receive their power from Power Boards (PB) 16B and 17B, which are also located in the reactor building. The valves are powered from the Reactor Protection System (RPS) Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) and associated RPS buses, which are located in the auxiliary control room.

PB-16B and PB-17B and their breakers (including the LPS pump breakers) are environmentally qualified for the post-LOCA environment. The remaining components (LPS pumps, explosive valves, RPS UPSs, and the associated RPS buses) were not previously environmentally qualified for the post-LOCA environment. An initial evaluation indicates that these components will be capable of performing their new post-LOCA function in the accident environment for the required 3-hour mission time.

Environmental qualification for the LPS components located in a harsh environment will be established in accordance with the station design change process prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment.

A5-3.3 LPS Reliability The LPS has suitable redundancy in components and features to assure that for onsite or offsite power operation, its safety function of injecting sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor for the purpose of suppression pool pH control can be accomplished. The LPS is composed of two separate, 100% capacity trains that are each separately capable of performing the suppression pool pH control safety function. The common liquid poison storage tank, common pump suction piping from the storage tank, and the common 4 of 8

ATTACHMENT (5)

SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA sodium pentaborate injection line are passive components that are not subject to active failures. In addition, all manual valves in the system flow path and branch connections are locked in their safety-function positions. However, there are several active components that are not redundant. This limited lack of redundancy is offset by evaluations demonstrating that either (1) the component has acceptable quality and reliability, or (2) compensatory actions can be taken in the event of failure of the component. These evaluations are provided below.

A5-3.3.1 Injection Line Check Valves The common LPS injection line contains two check valves in series (CKV-42.1-02 and CKV-42.1-03).

These are containment isolation valves, with one valve located inside primary containment and the other valve outside primary containment. A complete failure of either valve to open would prevent the LPS from performing its safety function. The check valves are nominal 2-inch and are manufactured by the Chapman Division of the Crane Co., model number 1523V-WE.

The existing valves were procured as part of the original system supply in accordance with the quality requirements applicable to safety-related equipment at the time of purchase. Replacement internals have been purchased safety-related under the existing Quality Assurance (QA) program requirements. The check valves are mechanical components with no non-metallic parts. As such, environmental qualification in accordance with 10 CFR 50.49 is not required. The valves are designed for earthquake loads as previously discussed in Section A5-3.2.1 above.

A search of the Equipment Performance Information and Exchange System (EPIX) and Nuclear Plant Reliability Data System (NPRDS) databases identified no failures of any common injection line check valves to open. The only identified failure to open of any BWR poison system check valve occurred on a pump discharge check valve (upstream of the explosive valve on the redundant pump trains). The valve manufacturer was not the same as for NMP1, and the valve failed partially open. One failure of a model 1523V check valve was also identified. The failure was in an 18-inch feedwater check valve. According to the report, system pressure across the valve was increased and the valve subsequently opened and operated normally.

Pump flow through the check valves is verified once each refueling outage at NMP 1 using the system pumps, explosive valves, and demineralized water, as required by TS Section 4.1.2. The test is performed at relatively low system pressure drop. No failures of this surveillance test have been reported. For the LPS post-LOCA suppression pool pH control function, the maximum pressure drop could approach 1,500 psid due to the conditions in the vessel (i.e., faulted line followed by rapid depressurization of the reactor). The high differential pressure increases the likelihood that the check valves would open under LOCA conditions.

Based on the check valve design attributes, EPIX and NPRDS reviews, NMPI performance history, and the high differential pressures expected under post-accident conditions, the injection line check valves are of acceptable quality and reliability.

A5-3.3.2 Train Selector Switch A single three-position (System 12/OFF/System 11) selector switch, located in the control room, allows the operator to select either LPS train for injection. The selector switch is manufactured by the General Electric Co., Model No. SB10207A7161G1X3, Type SBIO. If one train fails to function, the operator can immediately switch to the other train. Selection of either train fires both explosive valves. The switch is locked in the OFF position. No single failure of switch contacts can prevent the successful operation of 5 of 8

ATTACHMENT (5)

SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA both trains. However, mechanical failures of the switch can be postulated which could prevent the initiation of both trains. These failures include, but may not be limited to, failure of the locking mechanism, severe binding of the main switch shaft or attached components, or failure (separation) of the shaft or its connection to the handle.

Considering the design of the switch and its limited service duty, failures of the kind described above are considered to be extremely unlikely. A search of the EPIX and NPRDS databases identified no previously documented failures of this type of switch. No failures of this switch at NMP 1 have been identified.

The selector switch was procured as part of the original system supply in accordance with the quality requirements applicable to safety related equipment at the time of purchase. The seismic qualification basis for the LPS equipment is addressed in Section A5-3.2.1 above. Environmental conditions are mild, since the switch is in the main control room. Therefore, no additional environmental qualification is required.

The selector switch is verified to operate every refueling outage during the performance of surveillance testing performed in accordance with TS Section 4.1.2 and the IST program.

Based on the review of industry experience and the operating experience at NMP1, the selector switch is highly reliable. Failure of the switch to function could be readily addressed since the switch is located in the control room and LPS injection is not required until approximately 1.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> after the LOCA.

A5-4. PROCEDURAL GUIDANCE FOR POST-LOCA INJECTION OF THE SODIUM PENTABORATE SOLUTION USING THE LPS The LPS will be credited for limiting radiological dose following a LOCA involving fuel damage in accordance with the AST analyses for suppression pool pH control. The AST analysis provides for LPS actuation at approximately 1.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> following accident initiation and completion of injection of an adequate volume and content of sodium pentaborate solution within several hours, which will ensure the suppression pool pH remains at or above 7.0 for 30 days.

Initiation of the LPS is accomplished from the main control room with a simple keylock switch manipulation. Actuation of this switch is the only action necessary to initiate injection of the sodium pentaborate solution into the reactor vessel. The new LPS function to control suppression pool pH does not involve any change to the actions needed to be performed to initiate LPS injection. Operators are familiar with operation of the LPS due to previous training for Anticipated Transients Without Scram (ATWS) events and loss of emergency core cooling capability. Indication of proper LPS operation is provided in the control room as described in UFSAR Section VII-C.2. 1.

Plant emergency operating procedures (EOPs) presently provide instructions to initiate the LPS as well as other sources of water for emergency core cooling. Specifically, procedure Ni -EOP-2, "RPV Control," is entered with reactor pressure vessel (RPV) water level below the scram setpoint, RPV pressure above the high pressure scram setpoint, or drywell pressure above the scram setpoint. These EOP entry conditions are indicative of a plant condition that could degrade to imminent or actual core damage. The RPV low level and drywell high pressure entry conditions ensure that N1-EOP-2 is entered for a LOCA. When conditions defined in the EOPs indicate that adequate core cooling cannot be restored and maintained, for any reason, then entry into the Severe Accident Procedures (SAPs) is directed. Specifically, procedure N1-SAP-2, "RPV, Containment, and Radioactivity Release Control," requires LPS injection to prevent core re-criticality, regardless of whether or not an ATWS condition exists. Prior to completing 6 of 8

ATTACHMENT (5)

SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA implementation of the AST license amendment, the EOPs and SAPs will be revised, as appropriate, to reflect the post-LOCA function of the LPS and to assure that, once initiated, the entire contents of the LPS storage tank are injected to accomplish the pH control function.

The reactor water level, reactor pressure, and drywell pressure instruments used to measure conditions for EOP and SAP entry meet the quality requirements for a Type B variable as defined in Regulatory Guide 1.97 (Reference A5-5.2), as discussed in NMP1 UFSAR Section VIII-C.5.0. This instrumentation is required to be operable by TS Section 3.6.2, "Protective Instrumentation," and TS Section 3.6.11, "Accident Monitoring Instrumentation" (reactor water level and drywell pressure only).

Procedure NI-EOP-3, "Failure to Scram," currently calls for termination of LPS as a reactivity control measure if an ATWS was in progress and it was subsequently determined that the reactor would remain shutdown without LPS injection. Since the AST LOCA scenario does not assume that an ATWS event has occurred, this EOP does not require revision.

Licensed operators and shift technical advisors (STAs) have received initial training on the EOPs and SAPs, and will continue to receive periodic refresher training. Additionally, prior to completing implementation of the AST license amendment, training will be provided to licensed operators and STAs for the procedure revisions that specifically address sodium pentaborate solution injection for pH control following a LOCA.

The procedures that will implement LPS injection of the sodium pentaborate solution for post-LOCA suppression pool pH control are controlled procedures that are prepared, reviewed, and approved in accordance with the Quality Assurance program.

A5-5. REFERENCES

1. Letter from T. G. Colburn (NRC) to J. A. Spina (NMPNS) dated August 12, 2005, Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, Unit No. 1 - Issuance of Amendment Re: Emergency Technical Specification Change Request - Lake Water Maximum Temperature Limit (TAC No. MC8061)
2. Regulatory Guide 1.97, "Instrumentation for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant and Environs Conditions During and Following an Accident," Revision 2, December 1980
3. NUREG/CR-5950, "Iodine Evolution and pH Control," December 1992 7 of 8

ATTACHMENT (5)

SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Table A5-1 Suppression Pool pH Control Inputs Input/Assumption Value Suppression Pool Liquid Volume (Maximum/Minimum) 86,000 ft3 / 79,800 ft3 Reactor Coolant System Inventory Excluding Suppression Pool 501,500 Ibm Volume of 9.423% Sodium Pentaborate (Na 20*5B 20 3* 10H 20) 1325 gallons*

Solution Initial Suppression Pool pH 5.5 Mass of PVC Jacketed Cable in the Drywell 1400 Ibm Average Cable Outside Diameter 0.22 inches Average Cable Jacket Thickness 0.030 inch

  • This value was corrected to 1114 gallons in a subsequent evaluation. See Section A5-2.4.

8 of 8

ATTACHMENT (5)

SUPPRESSION POOL pH CONTROL IN THE EVENT OF A DESIGN BASIS LOCA Figure A5-1 LIQUID POISON SYSTEM FIGURE VII-6 UFSAR Revision 16 November 199

ATTACHMENT (6)

EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006

ATTACHMENT (6)

EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING A6-1. INTRODUCTION This attachment provides an evaluation of the transport and mixing of the sodium pentaborate solution through the reactor and containment systems to demonstrate that the amount and timing of the sodium pentaborate solution injected by the Liquid Poison System (LPS) supports the conclusion of the suppression pool post-LOCA pH evaluation (i.e., that the suppression pool pH is maintained greater than or equal to 7.0 for the 30-day duration of the design basis LOCA).

A6-2. SUPPRESSION POOL MIXING Calculation H21C084, Design Input 4.14, states the following:

"The limiting Design Basis Accident (DBA) LOCA is identified in UFSAR Section VI-B. 1.2 (Ref 7.11.2) as an instantaneousdouble ended rupture (DER) of the RCS recirculationline (largest line in containment). For this case, a diesel generatorfailure is the limiting single failure as it results in only one core spray pump and one core spray topping pump being available per UFSAR Table XV-11 (Ref 7.11.4). Given that the reactor vessel depressurizes reasonably quickly for a large break LOCA, the minimum flow rate from one core spray pump and one topping pump is expected to be between 2, 000 to 3, 000 gpm per UFSAR Table XV-9a (Ref 7.11.3). In addition, at least one containment spraypump will be operable with a minimum flow rate of 3,600 gpm per UFSAR Table XV-32a (Ref 7.11.1; also see p. VII-14a of UFSAR). Thus, a minimum flow rate of 5,600 gpm is expected when core spray is actuated This flow rate equates to approximately 0.5 complete exchanges of the water in the torus per hour (1 complete exchange in approximately2 hours). If core spray is not actuated, the minimum expectedflow rate is 3,600 gpm which equates to approximately 0.3 complete exchanges of water in the torus per hour (1 complete exchange in approximately 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br />). These mixing times are based on the maximum suppression chamber water volume. "

This design input identifies the core spray flow as between 2,000 and 3,000 gpm. For this evaluation, only the flow available after thirty minutes following the event is of concern. The Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), Figures XV-56E and XV-56F, indicate that the drywell and suppression pool pressures are less than 3 psig. Since the core spray topping pumps are not required at reduced pressures, the flow for one core spray pump will be used. Core spray system flows are provided in UFSAR Table XV-9a. Footnote I to the table indicates that the flows are based on the differential pressure between the reactor and the containment. Figure A-1.2 of NEDC-31446P - Supplement 4 (Reference A6-5.1) indicates that reactor pressure drops to a value of less than 20 psia in less than 80 seconds. Therefore, the reactor pressure will be approximately the same as the containment pressure. For a 0-psig differential pressure, UFSAR Table XV-9a indicates that the core spray flow will be 3,718 gpm. For this calculation a conservative value of 3,600 gpm will be used. Therefore, with one core spray pump and one containment spray pump operating, the flow will be 7,200 gpm. Using this value instead of the 5,600 gpm used in Calculation H21C084 results in approximately 0.6 complete exchanges of the water in the suppression pool per hour.

Additionally, Calculation H2 IC084 estimates the rate of suppression pool water exchange if core spray is not actuated. This is not realistic, since without core spray there is no core cooling available and significant core damage will result. It is realistic to assume, however, that at some time containment spray will be terminated. This could occur prior to LPS initiation or completion of solution transport.

Therefore, the minimum flow available for mixing and transport of the LPS solution would be that of one core spray pump, or 3,600 gpm. This is the same value cited above for the containment spray pump flow 1 of 6

ATTACHMENT (6)

EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING and results in approximately 0.3 complete exchanges of the water in the suppression pool per hour, which is judged to provide adequate mixing of the suppression pool.

A6-3. FLOW PATH EVALUATION A6-3.1 Flow Inside the Reactor Vessel Figure A6-1 is a simplified diagram of the flow path for the core spray and liquid poison systems inside the reactor vessel. Core spray flow enters the reactor vessel through spray headers located just above the reactor core. The water flows along/through the fuel rods, channels, fuel support pieces, core bypass regions, and the control rod and nuclear instrument guide tubes to the lower head region of the vessel.

Figure A-1.1 of NEDC-31446P - Supplement 4 indicates that a steady state level of approximately 6.5 feet above the vessel bottom is attained. This level corresponds to a point approximately 3 inches below the centerline of the recirculation inlet nozzle and approximately 8 feet below the bottom of the lower shroud plate. The bottom of the shroud flow baffle is below this water level. The volume of water retained in the bottom head region is approximately 9,000 gallons. These values are based on a break at or below the recirculation inlet nozzles. A recirculation line break could occur in the small amount of recirculation outlet piping that exists up to approximately 7.25 feet above the inlet nozzles. At 13.75 feet above the vessel bottom, approximately 18,250 gallons will be retained in the vessel.

LPS flow enters the vessel through a circular sparger attached to the inside of the shroud below the lower shroud plate and contains ten 1/4A-inch holes directed downward. Directly below the sparger are the shroud support and the shroud flow baffle. Flow from the sparger is expected to land on the shroud support/flow baffle and flow downward from there at approximately 3 gpm (each) in ten locations around the inside circumference of the baffle. This flow joins the core spray flow where the pool surface meets the baffle.

Considering the vertical distance for the core spray water to flow/fall, the pool surface is judged to be sufficiently turbulent to cause complete mixing of the LPS flow. Additionally, flow from the pool will be generally horizontal, passing through or under the baffle and between and around the 129 control rod guide tubes, providing additional sources of turbulent mixing. For breaks above the recirculation inlet nozzles, the level of the pool will be higher, reaching a maximum level just below the LPS sparger.

Although the pool surface may be less turbulent at this level, the LPS flow will be entrained with the core spray flow, ensuring adequate mixing.

The only potential holdup volumes in the vessel are the four unbroken recirculation loops. For breaks below the recirculation outlet nozzles, these volumes are filled with water before LPS injection begins and they are not associated with the active flow path, such that diversion/entrapment of significant amounts of sodium pentaborate during the 38-minute injection period (see Section A6-3.4 below) is not expected. For breaks at the recirculation outlet nozzle elevation, the unbroken loops will become active volumes, experiencing reverse flow back into the vessel and out the broken loop. The volume of water contained in the recirculation loops is 1,879.7 cu. ft., or 14,062 gallons.

A6-3.2 Flow Inside the Drvwell The LPS/core spray combined flows will flow out the inlet/outlet nozzle of the broken recirculation loop and spill to the drywell floor (Figure A6-2). At the time of LPS injection, a pool of water will already exist on the floor up to the bottom of the ten large drywell vent pipes leading to the suppression pool.

Based on the height of the bottom of the vent pipes above the floor (3.5 ft.) and the diameter of the floor (60 ft.), the volume of the pool on the floor is calculated to be 9,896 cu. ft. This value is conservative since it ignores the volume occupied by the reactor pedestal concrete support structure (approximately 2 of 6

ATTACHMENT (6)

EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING 1000 cu. ft.) and other structural/mechanical components at this elevation. The flow will proceed around and through the pedestal support structure to all ten of the vent pipes. The only holdup volumes in the drywell are the drywell floor and equipment drain sumps. These sumps are covered with steel plate, preventing free communication with the flow through the pool on the drywell floor. Since these volumes are filled with water before LPS injection begins and they are not associated with the active flow path, diversion/entrapment of significant amounts of sodium pentaborate during the injection and transport period is not expected.

A6-3.3 Flow Into the Suppression Pool Flow from the large drywell vents proceeds to ten spherical junctions, which connect to the "centipede" ring header supplying the 120 drywell vent downcomers. The header is a smaller diameter than the spherical junctions and attaches to the junctions at the horizontal centerline. This allows for water to accumulate at the bottom of the junctions. Likewise, the downcomers are smaller than the header and connect to the header such that the bottoms of the downcomer penetrations are above the bottom of the header. This allows for a small amount of water to accumulate at the bottom of the header. The radius of the spherical junctions is 5.5 feet, the vent header radius is 2.4 feet, and the bottom of the vent header is 3.1 feet above the bottom of the spherical junctions. The bottom of the downcomers is calculated to be 0.14 feet above the bottom of the header and the effective length of the header is 282 feet. The volume of trapped water in the vent system can be calculated using standard geometric equations.

The formula for the volume of a segment of a sphere is:

V = 7

  • h2 (r - h/3)

Where, h = height of the spherical segment r = radius of the sphere V = volume of the sphere For the ten spherical junctions, the water volume contained in the segments of the spheres is:

Vsj 10

  • a
  • h 2 (r- h/3)
  • 7.481 Where, h = total height of water above the bottom of the spherical junctions (ft) r = radius of the spherical junctions (ft)

Vsj = total volume of water in the bottom of the spherical junctions (gallons) 7.481 = conversion factor from cu. ft. to gallons The value for "h" is the sum of the height of the header above the bottom of the spherical junction and the height of the downcomers above the bottom of the headers, or 3.24 ft. Substituting, we have Vsj = 10

  • 3.1416 * (3.24)2 (5.5 - 3.24/3)
  • 7.481

= 10,904 gallons For the header sections, the water volume is calculated from the area of a segment of a circle (header inside diameter) times the total length of the headers. The formula for the area of a segment of a circle is:

A = 2 [r c(r - h)], where I = 0.01745

  • r ° a, 3 of 6

ATTACHMENT (6)

EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING a = 2

  • arccos [(r - h)/r], and c = 24 h(2r-h) where A = area of the segment r = radius of the circle I = length of the arc defined by the segment a = angle defined by the segment, in degrees c = length of the chord of the segment h = height of the segment Combining, we have A = 2 [r
  • 0.01745
  • r
  • 2 . arccos [(r - h)/r] - 24 h(2r-h) * (r-h)]

Multiplying by the header length to get the volume and converting to gallons, we have VH =/2 [r

  • 0.01745
  • r
  • 2
  • arccos [(r - h)/r] - 2'] h(2r-h) (r-h)]
  • L
  • 7.481

= 2 [0.0349. r2 . arccos [(r- h)/r] - 24 h(2r-h) * (r-h)]

  • L
  • 7.481 where h = height of water above the bottom of the headers (0.14 ft) r radius of the headers (2.4 ft)

L = total length of the headers (282 ft)

VH = volume of water remaining in bottom of headers (gallons) 7.481 = conversion factor from cu. ft. to gallons Substituting, we have VH = /2 [0.0349 * (2.4)2

  • arccos (0.942) - 2 0.652
  • 2.26]
  • 282
  • 7.481

=--/2 [3.95--3.65] . 282 . 7.481

= 316 gallons The total volume in the drywell vent header system is the sum of Vsj and VH, or 11,220 gallons.

A6-3.4 Transport Time As the LPS injects the sodium pentaborate solution, the solution will mix with the core spray flow and travel through the reactor and containment to the suppression pool. Each of the volumes identified above will tend to hold up the solution and delay its transport to the suppression pool.

The first holdup volume is the pool at the bottom of the reactor vessel. The volume of this pool was estimated to be between 9,000 and 32,312 gallons (including volume of the recirculation loops). Using only the core spray flow, this volume will undergo one complete exchange every 2.5 to 9.0 minutes. The LPS injection takes approximately 38 minutes, which includes 0.5 minutes for clearing the pump suction and discharge lines, calculated as follows:

1128 gallons / 30 gpm = 37.6 minutes 4 of 6

ATTACHMENT (6)

EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING The pump discharge line is less than 100 feet long and is 1.5 inches in diameter. A 1.5-inch diameter line contains approximately 0.1 gallons per foot, so the discharge line contains approximately 10 gallons.

10 gallons / 30 gpm = 0.33 minutes The pump suction line is approximately 15 feet long and is 2.5 inches in diameter. A 2.5-inch diameter line contains approximately 0.26 gallons per foot, so the suction line contains approximately 4 gallons.

4 gallons/ 30 gpm = 0.13 minutes By the end of injection, the volume in the vessel has undergone between 15 and 4.2 exchanges and is expected to have reached an equilibrium concentration determined by the LPS to core spray flow ratio.

The percent of sodium pentaborate solution remaining in the transport pool is approximated by the relationship P = ( 1 / 2 N). 100 where P = percent of sodium pentaborate remaining in the transport pool N = number of complete transport pool volume exchanges This is conservative, since it inherently assumes that 100% of the sodium pentaborate is present in the transport pool prior to the first exchange. Using this relationship, after seven additional vessel pool exchanges less than 1% of the injected sodium pentaborate will remain in the reactor. Therefore, after 18 to 63 minutes, essentially all of the sodium pentaborate solution will have been cleared from the pool at the vessel bottom and moved to the pool on the drywell floor. The total elapsed time for this phase of the transport is between 56 minutes and 1.7 hours8.101852e-5 days <br />0.00194 hours <br />1.157407e-5 weeks <br />2.6635e-6 months <br /> (injection plus clearing time).

The volume of the pool on the drywell floor is calculated to be 74,032 gallons (9,896 cu. ft.), and undergoes one complete exchange every 20.6 minutes. The start of this phase occurs after all of the sodium pentaborate solution has entered the drywell pool. By this time, however, the drywell pool has undergone almost three complete exchanges, and some of the solution has already moved into the vent header system. Seven drywell pool exchanges will move more than 99% of the remaining solution to the drywell vent header volumes. The time to accomplish 7 exchanges is 144 minutes (2.4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />).

The volume in the drywell vent headers is calculated to be 11,220 gallons. This volume turns over almost seven times faster than the drywell pool and will therefore be at approximately the same concentration level as the drywell pool. Since the drywell pool contains less than 1% of the total mass of the sodium pentaborate injected at this time, the vent header pools will contain much less than 1%, resulting in at least 99% of the sodium pentaborate being transported to the suppression pool.

The final volume is the suppression pool. Since the sodium pentaborate solution is introduced uniformly within this pool through the downcomer pipes, one complete exchange of the suppression pool volume is judged to be sufficient to ensure adequate initial mixing. Assuming that only the core spray pump is running, one complete exchange will be accomplished in approximately 3.3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br />. The value and adequacy of this exchange rate to maintain mixing of the suppression pool was discussed in Section A6-2 above. The sum of these time periods is the total time required to transport the sodium pentaborate to the suppression pool and ensure adequate mixing.

5 of 6

ATTACHMENT (6)

EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING The maximum total time for the injection, transport, and mixing of 1,114 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution in the suppression pool is approximately 7.4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, which is within the 9-hour time calculated for the pool pH to drop below 7.0 without buffering.

A6-4. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS - INJECTED VOLUME OF SODIUM PENTABORATE SOLUTION The preceding evaluation was based on the injection, transport and mixing of 1,114 gallons of sodium pentaborate solution from the LPS storage tank to the suppression pool. Once accomplished, the resultant pool pH has been calculated to be 7.8. The acceptance criterion, however is that the suppression pool pH remains greater than or equal to 7.0. A sensitivity analysis was performed to determine the minimum quantity of sodium pentaborate solution required to achieve a pH of 7.0. The solution volume in the calculation spreadsheets used in Calculation H21C084 was adjusted to reach a final (30-day) pH value of 7.0. The minimum required sodium pentaborate solution volume is calculated to be 734 gallons. This value is 66% of the available volume of 1,114 gallons and provides sufficient margin to account for any potential sodium pentaborate hold-up or hideout not accounted for in this evaluation.

Note that the reduction in required injection volume only reduces the total injection time by approximately 13 minutes. The reduced volume has a significant impact on transport time, however, especially when considering the drywell pool, which has the longest transport hold-up time. If only 66%

of the sodium pentaborate is required to achieve the target pH of 7.0, then less than 2 complete turnovers of the pool would be required [(1/2(2)) . 100 = 25% remaining]. This would reduce the total transport and mixing time by at least 1.7 hours8.101852e-5 days <br />0.00194 hours <br />1.157407e-5 weeks <br />2.6635e-6 months <br />, to approximately 5.7 hours8.101852e-5 days <br />0.00194 hours <br />1.157407e-5 weeks <br />2.6635e-6 months <br />.

A6-5. REFERENCES

1. NEDC-31446P - Supplement 4, "Nine Mile Point Unit 1 Loss-of-Coolant Accident Analysis with Two Spargers Available," General Electric Co., September 1993.

6 of 6

ATTACHMENT (6)

EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING LIOUIO POISON TANK CORE SPRAY INJECT!

RECIRC. UJTLETNOZZLE-RECIRC. INLET NOZZLE-BACK FLOW LIQUID POISON SYSTEM (LPS)

FIGURE A6-1 FLOW PATH FOR CORE SPRAY AND LIOUID POISON INSIDE THE REACTOR VESSEL

ATTACHMENT (6)

EVALUATION OF LPS INJECTION FLOW TRANSPORT AND MIXING HEADER POOL PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ELEVATION VIEW MIXED FLOW RETURN TO THE TORUS

ATTACHMENT (7)

CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station, LLC December 14, 2006

ATTACHMENT (7)

CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS A7-1. INTRODUCTION New atmospheric dispersion factors (X/Q values) are calculated for use in evaluating the radiological consequences of the Nine Mile Point Unit I (NMP1) design basis accidents. These calculations use meteorological data collected by the Nine Mile Point onsite meteorological measurements program for the five-year period from 1997 through 2001.This attachment provides information regarding the onsite meteorological measurement program and the X/Q calculation methodology, and summarizes the results of the calculations.

A7-2. ONSITE METEOROLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS PROGRAM The Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station (NMPNS) meteorological measurement program is described in Nine Mile Point Unit 2 (NMP2) Updated Safety Analysis Report Section 2.3.3.2. The program meets the intent and recommendations of Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.23 (Reference A7-5.1) and NUREG-0654 (Reference A7-5.2) for the operational measurements program. The program consists of monitoring wind speed, wind direction, ambient temperature, and precipitation. The operability of the meteorological monitoring instrumentation ensures that sufficient meteorological data are available for estimating potential radiation doses to the public as a result of routine or accidental release of radioactive materials to the atmosphere. This capability is required to evaluate the need for initiating protective measures to protect the health and safety of the public.

The primary meteorological tower is of steel, open-lattice construction and is located approximately 0.5 miles west-southwest of the station near the shore of Lake Ontario. The primary tower is 61-m (200-ft) high and is instrumented with wind direction and speed sensors at three levels: 9 m (30 ft), 30 m (100 ft),

and 61 m (200 ft). Sigma theta is derived for each of the three wind levels. Ambient temperature is measured at the 9 m (30 ft) level, and temperature differences are determined between the 9 m (30 ft) and 61 m (200 ft) levels. This is the primary method used to determine atmospheric stability. Dew point temperature is obtained at the 9 m (30 ft) level. Near the base of the tower, precipitation and barometric pressure are also measured. The primary tower is located in terrain that is characteristic of the area and at approximately the same elevation as finished plant grade. The terrain is predominately flat throughout the area and in the vicinity of the tower.

The backup wind direction and speed instrumentation is located east of the J. A. FitzPatrick plant on a 27 m (90 ft) utility pole. Data collected coincidentally from the primary tower and backup tower over the same three-year period have been analyzed. Based upon this analysis and an earlier study by Meteorological Environmental Services, Inc., the backup tower measurements are in general agreement with the primary tower and are adequate for use during emergency situations.

Meteorological instrumentation calibration schedules are specified to conform to RG 1.23 recommendations. Meters and other equipment used in calibrations are, in turn, calibrated at scheduled intervals. Inspection and maintenance of equipment is accomplished in accordance with procedures in the instrument manufacturer's manuals. Inspection is implemented by qualified technicians who are capable of performing the maintenance, if required.

Digital data processing at each meteorological tower is accomplished by a remote data acquisition system (RDAS) computer. These RDAS computers sample each sensor's analog processor at a rate of once per second and process the data into 1-, 15-, and 60-min averages. Averaged data are transmitted via modem to a central processing system (CPS) computer for access and storage. Each RDAS computer is housed in an environmentally-controlled instrument cabinet at the meteorological towers. The CPS computer is 1 of 6

ATTACHMENT (7)

CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS housed in an environmentally-controlled meteorological computer building. Better than 90 percent data recovery is attained from each measuring and recording system.

A7-3. ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTOR CALCULATIONS Meteorological data utilized for calculation of new atmospheric dispersion coefficients (X/Qs) were selected from the historical record of the NMPNS meteorological monitoring program. The period 1997-2001 was selected because it represents a complete and accurate data set that is representative of the site meteorological data. The data was reviewed to ensure instrumentation problems and missing or anomalous observations did not affect the validity of the data. This is consistent with the guidance in RG 1.194 (Reference A7-5.3) that considers five years of hourly observations to be representative of long-term trends.

Recorded meteorological hourly average data were used to generate joint frequency distributions of wind direction, wind speed, and atmospheric stability class, in accordance with the RG 1.23 and RG 1.145 (Reference A7-5.4). Wind roses and joint frequency distributions were reviewed for meteorological and climatological reasonableness and found to be acceptable prior to use. A review was also conducted on specific hourly data prior to the execution of the atmospheric calculations in the PAVAN and ARCON96 computer programs. This consisted of manual spot checks of the spreadsheet reformatted data in comparison with the raw data.

Three possible locations where accident radionuclide releases are assumed to occur are the reactor building blowout panel, the turbine building blowout panel, and the main stack. Information regarding these release points and their proximity to receptor locations is provided in Tables A7-1 and A7-2. Figure A7-1 is a site plan showing the relative locations of the release points and receptors.

A7-3.1 Control Room and Technical Support Center (Excluding Main Steam Line Break)

Control room and Technical Support Center (TSC) X/Q values were calculated using ARCON96 for various source/receptor scenarios using the guidance contained in RG 1.194. The scenarios were analyzed using the hourly-averaged meteorological joint wind and stability database for the five-year period from 1997 through 2001. All three of the assumed release points (the reactor building blowout panel, the turbine building blowout panel, and the main stack) were modeled as ground-level (vent) releases in accordance with RG 1.145 because their height is less than 2.5 times the highest adjacent structure. Conservative building wake areas, calculated considering the complexity of the geometry of the NMP1 structures, were input into ARCON96 to account for wake effects.

A7-3.2 Offsite - Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB) and Low Population Zone (LPZ)

The computer program PAVAN is used to determine X/Q values used in the assessment of dose consequences of design basis accidents in nuclear power stations. PAVAN is a straight line Gaussian dispersion model. The program implements the NRC guidance provided in RG 1.145. Utilizing joint frequency of occurrence distributions of wind direction, wind speed, and Pasquill atmospheric stability class, PAVAN calculates X/Q values as a function of direction for various time-averaging periods at the EAB and the outer boundary of the LPZ. Calculations are made from assumed ground-level (i.e. non-elevated) releases (such as vents and building penetrations), which are less than 2.5 times the height of adjacent solid structures, and from elevated releases (i.e. stacks). Three procedures are utilized for calculating X/Q: a direction-dependent approach, a direction-independent approach, and an overall site X/Q approach.

2 of 6

ATTACHMENT (7)

CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS The PAVAN model contains certain model options for executing the program. The following table summarizes the options invoked for the EAB and LPZ X/Q calculations for NMP 1.

Option Description Option Invoked?

No. Main Stack Blowout Release Panel Release I Calculate cy, and (Yxbased on desert diffusion. No No 2 X/Q values include evaluation for no building wake. No No 3 ENVLOP calculations printed which describe upper No No envelope curve.

4 Print points used in upper envelope curve and calculation. No No 5 Null 6 Joint frequency distribution in % frequency format No No 7 Print X/Q calculation details Yes Yes 8 Distribute calm winds observations into first wind speed No No category.

9 Use site-specific terrain adjustment factors for the annual Yes* No average calculations.

10 Assume a default terrain adjustment factor for the annual Yes Yes average calculations. Option 10 is applied, which together with application of Option 9 means that site specific terrain factors will be used.

  • Since there are no severe terrain features, such as deep valleys or mountains, in the vicinity of NMPNS to affect the diffusion of radionuclides from the evaluated main stack, the default terrain adjustment factors (TAF-1) were applied.

The reactor building blowout panel, the turbine building blowout panel, and the main stack are the assumed accident release points. The reactor and turbine building blowout panel locations do not qualify as elevated releases per Regulatory Guide 1.145. Therefore, these release points were executed by PAVAN as ground type releases. The main stack was executed as an elevated release. Source-to-receptor horizontal distances are 830 m (2,722 ft) for the EAB and 6,116 m (20,060 ft) for the LPZ. Due to the close proximity of the three release points, identical distances to the EAB and LPZ were used.

NMPNS meteorological data from the five-year period from 1997 through 2001 was used in the PAVAN analysis. The format of PAVAN meteorological input consists of a joint wind direction (based on sixteen 22.5 degree sectors), wind speed (12 intervals), and stability class (7 classes) occurrence frequency distribution. Since the NMPNS meteorological data fails to provide a maximum wind speed for category 12 winds, a conservative value of 60.5 m/s was selected. Maximum wind speed is required input for each wind speed category in PAVAN. The coastal sectors were not considered in determining the X/Q values for the EAB and LPZ.

A7-3.3 Control Room - Main Steam Line Break (MSLB) Puff Release The MSLB accident evaluation utilizes an instantaneous "puff' release X/Q. The puff release is modeled in accordance with RG 1.194, Section C.5, with the following assumed site meteorological conditions:

3 of 6

ATTACHMENT (7)

CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS

  • Wind Speed: I meter/second toward the receptor; and
  • Stability Class F.

The distance from the turbine building blowout panel (the assumed MSLB release point) to the control room intake is 71.9 m (236 ft), as shown in Table A7-2. There is one air intake location. It takes approximately 136 seconds for the puff to pass completely over the NMP1 control room air intake. The control room air intake flow rate is the same during normal control room ventilation operation and emergency control room ventilation operation. As such, the control room air intake flow rate is modeled as a constant flow rate during the entire time that the MSLB puff release passes over the intake.

A7-4.

SUMMARY

OF RESULTS The X/Q values resulting from the ARCON96 modeling analysis of each release point and meteorological database scenario for the required time intervals are shown in Tables A7-3 and A7-4 for the control room and TSC dose assessments, respectively.

The X/Q values for the EAB and LPZ calculated by the PAVAN modeling analysis of each release scenario are presented in Tables A7-5 and A7-6 for each of the time intervals required by RG 1.145.

For the MSLB instantaneous puff release, the integrated X/Q value calculated for the control room air intake is 9.979E-04 sec/m 3.

All input files for ARCON96 and PAVAN, including the meteorological data input files, are provided in Calculation H2 1C076 (see Attachment 8).

A7-5. REFERENCES

1. Regulatory Guide 1.23 (Safety Guide 23), "Onsite Meteorological Programs," February 1972
2. NUREG-0654, "Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, November 1980
3. Regulatory Guide 1.194, "Atmospheric Relative Concentrations for Control Room Radiological Habitability Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," June 2003
4. Regulatory Guide 1.145, "Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," Revision 1, November 1982 4 of 6

ATTACHMENT (7)

CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Table A7-1 Release/Intake Elevations Elevation Elevation Point of Interest (ft) (m)

Main Stack 350 106.7 Reactor Building Blowout Panel (relative to bottom of panel) 78.9 24 Turbine Building Blowout Panel (relative to bottom of panel) 72.4 22.1 Control Room Intake (height equal to roof elevation) 72 29.95 Technical Support Center 21 6.4 Table A7-2 Release/Intake Distances and Directions Horizontal Horizontal Sector Bearing Release/Intake Distance Distance relative to true (ft) (M) north Unit 1 Reactor Building Blowout Panel 340 103.6 1490 SSE (from midpoint of panel) / Ul Control Room Intake Unit 1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel 236 71.9 1170 ESE (from midpoint of panel) / Ut Control Room Intake Unit 1 Main Stack/Unit 1 Control Room 400 121.9 1660 SSE Intake Unit 1 Reactor Building Blowout Panel 343 104.5 860 ESE (from midpoint of panel) / Ul Technical Support Center Unit 1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel 328 100.0 860 E (from midpoint of panel) / U 1 Technical Support Center Unit 1 Main Stack / Unit 1 Technical 330 100.6 1400 SE Support Center 5 of 6

ATTACHMENT (7)

CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Table A7-3 ARCON96 Results - X/Q Values for the Control Room X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/m 3)

Release Point 0-2 hrs 2 - 8 hrs 8 - 24 hrs 1-4 days 4-30 days UI Reactor Building Blowout Panel 4.82E-04 2.6 1E-04 9.25E-05 6.70E-05 4.93E-05 U1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel 1.03E-03 5.85E-04 2.07E-04 1.75E-04 1.52E-04 UI Main Stack 2.27E-04 1.26E-04 4.30E-05 3.58E-05 2.59E-05 Table A7-4 ARCON96 Results - X/Q Values for the TSC 3

Release Point X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/m )

0-2 hrs 2 - 8 hrs 8 - 24 hrs 1-4 days 4-30 days U1 Reactor Building Blowout Panel 7.09E-04 5.60E-04 2.345E-04 1.71E-04 1.41E-04 U1 Turbine Building Blowout Panel 5.9 1E-04 4.26E-04 1.63E-04 1.35E-04 1.16E-04 U1 Main Stack 3.47E-04 2.42E-04 8.22E-05 6.06E-05 5.OOE-05 Table A7-5 PAVAN Results - Reactor Building Blowout Panel Release X/Q Values Boundary X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/m 3) 0 - 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> 0 - 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> 8 - 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> 1 - 4 days 4 - 30 days EAB 1.90E-04 ---........

LPZ --- 1.63E-05 1.1OE-05 4.67E-06 1.67E-06 Table A7-6 PAVAN Results - Main Stack Release X/Q Values Boundary X/Q Dispersion Coefficients (s/mr3) 0 - 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> 0 - 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> 8 - 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> 1 - 4 days 4 - 30 days EA B 5.98E-05 ............

LPZ --- 2.12E-05 8.40E-07 3.45E-07 1.11E-07 6 of 6

ATTACHMENT (7)

CALCULATION OF NEW ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION FACTORS Figure A7-1 Site Plan Showing Relative Locations of Release and Intake Points NW NNW N

,' ~ . N E NE WNW

..* i *' '" L_7

...* ..S~o. .--- E S -- SSIN m